U.S. patent application number 10/792516 was filed with the patent office on 2004-09-09 for microorganism coating components, coatings, and coated surfaces.
This patent application is currently assigned to REACTIVE SURFACES, LTD.. Invention is credited to McDaniel, C. Steven.
Application Number | 20040175407 10/792516 |
Document ID | / |
Family ID | 34526064 |
Filed Date | 2004-09-09 |
United States Patent
Application |
20040175407 |
Kind Code |
A1 |
McDaniel, C. Steven |
September 9, 2004 |
Microorganism coating components, coatings, and coated surfaces
Abstract
Disclosed herein are novel paints and coatings comprising a
cell-based particulate material. Specifically disclosed herein is
cell-based particulate material prepared from microorganisms for
use as a coating component. Also disclosed herein are methods of
preparing a coating that comprises a cell-based particulate
material.
Inventors: |
McDaniel, C. Steven;
(Austin, TX) |
Correspondence
Address: |
C. Steven McDaniel
McDaniel & Associates, P.C.
P.O. Box 2244
Austin
TX
78767-2244
US
|
Assignee: |
REACTIVE SURFACES, LTD.
|
Family ID: |
34526064 |
Appl. No.: |
10/792516 |
Filed: |
March 3, 2004 |
Related U.S. Patent Documents
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application
Number |
Filing Date |
Patent Number |
|
|
10792516 |
Mar 3, 2004 |
|
|
|
10655345 |
Sep 4, 2003 |
|
|
|
60409102 |
Sep 9, 2002 |
|
|
|
Current U.S.
Class: |
424/423 ;
435/287.2 |
Current CPC
Class: |
C12N 9/16 20130101; C12N
11/16 20130101; A62D 5/00 20130101; A62D 2101/02 20130101; C09D
5/34 20130101; C09D 5/00 20130101; C09D 7/48 20180101; A62D 2101/26
20130101; A62D 3/02 20130101; C09J 11/02 20130101 |
Class at
Publication: |
424/423 ;
435/287.2 |
International
Class: |
C12M 001/34; A61F
002/00 |
Claims
What is claimed is:
1. A coating comprising a cell-based particulate material.
2. The coating of claim 1, wherein the cell-based particulate
material comprises a cell wall, a test, a frustule, a pellicle, a
viral proteinaceous outer coat, or a combination thereof.
3. The coating of claim 1, wherein the cell-based material
comprises a multicellular-based particulate material.
4. The coating of claim 3, wherein the multicellular-based
particulate material comprises a plant-based particulate
material.
5. The coating of claim 4, wherein the plant-based particulate
material comprises a corn-based particulate material.
6. The coating of claim 1, wherein the cell-based particulate
material comprises a microorganism-based particulate material.
7. The coating of claim 6, wherein the microorganism-based
particulate material comprises a unicellular-based particulate
material.
8. The coating of claim 6, wherein the microorganism-based
particulate material comprises an oligocellular-based particulate
material.
9. The coating of claim 6, wherein the microorganism-based
particulate material comprises an Archaea, a Eubacteria, a fungi, a
Protista, a virus, or a combination thereof.
10. The coating of claim 9, wherein the microorganism-based
particulate material comprises an Archaea.
11. The coating of claim 10, wherein the Archaea comprises
Acidianus, Acidilobus, Aeropyrum, Archaeoglobus, Caldivirga,
Desulfurococcus, Ferroglobus, Ferroplasma, Haloarcula,
Halobacterium, Halobaculum, Halococcus, Haloferax, Halogeometricum,
Halomicrobium, Halorhabdus, Halorubrum, Haloterrigena,
Hyperthermus, Ignicoccus, Metallosphaera, Methanobacterium,
Methanobrevibacter, Methanocalculus, Methanocaldococcus,
Methanococcoides, Methanococcus, Methanocorpusculum,
Methanoculleus, Methanofollis, Methanogenium, Methanohalobium,
Methanohalophilus, Methanolacinia, Methanolobus, Methanomicrobium,
Methanomicrococcus, Methanoplanus, Methanopyrus, Methanosaeta,
Methanosalsum, Methanosarcina, Methanosphaera, Methanospirillum,
Methanothermobacter, Methanothermococcus, Methanothermus,
Methanothrix, Methanotorris, Natrialba, Natronobacterium,
Natronococcus, Natronomonas, Palaeococcus, Picrophilus,
Pyrobaculum, Pyrococcus, Pyrodictium, Pyrolobus, Staphylothermus,
Stetteria, Stygiolobus, Sulfolobus, Sulfophobococcus,
Sulfurisphaera, Thermococcus, Thermofilum, Thermoplasma,
Thermoproteus, Thermosphaera, Vulcanisaeta, or a combination
thereof.
12. The coating of claim 9, wherein the microorganism-based
particulate material comprises a Eubacteria.
13. The coating of claim 12, wherein the Eubacteria comprises a
Gram-positive Eubacteria.
14. The coating of claim 13, wherein the Gram-positive Eubacteria
comprises Acetobacterium, Actinokineospora, Actinomadura,
Actinomyces, Actinoplanes, Actinopolyspora, Actinosynnema,
Aerococcus, Aeromicrobium, Agromyces, Amphibacillus, Amycolatopsis,
Arcanobacterium, Arthrobacter, Aureobacterium, Bacillus,
Bifidobacterium, Brachybacterium, Brevibacterium, Brochothrix,
Carnobacterium, Caryophanon, Catellatospora, Cellulomonas,
Clavibacter, Clostridium, Coprococcus, Coriobacterium,
Corynebacterium, Curtobacterium, Dactylosporangium, Deinobacter,
Deinococcus, Dermabacter, Dermatophilus, Desulfotomaculum,
Enterococcus, Erysipelothrix, Eubacterium, Exiguobacterium,
Falcivibrio, Frankia, Gardnerella, Gemella, Geodermatophilus,
Glycomyces, Gordonia, Intrasporangium, Jonesia, Kibdelosporangium,
Kineosporia, Kitasatospora, Kurthia, Lactobacillus, Lactococcus,
Leuconostoc, Listeria, Marinococcus, Melissococcus, Microbacterium,
Microbispora, Micrococcus, Micromonospora, Microtetraspora,
Mobiluncus, Mycobacterium, Nocardia, Nocardioides, Nocardiopsis,
Oerskovia, Pediococcus, Peptococcus, Peptostreptococcus, Pilimelia,
Planobispora, Planococcus, Planomonospora, Promicromonospora,
Propionibacterium, Pseudonocardia, Rarobacter, Renibacterium,
Rhodococcus, Rothia, Rubrobacter, Ruminococcus, Saccharococcus,
Saccharomonospora, Saccharopolyspora, Saccharothrix, Salinicoccus,
Sarcina, Sphaerobacter, Spirillospora, Sporichthya,
Sporohalobacter, Sporolactobacillus, Sporosarcina, Staphylococcus,
Streptoalloteichus, Streptococcus, Streptomyces, Streptosporangium,
Syntrophospora, Terrabacter, Thermacetogenium, Thermoactinomyces,
Thermoanaerobacter, Thermoanaerobium, Thermomonospora,
Trichococcus, Tsukamurella, Vagococcus, or a combination
thereof.
15. The coating of claim 12, wherein the microorganism-based
particulate material comprises a Gram-negative Eubacteria.
16. The coating of claim 15, wherein the Gram-negative Eubacteria
comprises Acetivibrio, Acetoanaerobium, Acetobacter,
Acetomicrobium, Acidaminobacter, Acidaminococcus, Acidiphilium,
Acidomonas, Acidovorax, Acinetobacter, Aeromonas, Agitococcus,
Agrobacterium, Agromonas, Alcaligenes, Allochromatium, Alteromonas,
Alysiella, Aminobacter, Anabaena, Anaerobiospirillum,
Anaerorhabdus, Anaerovibrio, Ancalomicrobium, Ancylobacter,
Angulomicrobium, Aquaspirillum, Archangium, Arsenophonus,
Arthrospira, Asticcacaulis, Azomonas, Azorhizobium, Azospirillum,
Azotobacter, Bacteroides, Bdellovibrio, Beggiatoa, Beijerinckia,
Blastobacter, Blastochloris, Bordetella, Borrelia, Brachyspira,
Bradyrhizobium, Brevundimonas, Brucella, Budvicia, Buttiauxella,
Butyrivibrio, Calothrix, Campylobacter, Capnocytophaga,
Cardiobacterium, Caulobacter, Cedecea, Cellulophaga, Cellvibrio,
Centipeda, Chitinophaga, Chlorobium, Chloroflexus, Chlorogloeopsis,
Chloroherpeton, Chondromyces, Chromrobacterium, Chromrohalobacter,
Chroococcidiopsis, Citrobacter, Cobetia, Comamonas, Crinalium,
Cupriavidus, Cyclobacterium, Cylindrospermum, Cystobacter,
Cytophaga, Dermocarpella, Derxia, Desulfobacter, Desulfobacterium,
Desulfobulbus, Desulfococcus, Desulfomicrobium, Desulfomonile,
Desulfonema, Desulfosarcina, Desulfovibrio, Desulfurella,
Desulfuromonas, Dichotomicrobium, Ectothiorhodospira, Edwardsiella,
Eikenella, Enhydrobacter, Ensifer, Enterobacter, Erwinia,
Erythrobacter, Erythromicrobium, Escherichia, Ewingella,
Fervidobacterium, Fibrobacter, Filomicrobium, Fischerella,
Flammeovirga, Flavobacterium, Flectobacillus, Flexibacter,
Flexithrix, Francisella, Frateuria, Fusobacterium, Gemmata,
Gemmiger, Gloeobacter, Gloeocapsa, Gluconobacter, Haemophilus,
Hafnia, Haliscomenobacter, Haloanaerobium, Halobacteroides,
Halochromatium, Halomonas, Halorhodospira, Helicobacter,
Heliobacillus, Heliobacterium, Herbaspirillum, Herpetosiphon,
Hirschia, Hydrogenophaga, Hyphomicrobium, Hyphomonas, Ilyobacter,
Isochromatium, Isosphaera, Janthinobacterium, Kingella, Klebsiella,
Kluyvera, Labrys, Lachnospira, Lamprocystis, Lampropedia,
Leclercia, Legionella, Leminorella, Leptospira, Leptospirillum,
Leptothrix, Leptotrichia, Leucothrix, Lysobacter, Malonomonas,
Marinilabilia, Marichromatium, Marinobacter, Marinomonas,
Megamonas, Megasphaera, Melittangium, Meniscus, Mesophilobacter,
Metallogenium, Methylobacillus, Methylobacterium, Methylococcus,
Methylomonas, Methylophaga, Methylophilus, Methylovorus,
Microscilla, Mitsuokella, Moellerella, Moraxella, Morganella,
Morococcus, Myxococcus, Myxosarcina, Nannocystis, Neisseria,
Nevskia, Nitrobacter, Nitrococcus, Nitrosococcus, Nitrosomonas,
Nitrosospira, Nitrospira, Nostoc, Obesumbacterium, Oceanospirillum,
Ochrobactrum, Oligella, Oscillatoria, Oxalobacter, Pantoea,
Paracoccus, Pasteurella, Pectinatus, Pedobacter, Pedomicrobium,
Pelobacter, Pelodictyon, Persicobacter, Phaeospirillum,
Phenylobacterium, Photobacterium, Phyllobacterium, Pirellula,
Planctomyces, Plesiomonas, Pleurocapsa, Polyangium, Porphyrobacter,
Porphyromonas, Pragia, Prevotella, Propionigenium, Propionispira,
Prosthecobacter, Prosthecochloris, Prosthecomicrobium, Proteus,
Providencia, Pseudanabaena, Pseudomonas, Psychrobacter, Rahnella,
Rhabdochromatium, Rhizobacter, Rhizobium, Rhizomonas, Rhodobacter,
Rhodobium, Rhodoblastus, Rhodobaca, Rhodocista, Rhodocyclus,
Rhodoferax, Rhodomicrobium, Rhodopila, Rhodoplanes,
Rhodopseudomonas, Rhodospirillum, Rhodothalassium, Rhodovibrio,
Rhodovulum, Rikenella, Roseobacter, Roseococcus, Rugamonas,
Rubrivivax, Ruminobacter, Runella, Salmonella, Saprospira,
Scytonema, Sebaldella, Selenomonas, Seliberia, Serpens, Serpulina,
Serratia, Shigella, Simonsiella, Sinorhizobium, Sphaerotilus,
Sphingobacterium, Spirillum, Spirochaeta, Spirosoma, Spirulina,
Sporocytophaga, Sporomusa, Stella, Stigmatella, Streptobacillus,
Succinimonas, Succinivibrio, Sulfobacillus, Synechococcus,
Synechocystis, Syntrophobacter, Syntrophococcus, Syntrophomonas,
Tatumella, Taylorella, Thermochromatium, Thermodesulfobacterium,
Thermoleophilum, Thermomicrobium, Thermonema, Thermosipho,
Thermotoga, Thermus, Thiobacillus, Thiocapsa, Thiococcus,
Thiocystis, Thiodictyon, Thiohalocapsa, Thiolamprovum,
Thiomicrospira, Thiorhodovibrio, Thiothrix, Tissierella,
Tolypothrix, Treponema, Vampirovibrio, Variovorax, Veillonella,
Verrucomicrobium, Vibrio, Vitreoscilla, Weeksella, Wolinella,
Xanthobacter, Xanthomonas, Xenococcus, Xenorhabdus, Xylella,
Xylophilus, Yersinia, Yokenella, Zobellia, Zoogloea, Zymomonas,
Zymophilus, or a combination thereof.
17. The coating of claim 12, wherein the Eubacteria comprises
Abiotrophia, Acetitomaculum, Acetohalobium, Acetonema,
Achromobacter, Acidimicrobium, Acidithiobacillus, Acidobacterium,
Acidocella, Acrocarpospora, Actinoalloteichus, Actinobacillus,
Actinobaculum, Actinocorallia, Aequorivita, Afipia, Agreia,
Agrococcus, Ahrensia, Albibacter, Albidovulum, Alcanivorax,
Alicycliphilus, Alicyclobacillus, Alkalibacterium, Alkalilimnicola,
Alkalispirillum, Alkanindiges, Aminobacterium, Aminomonas,
Ammonifex, Ammoniphilus, Anaeroarcus, Anaerobacter, Anaerobaculum,
Anaerobranca, Anaerococcus, Anaerofilum, Anaeromusa, Anaerophaga,
Anaeroplasma, Anaerosinus, Anaerostipes, Anaerovorax,
Aneurinibacillus, Angiococcus, Anoxybacillus, Antarctobacter,
Aquabacter, Aquabacterium, Aquamicrobium, Aquifex, Arcobacter,
Arhodomonas, Asanoa, Atopobium, Azoarcus, Azorhizophilus, Azospira,
Bacteriovorax, Bartonella, Beutenbergia, Bilophila, Blastococcus,
Blastomonas, Bogoriella, Bosea, Brachymonas, Brackiella, Brenneria,
Brevibacillus, Bulleidia, Burkholderia, Caenibacterium,
Caldicellulosiruptor, Caldithrix, Caloramator, Caloranaerobacter,
Caminibacter, Caminicella, Carbophilus, Carboxydibrachium,
Carboxydocella, Carboxydothermus, Catenococcus, Catenuloplanes,
Cellulosimicrobium, Chelatococcus, Chlorobaculum, Chryseobacterium,
Chrysiogenes, Citricoccus, Collinsella, Colwellia, Conexibacter,
Coprothermobacter, Couchioplanes, Crossiella, Cryobacterium,
Cryptosporangium, Dechloromonas, Deferribacter, Defluvibacter,
Dehalobacter, Delftia, Demetria, Dendrosporobacter, Denitrovibrio,
Dermacoccus, Desemzia, Desulfacinum, Desulfitobacterium,
Desulfobacca, Desulfobacula, Desulfocapsa, Desulfocella,
Desulfofaba, Desulfofrigus, Desulfofustis, Desulfohalobium,
Desulfomusa, Desulfonatronovibrio, Desulfonatronum,
Desulfonauticus, Desulfonispora, Desulforegula, Desulforhabdus,
Desulforhopalus, Desulfospira, Desulfosporosinus, Desulfotalea,
Desulfotignum, Desulfovirga, Desulfurobacterium, Desulfuromusa,
Dethiosulfovibrio, Devosia, Dialister, Diaphorobacter,
Dichelobacter, Dictyoglomus, Dietzia, Dolosicoccus, Dorea,
Eggerthella, Empedobacter, Enhygromyxa, Eremococcus, Ferrimonas,
Filifactor, Filobacillus, Finegoldia, Flexistipes, Formivibrio,
Friedmanniella, Frigoribacterium, Fulvimonas, Fusibacter,
Gallicola, Garciella, Gelidibacter, Gelria, Gemmatimonas,
Gemmobacter, Geobacillus, Geobacter, Georgenia, Geothrix,
Geovibrio, Glaciecola, Gluconacetobacter, Gracilibacillus,
Granulicatella, Grimontia, Halanaerobacter, Halanaerobium,
Haliangium, Halobacillus, Halocella, Halonatronum, Halothermothrix,
Halothiobacillus, Helcococcus, Heliophilum, Heliorestis,
Herbidospora, Hippea, Holdemania, Holophaga, Hydrogenobacter,
Hydrogenobaculum, Hydrogenophilus, Hydrogenothermus,
Hydrogenovibrio, Hymenobacter, Ignavigranum, Iodobacter,
Isobaculum, Janibacter, Kineococcus, Kineosphaera, Kitasatosporia,
Knoellia, Kocuria, Kozakia, Kribbella, Kutzneria, Kytococcus,
Lachnobacterium, Laribacter, Lautropia, Lechevalieria, Leifsonia,
Leisingera, Lentzea, Leucobacter, Limnobacter, Listonella,
Lonepinella, Luteimonas, Luteococcus, Macrococcus, Macromonas,
Magnetospirillum, Mannheimia, Maricaulis, Marinibacillus,
Marinitoga, Marinobacterium, Marinospirillum, Marmoricola,
Meiothermus, Methylocapsa, Methylopila, Methylosarcina,
Microbulbifer, Microlunatus, Micromonas, Microsphaera,
Microvirgula, Modestobacter, Mogibacterium, Moorella, Moritella,
Muricauda, Mycetocola, Mycoplana, Myroides, Natroniella,
Natronincola, Nautilia, Nesterenkonia, Nonomuraea, Novosphingobium,
Oceanimonas, Oceanobacillus, Oceanobacter, Octadecabacter,
Oenococcus, Oleiphilus, Oligotropha, Olsenella, Opitutus, Orenia,
Ornithinicoccus, Ornithinimicrobium, Oxalicibacterium, Oxalophagus,
Oxobacter, Paenibacillus, Pandoraea, Papillibacter,
Paralactobacillus, Paraliobacillus, Parascardovia, Paucimonas,
Pectobacterium, Pelczaria, Pelospora, Pelotomaculum, Peptoniphilus,
Petrotoga, Phascolarctobacterium, Phocoenobacter, Photorhabdus,
Pigmentiphaga, Planomicrobium, Planotetraspora, Plantibacter,
Plesiocystis, Polaribacter, Prauserella, Propioniferax,
Propionimicrobium, Propionispora, Propionivibrio, Pseudaminobacter,
Pseudoalteromonas, Pseudobutyrivibrio, Pseudoramibacter,
Pseudorhodobacter, Pseudospirillum, Pseudoxanthomonas,
Psychroflexus, Psychromonas, Psychroserpens, Ralstonia,
Ramlibacter, Raoultella, Rathayibacter, Rhodothermus, Roseateles,
Roseburia, Roseiflexus, Roseinatronobacter, Roseospirillum,
Roseovarius, Rubritepida, Ruegeria, Sagittula, Salana,
Salegentibacter, Salinibacter, Salinivibrio, Sanguibacter,
Scardovia, Schineria, Schwartzia, Sedimentibacter, Shewanella,
Shuttleworthia, Silicibacter, Skermania, Slackia, Sphingobium,
Sphingomonas, Sphingopyxis, Spirilliplanes, Sporanaerobacter,
Sporobacter, Sporobacterium, Sporotomaculum, Staleya, Stappia,
Starkeya, Stenotrophomonas, Sterolibacterium, Streptacidiphilus,
Streptomonospora, Subtercola, Succiniclasticum, Succinispira,
Sulfitobacter, Sulfurospirillum, Sutterella, Suttonella,
Syntrophobotulus, Syntrophothermus, Syntrophus, Telluria,
Tenacibaculum, Tepidibacter, Tepidimonas, Tepidiphilus,
Terasakiella, Terracoccus, Tessaracoccus, Tetragenococcus,
Tetrasphaera, Thalassomonas, Thauera, Thermaerobacter,
Thermanaeromonas, Thermanaerovibrio, Thermicanus,
Thermithiobacillus, Thermoanaerobacterium, Thermobifida,
Thermobispora, Thermobrachium, Thermocrinis, Thermocrispum,
Thermodesulforhabdus, Thermodesulfovibrio, Thermohydrogenium,
Thermomonas, Thermosyntropha, Thermoterrabacterium,
Thermovenabulum, Thermovibrio, Thialkalimicrobium, Thialkalivibrio,
Thioalkalivibrio, Thiobaca, Thiomonas, Tindallia, Tolumonas,
Turicella, Turicibacter, Ureibacillus, Verrucosispora, Victivallis,
Virgibacillus, Vogesella, Weissella, Williamsia, Xenophilus,
Zavarzinia, Zooshikella, Zymobacter, or a combination thereof.
18. The coating of claim 9, wherein the microorganism-based
particulate material comprises a fungi.
19. The coating of claim 18, wherein the fungi comprises
Aciculoconidium, Agaricostilbum, Ambrosiozyma, Arxiozyma, Arxula,
Ascoidea, Babjevia, Bensingtonia, Blastobotrys, Botryozyma,
Bullera, Bulleromyces, Candida, Cephaloascus, Chionosphaera,
Citeromyces, Clavispora, Cryptococcus, Cystofilobasidium,
Debaryomyces, Dekkera, Dipodascopsis, Dipodascus, Endomyces,
Eremothecium, Erythrobasidium, Fellomyces, Filobasidiella,
Filobasidium, Galactomyces, Geotrichum, Hanseniaspora,
Hyalodendron, Issatchenkia, Itersonilia, Kloeckera, Kluyveromyces,
Kockovaella, Kurtzmanomyces, Leucosporidium, Lipomyces,
Lodderomyces, Malassezia, Metschnikowia, Moniliella, Mrakia,
Myxozyma, Nadsonia, Oosporidium, Pachysolen, Phaffia, Pichia,
Protomyces, Pseudozyma, Reniforma, Rhodosporidium, Rhodotorula,
Saccaromycopsis, Saccharomyces, Saccharomycodes, Saitoella,
Saturnispora, Schizoblastosporion, Schizosaccharomyces,
Sporidiobolus, Sporobolomyces, Sporopachydermia, Stephanoascus,
Sterigmatomyces, Sterigmatosporidium, Sympodiomyces,
Sympodiomycopsis, Taphrina, Tilletiaria, Tilletiopsis, Torulaspora,
Trichosporon, Trichosporonoides, Trigonopsis, Tsuchiyaea,
Wickerhamia, Wickerhamiella, Williopsis, Xanthophyllomyces,
Yarrowia, Zygoascus, Zygosaccharomyces, Zygozyma, or a combination
thereof.
20. The coating of claim 9, wherein the microorganism-based
particulate material comprises a Protista.
21. The coating of claim 20, wherein the Protista comprises
Acetabularia, Achnanthes, Amphidinium, Ankistrodesmus,
Anophryoides, Aphanomyces, Astasia, Asterionella, Blepharisma,
Botrydiopsis, Botrydium, Botryococcus, Bracteacoccus, Brevilegnia,
Bulbochaete, Caenomorpha, Cephaleuros, Ceratium, Chaetoceros,
Chaetophora, Characiosiphon, Chlamydomonas, Chlorella, Chloridella,
Chlorobotrys, Chlorococcum, Chromulina, Chroodactylon, Chrysamoeba,
Chrysocapsa, Cladophora, Closterium, Cocconeis, Coelastrum,
Cohnilembus, Colacium, Coleps, Colpidium, Colpoda, Cosmarium,
Cryptoglena, Cyclidium, Cyclotella, Cylindrocystis, Derbesia,
Dexiostoma, Dictyosphaerium, Dictyuchus, Didinium, Dinobryon,
Distigma, Draparnaldia, Dunaliella, Dysmorphococcus, Enteromorpha,
Entosiphon, Eudorina, Euglena, Euplotes, Eustigmatos, Flintiella,
Fragilaria, Fritschiella, Glaucoma, Gonium, Gonyaulax, Gymnodinium,
Gyropaigne, Haematococcus, Halophytophthora, Heterosigma,
Hyalotheca, Hydrodictyon, Khawkinea, Lagenidium, Leptolegnia,
Mallomonas, Mantoniella, Melosira, Menoidium, Mesanophrys,
Mesotaenium, Metopus, Micrasterias, Microspora, Microthamnion,
Mischococcus, Monodopsis, Mougeotia, Nannochloropsis, Navicula,
Nephroselmis, Nitzschia, Ochromonas, Oedogonium, Ophiocytium,
Opisthonecta, Oxyrrhis, Pandorina, Paramecium, Paranophrys,
Paraphysomonas, Parmidium, Pediastrum, Peranema, Peridinium,
Peronophythora, Petalomonas, Phacus, Pithophora, Plagiopyla,
Plasmopara, Platyophrya, Plectospira, Pleodorina, Pleurochloris,
Pleurococcus, Pleurotaenium, Ploeotia, Polyedriella, Porphyridium,
Prorocentrum, Prototheca, Pseudocharaciopsis, Pseudocohnilembus,
Pyramimonas, Pythiopsis, Pythium, Rhabdomonas, Rhizochromulina,
Rhizoclonium, Rhodella, Rhodosorus, Rhynchopus, Saprolegnia,
Scenedesmus, Scytomonas, Selenastrum, Skeletonema, Spathidium,
Sphaerocystis, Spirogyra, Spirostomum, Spondylosium, Staurastrum,
Stauroneis, Stentor, Stephanodiscus, Stephanosphaera, Stichococcus,
Stigeoclonium, Synedra, Synura, Tetracystis, Tetraedron,
Tetrahymena, Tetraselmis, Thalassiosira, Thaumatomastix,
Thraustotheca, Trachelomonas, Trebouxia, Trentepohlia, Tribonema,
Trimyema, Ulothrix, Uronema, Vaucheria, Vischeria, Volvox,
Vorticella, Xanthidium, Zygnema, or a combination thereof.
22. The coating of claim 9, wherein the microorganism-based
particulate material comprises a virus.
23. The coating of claim 22, wherein the virus comprises a
bacteriophage.
24. The coating of claim 23, wherein the bacteriophage comprises
Inoviridae genus Inovirus, Leviviridae, Microviridae, Myoviridae,
Podoviridae, Siphoviridae, or a combination thereof.
25. The coating of claim 24, wherein the bacteriophage comprises
10/I, 149, 212/XV, 24/II, 249, 371/XX1X, 5, 8, A-1 (L), A19, A-4
(L), A-41, alpha 3, AN-10, AN-15, AN-20, AN-22, AN-24, B1, B40-8,
B5, BK1, D20, E1, F [HER 346], F1, fr, hp, I, If1, If2, II, III,
IV, J1, Mc-4, Minetti, MOR-1, MS2, Mu-1, N-1, N1 [N], N3 [Cay], N4
[X-5-A], N8 [Horse], Ox6, P/SW1/a [NCMB 384], P1, P22 [PLT-22(22)],
PEa1 (h), PEa7, phi 92, phi R, phi V-1, phi X174, phi-S1, ps 1,
Q-beta, R 17, R-1, S13, S-a, SP10, SP8, T2, T3, T6, V, VD13, Vi I,
wy, XP5, Z1K/1, or a combination thereof.
26. The coating of claim 23, wherein the bacteriophage comprises 10
[L286], 11, 11 [WI 386], 113, 118, 12 [WI 3106], 120, 13 [J1 263],
138, 14 [J2106], 145, 163, 17, 17 [formerly 13], 18 [formerly 7],
184, 19 [formerly 5], 2, 2 [J1 328], 20 [formerly 4], 205, 221,
22653 [Carvajal's strain 1], 23 [Olsen phage], 236, 239, 24B, 250,
256 (R), 282 (S), 36, 37, 4 [J2101], 42, 46, 49B, 4S, 50Br, 53
alpha, 547, 57, 60, 6A, 6B, 6C, 7 [2 106], 73, 8 [L2 305], 9 [WI
3263], 92, A, A1, Ac 20, Ac 21, Ac 24, AN-11, AN-12, AN-13, AN-14,
AN-16, AN-17, AN-18, AN-19, AN-21, AN-23, AN-25, AN-26, AP211,
AS-1, B56-3, BG3, BK3, Bo 1, Bo 3, Bo 4, Bo 6 I, Bo 6 II, Bo 6 III,
Bo 7, C, C204, C33, C36, Cb3, Cb6, Cb8r, CDC29, CDC42D, CDC47,
CDC52, CDC52A, CDC53, CDC79, CDC80, CDC81, CDC83A, chi, D, D-10,
D-34, DLC 2921/49, DS6A, enterococcus phage 1A, enterococcus phage
1B, eTAmy+, F-68, FCZ, G [HER 276], G178, HER-1 [7Lindberg], HER-10
[F8Lindberg], HER-16 [M4 Lindberg], HER-17 [M6Lindberg], HER-18
[F116L], HER-2 [16Lindberg], HER-3, HER-4 [24Lindberg], HER-5
[31Lindberg], HER-6 [44Lindberg], HER-9 [F7Lindberg], IMI strain A,
IMI strain C, IMI strain D, IMI strain J, IMI strain K,
Lactobacillus plantarum phage, LG, M-4, Mc-2, MU9, Mycobacterium
smegmatis phage, N-4, NCPPB 1507 [4S], NCPPB 1508 [4L], NCPPB 782
[E1], NRS 201, NRS 605, P14, P4 sid1, Pa, PAV-1, Pb, PB2, Pc, Pf,
phage UTAK, phi Ea100, phi Ea104, phi Ea116C, phi Ea125, phi W-14,
phiXcs70am-3, Propionibacterium acnes phage, Ps-G3, r1589, r187,
r196, r638, r71, RA105, rED220, rEDa41, rEDb44, rEDb45, rEDb50,
RH23, RH88, rJ3, S-20, S-5, SL-1, SPP1, T-150, T7M (Meselson), UV1,
UV375, UV47, Vibrio sp. phage, w, X1 [IMET 5013], X10 [IMET 5057],
X24 [IMET 5056], X3 [IMET 5015], X5 [IMET 5017], XP1, XP2, XP3,
XP4, XP8, ZJ/2, or a combination thereof.
27. The coating of claim 1, wherein the cell-based particulate
material is an attenuated cell-based particulate material.
28. The coating of claim 1, wherein the cell-based particulate
material is a sterilized cell-based particulate material.
29. The coating of claim 1, wherein the cell-based particulate
material comprises 0.1% to 65% of the coating by weight or
volume.
30. The coating of claim 1, wherein the cell-based particulate
material comprises 1% to 65% of the coating by weight or
volume.
31. The coating of claim 1, wherein the cell-based particulate
material comprises 2% to 65% of the coating by weight or
volume.
32. The coating of claim 1, wherein the cell-based particulate
material comprises 3% to 65% of the coating by weight or
volume.
33. The coating of claim 1, wherein the cell-based particulate
material comprises 4% to 65% of the coating by weight or
volume.
34. The coating of claim 1, wherein the cell-based particulate
material comprises 5% to 65% of the coating by weight or
volume.
35. The coating of claim 1, wherein the cell-based particulate
material comprises 6% to 65% of the coating by weight or
volume.
36. The coating of claim 1, wherein the cell-based particulate
material comprises 7% to 65% of the coating by weight or
volume.
37. The coating of claim 1, wherein the cell-based particulate
material comprises 8% to 65% of the coating by weight or
volume.
38. The coating of claim 1, wherein the cell-based particulate
material comprises 9% to 65% of the coating by weight or
volume.
39. The coating of claim 1, wherein the cell-based particulate
material comprises 10% to 65% of the coating by weight or
volume.
40. The coating of claim 1, wherein the average wet molecular
weight or dry molecular weight of a primary particle of a
cell-based particulate material is 50 kDa to 1.5.times.10.sup.14
kDa.
41. The coating of claim 1, wherein the average wet molecular
weight or dry molecular weight of a primary particle of a
cell-based particulate material is 151 kDa to 1.5.times.10.sup.14
kDa.
42. The coating of claim 1, wherein the average wet molecular
weight or dry molecular weight of a primary particle of a
cell-based particulate material is 241 kDa to 1.5.times.10.sup.14
kDa.
43. The coating of claim 1, wherein the average wet molecular
weight or dry molecular weight of a primary particle of a
cell-based particulate material is 482 kDa to 1.5.times.10.sup.14
kDa.
44. The coating of claim 1, wherein the average wet molecular
weight or dry molecular weight of a primary particle of a
cell-based particulate material is 753 kDa to 1.5.times.10.sup.14
kDa.
45. The coating of claim 1, wherein the average wet molecular
weight or dry molecular weight of a primary particle of a
cell-based particulate material is 1,000 kDa to 1.5.times.10.sup.14
kDa.
46. The coating of claim 1, wherein the average wet molecular
weight or dry molecular weight of a primary particle of a
cell-based particulate material is 1,506 kDa to 1.5.times.10.sup.14
kDa.
47. The coating of claim 1, wherein the average wet molecular
weight or dry molecular weight of a primary particle of a
cell-based particulate material is 2,108 kDa to 1.5.times.10.sup.14
kDa.
48. The coating of claim 1, wherein the average wet molecular
weight or dry molecular weight of a primary particle of a
cell-based particulate material is 3,613 kDa to 1.5.times.10.sup.14
kDa.
49. The coating of claim 1, wherein the average wet molecular
weight or dry molecular weight of a primary particle of a
cell-based particulate material is 4,818 kDa to 1.5.times.10.sup.14
kDa.
50. The coating of claim 1, wherein the average wet molecular
weight or dry molecular weight of a primary particle of a
cell-based particulate material is 6,022 kDa to 1.5.times.10.sup.14
kDa.
51. The coating of claim 1, wherein the average biomolecule content
per primary particle of the cell-based particulate material is
0.00001% to 100%.
52. The coating of claim 1, wherein the average biomolecule content
per primary particle of the cell-based particulate material is
0.001% to 100%.
53. The coating of claim 1, wherein the average biomolecule content
per primary particle of the cell-based particulate material is 0.1%
to 100%.
54. The coating of claim 1, wherein the average biomolecule content
per primary particle of the cell-based particulate material is 1.0%
to 100%.
55. The coating of claim 1, wherein the average biomolecule content
per primary particle of the cell-based particulate material is 2.0%
to 100%.
56. The coating of claim 1, wherein the average biomolecule content
per primary particle of the cell-based particulate material is 3.0%
to 100%.
57. The coating of claim 1, wherein the average biomolecule content
per primary particle of the cell-based particulate material is 4.0%
to 100%.
58. The coating of claim 1, wherein the average biomolecule content
per primary particle of the cell-based particulate material is 5.0%
to 100%.
59. The coating of claim 1, wherein the average biomolecule content
per primary particle of the cell-based particulate material is 7.5%
to 100%.
60. The coating of claim 1, wherein the average biomolecule content
per primary particle of the cell-based particulate material is
10.0% to 100%.
61. The coating of claim 1, wherein the cell-based particulate
material is a whole cell particulate material.
62. The coating of claim 1, wherein the cell-based particulate
material is a cell fragment particulate material.
63. The coating of claim 1, wherein the coating is 5 um to 5000 um
thick upon a surface.
64. The coating of claim 1, wherein the coating is 15 um to 500 um
thick upon a surface.
65. The coating of claim 1, wherein the coating is 15 um to 150 um
thick upon a surface.
66. The coating of claim 1, wherein the coating comprises a
paint.
67. The coating of claim 1, wherein the coating comprises a clear
coating.
68. The coating of claim 67, wherein the clear coating comprises a
lacquer, a varnish, a shellac, a stain, a water repellent coating,
or a combination thereof.
69. The coating of claim 1, wherein the coating comprises a
multicoat system.
70. The coating of claim 69, wherein the multicoat system comprises
2 to 10 layers.
71. The coating of claim 69, wherein one layer of the multicoat
system comprises the cell-based particulate material.
72. The coating of claim 69, wherein a plurality of layers of the
multicoat system comprise the cell-based particulate material.
73. The coating of claim 72, wherein at least one layer of said
plurality of layers comprises a different preparation of the
cell-based particulate material than at least a second layer of
said plurality of layers that comprises the cell-based particulate
material.
74. The coating of claim 69, wherein each layer of the multicoat
system is coating is 5 um to 5000 um thick upon a surface.
75. The coating of claim 69, wherein each layer of the multicoat
system is coating is 15 um to 500 um thick upon a surface.
76. The coating of claim 69, wherein each layer of the multicoat
system is coating is 15 um to 150 um thick upon a surface.
77. The coating of claim 69, wherein the multicoat system comprises
a sealer, a water repellent, a primer, an undercoat, a topcoat, or
a combination thereof.
78. The coating of claim 69, wherein the multicoat system comprises
a topcoat.
79. The coating of claim 78, wherein the topcoat comprises the
cell-based particulate material.
80. The coating of claim 1, wherein the coating is a coating that
is capable of film formation.
81. The coating of claim 80, wherein film formation occurs at
ambient conditions.
82. The coating of claim 80, wherein film formation occurs at
baking conditions.
83. The coating of claim 82, wherein baking conditions is between
40.degree. C. and 50.degree. C.
84. The coating of claim 82, wherein baking conditions is between
40.degree. C. and 65.degree. C.
85. The coating of claim 82, wherein baking conditions is between
40.degree. C. and 110.degree. C.
86. The coating of claim 80, wherein the coating comprises a
volatile component and a non-volatile component.
87. The coating of claim 86, wherein the coating undergoes film
formation by loss of part of the volatile component.
88. The coating of claim 86, wherein the volatile component
comprises a volatile liquid component.
89. The coating of claim 88, wherein the volatile liquid component
comprises a solvent, a thinner, a diluent, or a combination
thereof.
90. The coating of claim 86, wherein the non-volatile component
comprises a binder, a colorant, a plasticizer, a coating additive,
or a combination thereof.
91. The coating of claim 80, wherein film formation occurs by
crosslinking of a binder.
92. The coating of claim 91, wherein film formation occurs by
crosslinking of a plurality of binders.
93. The coating of claim 80, wherein film formation occurs by
irradiating the coating.
94. The coating of claim 80, wherein the coating produces a
self-cleaning film.
95. The coating of claim 80, wherein the coating produces a
temporary film.
96. The coating of claim 95, wherein the temporary film has a poor
resistance to a coating remover.
97. The coating of claim 95, wherein the temporary film has a poor
abrasion resistance, a poor solvent resistance, a poor water
resistance, a poor weathering property, a poor adhesion property, a
poor microorganism/biological resistance property, or a combination
thereof.
98. The coating of claim 1, wherein the coating is a non-film
forming coating.
99. The coating of claim 98, wherein the non-film forming coating
comprises a non-film formation binder.
100. The coating of claim 98, wherein the non-film forming coating
comprises a coating component in a concentration that is
insufficient to produce a solid film.
101. The coating of claim 100, wherein the coating component
comprises a binder that contributes to thermoplastic film
formation.
102. The coating of claim 100 wherein the coating component
contributes to thermosetting film formation.
103. The coating of claim 102, wherein the coating component
comprises a binder, catalyst, initiator, or combination
thereof.
104. The coating of claim 100, wherein the coating component has a
concentration of 0%.
105. The coating of claim 1, wherein the coating comprises an
architectural coating, an industrial coating, a specification
coating, or a combination thereof.
106. The coating of claim 105, wherein the coating comprises an
architectural coating.
107. The coating of claim 106, wherein the architectural coating
comprises a wood coating, a masonry coating, an artist's coating,
or a combination thereof.
108. The coating of claim 106, wherein the architectural coating
has a pot life of at least 12 months at ambient conditions.
109. The coating of claim 106, wherein the architectural coating
undergoes film formation at ambient conditions.
110. The coating of claim 105, wherein the coating comprises an
industrial coating.
111. The coating of claim 110, wherein the industrial coating
comprises an automotive coating, a can coating, a sealant coating,
a marine coating, or a combination thereof.
112. The coating of claim 110, wherein the industrial coating
undergoes film formation at baking conditions.
113. The coating of claim 105, wherein the coating comprises a
specification coating.
114. The coating of claim 113, wherein the specification coating
comprises a camouflage coating, a pipeline coating, a traffic
marker coating, an aircraft coating, a nuclear power plant coating,
or a combination thereof.
115. The coating of claim 1, wherein the coating comprises a
water-borne coating.
116. The coating of claim 115, wherein the water-borne coating is a
latex coating.
117. The coating of claim 115, wherein the water-borne coating has
a density of 1.20 kg/L to 1.50 kg/L.
118. The coating of claim 1, wherein the coating comprises a
solvent-borne coating.
119. The coating of claim 118, wherein the solvent-borne coating
has a density of 0.90 kg/L to 1.2 kg/L.
120. The coating of claim 1, wherein the coating has a low-shear
viscosity of 100 P to 3000 P.
121. The coating of claim 1, wherein the coating has a low-shear
viscosity of 100 P to 1000 P.
122. The coating of claim 1, wherein the coating has a medium-shear
viscosity of 60 Ku and 140 Ku.
123. The coating of claim 1, wherein the coating has a medium-shear
viscosity of 72 Ku to 95 Ku.
124. The coating of claim 1, wherein the coating has a high-shear
viscosity of 0.5 P to 2.5 P.
125. The coating of claim 1, wherein the coating comprises a
binder, a liquid component, a colorant, an additive, or a
combination thereof.
126. The coating of claim 125, wherein the coating comprises a
binder.
127. The coating of claim 126, wherein the binder comprises a
thermoplastic binder, a thermosetting binder, or a combination
thereof.
128. The coating of claim 127, wherein the coating comprises a
thermoplastic binder.
129. The coating of claim 128, wherein the coating is a coating
capable of producing a film by thermoplastic film formation.
130. The coating of claim 127, wherein the coating comprises a
thermosetting binder.
131. The coating of claim 130, wherein the coating is a coating
capable of producing a film by thermosetting film formation.
132. The coating of claim 126, wherein the binder comprises an
oil-based binder.
133. The coating of claim 132, wherein the oil-based binder
comprises an oil, an alkyd, an oleoresinous binder, a fatty acid
epoxide ester, or a combination thereof.
134. The coating of claim 132, wherein the coating produces a layer
15 um to 25 .mu.m thick upon the vertical surface or 15 um to 40
.mu.m thick upon the horizontal surface.
135. The coating of claim 126, wherein the binder comprises a
polyester resin.
136. The coating of claim 135, wherein the polyester resin
comprises a hydroxy-terminated polyester or a carboxylic
acid-terminated polyester.
137. The coating of claim 135, wherein the coating comprises a
urethane, an amino resin, or a combination thereof.
138. The coating of claim 126, wherein the binder comprises a
modified cellulose.
139. The coating of claim 138, wherein the modified cellulose
comprises a cellulose ester or a nitrocellulose.
140. The coating of claim 138, wherein the coating comprises an
amino binder, an acrylic binder, a urethane binder, or a
combination thereof.
141. The coating of claim 126, wherein the binder comprises a
polyamide.
142. The coating of claim 141, wherein the coating comprises an
epoxide.
143. The coating of claim 126, wherein the binder comprises an
amino resin.
144. The coating of claim 143, wherein the coating comprises an
acrylic binder, an alkyd resin, a polyester binder, or a
combination thereof
145. The coating of claim 126, wherein the binder comprises a
urethane binder.
146. The coating of claim 145, wherein the coating comprises a
polyol, an amine, an epoxide, a silicone, a vinyl, a phenolic, a
triacrylate, or a combination thereof.
147. The coating of claim 126, wherein the binder comprises a
phenolic resin.
148. The coating of claim 147, wherein the coating comprises an
alkyd resin, an amino resin, a blown oil, an epoxy resin, a
polyamide, a polyvinyl resin, or a combination thereof.
149. The coating of claim 126, wherein the binder comprises an
epoxy resin.
150. The coating of claim 149, wherein the coating comprises an
amino resin, a phenolic resin, a polyamide, a ketimine, an
aliphatic amine, or a combination thereof.
151. The coating of claim 149, wherein the epoxy resin comprises a
cycloaliphatic epoxy binder.
152. The coating of claim 151, wherein the coating comprises a
polyol.
153. The coating of claim 126, wherein the binder comprises a
polyhydroxyether binder.
154. The coating of claim 153, wherein the coating comprises an
epoxide, a polyurethane comprising an isocyanate moiety, an amino
resin, or a combination thereof.
155. The coating of claim 126, wherein the binder comprises an
acrylic resin.
156. The coating of claim 155, wherein the coating comprises an
epoxide, a polyurethane comprising an isocyanate moiety, an amino
resin, or a combination thereof.
157. The coating of claim 126, wherein the binder comprises a
polyvinyl binder
158. The coating of claim 157, wherein the coating comprises an
alkyd, a urethane, an amino-resin, or a combination thereof.
159. The coating of claim 126, wherein the binder comprises a
rubber resin.
160. The coating of claim 159, wherein the rubber resin comprises a
chlorinated rubber resin, a synthetic rubber resin, or a
combination thereof.
161. The coating of claim 159, wherein the coating comprises an
acrylic resin, an alkyd resin, a bituminous resin, or a combination
thereof.
162. The coating of claim 126, wherein the binder comprises a
bituminous binder.
163. The coating of claim 162, wherein the coating comprises an
epoxy resin.
164. The coating of claim 126, wherein the binder comprises a
polysulfide binder.
165. The coating of claim 164, wherein the coating comprises a
peroxide, a binder comprising an isocyanate moiety, or a
combination thereof.
166. The coating of claim 126, wherein the binder comprises a
silicone binder.
167. The coating of claim 166, wherein the coating comprises an
organic binder.
168. The coating of claim 125, wherein the coating comprises a
liquid component.
169. The coating of claim 168, wherein the liquid component
comprises a solvent, a thinner, a diluent, a plasticizer, or a
combination thereof.
170. The coating of claim 168, wherein the liquid component
comprises a liquid organic compound, an inorganic compound, water,
or a combination thereof.
171. The coating of claim 170, wherein the liquid component
comprises a liquid organic compound.
172. The coating of claim 171, wherein the liquid organic compound
comprises a hydrocarbon, an oxygenated compound, a chlorinated
hydrocarbon, a nitrated hydrocarbon, a miscellaneous organic
liquid, a plasticizer, or a combination thereof.
173. The coating of claim 172, wherein the liquid organic compound
comprises a hydrocarbon.
174. The coating of claim 173, wherein the hydrocarbon comprises an
aliphatic hydrocarbon, a cycloaliphatic hydrocarbon, a terpene, an
aromatic hydrocarbon, or a combination thereof.
175. The coating of claim 174, wherein the hydrocarbon comprises a
petroleum ether, pentane, hexane, heptane, isododecane, a kerosene,
a mineral spirit, a VMP naphtha, cyclohexane, methylcyclohexane,
ethylcyclohexane, tetrahydronaphthalene, decahydronaphthalene, wood
terpentine oil, pine oil, .alpha.-pinene, .beta.-pinene, dipentene,
D-limonene, benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene, cumene, a type
I high flash aromatic naphtha, a type II high flash aromatic
naphtha, mesitylene, pseudocumene, cymol, styrene, or a combination
thereof.
176. The coating of claim 172, wherein the liquid organic compound
comprises an oxygenated compound.
177. The coating of claim 176, wherein the oxygenated compound
comprises an alcohol, an ester, a glycol ether, a ketone, an ether,
or a combination thereof.
178. The coating of claim 177, wherein the oxygenated compound
comprises methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, 1-butanol,
isobutanol, 2-butanol, tert-butanol, amyl alcohol, isoamyl alcohol,
hexanol, methylisobutylcarbinol, 2-ethylbutanol, isooctyl alcohol,
2-ethylhexanol, isodecanol, cylcohexanol, methylcyclohexanol,
trimethylcyclohexanol, benzyl alcohol, methylbenzyl alcohol,
furfuryl alcohol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, diacetone alcohol,
trimethylcyclohexanol, methyl formate, ethyl formate, butyl
formate, isobutyl formate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, propyl
acetate, isopropyl acetate, butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate,
sec-butyl acetate, amyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, hexyl acetate,
cyclohexyl acetate, benzyl acetate, methyl glycol acetate, ethyl
glycol acetate, butyl glycol acetate, ethyl diglycol acetate, butyl
diglycol acetate, 1-methoxypropyl acetate, ethoxypropyl acetate,
3-methoxybutyl acetate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, isobutyl
isobutyrate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, butyl glycolate,
dimethyl adipate, glutarate, succinate, ethylene carbonate,
propylene carbonate, butyrolactone, methyl glycol, ethyl glycol,
propyl glycol, isopropyl glycol, butyl glycol, methyl diglycol,
ethyl diglycol, butyl diglycol, ethyl triglycol, butyl triglycol,
diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, methoxypropanol,
isobutoxypropanol, isobutyl glycol, propylene glycol monoethyl
ether, 1-isopropoxy-2-propanol, propylene glycol mono-n-propyl
ether, propylene glycol n-butyl ether, methyl dipropylene glycol,
methoxybutanol, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl propyl ketone,
methyl isopropyl ketone, methyl butyl ketone, methyl isobutyl
ketone, methyl amyl ketone, methyl isoamyl ketone, diethyl ketone,
ethyl amyl ketone, dipropyl ketone, diisopropyl ketone,
cyclohexanone, methylcylcohexanone, trimethylcyclohexanone, mesityl
oxide, diisobutyl ketone, isophorone, diethyl ether, diisopropyl
ether, dibutyl ether, di-sec-butyl ether, methyl tert-butyl ether,
tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, metadioxane, or a combination
thereof.
179. The coating of claim 172, wherein the liquid organic compound
comprises a chlorinated hydrocarbon.
180. The coating of claim 179, wherein the chlorinated hydrocarbon
comprises methylene chloride, trichloromethane, tetrachloromethane,
ethyl chloride, isopropyl chloride, 1,2-dichloroethane,
1,1,1-trichloroethane, trichloroethylene, 1,1,2,2-tetrachlorethane,
1,2-dichloroethylene, perchloroethylene, 1,2-dichloropropane,
chlorobenzene, or a combination thereof.
181. The coating of claim 172, wherein the liquid organic compound
comprises a nitrated hydrocarbon.
182. The coating of claim 181, wherein the nitrated hydrocarbon
comprises a nitroparaffin, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, or a combination
thereof.
183. The coating of claim 172, wherein the liquid organic compound
comprises a miscellaneous organic liquid.
184. The coating of claim 183, wherein the miscellaneous organic
liquid comprises carbon dioxide; acetic acid, methylal,
dimethylacetal, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide,
dimethylsulfoxide, tetramethylene suflone, carbon disulfide,
2-nitropropane, N-methylpyrrolidone, hexamethylphosphoric triamide,
1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, or a combination thereof
185. The coating of claim 172, wherein the liquid organic compound
comprises a plasticizer.
186. The coating of claim 185, wherein the plasticizer comprises
di(2-ethylhexyl) azelate; di(butyl) sebacate; di(2-ethylhexyl)
phthalate; di(isononyl) phthalate; dibutyl phthalate; butyl benzyl
phthalate; di(isooctyl) phthalate; di(idodecyl) phthalate;
tris(2-ethylhexyl) trimellitate; tris(isononyl) trimellitate;
di(2-ethylhexyl) adipate; di(isononyl) adipate; acetyl tri-n-butyl
citrate; an epoxy modified soybean oil; 2-ethylhexyl epoxytallate;
isodecyl diphenyl phosphate; tricresyl phosphate; isodecyl diphenyl
phosphate; tri-2-ethylhexyl phosphate; an adipic acid polyester; an
azelaic acid polyester; a bisphenoxyethylformal, or a combination
thereof.
187. The coating of claim 185, wherein the plasticizer comprises an
adipate, an azelate, a citrate, a chlorinated plasticizer, an
epoxide, a phosphate, a sebacate, a phthalate, a polyester, a
trimellitate, or a combination thereof.
188. The coating of claim 170, wherein the liquid component
comprises an inorganic compound.
189. The coating of claim 188, wherein the inorganic compound
comprises ammonia, hydrogen cyanide, hydrogen fluoride, hydrogen
cyanide, sulfur dioxide, or a combination thereof.
190. The coating of claim 170, wherein the liquid component
comprises water.
191. The coating of claim 190, wherein the liquid component further
comprises methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropyl alcohol,
tert-butanol, ethylene glycol, methyl glycol, ethyl glycol, propyl
glycol, butyl glycol, ethyl diglycol, methoxypropanol,
methyldipropylene glycol, dioxane, tetrahydorfuran, acetone,
diacetone alcohol, dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide,
ethylbenzene, tetrachloroethylene, p-xylene, toluene, diisobutyl
ketone, tricholorethylene, trimethylcyclohexanol, cyclohexyl
acetate, dibutyl ether, trimethylcyclohexanone,
1,1,1-tricholoroethane, hexane, hexanol, isobutyl acetate, butyl
acetate, isophorone, nitropropane, butyl glycol acetate,
2-nitropropane, methylene chloride, methyl isobutyl ketone,
cyclohexanone, isopropyl acetate, methylbenzyl alcohol,
cyclohexanol, nitroethane, methyl tert-butyl ether, ethyl acetate,
diethyl ether, butanol, butyl glycolate, isobutanol, 2-butanol,
propylene carbonate, ethyl glycol acetate, methyl acetate, methyl
ethyl ketone, or a combination thereof.
192. The coating of claim 125, wherein the coating comprises a
colorant.
193. The coating of claim 192, wherein the colorant comprises a
pigment, a dye, or a combination thereof.
194. The coating of claim 193, wherein the colorant comprises a
pigment.
195. The coating of claim 194, wherein the cell-based particulate
material comprises 0.000001% to 100% of the pigment.
196. The coating of claim 194, wherein the pigment volume
concentration of the coating is 20% to 70%.
197. The coating of claim 194, wherein the pigment comprises a
corrosion resistance pigment, a camouflage pigment, a color
property pigment, an extender pigment, or a combination
thereof.
198. The coating of claim 197, wherein the pigment comprises a
corrosion resistance pigment.
199. The coating of claim 198, wherein the corrosion resistance
pigment comprises aluminum flake, aluminum triphosphate, aluminum
zinc phosphate, ammonium chromate, barium borosilicate, barium
chromate, barium metaborate, basic calcium zinc molybdate, basic
carbonate white lead, basic lead silicate, basic lead
silicochromate, basic lead silicosulfate, basic zinc molybdate,
basic zinc molybdate-phosphate, basic zinc molybdenum phosphate,
basic zinc phosphate hydrate, bronze flake, calcium barium
phosphosilicate, calcium borosilicate, calcium chromate, calcium
plumbate, calcium strontium phosphosilicate, calcium strontium zinc
phosphosilicate, dibasic lead phosphite, lead chromosilicate, lead
cyanamide, lead suboxide, lead sulfate, mica, micaceous iron oxide,
red lead, steel flake, strontium borosilicate, strontium chromate,
tribasic lead phophosilicate, zinc borate, zinc borosilicate, zinc
chromate, zinc dust, zinc hydroxy phosphite, zinc molybdate, zinc
oxide, zinc phosphate, zinc potassium chromate, zinc
silicophosphate hydrate, zinc tetraoxylchromate, or a combination
thereof.
200. The coating of claim 198, wherein the coating is a metal
surface coating.
201. The coating of claim 198, wherein the coating comprises a
primer.
202. The coating of claim 197, wherein the pigment comprises a
camouflage pigment.
203. The coating of claim 202, wherein the camouflage pigment
comprises an anthraquinone black, a chromium oxide green, a
cell-based particulate material, or a combination thereof.
204. The coating of claim 202, wherein the camouflage pigment
reduces the ability of the coating to be detected by a devise that
measures infrared radiation.
205. The coating of claim 197, wherein the pigment comprises a
color property pigment.
206. The coating of claim 205, wherein the color property pigment
comprises a black pigment, a brown pigment, a white pigment, a
pearlescent pigment, a violet pigment, a blue pigment, a green
pigment, a yellow pigment, an orange pigment, a red pigment, a
metallic pigment, a cell-based particulate material, or a
combination thereof.
207. The coating of claim 206, wherein the color property pigment
comprises aniline black; anthraquinone black; carbon black; copper
carbonate; graphite; iron oxide; micaceous iron oxide; manganese
dioxide, azo condensation, metal complex brown; antimony oxide;
basic lead carbonate; lithopone; titanium dioxide; white lead; zinc
oxide; zinc sulphide; titanium dioxide and ferric oxide covered
mica, bismuth oxychloride crystal, dioxazine violet, carbazole
Blue; cobalt blue; indanthrone; phthalocyanine blue; Prussian blue;
ultramarine; chrome green; hydrated chromium oxide; phthalocyanine
green; anthrapyrimidine; arylamide yellow; barium chromate;
benzimidazolone yellow; bismuth vanadate; cadmium sulfide yellow;
complex inorganic color; diarylide yellow; disazo condensation;
flavanthrone; isoindoline; isoindolinone; lead chromate; nickel azo
yellow; organic metal complex; yellow iron oxide; zinc chromate;
perinone orange; pyrazolone orange; anthraquinone; benzimidazolone;
BON arylamide; cadmium red; cadmium selenide; chrome red;
dibromanthrone; diketopyrrolo-pyrrole; lead molybdate; perylene;
pyranthrone; quinacridone; quinophthalone; red iron oxide; red
lead; toluidine red; tonor; .beta.-naphthol red; aluminum flake;
aluminum non-leafing, gold bronze flake, zinc dust, stainless steel
flake, nickel flake, nickel powder, or a combination thereof.
208. The coating of claim 197, wherein the pigment comprises an
extender pigment.
209. The coating of claim 208, wherein the extender pigment
comprises a barium sulphate, a calcium carbonate, a kaolin, a
calcium sulphate, a silicate, a silica, an alumina trihydrate, a
cell-based particulate material, or a combination thereof.
210. The coating of claim 194, wherein the pigment comprises barium
ferrite; borosilicate; burnt sienna; burnt umber; calcium ferrite;
cerium; chrome orange; chrome yellow; chromium phosphate;
cobalt-containing iron oxide; fast chrome green; gold bronze
powder; luminescent; magnetic; molybdate orange; molybdate red;
oxazine; oxysulfide; polycyclic; raw sienna; surface modified
pigment; thiazine; thioindigo; transparent cobalt blue; transparent
cobalt green; transparent iron blue; transparent zinc oxide;
triarylcarbonium; zinc cyanamide; zinc ferrite; or a combination
thereof.
211. The coating of claim 125, wherein the coating comprises an
additive.
212. The coating of claim 211, wherein the additive comprises
0.000001% to 20.0% by weight, of the coating.
213. The coating of claim 211, wherein said additive comprises an
accelerator, an adhesion promoter, an antifoamer, anti-insect
additive, an antioxidant, an antiskinning agent, a buffer, a
catalyst, a coalescing agent, a corrosion inhibitor, a defoamer, a
dehydrator, a dispersant, a drier, electrical additive, an
emulsifier, a filler, a flame/fire retardant, a flatting agent, a
flow control agent, a gloss aid, a leveling agent, a marproofing
agent, a preservative, a silicone additive, a slip agent, a
surfactant, a light stabilizer, a Theological control agent, a
wetting additive, a cryopreservative, a xeroprotectant, or a
combination thereof.
214. The coating of claim 213, wherein the additive comprises a
preservative.
215. The coating of claim 214, wherein the preservative comprises
an in-can preservative, an in-film preservative, or a combination
thereof.
216. The coating of claim 214, wherein the preservative comprises a
biocide.
217. The coating of claim 216, wherein the biocide comprises a
bactericide, a fungicide, an algaecide, or a combination
thereof.
218. The coating of claim 214, wherein the preservative comprises
1-(3-chloroallyl)-3,5,7-triaza-1-azoniaadamantane chloride;
1,2-benzisothiazoline-3-one; 1,2-dibromo-2,4-dicyanobutane;
1,3-bis(hydroxymethyl)-5,5-dimethylhydantoin;
1-methyl-3,5,7-triaza-1-azo- nia-adamantane chloride;
2-bromo-2-nitropropane-1,3-diol; 2-(4-thiazolyl)benzimidazole;
2-(hydroxymethyl)-amino-2-methyl-1-propanol- ;
2(hydroxymethyl)-aminoethanol; 2,2-dibromo-3-nitrilopropionamide;
2,4,5,6-tetrachloro-isophthalonitrile; 2-mercaptobenzo-thiazole;
2-methyl-4-isothiazolin-3-one; 2-n-octyl-4-isothiazoline-3-one;
3-iodo-2-propynl N-butyl carbamate;
4,5-dichloro-2-N-octyl-3(2H)-isothiaz- olone;
4,4-dimethyloxazolidine; 5-chloro-2-methyl-4-isothiazolin-3-one;
5-hydroxy-methyl-1-aza-3,7-dioxabicylco (3.3.0.) octane;
6-acetoxy-2,4-dimethyl-1,3-dioxane; 7-ethyl bicyclooxazolidine; a
combination of 1,2-benzisothiazoline-3-one and
hexahydro-1,3,5-tris(2-hyd- roxyethyl)-s-triazine; a combination of
1,2-benzisothiazoline-3-one and zinc pyrithione; a combination of
2-(thiocyanomethyl-thio)benzothiozole and methylene
bis(thiocyanate); a combination of 4-(2-nitrobutyl)-morphol- ine
and 4,4'-(2-ethylnitrotrimethylene) dimorpholine; a combination of
4,4-dimethyl-oxazolidine and 3,4,4-trimethyloxazolidine; a
combination of 5-chloro-2-methyl-4-isothiazolin-3-one and
2-methyl-4-isothiazolin-3-one; a combination of carbendazim and
3-iodo-2-propynl N-butyl carbamate; a combination of carbendazim,
3-iodo-2-propynl N-butyl carbamate and diuron; a combination of
chlorothalonil and 3-iodo-2-propynl N-butyl carbamate; a
combination of chlorothalonil and a triazine compound; a
combination of tributyltin benzoate and alkylamine hydrochlorides;
a combination of zinc-dimethyldithiocarbamate and zinc
2-mercaptobenzothiazole; a copper soap; a metal soap; a mercury
soap; a mixture of bicyclic oxazolidines; a tin soap; an alkylamine
hydrochloride; an amine reaction product; barium metaborate; butyl
parahydroxybenzoate; carbendazim; copper(II) 8-quinolinolate;
diiodomethyl-p-tolysulfone; dithio-2,2-bis(benzmethylamide);
diuron; ethyl parahydroxybenzoate; glutaraldehyde;
hexahydro-1,3,5-triethyl-s-tri- azine;
hexahydro-1,3,5-tris(2-hydroxyethyl)-s-triazine;
hydroxymethyl-5,5-dimethylhydantoin; methyl parahydroxybenzoate;
N-butyl-1,2-benzisothiazolin-3-one; N-(trichloromethylthio)
phthalimide;
N-cyclopropyl-N-(1-dimethylethyl)-6-(methylthio)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-diami-
ne; N-trichloromethyl-thio-4-cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboximide;
p-chloro-m-cresol; phenoxyethanol; phenylmercuric acetate;
poly(hexamethylene biguanide) hydrochloride; potassium
dimethyldithiocarbamate; potassium
N-hydroxy-methyl-N-methyl-dithiocarbam- ate; propyl
parahydroxybenzoate; sodium 2-pyridinethiol-1-oxide;
tetra-hydro-3,5-di-methyl-2H-1,3,5-thiadiazine-2-thione;
tributyltin benzoate; tributyltin oxide; tributyltin salicylate;
zinc pyrithione; sodium pyrithione; copper pyrithione; zinc oxide;
a zinc soap; or a combination thereof.
219. The coating of claim 213, wherein the additive comprises a
wetting additive, a dispersant, or a combination thereof.
220. The coating of claim 219, wherein the additive comprises a
combination of an unsaturated polyamine amide salt and a lower
molecular weight acid; a polycarboxylic acid polymer
alkylolammonium salt; a combination of a long chain polyamine amide
salt and a polar acidic ester; a hydroxyfunctional carboxylic acid
ester; a non-ionic wetting agent; or a combination thereof.
221. The coating of claim 219, wherein the additive comprises a
wetting additive.
222. The coating of claim 221, wherein the wetting additive
comprises an ethylene oxide molecule comprising a hydrophobic
moiety; a surfactant; pine oil; a metal soap; calcium octoate; zinc
octoate; aluminum stearate; zinc stearate;
bis(2-ethylhexyl)sulfosuccinate; (octylphenoxy)polyethoxye- thanol
octylphenyl-polyethylene glycol; nonyl phenoxy poly (ethylene oxy)
ethanol; ethylene glycol octyl phenyl ether; or a combination
thereof.
223. The coating of claim 219, wherein the additive comprises a
dispersant.
224. The coating of claim 223, wherein the dispersant comprises
tetra-potassium pyrophosphate, a phosphate ester surfactant; a
particulate material, a calcium carbonate coated with fatty acid, a
modified montmorillonite clay, a caster wax, or a combination
thereof.
225. The coating of claim 213, wherein the additive comprises an
antifoamer, a defoamer, or a combination thereof.
226. The coating of claim 225, wherein the additive comprises an
oil; a mineral oil; a silicon oil; a fatty acid ester; dibutyl
phosphate; a metallic soap; a siloxane; a wax; an alcohol
comprising six to ten carbons; a pine oil; or a combination
thereof.
227. The coating of claim 225, wherein the coating further
comprises an emulsifier, a hydrophobic silica, or a combination
thereof.
228. The coating of claim 213, wherein the additive comprises a
rheological control agent.
229. The composition of claim 228, wherein the rheology control
agent comprises a silicate; a montmorillonite silicate; aluminum
silicate, a bentonite, magnesium silicate, a cellulose ether, a
hydrogenated oil, a polyacrylate, a polyvinylpyrrolidone, a
urethane, a methyl cellulose, a hydroxyethyl cellulose,
hydrogenated castor oil; a hydrophobically modified ethylene oxide
urethane; a titanium chelate, a zirconium chelate, a cell-based
particulate material, or a combination thereof.
230. The coating of claim 228, wherein the theological control
agent comprises a thickener, a viscosifier, or a combination
thereof.
231. The coating of claim 213, wherein the additive comprises a
corrosion inhibitor.
232. The coating of claim 231, wherein the corrosion inhibitor
comprises a chromate, a phosphate, a molybdate, a wollastonite, a
calcium ion-exchanged silica gel, a zinc compound, a borosilicate,
a phosphosilicate, a hydrotalcite, or a combination thereof.
233. The coating of claim 231, wherein said corrosion inhibitor
comprises an in-can corrosion inhibitor, a flash corrosion
inhibitor, or a combination thereof.
234. The coating of claim 233, wherein the corrosion inhibitor
comprises sodium nitrate, sodium benzoate, ammonium benzoate,
2-amino-2-methyl-propan-1-ol, or a combination thereof.
235. The coating of claim 213, wherein the additive comprises a
light stabilizer.
236. The coating of claim 235, wherein the light stabilizer
comprises a UV absorber, a radical scavenger, or a combination
thereof.
237. The coating of claim 236, wherein the light stabilizer
comprises a UV absorber.
238. The coating of claim 237, wherein the UV absorber comprises a
hydroxybenzophenone, a hydroxyphenylbenzotriazole, a
hydrozyphenyl-S-triazine, an oxalic anilide, yellow iron oxide, a
cell-based particulate material, or a combination thereof.
239. The coating of claim 236, wherein the light stabilizer
comprises a radical scavenger.
240. The coating of claim 239, wherein the radical scavenger
comprises a sterically hindered amine;
bis(1,2,2,6,6,-pentamethyl-4-poperidinyl) ester,
bis(2,2,6,6,-tetramethyl-1-isooctyloxy-4-piperidinyl) ester, or a
combination thereof.
241. The coating of claim 213, wherein said additive comprises a
buffer.
242. The coating of claim 241, wherein the buffer comprises a
bicarbonate, a monobasic phosphate buffer, a dibasic phosphate
buffer, Trizma base, a 5 zwitterionic buffer, triethanolamine, or a
combination thereof.
243. The coating of claim 242, wherein the buffer comprises a
bicarbonate.
244. The coating of claim 243, wherein the bicarbonate comprises an
ammonium bicarbonate.
245. The coating of claim 241, wherein the concentration of the
buffer in the coating is 0.000001 M to 2.0 M.
246. The coating of claim 213, wherein said additive comprises a
cryopreservative, a xeroprotectant, or a combination thereof.
247. The coating of claim 246, wherein the additive comprises a
cryopreservative.
248. The coating of claim 247, wherein the cryopreservative
comprises glycerol, DMSO, a protein, a sugar of 4 to 10 carbons, or
a combination thereof.
249. The coating of claim 246, wherein the additive comprises a
xeroprotectant.
250. The coating of claim 249, wherein the xeroprotectant comprises
glycerol, a glycol, a mineral oil, a bicarbonate, DMSO, a sugar of
4 to 10 carbons, or a combination thereof.
251. The coating of claim 1, wherein the cell-based particulate
material comprises 0.000001% to 80%, by weight or volume, a
cryopreservative, a xeroprotectant, or a combination thereof.
252. The coating of claim 1, wherein the coating is a multi-pack
coating.
253. The coating of claim 252, wherein the multi-pack coating is
stored in a two to five containers prior to application to a
surface.
254. The coating of claim 252, wherein 0.000001% to 100% of the
cell-based particulate material is stored in a container of the
multi-pack coating, and at least one coating component is stored in
another container of the multi-pack coating.
255. The coating of claim 254, wherein the container that stores
the cell-based particulate material further stores an additional
coating component.
256. The coating of claim 255, wherein the additional coating
component comprises a preservative, a wetting agent, a dispersing
agent, a buffer, a liquid component, a rheological modifier, a
cryopreservative, a xeroprotectant, or a combination thereof.
257. The coating of claim 1, wherein the coating is a coating
capable of being applied to a surface by a spray applicator.
258. The coating of claim 1, wherein the cell-based particulate
material is microencapsulated.
259. The coating of claim 1, wherein the coating comprises a pH
indicator.
260. The coating of claim 259, wherein the pH indicator is a
colormetric indicator.
261. The coating of claim 260, wherein the colormetric indicator
comprises Alizarin, Alizarin S, Brilliant Yellow, Lacmoid, Neutral
Red, Rosolic Red, or a combination thereof.
262. The coating of claim 259, wherein the pH indicator is a
fluorimetric indicator.
263. The coating of claim 262, wherein the fluorimetric indicator
comprises SNARF-1, BCECF, HPTS, Fluroescein, or a combination
thereof.
264. The coating of claim 259, wherein the pH indicator is a pH
indicator that undergoes a color or fluorescence change between pH
8 to pH 9.
265. A coating comprising a whole cell-based particulate
material.
266. A coating comprising a microorganism-based particulate
material.
267. A coating comprising a microorganism-based particulate
material, wherein the microorganism-based particulate material is a
whole cell particulate material.
268. A coating comprising a microorganism-based particulate
material, wherein the microorganism-based particulate material is a
unicellular-based particulate material or an oligocellular-based
particulate material.
269. A coating comprising a cell-based particulate material,
wherein the average wet molecular weight or dry molecular weight of
a primary particle of a cell-based particulate material is 6,022
kDa to 1.5.times.10.sup.14 kDa.
270. A coating, the improvement comprising inclusion of a
cell-based particulate material.
271. A coating, the improvement comprising inclusion of a
microorganism-based particulate material.
272. A coating, the improvement comprising inclusion of a whole
cell particulate material.
273. A coating, the improvement comprising inclusion of a
microorganism-based particulate material, wherein the
microorganism-based particulate material is a whole cell
particulate material.
274. A coating, the improvement comprising inclusion of a
microorganism-based particulate material, wherein the
microorganism-based particulate material is a unicellular-based
particulate material or an oligocellular-based particulate
material.
275. A coating, the improvement comprising inclusion of a
cell-based particulate material, wherein the average wet molecular
weight or dry molecular weight of a primary particle of a
cell-based particulate material is 6,022 kDa to 1.5.times.10.sup.14
kDa.
276. A paint comprising a cell-based particulate material.
277. A paint comprising a microorganism-based particulate
material.
278. A paint comprising a whole cell particulate material.
279. A paint comprising a microorganism-based particulate material,
wherein the microorganism-based particulate material is a whole
cell particulate material.
280. A paint comprising 0.000001% to 65% by weight or volume of a
cell-based particulate material.
281. A paint comprising 0.000001% to 65% by weight or volume of a
whole cell particulate material.
282. A paint comprising 0.000001% to 65% by weight or volume of a
microorganism-based particulate material.
283. A paint comprising 0.000001% to 65% by weight or volume of a
microorganism-based particulate material, wherein the
microorganism-based particulate material is a whole cell
particulate material.
284. A paint, the improvement comprising inclusion of a cell-based
particulate material.
285. A paint, the improvement comprising inclusion of a
microorganism-based particulate material.
286. A paint, the improvement comprising inclusion of a whole cell
particulate material.
287. A paint, the improvement comprising inclusion of a
microorganism-based particulate material, wherein the
microorganism-based particulate material is a whole cell
particulate material.
288. A paint, the improvement comprising inclusion of 0.000001% to
65% by weight or volume of a cell-based particulate material
289. A paint, the improvement comprising inclusion of 0.000001% to
65% by weight or volume of a microorganism-based particulate
material.
290. A paint, the improvement comprising inclusion of 0.000001% to
65% by weight or volume of a whole cell particulate material.
291. A paint, the improvement comprising inclusion of 0.000001% to
65% by weight or volume of a microorganism-based particulate
material, wherein the microorganism-based particulate material is a
whole cell particulate material.
292. A multi-pack paint, wherein one container comprises 0.000001%
to 65%, by weight or volume of the paint, a cell-based particulate
material.
293. A multi-pack paint, wherein one container comprises 0.000001%
to 65%, by weight or volume of the paint, a microorganism-based
particulate material.
294. A multi-pack paint, wherein one container comprises 0.000001%
to 65%, by weight or volume of the paint, a whole cell particulate
material.
295. A multi-pack paint, wherein one container comprises 0.000001%
to 65%, by weight or volume of the paint, a microorganism-based
particulate material, wherein the microorganism-based particulate
material is a whole cell particulate material.
296. A multi-pack paint, wherein one container comprises 100 parts
by volume paint, wherein a second container comprises three parts
by volume of a whole cell particulate material composition, and
wherein each part of the whole cell particulate material
composition comprises 1 mg per milliliter of whole cell particulate
material and 50% glycerol.
297. A non-film forming coating comprising a cell-based particulate
material.
298. An elastomer comprising a cell-based particulate material.
299. A filler comprising a cell-based particulate material.
300. An adhesive comprising a cell-based particulate material.
301. A sealant comprising a cell-based particulate material.
302. A material applied to a textile, comprising a cell-based
particulate material.
303. A wax comprising a cell-based particulate material.
304. A surface treatment comprising a cell-based particulate
material.
305. A surface treatment of claim 304, wherein the surface
treatment is a coating, a paint, a non-film forming coating, an
elastomer, an adhesive, an sealant, a material applied to a
textile, or a wax..
306. A method of making a surface treatment, comprising the step of
admixing a cell-based particulate material to at least one
additional surface treatment component.
307. A method of making a surface treatment comprising a cell-based
particulate material, comprising the steps of: obtaining a cell or
a virus; processing the cell or virus by sterilizing, attenuating,
concentrating, drying, milling, extracting, resuspending,
temperature maintaining, permeabilizing, disrupting, chemically
modifying, encapsulating, or a combination thereof, to produce a
cell-based particulate material; and admixing the cell-based
particulate material with at least one additional surface treatment
component, wherein a surface treatment comprising the cell-based
particulate material is produced.
308. A surface treatment comprising a cell-based particulate
material produced by the process which comprises obtaining a cell
or a virus; processing the cell or virus by sterilizing,
attenuating, concentrating, drying, milling, extracting,
resuspending, temperature maintaining, permeabilizing, disrupting,
chemically modifying, encapsulating, or a combination thereof, to
produce a cell-based particulate material; and admixing the
cell-based particulate material with at least one additional
surface treatment component, wherein a surface treatment comprising
the cell-based particulate material is produced.
Description
[0001] This application claims the benefit of U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 10/655,345, entitled "Biological Active
Coating Components, Coatings, and Coated Surfaces," filed Sep. 4,
2003; and Provisional Patent Application Entitled "Bioactive
Protein Paint Additive, Paint, and Painted Various," Ser. No.
60/409,102, filed Sep. 9, 2002, each incorporated herein in their
entirety by reference.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0002] A. Field of the Invention
[0003] The present invention relates generally to the field of
coatings (e.g., paints) and other surface treatments that comprise
a cell-based particulate material. More specifically, the present
invention relates to coatings such as paints or clear coatings that
comprise a microorganism-based particulate material. The invention
further relates to the use of a cell-based particulate material as
a biodegradable coating component.
[0004] B. Description of the Related Art
[0005] A microorganism, such as a bacterium, a fungus, or an algae,
is considered an undesirable contaminant in a coating and/or film.
A coating, film, substrate, or a combination thereof may be
detrimentally affected by the presence of a living microorganism.
For example, a living microorganism can alter viscosity due to
damage to a cellulosic viscosifier; alter a rheological property by
increasing the gelling of a coating; produce an undesirable color
alteration ("discoloration") by production of a colorizing agent;
produce undesirable gas and increase foam in a coating; produce an
undesirable odor; alter (e.g., lower pH); damage a preservative;
produce slime; reduce adhesion by a film; increase corrosion of a
metal surface by moisture production by a microorganism; increase
corrosion of a metal surface by film damage; or damage a wooden
surface by colonization (e.g., fungal colonization). These changes
can lead to the coating and/or film becoming unsuitable for
use.
[0006] The undesirable growth of a microorganism is generally more
prevalent in a water-borne coating, as the solvent component of a
solvent borne-coating usually acts as a preservative. However, a
film is generally susceptible to such damage by growth of a
microorganism after loss of a solvent (e.g., evaporation) during
film formation. Additionally, various bacteria (e.g., Bacillus
spp.) and fungi produce spores, which are cells that are relatively
durable to unfavorable conditions (e.g., cold, heat, dehydration, a
biocide) and may persist in a coating and/or film for months or
years prior to germinating into a damaging colony of cells.
[0007] Examples of bacteria commonly found to contaminate a coating
and/or film include Pseudomonas spp., Aerobacter spp., Enterobacter
spp., Flavobacterium spp. (e.g., Flavobacterium marinum), or
Bacillus spp. Examples of fungi commonly found to contaminate a
coating and/or film include Aureobasidium pullulans, Alternaria
dianthicola, or Phoma pigmentivora. Examples of algae commonly
found to contaminate a coating and/or film include Oscillotoria
sp., Scytonema sp., or Protoccoccus sp. Techniques are known to
those of ordinary skill in the art for determining microbial
contamination of a coating and/or coating component (see, for
example, "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for
Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance," D3274-95,
D4610-98, D2574-00, D3273-00, D3456-86, D5589-97 and D5590-00,
2002; and "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for
Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance," 2002).
Various methods of coating preparation to reduce microbial
contamination and/or prevent microbial growth in a coating or film
are known in the art [see, for example, Flick, E. W. "Handbook of
Paint Raw Materials, Second Edition," 263-285 and 879-998, 1989; in
"Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the
Gardner-Sward Handbook," (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp 261-267 and
654-661, 1995; in "Paint and Surface Coatings, Theory and Practice,
Second Edition," (Lambourne, R. and Strivens, T. A., Eds.), pp.
193-194, 371-382 and 543-547, 1999; Wicks, Jr., Z. W., Jones, F.
N., Pappas, S. P. "Organic Coatings, Science and Technology, Volume
1: Film Formation, Components, and Appearance," pp. 318-320, 1992;
Wicks, Jr., Z. W., Jones, F. N., Pappas, S. P. "Organic Coatings,
Science and Technology, Volume 2: Applications, Properties and
Performance," pp. 145, 309, 319-323 and 340-341, 1992; in "Paints,
Coatings and Solvents, Second, Completely Revised Edition," (Stoye,
D. and Freitag, W., Eds.) pp 6, 127 and 165, 1998; In "Waterborne
Coatings and Additives," 202-216, 1995; in "Handbook of Coatings
Additives," pp. 177-224, 1987; and in "PCI Paints & Coatings
Industry," pp. 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66-68, 70, 72 and 74, July
2003]. In conducting such tests, microorganisms such as
Gram-negative Eubacteria including Alcaligenes faecalis (ATCC No.
8750), Pseudomonas aeruginosa (ATCC Nos. 10145 and 15442),
Pseudomonas fluorescens (ATCC No. 13525), Enterobacter aerogenes
(ATCC No. 13048), Escherichia coli (ATCC No. 11229), Proteus
vulgaris (ATCC No. 8427), Oscillatoria sp. (ATCC No. 29135), and
Calothrix sp. (ATCC No. 27914); Gram-positive Eubacteria including
Bacillus subtilis (ATCC No. 27328), Brevibacterium ammoniagenes
(ATCC No. 6871), and Staphylococcus aureus (ATCC No. 6538);
filamentous fungi including Aspergillus oryzae (ATCC No. 10196),
Aspergillus flavus (ATCC No. 9643), Aspergillus niger (ATCC Nos.
9642 and 6275), Aureobasidium pullulans (ATCC No. 9348),
Penicillium sp. (ATCC No. 12667), Penicillium citrinum (ATCC No.
9849), Penicillium funiculosum (ATCC No. 9644), Cladosporium
cladosporoides (ATCC No. 16022), Trichoderma viride (ATCC No.
9645), Ulocladium atrum (ATCC No. 52426), Alternaria alternate
(ATCC No. 52170), and Stachybotrys chartarum (ATCC No. 16026);
yeast including Candida albicans (ATCC No. 11651); and Protista
including Chlorella sp. (ATCC No. 7516), Chlorella vulgaris (ATCC
No. 11468), Chlorella pyrenoidosa (UTEX No. 1230), Chlorococcum
oleofaciens (UTEX No. 105), Ulothrix acuminata (UTEX No. 739),
Ulothrix gigas (ATCC No. 30443), Scenedesmus quadricauda (ATCC No.
11460), Trentepohlia aurea (UTEX No. 429), and Trentepohlia odorata
(CCAP No. 483/4); have been used as positive control contaminants
of a coating.
[0008] There have been descriptions of cell components and cells
incorporated into some materials. U.S. patent Publication No.
2002/0106361 A1 discusses a marine anti-fungal enzyme for use in a
marine coating. Immobilized enzymes in a latex are discussed in the
April 2002 edition of "Emulsion Polymer Technologies," by the Paint
Research Association website
http://www.pra.org.uk/publications/emulsion/emulsion
highlights-2002.htm. Recombinant Escherichia coli cells have been
cryoimmobilized in poly(vinyl)alcohol gel spheres (Rainina, E. I.
et al., 1996). Whole Flavobacterium sp. cells or cell membranes
have been described as immobilized to glass membrane using
poly(carbamoyl sulfonate) and poly(ethyleneimine) (Gaberlein, S. et
al., 2000a). Escherichia coli cells were fixed behind a
polycarbonate membrane (Mulchandani, A. et al., 1998a; Mulchandani,
A. et al., 1998b). Recombinant Escherichia coli cells were admixed
in low melting point agarose and applied to membrane that was
affixed to a fiber optic sensor (Mulchandani, A. et al., 1998c).
Recombinant Moraxella sp. cells were admixed in 75% (w/w) graphite
powder and 25% (w/w) mineral oil and placed into an electrode
cavity (Mulchandani, P. et al., 2001b). Additional sensors using
OPH have been described (Mulchandani, A. et al., 2001). A cell
extract has been immobilized onto silica beads and porous glass
(Munnecke, D. M., 1979; Munnecke, D. M., 1978). Recombinant
Escherichia coli cells have been immobilized in a
poly(vinylalcohol) cryogel (Hong, M. S. et al., 1998; Efremenko, E.
N. et al., 2002; Kim, J.-W. et al., 2002). Recombinant Escherichia
coli has been immobilized to polypropylene fabric by absorption of
the cells to the fabric (Mulchandani, A. et al., 1999b).
[0009] However, there is still a need for environmentally friendly
(e.g., biodegradable) materials for novel coatings and other
surface treatments that remain active and stable for significant
time. Additionally, there is still a need for materials that give
color, opacity, protection from light damage (e.g., UV light),
camouflage appearance, and other desirable properties to coatings
and other surface treatments.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0010] A surprising and unexpected aspect of the present invention
is the discovery of the suitability of a cell-based particulate
material, particularly a microorganism-based particulate material,
for use as a purposefully included surface treatment component.
This discovery is surprising due to the problem of damage by living
cells, particularly those of microorganisms, to surface treatments
(e.g., coatings, waxes, textile finishes, waxes, elastomers,
adhesives, sealants) and/or a surface (e.g., wood, metal), as is
known to those of skill in the art and described herein. Though it
is preferred in many embodiments that a cell-based particulate
material of the present invention is sterile while used in a
surface treatment. In the practice of the present invention,
cell-based particulate materials are contemplated for use as
various coating and surface treatment components such as pigments,
fillers, light stablizers, binders, rheology control agents, and
other embodiments described herein. To the best of the inventor's
knowledge, this selection of cell-based particulate materials as a
surface treatment component is counter to the core teachings of the
art as related to surface treatments.
[0011] As used herein, a "surface treatment" refers to compositions
applied to a surface, and examples of such compositions
specifically contemplated include a coating (e.g., a paint, a clear
coat), a textile finish, a wax, elastomer, an adhesive, or a
sealant. Such surface treatments are known to one of ordinary skill
in the respective arts of coatings, textile finishes, waxes,
elastomers, adhesives, and/or sealants, and any technique or
composition described herein or would be known to one of ordinary
skill in these arts may be applied in the practice of the present
invention in light of the disclosures herein of the utility of
cell-based particulate material as a component of a surface
treatment.
[0012] The present invention provides compositions and methods for
use of a cell-based particulate material as a component of a
surface treatment. A cell-based particulate material refers to
particulate material prepared from a cell or virus. More
specifically, the present invention provides compositions and
methods for incorporating preparations of cells or viruses,
particularly microorganism derived cells, into surface treatments
as a particulate material. In the practice of the present
invention, a preferred surface treatment is a coating. In the
practice of the present invention, a preferred cell-based
particulate material comprises a sterilized and/or attenuated
cell-based particulate material, wherein the majority or all of the
cell-based particulate material has been killed and/or reduced in
pathogenicity.
[0013] The invention provides a coating or other surface treatment
comprising a cell-based particulate material. A further disclosure
of the present invention is the preparation of a cell-based
particulate material with a limited number of processing and/or
purification steps from the organism from which it was produced. In
preferred aspects, the cell-based particulate material comprises a
cell wall, a silica based shell/exoskeleton/cell wall (e.g., a
test, a frustule), a pellicle, a viral proteinaceous outer coat, or
a combination thereof.
[0014] In some embodiments, a cell-based particulate material of
the present invention, such as a whole cell particulate material or
a cell-fragment particulate material will be of a greater molecular
weight or mass per particle than other coating or surface treatment
components. It is contemplated that the insolubility of a
cell-based particulate material of the present invention will be
enhanced by a greater average molecular weight. For example, the
cell wall component (e.g., peptidoglycan) of a single bacterial
cell may be millions of kilo Daltons of molecular weight, while
most coating or other surface treatment components are typically
less than 1,000 kDa (1.66.times.10.sup.-18 g) in weight per
individual molecule or particle.
[0015] In some embodiments, the average weight per single particle
("primary particle") of a cell-based particulate material of the
present invention may be measured in "wet weight," which is the
weight of the particle prior to a drying or an extraction step that
would remove the liquid component of a cell (e.g., the aqueous
component of the cell's cytoplasm). In certain aspects, the "wet
weight" of a cell-based particulate material of the present
invention (e.g., a whole cell particulate material) that has its
liquid component replaced by some other liquid (e.g., an organic
solvent) may also be measured in "wet weight." The "dry weight"
refers to the average per particle weight of a cell-based
particulate material after the majority of the liquid component has
been removed. The term "majority" refers 50% to 100%, including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, with the greater
values preferred (e.g., 85% to 100%). In general embodiments, it is
contemplated that the dry weight of a cell-based particulate
material of the present invention will typically be 5% to 30% the
wet weight, including all intermediate ranges and combinations
thereof, as it is usual for 70% to 95% of a cell to be water. Any
technique for measuring cell or particle size, volume, density,
etc. used by those of ordinary skill in these arts for various
insoluble particulate materials (e.g., pigments) used as coating,
paint, or surface treatment components may be applied to a
cell-based particulate material of the present invention to
determine wet or dry weight values, particle size, particle
density, etc. Additionally, various examples of specific techniques
are described herein (see, for example, the "Incorporation of a
Particulate Material into a Coating" section of the Detailed
Description herein). Further, such measurements of cell size,
shape, density, numbers, etc. is known to those of ordinary skill
in the art of microbiology. For example, the average number of
particles, size, shape, etc. of a cell-based particulate material
of the present invention may be microscopically determined for a
given volume and weight of material, whether prepared as a "wet
weight" or "dry weight material," and the average particle weight,
density, volume, etc. calculated.
[0016] In additional embodiments, it is contemplated that a
cell-based particulate material of the present invention, including
those prepared from a cell comprising a silica based
shell/exoskeleton/cell wall (e.g., a test, a frustule), will
comprise one or more biomolecules that contribute to average
molecular weight of the particles of cell-based particulate
material. A "biomolecule" as used herein is any molecule comprising
carbon synthesized by a living cell and comprised as part of a
cell-based particulate material. In most embodiments, the
biomolecule was part of the cell or virus from which the cell-based
particulate material of the present invention is produced, and is
retained as part of the cell-based particulate material. In general
embodiments, it is contemplated that a cell-based particulate
material prepared from a cell comprising a silica-based
shell/exoskeleton/cell wall or other non-biomolecule component
(e.g., a diatom-based particulate material), will comprise a per
particle average, by wet or dry weight, of 0.000001% to 100% of one
or more biomolecules, including all intermediate ranges and
combinations thereof. It is contemplated that in certain
embodiments, all detectable amounts of the non-biomolecule
component (e.g., a silica based shell/exoskeleton/cell wall) may be
removed by one or more processing steps, producing a cell-based
particulate material comprising, by wet or dry weight, 100% or one
or more biomolecules. Examples of the intermediate ranges and
combinations for the minimum per particle average biomolecule wet
or dry weight value for a cell-based particulate material of the
present invention includes 0.00001%, 0.0001%, 0.001%, 0.01%, 0.10%,
1.00%, 2.00%, 3.0%, 4.0%, 5.0%, 7.5%, 10.0%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%,
35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%,
99%, 99.9%, 100%, etc.
[0017] In certain embodiments, the average wet or dry molecular
weight of a single particle of a cell-based particulate material of
the present invention may be 8.3.times.10.sup.-20 g (50. kDa) to
2.5.times.10.sup.-7 g (1.5.times.10.sup.14 kDa), including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. Examples of wet or
dry weight intermediate ranges and combinations thereof minimum
and/or maximum values include 8.3.times.10.sup.-20 g (50 kDa),
1.0.times.10.sup.-19 g (60 kDa), 1.2.times.10.sup.-19 g (72 kDa),
1.4.times.10.sup.-19 g (84 kDa), 1.6.times.10.sup.-19 g (96 kDa),
1.8.times.10.sup.-19 g (108 kDa), 2.0.times.10.sup.-19 g (120 kDa),
2.25.times.10.sup.-19 g (135 kDa), 2.5.times.10.sup.-19 g (151
kDa), 2.75.times.10.sup.-19 g (166 kDa), 3.0.times.10.sup.-19 g
(181 kDa), 3.5.times.10.sup.-19 g (211 kDa), 4.0.times.10.sup.-19 g
(241 kDa), 5.0.times.10.sup.-19 g (301 kDa), 6.0.times.10.sup.-19 g
(361 kDa), 7.0.times.10.sup.-19 g (422 kDa), 8.0.times.10.sup.-19 g
(482 kDa), 9.0.times.10.sup.-19 g (542 kDa), 1.0.times.10.sup.-18 g
(602 kDa), 1.25.times.10.sup.-18 g (753 kDa), 1.5.times.10.sup.-18
g (903 kDa), 1.66.times.10.sup.-18 g (1,000 kDa),
1.75.times.10.sup.-18 g (1,053 kDa), 2.0.times.10.sup.-18 g (1,204
kDa), 2.5.times.10.sup.-18 g (1,506 kDa), 2.75.times.10.sup.-18 g
(1,656 kDa), 3.0.times.10.sup.-18 g (1,807 kDa),
3.25.times.10.sup.-18 g (1,957 kDa), 3.5.times.10.sup.-18 g (2,108
kDa), 3.75.times.10.sup.-18 g (2,258 kDa), 4.0.times.10.sup.-18 g
(2,409 kDa), 5.0.times.10.sup.-18 g (3,011 kDa),
6.0.times.10.sup.-18 g (3,613 kDa), 7.0.times.10.sup.-18 g (4,215
kDa), 8.0.times.10.sup.-18 g (4,818 kDa), 9.0.times.10.sup.-18 g
(5,420 kDa), 1.0.times.10.sup.-17 g (6,022 kDa),
2.0.times.10.sup.-17 g (1.2.times.10.sup.4 kDa),
3.0.times.10.sup.-17 g (1.8.times.10.sup.4 kDa),
4.0.times.10.sup.-17 g (2.4.times.10.sup.4 kDa),
5.0.times.10.sup.-17 g (3.0.times.10.sup.4 kDa),
6.0.times.10.sup.-17 g (3.6.times.10.sup.4 kDa),
7.0.times.10.sup.-17 g (4.2.times.10.sup.4 kDa),
8.0.times.10.sup.-17 g (4.8.times.10.sup.4 kDa),
9.0.times.10.sup.-17 g (5.4.times.10.sup.4 kDa),
1.0.times.10.sup.-16 g (6.0.times.10.sup.4 kDa),
2.0.times.10.sup.-16 g (1.2.times.10.sup.5 kDa),
3.0.times.10.sup.-16 g (1.8.times.10.sup.5 kDa),
4.0.times.10.sup.-16 g (2.4.times.10.sup.5 kDa),
5.0.times.10.sup.-16 g (3.0.times.10.sup.5 kDa),
6.0.times.10.sup.-16 g (3.6.times.10.sup.5 kDa),
7.0.times.10.sup.-16 g (4.2.times.10.sup.5 kDa),
8.0.times.10.sup.-16 g (4.8.times.10.sup.5 kDa),
9.0.times.10.sup.-16 g (5.4.times.10.sup.5 kDa),
1.0.times.10.sup.-15 g (6.0.times.10.sup.5 kDa),
2.0.times.10.sup.-15 g (1.2.times.10.sup.6 kDa),
3.0.times.10.sup.-15 g (1.8.times.10.sup.6 kDa),
4.0.times.10.sup.-15 g (2.4.times.10.sup.6 kDa),
5.0.times.10.sup.-15 g (3.0.times.10.sup.6 kDa),
6.0.times.10.sup.-15 g (3.6.times.10.sup.6 kDa),
7.0.times.10.sup.-15 g (4.2.times.10.sup.6 kDa),
8.0.times.10.sup.-15 g (4.8.times.10.sup.6 kDa),
9.0.times.10.sup.-15 g (5.4.times.10.sup.6 kDa),
1.0.times.10.sup.-14 g (6.0.times.10.sup.6 kDa),
2.0.times.10.sup.-14 g (1.2.times.10.sup.7 kDa),
3.0.times.10.sup.-14 g (1.8.times.10.sup.7 kDa),
4.0.times.10.sup.-14 g (2.4.times.10.sup.7 kDa),
5.0.times.10.sup.-14 g (3.0.times.10.sup.7 kDa),
6.0.times.10.sup.-14 g (3.6.times.10.sup.7 kDa),
7.0.times.10.sup.-14 g (4.2.times.10.sup.7 kDa),
8.0.times.10.sup.-14 g (4.8.times.10.sup.7 kDa),
9.0.times.10.sup.-14 g (5.4.times.10.sup.7 kDa),
1.0.times.10.sup.-13 g (6.0.times.10.sup.7 kDa),
2.0.times.10.sup.-13 g (1.2.times.10.sup.8 kDa),
3.0.times.10.sup.-13 g (1.8.times.10.sup.8 kDa),
4.0.times.10.sup.-13 g (2.4.times.10.sup.8 kDa),
5.0.times.10.sup.-13 g (3.0.times.10.sup.8 kDa),
6.0.times.10.sup.31 13 g (3.6.times.10.sup.8 kDa),
7.0.times.10.sup.-13 g (4.2.times.10.sup.8 kDa),
8.0.times.10.sup.-13 g (4.8.times.10.sup.8 kDa),
9.0.times.10.sup.-13 g (5.4.times.10.sup.8 kDa),
1.0.times.10.sup.-12 g (6.0.times.10.sup.8 kDa),
2.0.times.10.sup.-12 g (1.2.times.10.sup.9 kDa),
3.0.times.10.sup.-12 g (1.8.times.10.sup.9 kDa),
4.0.times.10.sup.-12 g (2.4.times.10.sup.9 kDa),
5.0.times.10.sup.-12 g (3.0.times.10.sup.9 kDa),
6.0.times.10.sup.-12 g (3.6.times.10.sup.9 kDa),
7.0.times.10.sup.-12 g (4.2.times.10.sup.9 kDa),
8.0.times.10.sup.-12 g (4.8.times.10.sup.9 kDa),
9.0.times.10.sup.-12 g (5.4.times.10.sup.9 kDa),
1.0.times.10.sup.-11 g (6.0.times.10.sup.9 kDa),
2.0.times.10.sup.-11 g (1.2.times.10.sup.10 kDa),
3.0.times.10.sup.-11 g (1.8.times.10.sup.10 kDa),
4.0.times.10.sup.-11 g (2.4.times.10.sup.10 kDa),
5.0.times.10.sup.-11 g (3.0.times.10.sup.10 kDa),
6.0.times.10.sup.-11 g (3.6.times.10.sup.10 kDa),
7.0.times.10.sup.-11 g (4.2.times.10.sup.10 kDa),
8.0.times.10.sup.-11 g (4.8.times.10.sup.10 kDa),
9.0.times.10.sup.-11 g (5.4.times.10.sup.10 kDa),
1.0.times.10.sup.-10 g (6.0.times.10.sup.10 kDa),
2.0.times.10.sup.-10 g (1.2.times.10.sup.11 kDa),
3.0.times.10.sup.-10 g (1.8.times.10.sup.11 kDa),
4.0.times.10.sup.-10 g (2.4.times.10.sup.11 kDa),
5.0.times.10.sup.-10 g (3.0.times.10.sup.11 kDa),
6.0.times.10.sup.-10 g (3.6.times.10.sup.11 kDa),
7.0.times.10.sup.-10 g (4.2.times.10.sup.11 kDa),
8.0.times.10.sup.-10 g (4.8.times.10.sup.11 kDa),
9.0.times.10.sup.-10 g (5.4.times.10.sup.11 kDa),
1.0.times.10.sup.-9 g (6.0.times.10.sup.11 kDa),
2.0.times.10.sup.-9 g (1.2.times.10.sup.12 kDa),
3.0.times.10.sup.-9 g (1.8.times.10.sup.12 kDa),
4.0.times.10.sup.-9 g (2.4.times.10.sup.12 kDa),
5.0.times.10.sup.-9 g (3.0.times.10.sup.12 kDa),
6.0.times.10.sup.-9 g (3.6.times.10.sup.12 kDa),
7.0.times.10.sup.-9 g (4.2.times.10.sup.12 kDa),
8.0.times.10.sup.-9 g (4.8.times.10.sup.12 kDa),
9.0.times.10.sup.-9 g (5.4.times.10.sup.12 kDa),
1.0.times.10.sup.-8 g (6.0.times.10.sup.12 kDa),
2.0.times.10.sup.-8 g (1.2.times.10.sup.13 kDa),
3.0.times.10.sup.-8 g (1.8.times.10.sup.13 kDa),
4.0.times.10.sup.-8 g (2.4.times.10.sup.13 kDa),
5.0.times.10.sup.-8 g (3.0.times.10.sup.13 kDa),
6.0.times.10.sup.-8 g (3.6.times.10.sup.13 kDa),
7.0.times.10.sup.-8 g (4.2.times.10.sup.13 kDa),
8.0.times.10.sup.-8 g (4.8.times.10.sup.13 kDa),
9.0.times.10.sup.-8 g (5.4.times.10.sup.13 kDa),
1.0.times.10.sup.-7 g (6.0.times.10.sup.13 kDa),
2.0.times.10.sup.-7 g (1.2.times.10.sup.14 kDa), etc. These values
encompass various specifically contemplated values and ranges for
both whole cell and cell fragment-based particulate material of the
present invention. However, it is contemplated that the average wet
or dry molecular weight of a single particle of a whole cell-based
particulate material of the present invention may be
1.0.times.10.sup.-17 g (6,022 kDa) to 2.5.times.10.sup.-7 g
(1.5.times.10.sup.14 kDa), including all intermediate ranges and
combinations thereof. Additionally, based upon a typical diameter
of 1.0 to 10 .mu.m and 1.0 to 100 .mu.m for a prokaryotic cell and
eukaryotic cell, respectively, it is contemplated that a
prokaryotic whole cell-based particulate material of the present
invention will typically range in wet or dry weight from
1.0.times.10.sup.-17 g (6,022 kDa) to 2.0.times.10.sup.-10 g
(1.2.times.10.sup.11 kDa), and a eukaryotic whole cell-based
particulate material of the present invention will typically range
in wet or dry weight from 1.0.times.10.sup.-17 g (6,022 kDa) to
2.5.times.10.sup.-7 g (1.5.times.10.sup.14 kDa), including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, respectively.
[0018] In certain embodiments, a cell-based particulate material of
the present invention may comprise cellulose (e.g., an algae-based
particulate material). However, as described above, most previously
described coating or surface treatment components, including those
comprising cellulose, are of lower average molecular weight than
many embodiments of the cell-based particulate material of the
present invention. Additionally, cellulose materials (e.g.,
nitrocellulose, cellulose acetate) previously described in the art
have typically undergone a chemical modification step such as
nitration, esterification, hydrophobe modification, etc. usually
made to enhance cellulose's solubility in a coating or surface
treatment's liquid component. However, as preferred embodiments of
the present invention relates to particulate material that is an
insoluble material (e.g., a cell-based particulate material used as
a pigment), it is contemplated that a solubility enhancing chemical
modification of the cellulose component of the cell-based
particulate material of the present invention will be less
prevalent or absent. Further, as it is preferred that a cell-based
particulate material of the present invention is prepared by as few
steps as possible, in certain embodiments a cell-based particulate
material of the present invention may be prepared from a cell that
comprises cellulose without a chemical modification step. However,
in other embodiments, a cell-based particulate material of the
present invention comprising cellulose may undergo a chemical
modification-processing step. In some aspects, a cell-based
particulate material of the present invention may be prepared from
a cell that comprises cellulose with a chemical modification step
that does not chemically modify the cellulose component of the
cell-based particulate material. In further aspects, a cell-based
particulate material of the present invention may be prepared from
a cell that comprises cellulose with a chemical modification step
other than esterification of the cellulose component of the
cell-based particulate material. In other embodiments, a cell-based
particulate material of the present invention may be prepared from
a cell that comprises cellulose with a chemical modification step
to a chemical moiety of cellulose other than a cellulose's hydroxyl
moiety. In further aspects, a cell-based particulate material of
the present invention may be prepared from a cell that comprises
cellulose in a form that differs from other types of cellulose
materials used in coating or surface treatments. For example, in
some aspects, the cell-based particulate material that comprises
cellulose is prepared from cells that may not have been used in
other types of cellulose materials, to produce a
microorganism-based particulate material (e.g., an algae-based
particulate material), a whole-cell particulate material, a
unicellular-based particulate material, an oligocellular-based
particulate material, or a combination thereof. Additionally, a
cellulose material such a nitrocellulose, cellulose ester, etc., is
prepared as a purified cellulose material, wherein other cellular
biomolecules are of low initial content and/or have been
stringently removed by processing to insure batch to batch
consistency in the chemical composition of the cellulose material.
In another example, the cell-based particulate material that
comprises cellulose will comprise one or more additional
biomolecules other than cellulose (e.g., proteinaceous materials,
lipids, etc.) retained from the cell used to produce the cell-based
particulate material. Such a plurality of cellular biomolecules is
contemplated as fewer processing steps are preferred in the
preparation of a cell-based particulate material of the present
invention. In certain embodiments, it is contemplated that a
cell-based particulate material of the present invention comprising
cellulose will comprise 0.000001% to 100% cellulose, including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, wherein the cellulose
is a chemically modified cellulose or cellulose that has not
undergone a chemical modification step. Specific examples of
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof for cellulose content
of a cell-based particulate material of the present invention
include 0.000001% to 90%, 0.000001% to 85%, 0.000001% to 80%,
0.000001% to 75%, 0.000001% to 70%, 0.000001% to 65%, 0.000001% to
60%, 0.000001% to 55%, 0.000001% to 50%, 0.000001% to 45%,
0.000001% to 40%, 0.000001% to 35%, 0.000001% to 30%, 0.000001% to
25%, 0.000001% to 20%, 0.000001% to 15%, 0.000001% to 10%,
0.000001% to 5%, 0.000001% to 1%, etc.
[0019] In preferred aspects, the organism from which the cell-based
particulate material is processed is a unicellular or oligocellular
organism. In many aspects, the cell-based particulate material
comprises a microorganism-based particulate material. In specific
aspects, the microorganism-based particulate material comprises an
Archaea, a Eubacteria, a fungi, a Protista, a bacteriophage, or a
combination thereof.
[0020] In some facets, the microorganism-based particulate material
comprises an Archaea. In particular facets, the Archaea comprises
Acidianus, Acidilobus, Aeropyrum, Archaeoglobus, Caldivirga,
Desulfurococcus, Ferroglobus, Ferroplasma, Haloarcula,
Halobacterium, Halobaculum, Halococcus, Haloferax, Halogeometricum,
Halomicrobium, Halorhabdus, Halorubrum, Haloterrigena,
Hyperthermus, Ignicoccus, Metallosphaera, Methanobacterium,
Methanobrevibacter, Methanocalculus, Methanocaldococcus,
Methanococcoides, Methanococcus, Methanocorpusculum,
Methanoculleus, Methanofollis, Methanogenium, Methanohalobium,
Methanohalophilus, Methanolacinia, Methanolobus, Methanomicrobium,
Methanomicrococcus, Methanoplanus, Methanopyrus, Methanosaeta,
Methanosalsum, Methanosarcina, Methanosphaera, Methanospirillum,
Methanothermobacter, Methanothermococcus, Methanothermus,
Methanothrix, Methanotorris, Natrialba, Natronobacterium,
Natronococcus, Natronomonas, Palaeococcus, Picrophilus,
Pyrobaculum, Pyrococcus, Pyrodictium, Pyrolobus, Staphylothermus,
Stetteria, Stygiolobus, Sulfolobus, Sulfophobococcus,
Sulfurisphaera, Thermococcus, Thermofilum, Thermoplasma,
Thermoproteus, Thermosphaera, Vulcanisaeta, or a combination
thereof.
[0021] In other facets, the microorganism-based particulate
material comprises a Eubacteria. In specific facets, the Eubacteria
comprises Abiotrophia, Acetitomaculum, Acetohalobium, Acetonema,
Achromobacter, Acidimicrobium, Acidithiobacillus, Acidobacterium,
Acidocella, Acrocarpospora, Actinoalloteichus, Actinobacillus,
Actinobaculum, Actinocorallia, Aequorivita, Afipia, Agreia,
Agrococcus, Ahrensia, Albibacter, Albidovulum, Alcanivorax,
Alicycliphilus, Alicyclobacillus, Alkalibacterium, Alkaliimnicola,
Alkalispirillum, Alkanindiges, Aminobacterium, Aminomonas,
Ammonifex, Ammoniphilus, Anaeroarcus, Anaerobacter, Anaerobaculum,
Anaerobranca, Anaerococcus, Anaerofilum, Anaeromusa, Anaerophaga,
Anaeroplasma, Anaerosinus, Anaerostipes, Anaerovorax,
Aneurinibacillus, Angiococcus, Anoxybacillus, Antarctobacter,
Aquabacter, Aquabacterium, Aquamicrobium, Aquifex, Arcobacter,
Arhodomonas, Asanoa, Atopobium, Azoarcus, Azorhizophilus, Azospira,
Bacteriovorax, Bartonella, Beutenbergia, Bilophila, Blastococcus,
Blastomonas, Bogoriella, Bosea, Brachymonas, Brackiella, Brenneria,
Brevibacillus, Bulleidia, Burkholderia, Caenibacterium,
Caldicellulosiruptor, Caldithrix, Caloramator, Caloranaerobacter,
Caminibacter, Caminicella, Carbophilus, Carboxydibrachium,
Carboxydocella, Carboxydothermus, Catenococcus, Catenuloplanes,
Cellulosimicrobium, Chelatococcus, Chlorobaculum, Chryseobacterium,
Chrysiogenes, Citricoccus, Collinsella, Colwellia, Conexibacter,
Coprothermobacter, Couchioplanes, Crossiella, Cryobacterium,
Cryptosporangium, Dechloromonas, Deferribacter, Defluvibacter,
Dehalobacter, Delftia, Demetria, Dendrosporobacter, Denitrovibrio,
Dermacoccus, Desemzia, Desulfacinum, Desulfitobacterium,
Desulfobacca, Desulfobacula, Desulfocapsa, Desulfocella,
Desulfofaba, Desulfofrigus, Desulfofustis, Desulfohalobium,
Desulfomusa, Desulfonatronovibrio, Desulfonatronum,
Desulfonauticus, Desulfonispora, Desulforegula, Desulforhabdus,
Desulforhopalus, Desulfospira, Desulfosporosinus, Desulfotalea,
Desulfotignum, Desulfovirga, Desulfurobacterium, Desulfuromusa,
Dethiosulfovibrio, Devosia, Dialister, Diaphorobacter,
Dichelobacter, Dictyoglomus, Dietzia, Dolosicoccus, Dorea,
Eggerthella, Empedobacter, Enhygromyxa, Eremococcus, Ferrimonas,
Filifactor, Filobacillus, Finegoldia, Flexistipes, Formivibrio,
Friedmanniella, Frigoribacterium, Fulvimonas, Fusibacter,
Gallicola, Garciella, Gelidibacter, Gelria, Gemmatimonas,
Gemmobacter, Geobacillus, Geobacter, Georgenia, Geothrix,
Geovibrio, Glaciecola, Gluconacetobacter, Gracilibacillus,
Granulicatella, Grimontia, Halanaerobacter, Halanaerobium,
Haliangium, Halobacillus, Halocella, Halonatronum, Halothermothrix,
Halothiobacillus, Helcococcus, Heliophilum, Heliorestis,
Herbidospora, Hippea, Holdemania, Holophaga, Hydrogenobacter,
Hydrogenobaculum, Hydrogenophilus, Hydrogenothermus,
Hydrogenovibrio, Hymenobacter, Ignavigranum, Iodobacter,
Isobaculum, Janibacter, Kineococcus, Kineosphaera, Kitasatosporia,
Knoellia, Kocuria, Kozakia, Kribbella, Kutzneria, Kytococcus,
Lachnobacterium, Laribacter, Lautropia, Lechevalieria, Leifsonia,
Leisingera, Lentzea, Leucobacter, Limnobacter, Listonella,
Lonepinella, Luteimonas, Luteococcus, Macrococcus, Macromonas,
Magnetospirillum, Mannheimia, Maricaulis, Marinibacillus,
Marinitoga, Marinobacterium, Marinospirillum, Marmoricola,
Meiothermus, Methylocapsa, Methylopila, Methylosarcina,
Microbulbifer, Microlunatus, Micromonas, Microsphaera,
Microvirgula, Modestobacter, Mogibacterium, Moorella, Moritella,
Muricauda, Mycetocola, Mycoplana, Myroides, Natroniella,
Natronincola, Nautilia, Nesterenkonia, Nonomuraea, Novosphingobium,
Oceanimonas, Oceanobacillus, Oceanobacter, Octadecabacter,
Oenococcus, Oleiphilus, Oligotropha, Olsenella, Opitutus, Orenia,
Ornithinicoccus, Ornithinimicrobium, Oxalicibacterium, Oxalophagus,
Oxobacter, Paenibacillus, Pandoraea, Papillibacter,
Paralactobacillus, Paraliobacillus, Parascardovia, Paucimonas,
Pectobacterium, Pelczaria, Pelospora, Pelotomaculum, Peptoniphilus,
Petrotoga, Phascolarctobacterium, Phocoenobacter, Photorhabdus,
Pigmentiphaga, Planomicrobium, Planotetraspora, Plantibacter,
Plesiocystis, Polaribacter, Prauserella, Propioniferax,
Propionimicrobium, Propionispora, Propionivibrio, Pseudaminobacter,
Pseudoalteromonas, Pseudobutyrivibrio, Pseudoramibacter,
Pseudorhodobacter, Pseudospirillum, Pseudoxanthomonas,
Psychroflexus, Psychromonas, Psychroserpens, Ralstonia,
Ramlibacter, Raoultella, Rathayibacter, Rhodothermus, Roseateles,
Roseburia, Roseiflexus, Roseinatronobacter, Roseospirillum,
Roseovarius, Rubritepida, Ruegeria, Sagittula, Salana,
Salegentibacter, Salinibacter, Salinivibrio, Sanguibacter,
Scardovia, Schineria, Schwartzia, Sedimentibacter, Shewanella,
Shuttleworthia, Silicibacter, Skermania, Slackia, Sphingobium,
Sphingomonas, Sphingopyxis, Spirilliplanes, Sporanaerobacter,
Sporobacter, Sporobacterium, Sporotomaculum, Staleya, Stappia,
Starkeya, Stenotrophomonas, Sterolibacterium, Streptacidiphilus,
Streptomonospora, Subtercola, Succiniclasticum, Succinispira,
Sulfitobacter, Sulfurospirillum, Sutterella, Suttonella,
Syntrophobotulus, Syntrophothermus, Syntrophus, Telluria,
Tenacibaculum, Tepidibacter, Tepidimonas, Tepidiphilus,
Terasakiella, Terracoccus, Tessaracoccus, Tetragenococcus,
Tetrasphaera, Thalassomonas, Thauera, Thermaerobacter,
Thermanaeromonas, Thermanaerovibrio, Thermicanus,
Thermithiobacillus, Thermoanaerobacterium, Thermobifida,
Thermobispora, Thermobrachium, Thermocrinis, Thermocrispum,
Thermodesulforhabdus, Thermodesulfovibrio, Thermohydrogenium,
Thermomonas, Thermosyntropha, Thermoterrabacterium,
Thermovenabulum, Thermovibrio, Thialkalimicrobium, Thialkalivibrio,
Thioalkalivibrio, Thiobaca, Thiomonas, Tindallia, Tolumonas,
Turicella, Turicibacter, Ureibacillus, Verrucosispora, Victivallis,
Virgibacillus, Vogesella, Weissella, Williamsia, Xenophilus,
Zavarzinia, Zooshikella, Zymobacter, or a combination thereof.
[0022] In additional facets, the Eubacteria comprises a
Gram-positive Eubacteria. In particular facets, a Gram-positive
Eubacteria comprises Acetobacterium, Actinokineospora,
Actinomadura, Actinomyces, Actinoplanes, Actinopolyspora,
Actinosynnema, Aerococcus, Aeromicrobium, Agromyces, Amphibacillus,
Amycolatopsis, Arcanobacterium, Arthrobacter, Aureobacterium,
Bacillus, Bifidobacterium, Brachybacterium, Brevibacterium,
Brochothrix, Carnobacterium, Caryophanon, Catellatospora,
Cellulomonas, Clavibacter, Clostridium, Coprococcus,
Coriobacterium, Corynebacterium, Curtobacterium, Dactylosporangium,
Deinobacter, Deinococcus, Dermabacter, Dermatophilus,
Desulfotomaculum, Enterococcus, Erysipelothrix, Eubacterium,
Exiguobacterium, Falcivibrio, Frankia, Gardnerella, Gemella,
Geodermatophilus, Glycomyces, Gordonia, Intrasporangium, Jonesia,
Kibdelosporangium, Kineosporia, Kitasatospora, Kurthia,
Lactobacillus, Lactococcus, Leuconostoc, Listeria, Marinococcus,
Melissococcus, Microbacterium, Microbispora, Micrococcus,
Micromonospora, Microtetraspora, Mobiluncus, Mycobacterium,
Nocardia, Nocardioides, Nocardiopsis, Oerskovia, Pediococcus,
Peptococcus, Peptostreptococcus, Pilimelia, Planobispora,
Planococcus, Planomonospora, Promicromonospora, Propionibacterium,
Pseudonocardia, Rarobacter, Renibacterium, Rhodococcus, Rothia,
Rubrobacter, Ruminococcus, Saccharococcus, Saccharomonospora,
Saccharopolyspora, Saccharothrix, Salinicoccus, Sarcina,
Sphaerobacter, Spirillospora, Sporichthya, Sporohalobacter,
Sporolactobacillus, Sporosarcina, Staphylococcus,
Streptoalloteichus, Streptococcus, Streptomyces, Streptosporangium,
Syntrophospora, Terrabacter, Thermacetogenium, Thermoactinomyces,
Thermoanaerobacter, Thermoanaerobium, Thermomonospora,
Trichococcus, Tsukamurella, Vagococcus, or a combination
thereof.
[0023] In further facets, the microorganism-based particulate
material comprises a Gram-negative Eubacteria. In specific facets,
the Gram-negative Eubacteria comprises Acetivibrio,
Acetoanaerobium, Acetobacter, Acetomicrobium, Acidaminobacter,
Acidaminococcus, Acidiphilium, Acidomonas, Acidovorax,
Acinetobacter, Aeromonas, Agitococcus, Agrobacterium, Agromonas,
Alcaligenes, Allochromatium, Alteromonas, Alysiella, Aminobacter,
Anabaena, Anaerobiospirillum, Anaerorhabdus, Anaerovibrio,
Ancalomicrobium, Ancylobacter, Angulomicrobium, Aquaspirillum,
Archangium, Arsenophonus, Arthrospira, Asticcacaulis, Azomonas,
Azorhizobium, Azospirillum, Azotobacter, Bacteroides, Bdellovibrio,
Beggiatoa, Beijerinckia, Blastobacter, Blastochloris, Bordetella,
Borrelia, Brachyspira, Bradyrhizobium, Brevundimonas, Brucella,
Budvicia, Buttiauxella, Butyrivibrio, Calothrix, Campylobacter,
Capnocytophaga, Cardiobacterium, Caulobacter, Cedecea,
Cellulophaga, Cellvibrio, Centipeda, Chitinophaga, Chlorobium,
Chloroflexus, Chlorogloeopsis, Chloroherpeton, Chondromyces,
Chromobacterium, Chromohalobacter, Chroococcidiopsis, Citrobacter,
Cobetia, Comamonas, Crinalium, Cupriavidus, Cyclobacterium,
Cylindrospermum, Cystobacter, Cytophaga, Dermocarpella, Derxia,
Desulfobacter, Desulfobacterium, Desulfobulbus, Desulfococcus,
Desulfomicrobium, Desulfomonile, Desulfonema, Desulfosarcina,
Desulfovibrio, Desulfurella, Desulfuromonas, Dichotomicrobium,
Ectothiorhodospira, Edwardsiella, Eikenella, Enhydrobacter,
Ensifer, Enterobacter, Erwinia, Erythrobacter, Erythromicrobium,
Escherichia, Ewingella, Fervidobacterium, Fibrobacter,
Filomicrobium, Fischerella, Flammeovirga, Flavobacterium,
Flectobacillus, Flexibacter, Flexithrix, Francisella, Frateuria,
Fusobacterium, Gemmata, Gemmiger, Gloeobacter, Gloeocapsa,
Gluconobacter, Haemophilus, Hafnia, Haliscomenobacter,
Haloanaerobium, Halobacteroides, Halochromatium, Halomonas,
Halorhodospira, Helicobacter, Heliobacillus, Heliobacterium,
Herbaspirillum, Herpetosiphon, Hirschia, Hydrogenophaga,
Hyphomicrobium, Hyphomonas, Ilyobacter, Isochromatium, Isosphaera,
Janthinobacterium, Kingella, Klebsiella, Kluyvera, Labrys,
Lachnospira, Lamprocystis, Lampropedia, Leclercia, Legionella,
Leminorella, Leptospira, Leptospirillum, Leptothrix, Leptotrichia,
Leucothrix, Lysobacter, Malonomonas, Marinilabilia, Marichromatium,
Marinobacter, Marinomonas, Megamonas, Megasphaera, Melittangium,
Meniscus, Mesophilobacter, Metallogenium, Methylobacillus,
Methylobacterium, Methylococcus, Methylomonas, Methylophaga,
Methylophilus, Methylovorus, Microscilla, Mitsuokella, Moellerella,
Moraxella, Morganella, Morococcus, Myxococcus, Myxosarcina,
Nannocystis, Neisseria, Nevskia, Nitrobacter, Nitrococcus,
Nitrosococcus, Nitrosomonas, Nitrosospira, Nitrospira, Nostoc,
Obesumbacterium, Oceanospirillum, Ochrobactrum, Oligella,
Oscillatoria, Oxalobacter, Pantoea, Paracoccus, Pasteurella,
Pectinatus, Pedobacter, Pedomicrobium, Pelobacter, Pelodictyon,
Persicobacter, Phaeospirillum, Phenylobacterium, Photobacterium,
Phyllobacterium, Pirellula, Planctomyces, Plesiomonas, Pleurocapsa,
Polyangium, Porphyrobacter, Porphyromonas, Pragia, Prevotella,
Propionigenium, Propionispira, Prosthecobacter, Prosthecochloris,
Prosthecomicrobium, Proteus, Providencia, Pseudanabaena,
Pseudomonas, Psychrobacter, Rahnella, Rhabdochromatium,
Rhizobacter, Rhizobium, Rhizomonas, Rhodobacter, Rhodobium,
Rhodoblastus, Rhodobaca, Rhodocista, Rhodocyclus, Rhodoferax,
Rhodomicrobium, Rhodopila, Rhodoplanes, Rhodopseudomonas,
Rhodospirillum, Rhodothalassium, Rhodovibrio, Rhodovulum,
Rikenella, Roseobacter, Roseococcus, Rugamonas, Rubrivivax,
Ruminobacter, Runella, Salmonella, Saprospira, Scytonema,
Sebaldella, Selenomonas, Seliberia, Serpens, Serpulina, Serratia,
Shigella, Simonsiella, Sinorhizobium, Sphaerotilus,
Sphingobacterium, Spirillum, Spirochaeta, Spirosoma, Spirulina,
Sporocytophaga, Sporomusa, Stella, Stigmatella, Streptobacillus,
Succinimonas, Succinivibrio, Sulfobacillus, Synechococcus,
Synechocystis, Syntrophobacter, Syntrophococcus, Syntrophomonas,
Tatumella, Taylorella, Thermochromatium, Thermodesulfobacterium,
Thermoleophilum, Thermomicrobium, Thermonema, Thermosipho,
Thermotoga, Thermus, Thiobacillus, Thiocapsa, Thiococcus,
Thiocystis, Thiodictyon, Thiohalocapsa, Thiolamprovum,
Thiomicrospira, Thiorhodovibrio, Thiothrix, Tissierella,
Tolypothrix, Treponema, Vampirovibrio, Variovorax, Veillonella,
Verrucomicrobium, Vibrio, Vitreoscilla, Weeksella, Wolinella,
Xanthobacter, Xanthomonas, Xenococcus, Xenorhabdus, Xylella,
Xylophilus, Yersinia, Yokenella, Zobellia, Zoogloea, Zymomonas,
Zymophilus, or a combination thereof.
[0024] In some aspects, the microorganism-based particulate
material comprises a fungi. In some facets, the fungi comprises
Aciculoconidium, Agaricostilbum, Ambrosiozyma, Arxiozyma, Arxula,
Ascoidea, Babjevia, Bensingtonia, Blastobotrys, Botryozyma,
Bullera, Bulleromyces, Candida, Cephaloascus, Chionosphaera,
Citeromyces, Clavispora, Cryptococcus, Cystofilobasidium,
Debaryomyces, Dekkera, Dipodascopsis, Dipodascus, Endomyces,
Eremothecium, Erythrobasidium, Fellomyces, Filobasidiella,
Filobasidium, Galactomyces, Geotrichum, Hanseniaspora,
Hyalodendron, Issatchenkia, Itersonilia, Kloeckera, Kluyveromyces,
Kockovaella, Kurtzmanomyces, Leucosporidium, Lipomyces,
Lodderomyces, Malassezia, Metschnikowia, Moniliella, Mrakia,
Myxozyma, Nadsonia, Oosporidium, Pachysolen, Phaffia, Pichia,
Protomyces, Pseudozyma, Reniforma, Rhodosporidium, Rhodotorula,
Saccaromycopsis, Saccharomyces, Saccharomycodes, Saitoella,
Saturnispora, Schizoblastosporion, Schizosaccharomyces,
Sporidiobolus, Sporobolomyces, Sporopachydermia, Stephanoascus,
Sterigmatomyces, Sterigmatosporidium, Sympodiomyces,
Sympodiomycopsis, Taphrina, Tilletiaria, Tilletiopsis, Torulaspora,
Trichosporon, Trichosporonoides, Trigonopsis, Tsuchiyaea,
Wickerhamia, Wickerhamiella, Williopsis, Xanthophyllomyces,
Yarrowia, Zygoascus, Zygosaccharomyces, Zygozyma, or a combination
thereof.
[0025] In other aspects, the microorganism-based particulate
material comprises a Protista. In particular facets, the Protista
comprises Acetabularia, Achnanthes, Amphidinium, Ankistrodesmus,
Anophryoides, Aphanomyces, Astasia, Asterionella, Blepharisma,
Botrydiopsis, Botrydium, Botryococcus, Bracteacoccus, Brevilegnia,
Bulbochaete, Caenomorpha, Cephaleuros, Ceratium, Chaetoceros,
Chaetophora, Characiosiphon, Chlamydomonas, Chlorella, Chloridella,
Chlorobotrys, Chlorococcum, Chromulina, Chroodactylon, Chrysamoeba,
Chrysocapsa, Cladophora, Closterium, Cocconeis, Coelastrum,
Cohnilembus, Colacium, Coleps, Colpidium, Colpoda, Cosmarium,
Cryptoglena, Cyclidium, Cyclotella, Cylindrocystis, Derbesia,
Dexiostoma, Dictyosphaerium, Dictyuchus, Didinium, Dinobryon,
Distigma, Draparnaldia, Dunaliella, Dysmorphococcus, Enteromorpha,
Entosiphon, Eudorina, Euglena, Euplotes, Eustigmatos, Flintiella,
Fragilaria, Fritschiella, Glaucoma, Gonium, Gonyaulax, Gymnodinium,
Gyropaigne, Haematococcus, Halophytophthora, Heterosigma,
Hyalotheca, Hydrodictyon, Khawkinea, Lagenidium, Leptolegnia,
Mallomonas, Mantoniella, Melosira, Menoidium, Mesanophrys,
Mesotaenium, Metopus, Micrasterias, Microspora, Microthamnion,
Mischococcus, Monodopsis, Mougeotia, Nannochloropsis, Navicula,
Nephroselmis, Nitzschia, Ochromonas, Oedogonium, Ophiocytium,
Opisthonecta, Oxyrrhis, Pandorina, Paramecium, Paranophrys,
Paraphysomonas, Parmidium, Pediastrum, Peranema, Peridinium,
Peronophythora, Petalomonas, Phacus, Pithophora, Plagiopyla,
Plasmopara, Platyophrya, Plectospira, Pleodorina, Pleurochloris,
Pleurococcus, Pleurotaenium, Ploeotia, Polyedriella, Porphyridium,
Prorocentrum, Prototheca, Pseudocharaciopsis, Pseudocohnilembus,
Pyramimonas, Pythiopsis, Pythium, Rhabdomonas, Rhizochromulina,
Rhizoclonium, Rhodella, Rhodosorus, Rhynchopus, Saprolegnia,
Scenedesmus, Scytomonas, Selenastrum, Skeletonema, Spathidium,
Sphaerocystis, Spirogyra, Spirostomum, Spondylosium, Staurastrum,
Stauroneis, Stentor, Stephanodiscus, Stephanosphaera, Stichococcus,
Stigeoclonium, Synedra, Synura, Tetracystis, Tetraedron,
Tetrahymena, Tetraselmis, Thalassiosira, Thaumatomastix,
Thraustotheca, Trachelomonas, Trebouxia, Trentepohlia, Tribonema,
Trimyema, Ulothrix, Uronema, Vaucheria, Vischeria, Volvox,
Vorticella, Xanthidium, Zygnema, or a combination thereof.
[0026] In additional aspects, the microorganism-based particulate
material comprises a virus. In some aspects, the virus is a
bacteriophage. In particular facets, the bacteriophage comprises
Inoviridae genus Inovirus, Leviviridae, Microviridae, Myoviridae,
Podoviridae, Siphoviridae, or a combination thereof. In additional
facets, the bacteriophage comprises 10/I, 149, 212/XV, 24/II, 249,
371/XX1X, 5, 8, A-1 (L), A19, A-4 (L), A-41, alpha 3, AN-10, AN-15,
AN-20, AN-22, AN-24, B1, B40-8, B5, BK1, D20, E1, F [HER 346], F1,
fr, hp, I, If1, If2, II, III, IV, J1, Mc-4, Minetti, MOR-1, MS2,
Mu-1, N-1, N1 [N], N3 [Cay], N4 [X-5-A], N8 [Horse], Ox6, P/SW1/a
[NCMB 384], P1, P22 [PLT-22(22)], PEa1 (h), PEa7, phi 92, phi R,
phi V-1, phi X174, phi-S1, ps 1, Q-beta, R 17, R-1, S13, S-a, SP10,
SP8, T2, T3, T6, V, VD13, Vi I, wy, XP5, ZlK/1, or a combination
thereof. In further facets, the bacteriophage comprises 10 [L286],
11, 11 [WI 386], 113, 118, 12 [WI 3106], 120, 13 [J1 263], 138, 14
[J2106], 145, 163, 17, 17 [formerly 13], 18 [formerly 7], 184, 19
[formerly 5], 2, 2 [J1 328], 20 [formerly 4], 205, 221, 22653
[Carvajal's strain 1], 23 [Olsen phage], 236, 239, 24B, 250, 256
(R), 282 (S), 36, 37, 4 [J2101], 42, 46, 49B, 4S, 50Br, 53 alpha,
547, 57, 60, 6A, 6B, 6C, 7 [L2 106], 73, 8 [L2 305], 9 [WI 3263],
92, A, A1, Ac 20, Ac 21, Ac 24, AN-11, AN-12, AN-13, AN-14, AN-16,
AN-17, AN-18, AN-19, AN-21, AN-23, AN-25, AN-26, AP211, AS-1,
B56-3, BG3, BK3, Bo 1, Bo 3, Bo 4, Bo 6 I, Bo 6 II, Bo 6 III, Bo 7,
C, C204, C33, C36, Cb3, Cb6, Cb8r, CDC29, CDC42D, CDC47, CDC52,
CDC52A, CDC53, CDC79, CDC80, CDC81, CDC83A, chi, D, D-10, D-34, DLC
2921/49, DS6A, enterococcus phage 1A, enterococcus phage 1B,
eTAmy+, F-68, FCZ, G [HER 276], G178, HER-1 [7Lindberg], HER-10
[F8Lindberg], HER-16 [M4 Lindberg], HER-17 [M6Lindberg], HER-18
[F116L], HER-2 [16Lindberg], HER-3, HER-4 [24Lindberg], HER-5
[31Lindberg], HER-6 [44Lindberg], HER-9 [F7Lindberg], IMI strain A,
IMI strain C, IMI strain D, IMI strain J, IMI strain K,
Lactobacillus plantarum phage, LG, M-4, Mc-2, MU9, Mycobacterium
smegmatis phage, N-4, NCPPB 1507 [4S], NCPPB 1508 [4L], NCPPB 782
[E1], NRS 201, NRS 605, P14, P4 sid1, Pa, PAV-1, Pb, PB2, Pc, Pf,
phage UTAK, phi Ea100, phi Ea104, phi Ea116C, phi Ea125, phi W-14,
phiXcs70am-3, Propionibacterium acnes phage, Ps-G3, r1589, r187,
r196, r638, r71, RA105, rED220, rEDa41, rEDb44, rEDb45, rEDb50,
RH23, RH88, rJ3, S-20, S-5, SL-1, SPP1, T-150, T7M (Meselson), UV1,
UV375, UV47, Vibrio sp. phage, w, X1 [IMET 5013], X10 [IMET 5057],
X24 [IMET 5056], X3 [IMET 5015], X5 [IMET 5017], XP1, XP2, XP3,
XP4, XP8, ZJ/2, or a combination thereof.
[0027] In other aspects, the cell-based material comprises a
multicellular-based particulate material. In general facets, the
multicellular-based particulate material comprises a plant-based
particulate material. In specific facets, the plant-based
particulate material comprises a corn-based particulate
material.
[0028] In general embodiments, cell-based particulate material
comprises 0.000001% to 65% of the coating or surface treatment by
weight or volume including all intermediate ranges and combinations
thereof. Specific examples of such intermediate ranges and
combinations thereof of the cell-based particulate material by
weight or volume in a coating or other surface treatment include 1%
to 65%, 2% to 65%, 3% to 65%, 4% to 65%, 5% to 65%, 6% to 65%, 7%
to 65%, 8% to 65%, 9% to 65%, 10% to 65%, 11% to 65%, 12% to 65%,
13% to 65%, 14% to 65%, 15% to 65%, 16% to 65%, 17% to 65%, 18% to
65%, 19% to 65%, 20% to 65%, etc.
[0029] The invention provides various additional embodiments. In
general embodiments, a cell-based particulate material comprises
0.000001% to 65% of the coating or other surface treatment
composition by weight or volume, including all intermediate ranges
and combinations thereof. In specific embodiments, the cell-based
particulate material is a whole cell particulate material or a cell
fragment particulate material. In other embodiments, the cell-based
particulate material comprises a microorganism-based particulate
material. In some aspects, the microorganism-based particulate
material comprises a whole cell particulate material. In
alternative aspects, the cell-based particulate material comprises
a cell fragment microorganism-based particulate material.
[0030] In other embodiments, the coating or other surface treatment
is 5 um to 5000 um thick upon the surface, including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. Specific examples of
such intermediate ranges and combinations thereof a coating's,
other surface treatment's, and/or individual layer thereof's
thickness upon a surface include 6 um to 5000 um, 7 um to 5000 um,
8 um to 5000 um, 9 um to 5000 um, 10 um to 5000 um, 11 um to 5000
um, 12 um to 5000 um, 13 um to 5000 um, 14 um to 5000 um, 15 um to
5000 um, 16 um to 5000 um, 17 um to 5000 um, 18 um to 5000 um, 19
um to 5000 um, 20 um to 5000 um, 21 um to 5000 um, 22 um to 5000
um, 23 um to 5000 um, 24 um to 5000 um, 25 um to 5000 um, 5 um to
4500 um, 5 um to 4000 um, 5 um to 3500 um, 5 um to 3000 um, 5 um to
2500 um, 5 um to 2000 um, 5 um to 1750 um, 5 um to 1500 um, 5 um to
1250 um, 5 um to 1000 um, 5 um to 900 um, 5 um to 800 um, 5 um to
700 um, 5 um to 600 um, 5 um to 500 um, 5 um to 450 um, 5 um to 400
um, 5 um to 350 um, 5 um to 300 um, 5 um to 250 um, 5 um to 200 um,
5 um to 175 um, 5 um to 150 um, 5 um to 125 um, 5 um to 100 um, 5
um to 90 um, 5 um to 80 um, 5 um to 70 um, 5 um to 60 um, 5 um to
50 um, 5 um to 40 um, 5 um to 30 um, 5 um to 25 um, 7.5 um to 500
um, 10 um to 500 um, 15 um to 500 um, 7.5 um to 250 um, 10 um to
250 um, 12.5 um to 250 um, 15 um to 250 um, 7.5 um to 150 um, 10 um
to 150 um, 12.5 um to 150 um, 15 um to 150 um, etc.
[0031] In particular aspects, the coating or other surface
treatment comprises a multicoat system. In an additional aspect,
the multicoat system comprises 2 to 10 layers. In a particular
facet, one layer of the multicoat system comprises the cell-based
particulate material. In a further aspect, a plurality of layers of
the multicoat system comprises the cell-based particulate material.
In certain facets, each layer of the multicoat system is a coating
or other surface treatment 5 um to 5000 um thick, including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. In particular
aspects, the multicoat system comprises a sealer, a water
repellent, a primer, an undercoat, a topcoat, or a combination
thereof. In specific facets, the multicoat system comprises a
topcoat. In particular facets, the topcoat comprises the cell-based
particulate material. In the case of a multicoat system comprising
a plurality of layers that comprises a cell-based particulate
material of the present invention, the cell-based particulate
material comprised within a specific layer may be the same or
different as the cell-based particulate material comprised within
another layer.
[0032] In some embodiments, the coating comprises a paint. In other
embodiments, the coating comprises a clear coating. In some
aspects, the clear coating comprises a lacquer, a varnish, a
shellac, a stain, a water repellent coating, or a combination
thereof. In general aspects, the coating or surface treatment
comprises a binder, a liquid component, a colorant, an additive, or
a combination thereof. In some facets, the coating or surface
treatment comprises a buffer. In particular aspects, the buffer
comprises a bicarbonate.
[0033] In certain embodiments, the coating or other surface
treatment is a coating or other surface treatment that is capable
of film formation. In some aspects, the film formation occurs by a
thermoplastic physical change of the coating or surface treatment,
a thermosetting chemical change of the coating or surface
treatment, or a combination thereof. In certain aspects, film
formation (e.g., thermosetting film formation) occurs by
crosslinking of a binder. In some facets, film formation occurs by
crosslinking of a plurality of binders. In further facets, film
formation (e.g., thermosetting film formation) occurs by
irradiating the coating or surface treatment. In general aspects,
film formation occurs at ambient conditions, baking conditions, or
a combination thereof. In particular aspects, film formation (e.g.,
thermosetting film formation, thermoplastic film formation) occurs
at baking conditions. In other aspects, baking conditions is
between 40.degree. C. and 110.degree. C., including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. Examples of specific
intermediate ranges for baking conditions include 40.degree. C. to
50.degree. C., or 40.degree. C. to 65.degree. C. In preferred
embodiments, the cell-based particulate material will partly or
fully retain a desired characteristic (e.g., a physical property, a
biochemical property, color, etc.) during and/or after contact with
the baking condition, an irradiation, a thermosetting chemical
reaction, a thermoplastic physical change, or a combination
thereof. In some facets, the coating or surface treatment produces
a self-cleaning film upon film formation.
[0034] In general aspects, the coating or surface treatment
comprises a volatile component and a non-volatile component. In
general facets, the coating or surface treatment undergoes film
formation (e.g., thermoplastic film formation) by loss of part of
the volatile component. In other facets, the volatile component
comprises a volatile liquid component. In particular facets, the
volatile liquid component comprises a solvent, a thinner, a
diluent, or a combination thereof. In other aspects, the
non-volatile component comprises a binder, a colorant, a
plasticizer, a coating or surface treatment additive, a cell-based
particulate material of the present invention, or a combination
thereof.
[0035] In certain alternative embodiments, the coating or surface
treatment is a non-film forming coating or surface treatment. In
particular aspects, the non-film forming coating or surface
treatment comprises a non-film formatting binder. In some aspects,
the non-film forming coating or surface treatment comprises a
coating or surface treatment component in a concentration that is
insufficient to produce a solid film. In some facets, the coating
or surface treatment component that is insufficient to produce a
solid film comprises a binder that contributes to thermoplastic
film formation, thermosetting film formation, or a combination
thereof. In particular facets, the coating or surface treatment
component that is insufficient to produce a solid film comprises a
binder, catalyst, initiator, or combination thereof. Though the
concentration which is insufficient for a coating or surface
treatment component to produce film formation in a coating or
surface treatment may be empirically determined by an assay, such
as those described herein for film formation, such an insufficient
concentration may easily achieved by selection of a concentration
of 0%, wherein the coating or surface treatment lacks the
film-forming component.
[0036] In other alterative embodiments, the coating or surface
treatment produces a temporary film. In specific aspects, the
temporary film has a poor resistance to a coating or surface
treatment remover. In particular facets, the temporary film has a
poor abrasion (e.g., scrub) resistance, a poor solvent resistance,
a poor water resistance, a poor weathering property, a poor
adhesion property, a poor microorganism/biological resistance
property, or a combination thereof. A poor resistance and/or poor
quality property for a coating or surface treatment can be
empirically determined by assays described herein or as would be
known to one of ordinary skill in the art in light of the present
disclosure.
[0037] In general embodiments, the coating comprises an
architectural coating, an industrial coating, a specification
coating, or a combination thereof. In additional aspects, the
coating specifically comprises an architectural coating. In
particular aspects, the architectural coating comprises a wood
coating, a masonry coating, an artist's coating, or a combination
thereof. In some facets, the architectural coating has a pot life
of at least 12 months at ambient conditions. In general aspects,
the architectural coating undergoes film formation at ambient
conditions. In other aspects, the coating comprises an industrial
coating. In further aspects, the industrial coating comprises an
automotive coating, a can coating, a sealant coating, a marine
coating, or a combination thereof. In particular facets, the
industrial coating undergoes film formation at baking conditions.
In additional aspects, the coating comprises a specification
coating. In particular facets, the specification coating comprises
a camouflage coating, a pipeline coating, traffic marker coating,
aircraft coating, a nuclear power plant coating, or a combination
thereof. In particular facets, the specification coating comprises
a camouflage coating. In specific facets, the camouflage coating
comprises a camouflage pigment. In particular facets, the
camouflage pigment is a cell-based particulate material of the
present invention. In farther facets, the cell-based particulate
material camouflage pigment absorbs infrared radiation.
[0038] In many embodiments, a coating comprises a water-borne
coating, a solvent borne coating, or a powder coating. In
particular aspects, the coating comprises a water-borne coating. In
certain facets, the water-borne coating is a latex coating. In
additional facets, the water-borne coating has a density of 1.20
kg/L to 1.50 kg/L, including all intermediate ranges and
combinations thereof. In other aspects, the coating comprises a
solvent-borne coating. In further facets, the solvent-borne coating
has a density of 0.90 kg/L to 1.2 kg/L, including all intermediate
ranges and combinations thereof.
[0039] In other aspects, the coating has a viscosity of 100 P to
1000 P, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof,
upon a surface immediately after application. In some embodiments,
the viscosity of the coating varies during preparation ("mixing"),
during storage (e.g., in a container), during application, and upon
a surface. The medium-shear viscosity ("coating consistency")
refers to the viscosity of a coating during preparation, and in
most embodiments will be between 60 Ku and 140 Ku, including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. Specific examples of
medium-shear viscosity intermediate ranges and combinations thereof
include 70 Ku to 110 Ku, 80 Ku to 100 Ku, 90 Ku to 95 Ku, 72 Ku to
95 Ku, etc. During storage and upon a surface, a coating is
typically subject to lower shear forces (e.g., gravity), and it is
will be preferred that a coating possess a viscosity and other
rheological properties (e.g., leveling, sag, syneresis, settling)
to retain suitable dispersion of coating components during storage
and form a uniform layer upon a surface. It is contemplate that in
most embodiments, the low-shear viscosity (e.g., the viscosity
prior to application, viscosity upon a surface immediately after
application) of a coating will be between 100 P to 3000 P,
including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
Specific examples of low-shear viscosity intermediate ranges and
combinations thereof include 100 P to 2500 P, 100 P to 2000 P, 100
P to 1500 P, 100 P to 1000 P, 125 P to 3000 P, 150 P to 3000 P, 175
P to 3000P, 200 P to 3000 P, 225 P to 3000 P, 250 P to 3000 P, 275
P to 3000 P, 300 P to 3000 P, 125 P to 2500 P, 150 P to 2000 P, 175
P to 1500 P, 200 P to 1000 P, 250 P to 1000 P, etc. The high-shear
viscosity ("application viscosity") refers to the viscosity of a
coating during application, and typically is less than the
low-shear viscosity to allow ease of application. In particular
aspects, the coating has a high-shear viscosity of 0.5 P to 2.5 P,
including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
Specific examples of high-shear viscosity intermediate ranges and
combinations thereof include 0.5 P to 2.0 P, 0.5 P to 1.5 P, 0.5 P
to 1.0 P, 0.5 P to 0.75 P, 0.6 P to 2.5 P, 0.75 P to 2.5 P, 1.0 P
to 2.5 P, 1.5 P to 2.5 P, 2.0 P to 2.5 P, 0.75 P to 2.0 P, 1.0 P to
2.0 P, etc.
[0040] In many embodiments, the coating comprises a binder. In many
aspects, the binder comprises a thermoplastic binder, a
thermosetting binder, or a combination thereof. In certain aspects,
the coating comprises a thermoplastic binder. In particular facets,
such a coating produces a film by thermoplastic film formation. In
other aspects, the coating comprises a thermosetting binder. In
further facets, such a coating produces a film by thermosetting
film formation.
[0041] In some embodiments, the binder comprises an oil-based
binder. In particular aspects, the oil-based binder comprises an
oil, an alkyd, an oleoresinous binder, a fatty acid epoxide ester,
or a combination thereof. In further facets, such an oil-based
binder coating produces a layer 15 .mu.m to 25 .mu.m thick upon the
vertical surface, including all intermediate ranges and
combinations thereof, or 15 .mu.m to 40 .mu.m thick upon the
horizontal surface, including all intermediate ranges and
combinations thereof. In further aspects, the binder comprises an
oil. In other aspects, the binder comprises an alkyd. In specific
aspects, the binder comprises an oleoresinous binder. In some
aspects, the binder comprises a fatty acid epoxide ester.
[0042] In other embodiments, the binder comprises a polyester
resin. In certain aspects, polyester resin comprises a
hydroxy-terminated polyester. In other aspects, the polyester resin
comprises a carboxylic acid-terminated polyester. In additional
facets, the coating comprises a polyester resin and a urethane, an
amino resin, or a combination thereof.
[0043] In some embodiments, the binder comprises a modified
cellulose. In certain aspects, the modified cellulose comprises a
cellulose ester, a nitrocellulose or a combination thereof. In
certain facets, the modified cellulose comprises a cellulose ester.
In other facets, the modified cellulose comprises a nitrocellulose.
In further aspects, the coating comprises a modified cellulose and
an amino binder, an acrylic binder, urethane binder, or a
combination thereof.
[0044] In additional embodiments, the binder comprises a polyamide.
In specific aspects, the coating comprises a polyamide and an
epoxide.
[0045] In certain embodiments, the binder comprises an amino resin.
In some aspects, the coating comprises an amino resin and an
acrylic binder, an alkyd resin, a polyester binder, or a
combination thereof.
[0046] In additional embodiments, the binder comprises an urethane
binder. In particular aspects, the coating comprises an urethane
binder and a polyol, an amine, an epoxide, a silicone, a vinyl, a
phenolic, a triacrylate, or a combination thereof.
[0047] In some embodiments, the binder comprises a phenolic resin.
In further aspects, the coating comprises a phenolic resin and an
alkyd resin, an amino resin, a blown oil, an epoxy resin, a
polyamide, a polyvinyl resin, or a combination thereof.
[0048] In other embodiments, the binder comprises an epoxy resin.
In additional aspects, the coating comprises an epoxy resin and an
amino resin, a phenolic resin, a polyamide, a ketimine, an
aliphatic amine, or a combination thereof. In particular facets,
the epoxy resin comprises a cycloaliphatic epoxy binder. In further
facets, the coating comprises cycloaliphatic epoxy binder and a
polyol.
[0049] In additional embodiments, the binder comprises a
polyhydroxyether binder. In further aspects, the coating comprises
a polyhydroxyether binder and an epoxide, a polyurethane comprising
an isocyanate moiety, an amino resin, or a combination thereof.
[0050] In further embodiments, the binder comprises an acrylic
resin. In additional aspects, the coating comprises an acrylic
resin and an epoxide, a polyurethane comprising an isocyanate
moiety, an amino resin, or a combination thereof.
[0051] In some embodiments, the binder comprises a polyvinyl
binder. In further embodiments, the coating comprises a polyvinyl
binder and an alkyd, a urethane, an amino-resin, or a combination
thereof.
[0052] In certain embodiments, the binder comprises a rubber resin.
In some aspects, the rubber resin comprises a chlorinated rubber
resin, a synthetic rubber resin, or a combination thereof. In
additional facets, the coating comprises a rubber resin and an
acrylic resin, an alkyd resin, a bituminous resin, or a combination
thereof.
[0053] In specific embodiments, the binder comprises a bituminous
binder. In additional aspects, the coating comprises a bituminous
binder and an epoxy resin.
[0054] In further embodiments, the binder comprises a polysulfide
binder. In specific aspects, the coating comprises a polysulfide
binder and a peroxide, a binder comprising an isocyanate moiety, or
a combination thereof.
[0055] In additional embodiments, the binder comprises a silicone
binder. In further aspects, the coating comprises a silicone binder
and an organic binder.
[0056] In many embodiments, the coating comprises a liquid
component. In general aspects, the liquid component comprises a
solvent, a thinner, a diluent, a plasticizer, or a combination
thereof. In other aspects, the liquid component comprises a liquid
organic compound, an inorganic compound, water, or a combination
thereof.
[0057] In some embodiments, the liquid component comprises a liquid
organic compound. In certain aspects, the liquid organic compound
comprises a hydrocarbon, an oxygenated compound, a chlorinated
hydrocarbon, a nitrated hydrocarbon, a miscellaneous organic liquid
component, a plasticizer, or a combination thereof.
[0058] In particular embodiments, the liquid organic compound
comprises a hydrocarbon. In certain aspects, the hydrocarbon
comprises an aliphatic hydrocarbon, a cycloaliphatic hydrocarbon, a
terpene, an aromatic hydrocarbon, or a combination thereof. In
additional facets, the hydrocarbon comprises an aliphatic
hydrocarbon. In further facets, the aliphatic hydrocarbon comprises
a petroleum ether, pentane, hexane, heptane, isododecane, a
kerosene, a mineral spirit, a VMP naphtha or a combination thereof.
In other aspects, the hydrocarbon comprises a cycloaliphatic
hydrocarbon. In some facets, the cycloaliphatic hydrocarbon
comprises cyclohexane, methylcyclohexane, ethylcyclohexane,
tetrahydronaphthalene, decahydronaphthalene, or a combination
thereof. In other aspects, the hydrocarbon comprises a terpene. In
additional facets, the terpene comprises wood terpentine oil, pine
oil, .alpha.-pinene, .beta.-pinene, dipentene, D-limonene, or a
combination thereof. In particular aspects, the hydrocarbon
comprises an aromatic hydrocarbon. In some facets, the aromatic
hydrocarbon comprises benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene,
cumene, a type I high flash aromatic naphtha, a type II high flash
aromatic naphtha, mesitylene, pseudocumene, cymol, styrene, or a
combination thereof.
[0059] In other embodiments, the liquid organic compound comprises
an oxygenated solvent. In certain aspects, the oxygenated solvent
comprises an alcohol, an ester, a glycol ether, a ketone, an ether,
or a combination thereof. In some aspects, the oxygenated solvent
comprises an alcohol. In further aspects, the alcohol comprises
methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, 1-butanol, isobutanol,
2-butanol, tert-butanol, amyl alcohol, isoamyl alcohol, hexanol,
methylisobutylcarbinol, 2-ethylbutanol, isooctyl alcohol,
2-ethylhexanol, isodecanol, cylcohexanol, methylcyclohexanol,
trimethylcyclohexanol, benzyl alcohol, methylbenzyl alcohol,
furfuryl alcohol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, diacetone alcohol,
trimethylcyclohexanol, or a combination thereof. In other aspects,
the oxygenated solvent comprises an ester. In particular facets,
the ester comprises methyl formate, ethyl formate, butyl formate,
isobutyl formate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, propyl acetate,
isopropyl acetate, butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, sec-butyl
acetate, amyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, hexyl acetate, cyclohexyl
acetate, benzyl acetate, methyl glycol acetate, ethyl glycol
acetate, butyl glycol acetate, ethyl diglycol acetate, butyl
diglycol acetate, 1-methoxypropyl acetate, ethoxypropyl acetate,
3-methoxybutyl acetate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, isobutyl
isobutyrate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, butyl glycolate,
dimethyl adipate, glutarate, succinate, ethylene carbonate,
propylene carbonate, butyrolactone, or a combination thereof. In
certain aspects, the oxygenated solvent comprises a glycol ether.
In other facets, the glycol ether comprises methyl glycol, ethyl
glycol, propyl glycol, isopropyl glycol, butyl glycol, methyl
diglycol, ethyl diglycol, butyl diglycol, ethyl triglycol, butyl
triglycol, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, methoxypropanol,
isobutoxypropanol, isobutyl glycol, propylene glycol monoethyl
ether, 1-isopropoxy-2-propanol, propylene glycol mono-n-propyl
ether, propylene glycol n-butyl ether, methyl dipropylene glycol,
methoxybutanol, or a combination thereof. In specific aspects, the
oxygenated solvent comprises a ketone. In some facets, the ketone
comprises acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl propyl ketone,
methyl isopropyl ketone, methyl butyl ketone, methyl isobutyl
ketone, methyl amyl ketone, methyl isoamyl ketone, diethyl ketone,
ethyl amyl ketone, dipropyl ketone, diisopropyl ketone,
cyclohexanone, methylcylcohexanone, trimethylcyclohexanone, mesityl
oxide, diisobutyl ketone, isophorone, or a combination thereof. In
particular aspects, the oxygenated solvent comprises an ether. In
additional facets, the ether comprises diethyl ether, diisopropyl
ether, dibutyl ether, di-sec-butyl ether, methyl tert-butyl ether,
tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, metadioxane, or a combination
thereof.
[0060] In some embodiments, the liquid organic compound comprises a
chlorinated hydrocarbon. In specific aspects, the chlorinated
hydrocarbon comprises methylene chloride, trichloromethane,
tetrachloromethane, ethyl chloride, isopropyl chloride,
1,2-dichloroethane, 1,1,1-trichloroethane, trichloroethylene,
1,1,2,2-tetrachlorethane, 1,2-dichloroethylene, perchloroethylene,
1,2-dichloropropane, chlorobenzene, or a combination thereof.
[0061] In further embodiments, the liquid organic compound
comprises a nitrated hydrocarbon. In specific aspects, the nitrated
hydrocarbon comprises a nitroparaffin, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, or a
combination thereof.
[0062] In additional embodiments, the liquid organic compound
comprises a miscellaneous organic liquid. In some aspects, the
miscellaneous organic liquid comprises carbon dioxide, acetic acid,
methylal, dimethylacetal, N,N-dimethylformamide,
N,N-dimethylacetamide, dimethylsulfoxide, tetramethylene suflone,
carbon disulfide, 2-nitropropane, N-methylpyrrolidone,
hexamethylphosphoric triamide, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, or a
combination thereof.
[0063] In specific embodiments, the liquid organic compound
comprises a plasticizer. In general facets, the plasticizer
comprises an adipate, an azelate, a citrate, a chlorinated
plasticizer, an epoxide, a phosphate, a sebacate, a phthalate, a
polyester, a trimellitate, or a combination thereof. In specific
facets, the plasticizer comprises di(2-ethylhexyl) azelate;
di(butyl) sebacate; di(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate; di(isononyl)
phthalate; dibutyl phthalate; butyl benzyl phthalate; di(isooctyl)
phthalate; di(idodecyl) phthalate; tris(2-ethylhexyl) trimellitate;
tris(isononyl) trimellitate; di(2-ethylhexyl) adipate; di(isononyl)
adipate; acetyl tri-n-butyl citrate; an epoxy modified soybean oil;
2-ethylhexyl epoxytallate; isodecyl diphenyl phosphate; tricresyl
phosphate; isodecyl diphenyl phosphate; tri-2-ethylhexyl phosphate;
an adipic acid polyester; an azelaic acid polyester; a
bisphenoxyethylformal, or a combination thereof.
[0064] In other embodiments, the liquid component comprises an
inorganic compound. In specific aspects, the inorganic compound
comprises ammonia, hydrogen cyanide, hydrogen fluoride, hydrogen
cyanide, sulfur dioxide, or a combination thereof.
[0065] In many embodiments, the liquid component comprises water.
In particular aspects, the liquid component comprising water
further comprises methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropyl alcohol,
tert-butanol, ethylene glycol, methyl glycol, ethyl glycol, propyl
glycol, butyl glycol, ethyl diglycol, methoxypropanol,
methyldipropylene glycol, dioxane, tetrahydorfuran, acetone,
diacetone alcohol, dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide,
ethylbenzene, tetrachloroethylene, p-xylene, toluene, diisobutyl
ketone, tricholorethylene, trimethylcyclohexanol, cyclohexyl
acetate, dibutyl ether, trimethylcyclohexanone,
1,1,1-tricholoroethane, hexane, hexanol, isobutyl acetate, butyl
acetate, isophorone, nitropropane, butyl glycol acetate,
2-nitropropane, methylene chloride, methyl isobutyl ketone,
cyclohexanone, isopropyl acetate, methylbenzyl alcohol,
cyclohexanol, nitroethane, methyl tert-butyl ether, ethyl acetate,
diethyl ether, butanol, butyl glycolate, isobutanol, 2-butanol,
propylene carbonate, ethyl glycol acetate, methyl acetate, methyl
ethyl ketone, or a combination thereof.
[0066] In general embodiments, the coating comprises a colorant. In
some aspects, the colorant comprises a pigment, a dye, a pH
indicator, or a combination thereof. In specific aspects, the
colorant comprises a pigment. In some aspects, the cell-based
particulate material comprises 0.000001% to 100% of the pigment,
including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. In
particular facets, the pigment volume concentration ("PVC") of the
coating is 0.000001% to 70%, including all intermediate ranges and
combinations thereof. An example of a specific PVC intermediate
range is 20 % to 70%. In other aspects, the pigment comprises a
corrosion resistance pigment, a camouflage pigment, a color
property pigment, an extender pigment, or a combination thereof. In
some facets, the pigment comprises barium ferrite; borosilicate;
burnt sienna; burnt umber; calcium ferrite; cerium; chrome orange;
chrome yellow; chromium phosphate; cobalt-containing iron oxide;
fast chrome green; gold bronze powder; luminescent; magnetic;
molybdate orange; molybdate red; oxazine; oxysulfide; polycyclic;
raw sienna; surface modified pigment; thiazine; thioindigo;
transparent cobalt blue; transparent cobalt green; transparent iron
blue; transparent zinc oxide; triarylcarbonium; zinc cyanamide;
zinc ferrite; or a combination thereof.
[0067] In particular aspects, the pigment comprises a corrosion
resistance pigment. In some facets, the corrosion resistance
pigment comprises aluminum flake, aluminum triphosphate, aluminum
zinc phosphate, ammonium chromate, barium borosilicate, barium
chromate, barium metaborate, basic calcium zinc molybdate, basic
carbonate white lead, basic lead silicate, basic lead
silicochromate, basic lead silicosulfate, basic zinc molybdate,
basic zinc molybdate-phosphate, basic zinc molybdenum phosphate,
basic zinc phosphate hydrate, bronze flake, calcium barium
phosphosilicate, calcium borosilicate, calcium chromate, calcium
plumbate, calcium strontium phosphosilicate, calcium strontium zinc
phosphosilicate, dibasic lead phosphite, lead chromosilicate, lead
cyanamide, lead suboxide, lead sulfate, mica, micaceous iron oxide,
red lead, steel flake, strontium borosilicate, strontium chromate,
tribasic lead phophosilicate, zinc borate, zinc borosilicate, zinc
chromate, zinc dust, zinc hydroxy phosphite, zinc molybdate, zinc
oxide, zinc phosphate, zinc potassium chromate, zinc
silicophosphate hydrate, zinc tetraoxylchromate, or a combination
thereof In specific facets, the coating comprising the corrosion
resistance pigment is a metal surface coating, a primer, or a
combination thereof.
[0068] In other aspects, the pigment comprises a camouflage
pigment. In specific facets, the camouflage pigment comprises an
anthraquinone black, a chromium oxide green, a cell-based
particulate material of the present invention, or a combination
thereof. In specific facets, the camouflage pigment reduces the
ability of the coating to be detected by a devise that measures
infrared radiation.
[0069] In further embodiments, the pigment comprises a color
property pigment. In additional aspects, the color property pigment
comprises a black pigment, a brown pigment, a white pigment, a
pearlescent pigment, a violet pigment, a blue pigment, a green
pigment, a yellow pigment, an orange pigment, a red pigment, a
metallic pigment, a cell-based particulate material of the present
invention, or a combination thereof. In certain facets, a color
property pigment is a cell-based particulate material of the
present invention, and various examples of colored cells capable of
being used in a colored cell-based particulate material of the
present invention are described herein. In particular facets, the
color property pigment comprises aniline black; anthraquinone
black; carbon black; copper carbonate; graphite; iron oxide;
micaceous iron oxide; manganese dioxide, azo condensation, metal
complex brown; antimony oxide; basic lead carbonate; lithopone;
titanium dioxide; white lead; zinc oxide; zinc sulphide; titanium
dioxide and ferric oxide covered mica, bismuth oxychloride crystal,
dioxazine violet, carbazole Blue; cobalt blue; indanthrone;
phthalocyanine blue; Prussian blue; ultramarine; chrome green;
hydrated chromium oxide; phthalocyanine green; anthrapyrimidine;
arylamide yellow; barium chromate; benzimidazolone yellow; bismuth
vanadate; cadmium sulfide yellow; complex inorganic color;
diarylide yellow; disazo condensation; flavanthrone; isoindoline;
isoindolinone; lead chromate; nickel azo yellow; organic metal
complex; yellow iron oxide; zinc chromate; perinone orange;
pyrazolone orange; anthraquinone; benzimidazolone; BON arylamide;
cadmium red; cadmium selenide; chrome red; dibromanthrone;
diketopyrrolo-pyrrole; lead molybdate; perylene; pyranthrone;
quinacridone; quinophthalone; red iron oxide; red lead; toluidine
red; tonor; .beta.-naphthol red; aluminum flake; aluminum
non-leafing, gold bronze flake, zinc dust, stainless steel flake,
nickel flake, nickel powder, or a combination thereof.
[0070] In general embodiments, the pigment comprises an extender
pigment. In particular aspects, the extender pigment is a
cell-based particulate material of the present invention. In some
aspects, the extender pigment comprises a barium sulphate, a
calcium carbonate, a kaolin, a calcium sulphate, a silicate, a
silica, an alumina trihydrate, a cell-based particulate material,
or a combination thereof.
[0071] In some embodiments, the coating comprises a pH indicator.
In some aspects, the pH indicator is a colorimetric or a
fluorimetric indicator. Examples of colorimetric include Alizarin,
Alizarin S, Brilliant Yellow, Lacmoid, Neutral Red, Rosolic Red, a
cell-based particulate material of the present invention, or a
combination thereof. In specific instances, the colorimetric
indicator is a pH indicator that undergoes a color change between
pH 8 to pH 9. Examples of fluorimetric indicators include SNARF-1,
BCECF, HPTS, Fluroescein, a cell-based particulate material of the
present invention, or a combination thereof. In certain
embodiments, the fluorescence indicator has reduced fluorescence at
a lower pH. In specific instances, the fluorimetric indicator is a
pH indicator that undergoes a fluorescence change between pH 8 to
pH 9. Additional pH indicators are described, for example, in
"Using Acid-Base Indicators to Visually Estimate the Ph of
Solutions," by Marcia L. Gillette, Chemical Education Resources,
Incorporated, 1995.
[0072] In general embodiments, the coating comprises an additive.
In some aspects, the additive comprises 0.000001% to 20.0% by
weight, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof,
of the coating. In specific facets, the additive comprises an
accelerator, an adhesion promoter, an antifoamer, anti-insect
additive, an antioxidant, an antiskinning agent, a buffer, a
catalyst, a coalescing agent, a corrosion inhibitor, a defoamer, a
dehydrator, a dispersant, a drier, electrical additive, an
emulsifier, a filler, a flame/fire retardant, a flatting agent, a
flow control agent, a gloss aid, a leveling agent, a marproofing
agent, a preservative, a silicone additive, a slip agent, a
surfactant, a light stabilizer, a rheological control agent, a
wetting additive, a cryopreservative, a xeroprotectant, or a
combination thereof.
[0073] In additional aspects, the additive comprises a
preservative. In specific aspects, the preservative comprises an
in-can preservative, an in-film preservative, or a combination
thereof. In general aspects, the preservative comprises a biocide.
In particular facets, the biocide comprises a bactericide, a
fungicide, an algaecide, or a combination thereof. In specific
facets, the preservative comprises
1-(3-chloroallyl)-3,5,7-triaza-1-azoniaadamantane chloride;
1,2-benzisothiazoline-3-one; 1,2-dibromo-2,4-dicyanobutane;
1,3-bis(hydroxymethyl)-5,5-dimethylhydantoin;
1-methyl-3,5,7-triaza-1-azo- nia-adamantane chloride;
2-bromo-2-nitropropane-1,3-diol; 2-(4-thiazolyl)benzimidazole;
2-(hydroxymethyl)-amino-2-methyl- 1-propanol;
2(hydroxymethyl)-aminoethanol; 2,2-dibromo-3-nitrilopropionam- ide;
2,4,5,6-tetrachloro-isophthalonitrile; 2-mercaptobenzo-thiazole;
2-methyl-4-isothiazolin-3-one; 2-n-octyl-4-isothiazoline-3-one;
3-iodo-2-propynl N-butyl carbamate;
4,5-dichloro-2-N-octyl-3(2H)-isothiaz- olone;
4,4-dimethyloxazolidine; 5-chloro-2-methyl-4-isothiazolin-3-one;
5-hydroxy-methyl-1-aza-3,7-dioxabicylco (3.3.0.) octane;
6-acetoxy-2,4-dimethyl-1,3-dioxane; 7-ethyl bicyclooxazolidine; a
combination of 1,2-benzisothiazoline-3-one and
hexahydro-1,3,5-tris(2-hyd- roxyethyl)-s-triazine; a combination of
1,2-benzisothiazoline-3-one and zinc pyrithione; a combination of
2-(thiocyanomethyl-thio)benzothiozole and methylene
bis(thiocyanate); a combination of 4-(2-nitrobutyl)-morphol- ine
and 4,4'-(2-ethylnitrotrimethylene) dimorpholine; a combination of
4,4-dimethyl-oxazolidine and 3,4,4-trimethyloxazolidine; a
combination of 5-chloro-2-methyl-4-isothiazolin-3-one and
2-methyl-4-isothiazolin-3-one; a combination of carbendazim and
3-iodo-2-propynl N-butyl carbamate; a combination of carbendazim,
3-iodo-2-propynl N-butyl carbamate and diuron; a combination of
chlorothalonil and 3-iodo-2-propynl N-butyl carbamate; a
combination of chlorothalonil and a triazine compound; a
combination of tributyltin benzoate and alkylamine hydrochlorides;
a combination of zinc-dimethyldithiocarbamate and zinc
2-mercaptobenzothiazole; a copper soap; a metal soap; a mercury
soap; a mixture of bicyclic oxazolidines; a tin soap; an alkylamine
hydrochloride; an amine reaction product; barium metaborate; butyl
parahydroxybenzoate; carbendazim; copper(II) 8-quinolinolate;
diiodomethyl-p-tolysulfone; dithio-2,2-bis(benzmethylamide);
diuron; ethyl parahydroxybenzoate; glutaraldehyde;
hexahydro-1,3,5-triethyl-s-tri- azine;
hexahydro-1,3,5-tris(2-hydroxyethyl)-s-triazine;
hydroxymethyl-5,5-dimethylhydantoin; methyl parahydroxybenzoate;
N-butyl-1,2-benzisothiazolin-3-one; N-(trichloromethylthio)
phthalimide;
N-cyclopropyl-N-(1-dimethylethyl)-6-(methylthio)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-diami-
ne; N-trichloromethyl-thio-4-cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboximide;
p-chloro-m-cresol; phenoxyethanol; phenylmercuric acetate;
poly(hexamethylene biguanide) hydrochloride; potassium
dimethyldithiocarbamate; potassium
N-hydroxymethyl-N-methyl-dithiocarbama- te; propyl
parahydroxybenzoate; sodium 2-pyridinethiol-1-oxide;
tetra-hydro-3,5-di-methyl-2H-1,3,5-thiadiazine-2-thione;
tributyltin benzoate; tributyltin oxide; tributyltin salicylate;
zinc pyrithione; sodium pyrithione; copper pyrithione; zinc oxide;
a zinc soap; or a combination thereof.
[0074] In other aspects, the additive comprises a wetting additive,
a dispersant, or a combination thereof. In specific facets, the
wetting additive and/or the dispersant comprises the additive
comprises a combination of an unsaturated polyamine amide salt and
a lower molecular weight acid; a polycarboxylic acid polymer
alkylolammonium salt; a combination of a long chain polyamine amide
salt and a polar acidic ester; a hydroxyfunctional carboxylic acid
ester; a non-ionic wetting agent, or a combination thereof. In
particular facets, the wetting additive comprises an ethylene oxide
molecule comprising a hydrophobic moiety; a surfactant; pine oil; a
metal soap; calcium octoate; zinc octoate; aluminum stearate; zinc
stearate; bis(2-ethylhexyl)sulfosuccinat- e;
(octylphenoxy)polyethoxyethanol octylphenyl-polyethylene glycol;
nonyl phenoxy poly (ethylene oxy) ethanol; ethylene glycol octyl
phenyl ether, or a combination thereof. In other facets, the
dispersant comprises tetra-potassium pyrophosphate, a phosphate
ester surfactant; a particulate material, a calcium carbonate
coated with fatty acid, a modified montmorillonite clay, a caster
wax, or a combination thereof.
[0075] In further aspects, the additive comprises an anti-foamer, a
defoamer, or a combination thereof. In particular facets, the
antifoamer and/or the defoamer comprises an oil; a mineral oil; a
silicon oil; a fatty acid ester; dibutyl phosphate; a metallic
soap; a siloxane; a wax; an alcohol comprising six to ten carbons;
a pine oil, or a combination thereof In additional facets, the
antifoamer and/or the defoamer further comprise an emulsifier, a
hydrophobic silica, or a combination thereof.
[0076] In additional aspects, the additive comprises a rheological
control agent. In particular facets, the rheological control agent
comprises a thickener, a viscosifier, or a combination thereof. In
particular facets, the rheology control agent comprises a silicate;
a montmorillonite silicate; aluminum silicate, a bentonite,
magnesium silicate, a cellulose ether, a hydrogenated oil, a
polyacrylate, a polyvinylpyrrolidone, a urethane, a methyl
cellulose, a hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydrogenated castor oil; a
hydrophobically modified ethylene oxide urethane; a titanium
chelate, a zirconium chelate, a cell-based particulate material of
the present invention, or a combination thereof.
[0077] In specific aspects, the additive comprises a corrosion
inhibitor. In some facets, the corrosion inhibitor comprises a
chromate, a phosphate, a molybdate, a wollastonite, a calcium
ion-exchanged silica gel, a zinc compound, a borosilicate, a
phosphosilicate, a hydrotalcite, or a combination thereof. In other
facets, the corrosion inhibitor comprises an in-can corrosion
inhibitor, a flash corrosion inhibitor, or a combination thereof.
In further facets, the in-can corrosion inhibitor and/or the flash
corrosion inhibitor comprises sodium nitrate, sodium benzoate,
ammonium benzoate, 2-amino-2-methyl-propan-1-ol, or a combination
thereof.
[0078] In particular aspects, the additive comprises a light
stabilizer. In specific facets, the light stabilizer comprises a UV
absorber, a radical scavenger, or a combination thereof. In certain
embodiments, a cell-based particulate material of the present
invention may comprise a biomolecule capable of absorbing UV light
(e.g., carotenoid, a chlorophyll, a phycobilin, a
biomolecule-silica particulate material, etc.), and thus function
as a UV absorber. In particular facets, the UV absorber comprises a
hydroxybenzophenone, a hydroxyphenylbenzotriazole, a
hydrozyphenyl-S-triazine, an oxalic anilide, yellow iron oxide, a
cell-based particulate material of the present invention, or a
combination thereof. In other embodiments, a cell-based particulate
material comprises a biomolecule capable of chemically reacting
with a chemical radical or other chemically reactive species to
inhibit ("scavenge," "quench") an undesirable chemical reaction
promoted by the chemical radical or other chemical reactive
species. In other facets, the radical scavenger comprises a
sterically hindered amine;
bis(1,2,2,6,6,-pentamethyl-4-poperidinyl) ester,
bis(2,2,6,6,-tetramethyl- -1-isooctyloxy-4-piperidinyl) ester, a
cell-based particulate material of the present invention, or a
combination thereof.
[0079] In some aspects, the additive comprises a buffer. In
specific facets, the buffer comprises a bicarbonate, a monobasic
phosphate buffer, a dibasic phosphate buffer, Trizma base, a 5
zwitterionic buffer, triethanolamine, or a combination thereof. In
further facets, the bicarbonate comprises an ammonium bicarbonate.
In particular facets, the concentration of the buffer in the
coating or other surface treatment is 0.000001 M to 2.0 M,
including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
[0080] In some aspects, the additive comprises a cryopreservative,
a xeroprotectant, or a combination thereof. In some aspects, the
cell-based particulate material comprises 0.000001% to 80%, by
weight or volume, a cryopreservative, a xeroprotectant, or a
combination thereof. In some facets, the cryopreservative comprises
glycerol, DMSO, a protein, a sugar of 4 to 10 carbons, or a
combination thereof. In other facets, the xeroprotectant comprises
glycerol, a glycol, a mineral oil, a bicarbonate, DMSO, a sugar of
4 to 10 carbons, or a combination thereof.
[0081] In some embodiments, the coating or surface treatment is a
multi-pack coating or surface treatment, which is a composition
wherein different components are stored in a plurality of
containers (e.g., a kit). In particular aspects, the multi-pack
coating is stored in a two to five containers prior to application
to a surface. In specific aspects, 0.000001% to 100% of the
cell-based particulate material, including all intermediate ranges
and combinations thereof, is stored in a container of the
multi-pack coating, and at least one coating component is stored in
another container of the multi-pack coating. In some aspects, the
container that stores the cell-based particulate material further
stores an additional coating component. In particular facets, the
additional coating component comprises a preservative, a wetting
agent, a dispersing agent, a buffer, a liquid component, a
rheological modifier, a cryopreservative, a xeroprotectant, or a
combination thereof.
[0082] In particular embodiments, the coating is a coating capable
of being applied to a surface by a spray applicator.
[0083] In other embodiments, the cell-based particulate material is
microencapsulated.
[0084] The invention further provides a coating or a paint
comprising, in various further aspects, a cell-based particulate
material, a microorganism-based particulate material, a whole cell
particulate material, a unicellular-based particulate material, an
oligocellular-based particulate material, a cell-based particulate
material wherein the average wet molecular weight or dry molecular
weight of a primary particle of a cell-based particulate material
is 6,022 kDa to 1.5.times.10.sup.14 kDa and/or 0.000001% to 100% a
biomolecule, or a combination thereof.
[0085] The invention specifically provides a coating or paint
comprising 0.000001% to 65% by weight or volume, including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, a cell-based
particulate material, a microorganism-based particulate material, a
whole cell particulate material, a unicellular-based particulate
material, an oligocellular-based particulate material, a cell-based
particulate material wherein the average wet molecular weight or
dry molecular weight of a primary particle of a cell-based
particulate material is 6,022 kDa to 1.5.times.10.sup.14 kDa and/or
0.000001% to 100% a biomolecule, or a combination thereof.
[0086] The invention provides a coating or paint, the improvement
comprising inclusion of a cell-based particulate material, a
microorganism-based particulate material, a whole cell particulate
material, a unicellular-based particulate material, an
oligocellular-based particulate material, a cell-based particulate
material wherein the average wet molecular weight or dry molecular
weight of a primary particle of a cell-based particulate material
is 6,022 kDa to 1.5.times.10.sup.14 kDa and/or 0.000001% to 100% a
biomolecule, or a combination thereof.
[0087] The invention provides a coating or paint, the improvement
comprising inclusion of 0.000001% to 65% by weight or volume,
including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, a
cell-based particulate material, a microorganism-based particulate
material, a whole cell particulate material, a unicellular-based
particulate material, an oligocellular-based particulate material,
a cell-based particulate material wherein the average wet molecular
weight or dry molecular weight of a primary particle of a
cell-based particulate material is 6,022 kDa to 1.5.times.10.sup.14
kDa and/or 0.000001% to 100% a biomolecule, or a combination
thereof.
[0088] The invention provides a multi-pack coating or paint,
wherein a container comprises a cell-based particulate material, a
microorganism-based particulate material, a whole cell particulate
material, a unicellular-based particulate material, an
oligocellular-based particulate material, a cell-based particulate
material wherein the average wet molecular weight or dry molecular
weight of a primary particle of a cell-based particulate material
is 6,022 kDa to 1.5.times.10.sup.14 kDa and/or 0.000001% to 100% a
biomolecule, or a combination thereof.
[0089] The invention provides a multi-pack coating or paint,
wherein a container comprises 0.000001% to 65%, by weight or volume
of the coating or paint, including all intermediate ranges and
combinations thereof, a cell-based particulate material, a
microorganism-based particulate material, a whole cell particulate
material, a unicellular-based particulate material, an
oligocellular-based particulate material, a cell-based particulate
material wherein the average wet molecular weight or dry molecular
weight of a primary particle of a cell-based particulate material
is 6,022 kDa to 1.5.times.10.sup.14 kDa and/or 0.000001% to 100% a
biomolecule, or a combination thereof.
[0090] The invention provides a multi-pack coating or paint, the
improvement comprising inclusion of a container comprising, a
cell-based particulate material, a microorganism-based particulate
material, a whole cell particulate material, a unicellular-based
particulate material, an oligocellular-based particulate material,
a cell-based particulate material wherein the average wet molecular
weight or dry molecular weight of a primary particle of a
cell-based particulate material is 6,022 kDa to 1.5.times.10.sup.14
kDa and/or 0.000001% to 100% a biomolecule, or a combination
thereof.
[0091] The invention provides a multi-pack coating or paint, the
improvement comprising inclusion of a container comprising
0.000001% to 65%, by weight or volume of the coating or paint,
including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, a
cell-based particulate material, a microorganism-based particulate
material, a whole cell particulate material, a unicellular-based
particulate material, an oligocellular-based particulate material,
a cell-based particulate material wherein the average wet molecular
weight or dry molecular weight of a primary particle of a
cell-based particulate material is 6,022 kDa to 1.5.times.10.sup.14
kDa and/or 0.000001% to 100% a biomolecule, a cryopreservative, a
xeroprotectant, or a combination thereof.
[0092] The invention also provides a non-film forming coating
comprising a cell-based particulate material.
[0093] The invention provides an elastomer comprising a cell-based
particulate material.
[0094] The invention provided a filler comprising a cell-based
particulate material.
[0095] The invention provides an adhesive comprising a cell-based
particulate material.
[0096] The invention provides a sealant comprising a cell-based
particulate material.
[0097] The invention provides a material applied to a textile,
comprising a cell-based particulate material.
[0098] The invention provides a wax comprising a cell-based
particulate material.
[0099] The invention provides a surface treatment comprising a
cell-based particulate material. In certain embodiments, the
surface treatment is a coating, a paint, a non-film forming
coating, an elastomer, an adhesive, an sealant, a material applied
to a textile, or a wax.
[0100] The invention provides a surface treatment, comprising
0.000001% to 65% by weight or volume, including all intermediate
ranges and combinations thereof, a cell-based particulate material,
a microorganism-based particulate material, a whole cell
particulate material, a unicellular-based particulate material, an
oligocellular-based particulate material, a cell-based particulate
material wherein the average wet molecular weight or dry molecular
weight of a primary particle of a cell-based particulate material
is 6,022 kDa to 1.5.times.10.sup.14 kDa and/or 0.000001% to 100% a
biomolecule, or a combination thereof.
[0101] The invention provides a surface treatment, the improvement
comprising inclusion of a cell-based particulate material, a
microorganism-based particulate material, a whole cell particulate
material, a unicellular-based particulate material, an
oligocellular-based particulate material, a cell-based particulate
material wherein the average wet molecular weight or dry molecular
weight of a primary particle of a cell-based particulate material
is 6,022 kDa to 1.5.times.10.sup.14 kDa and/or 0.000001% to 100% a
biomolecule, or a combination thereof.
[0102] The invention provides a surface treatment, the improvement
comprising inclusion of 0.000001% to 65% by weight or volume,
including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, a
cell-based particulate material, a microorganism-based particulate
material, a whole cell particulate material, a unicellular-based
particulate material, an oligocellular-based particulate material,
a cell-based particulate material wherein the average wet molecular
weight or dry molecular weight of a primary particle of a
cell-based particulate material is 6,022 kDa to 1.5.times.10.sup.14
kDa and/or 0.000001% to 100% a biomolecule, or a combination
thereof.
[0103] The invention provides a method of making a surface
treatment, comprising the step of adding to and/or admixing a
cell-based particulate material, a microorganism-based particulate
material, a whole cell particulate material, a unicellular-based
particulate material, an oligocellular-based particulate material,
a cell-based particulate material wherein the average wet molecular
weight or dry molecular weight of a primary particle of a
cell-based particulate material is 6,022 kDa to 1.5.times.10.sup.14
kDa and/or 0.000001% to 100% a biomolecule, or a combination
thereof; with at least one additional surface treatment
component.
[0104] The invention provides a method of making a surface
treatment, a coating, a paint, a non-film forming coating, an
elastomer, a filler, an adhesive, a sealant, a material applied to
a textile, or a wax, comprising a cell-based particulate material,
comprising the steps of: obtaining a cell or a virus; processing
the cell or virus by sterilizing, attenuating, concentrating,
drying, milling, extracting, resuspending, temperature maintaining,
permeabilizing, disrupting, chemically modifying, encapsulating, or
a combination thereof, to produce a cell-based particulate
material; and adding and/or admixing the cell-based particulate
material with at least one additional surface treatment component,
coating component, paint component, non-film forming coating
component, elastomer component, filler component, adhesive
component, material applied to a textile component, or wax
component, wherein a surface treatment, a coating, a paint, a
non-film forming coating, an elastomer, a filler, an adhesive, a
sealant, a material applied to a textile, or a wax, comprising the
cell-based particulate material is produced.
[0105] The invention provides a surface treatment comprising a
cell-based particulate material produced by the process which
comprises obtaining a cell or a virus; processing the cell or virus
by sterilizing, attenuating, concentrating, drying, milling,
extracting, resuspending, temperature maintaining, permeabilizing,
disrupting, chemically modifying, encapsulating, or a combination
thereof, to produce a cell-based particulate material; and adding
and/or admixing the cell-based particulate material with at least
one additional surface treatment component, wherein a surface
treatment comprising the cell-based particulate material is
produced.
[0106] The invention provides a multi-pack paint, wherein a
container comprises 100 parts by volume paint, wherein a second
container comprises three parts by volume of a whole cell
particulate material composition, and wherein each part of the
whole cell particulate material composition comprises 1 mg per
milliliter of whole cell particulate material and 50% glycerol. In
certain aspects, the invention provides a composition prepared by
adding the cell-based particulate material to glycerol, admixing
with glycerol and/or suspending in glycerol. In other facets, the
glycerol is at a concentration of about 50%. In specific facets,
the cell-based particulate material comprised in glycerol at a
concentration of about 3 mg of the cell-based particulate material
to 3 ml of 50% glycerol. In certain facets, the composition is
prepared by adding, suspending, and/or admixing the cell-based
particulate material comprised in glycerol to the coating at a
concentration of about 3 ml glycerol comprising cell-based
particulate material to 100 ml of coating. The cell-based
particulate material may also be added to, suspended in, and/or
admixed with a liquid component such as glycerol prior to adding to
and/or admixing with the coating. The numbers are exemplary only
and do not limit the use of the invention. The concentration was
chosen merely to be compatible with the amount of cell-based
particulate material that can be added to and/or admixed with one
example of a coating (e.g., a paint) without affecting the
integrity of the paint itself.
[0107] The invention provides, in certain preferred embodiments, a
composition comprising a coating and a cell-based particulate
material produced by the process which comprises the following
steps: obtaining a culture of cells; concentrating the cells and
removing the culture media; disrupting the cell structure; drying
the cells; and adding and/or admixing the cell-based particulate
material to the coating. In some aspects, the composition is
prepared by the additional step of suspending the disrupted cells
in a solvent prior to adding the cells to the coating. Any
compatible amount may be used within the scope of the present
invention.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
[0108] One skilled in the art will readily appreciate that the
present invention is well adapted to carry out the objects and
obtain the ends and advantages mentioned as well as those inherent
therein. It should be understood, however, that the compositions,
cell-based particulate materials, compounds, coatings, paints,
films, methods, procedures, and techniques described herein are
presently representative of preferred embodiments. These techniques
are intended to be exemplary, are given by way of illustration
only, and are not intended as limitations on the scope. Other
objects, features, and advantages of the present invention will be
readily apparent to one skilled in the art from the following
detailed description; specific examples and claims; and various
changes, substitutions, other uses and modifications that may be
made to the invention disclosed herein without departing from the
scope and spirit of the invention or as defined by the scope of the
appended claims.
[0109] As used herein, except for the claims, the terms "a," "an,"
"the," "other," and "said" means one or more. As used herein in the
claim(s), when used in conjunction with the words "comprises" or
"comprising," the words "a," "an," "the," "other," or "said" may
mean one or more than one. As used herein "another" may mean at
least a second or more.
[0110] All patents and publications mentioned in this specification
are indicative of the levels of those skilled in the art to which
the invention pertains. All patents and publications so referenced
are herein incorporated by reference to the same extent as if each
individual publication was specifically and individually indicated
to be incorporated by reference.
[0111] As would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art, many
variations of nomenclature are commonly used to refer to a specific
chemical composition. Accordingly, several common alternative names
may be provided herein in quotations and parentheses/brackets, or
other grammatical technique, adjacent to a chemical composition's
preferred designation when referred to herein. Additionally, many
chemical compositions referred to herein are further identified by
a Chemical Abstracts Service registration number. As would be known
to those of ordinary skill in the art, the Chemical Abstracts
Service provides a unique numeric designation, denoted herein as
"CAS No.," for specific chemicals and some chemical mixtures, which
unambiguously identifies a chemical composition's molecular
structure.
[0112] In various embodiments described herein, exemplary values
are specified as a range. Examples of such ranges cited herein
include, for example, a temperature for growth and/or preparation
of a microorganism, a chemical moiety's content in a coating
component, a coating component's content in a coating composition
and/or film, a coating component's mass, a glass transition
temperature ("T.sub.g"), a temperature for a chemical reaction
(e.g., film formation, chemical modification of a coating
component), the thickness of a coating and/or film upon a surface,
etc. It will be understood that herein the phrase "including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof" associated with a
given range is all integers and sub-ranges comprised within a cited
range. For example, citation of a range "0.03% to 0.07%, including
all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof" is specific
values within the sited range, such as, for example, 0.03%, 0.04%,
0.05%, 0.06%, and 0.07%, as well as various combinations of such
specific values, such as, for example, 0.03%, 0.06% and 0.07%,
0.04% and 0.06%, or 0.05% and 0.07%, as well as sub-ranges such as
0.03% to 0.05%, 0.04% to 0.07%, or 0.04% to 0.06%, etc. Example 6
provides additional descriptions of specific numeric values within
a cited range. The phrase "or a combination thereof" refers to any
combination (e.g., any sub-set) of a set of listed components.
[0113] A. Cells
[0114] In general embodiments, a preferred cell use in a cell-based
particulate material of the present invention comprises a durable
structure at the cell-external environment interface, such as, for
example, a cell wall, a silica based shell ("test"), a silica based
exoskeleton ("frustule"), a pellicle, proteinaceous outer coat, or
a combination thereof. In typical embodiments, a preferred cell is
obtained from an organism is a unicellular and/or oligocellular
organism, as it is contemplated that particulate matter may be
prepared from such an organism without a step to separate one or
more cells from a multicellular tissue or organism (e.g., a plant)
into a smaller average particle size suitable for preparation of a
coating or other surface treatment.
[0115] As used herein, "unicellular" refers to 1 cell that
generally does not live in contact with a second cell. As used
herein, "oligocellular" refers to 2 to 100 cells, including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, which generally live
in contiguous contact with each other. Common specific types of
oligocellular biological material includes 2 contacting cells
("dicellular"), three contacting cells ("tricellular") and four
contacting cells ("tetracellular"). As used herein, "multicellular"
refers to 101 or more (e.g., hundreds, thousands, millions,
billions, trillions), including all intermediate ranges and
combinations thereof, which generally live in contiguous contact
with each other. In embodiments wherein the cellular material is
derived from a unicellular biological material (e.g., many
microorganisms), the composition is known herein as a
"unicellular-based particulate material." In embodiments wherein
the cellular material is derived from an oligocellular biological
material (e.g., certain microorganisms, tissues), the composition
is known herein as an "oligocellular-based particulate material,"
as well as a "dicellular-based particulate material,"
tricellular-based particulate material," or "tetracellular-based
particulate material," as appropriate. In embodiments wherein the
cellular material is derived from a multicellular biological
material (e.g., many eukaryotic organisms such as visible plants),
the composition is known herein as a "multicellular-based
particulate material." A cell-based particulate material of the
present invention may be referred to herein based upon the type of
biological material from which it was derived, including
taxonomic/phylogenetic classification or biochemical composition,
as well as one or more processing steps used in its preparation.
Examples of such lexography for a cell-based particulate material
of the present invention include a "eurkaryotic-based particulate
material," a "prokaryotic-based particulate material," a
"plant-based particulate material," a "microorganism-based
particulate material," a "Eubacteria-based particulate material,"
an "Archaea-based particulate material," a "fungi-based particulate
material," a "yeast-based particulate material," a "Protista-based
particulate material," an "algae-based particulate material," a
"Chrysophyta-based particulate material," a "Methanolacinia-based
particulate material," a "Microscilla aggregans-based particulate
material," a "bacteriophage HER-6 [44Lindberg]-based particulate
material," a "bacteria and algae-based particulate material," a
"peptidoglycan-based particulate material," a "pellicle-based
particulate material," an "attenuated viral-based particulate
material," a "sterilized microorganism-based particulate material,"
an "encapsulated Streptomyces-based particulate material," etc.
[0116] It is contemplated that one may obtain biological materials
such as viruses (e.g., bacteriophages), cells (e.g.,
microorganisms), tissues, and organisms (e.g., plants) from an
environmental source as would be known to one of ordinary skill in
the art [see, for example, "Environmental Biotechnology Isolation
of Biotechnological Organisms From Nature (Labeda, D. P., Ed.),
1990]. However, many live cultures, seeds, organisms, etc. of
previously isolated and characterized biological materials have
been conveniently cataloged and stored by public depositories
and/or commercial vendors for the ease of use by those of ordinary
skill in the art. Additionally, the identification of a biological
material, particularly microorganisms, usually comprises
characterization of suitable growth conditions for the cell, such
as energy source (e.g., a digestible organic molecule), vitamin
requirements, mineral requirements, pH conditions, light
conditions, temperature, etc. [see, for example, "Bergey's Manual
of Determinative Bacteriology Ninth Edition" (Hensyl, W. R., Ed.),
1994; "The Yeasts--A Taxonomic Study--Fourth Revised and Enlarged
Edition" (Kurtzman, C. P. and Fell, J. W., Eds.), 1998; and "The
Springer Index of Viruses" (Tidona, C. A. and Darai, G., Eds.),
2001]. Such biological materials and information about appropriate
growth conditions is readily obtainable from the biological culture
collection and/or commercial vendor that stores the biological
material. As would be known by one of ordinary skill in the art,
hundreds of such biological culture collections currently exist,
and the location of a specific biological material may be
identified using a database such as that maintained by the World
Data Center for Microorganisms (http://wdcm.nig.ac.jp/fsearch.html;
National Institute of Genetics, WFCC-MIRCEN World Data Center for
Microorganisms, 1111 Yata, Mishima, Shizuoka, 411-8540 JAPAN).
Specific examples of biological culture collections referred to
herein include the American Type Culture Collection ("ATCC"; P.O.
Box 1549, Manassas, Va. 20108-1549, U.S.A), the Culture Collection
of Algae and Protozoa ("CCAP"; CEH Windermere, The Ferry House, Far
Sawrey, Ambleside, Cumbria LA22 0LP, United Kingdom), the
Collection de l'Institut Pasteur ("CIP"; Institut Pasteur, 28 Rue
du Docteur Roux, 75724 Paris Cedex 15, France), the Deutsche
Sammlung von Mikroorganismen und Zellkulturen ("DSMZ"; GmbH,
Mascheroder Weg 1B, D-38124 Braunschweig, Germany), the IHEM
Biomedical Fungi and Yeasts Collection ("IHEM"; Scientific
Institute of Public Health--Louis Pasteur, Mycology Section, Rue J.
Wytsmanstraat 14, B-1050 Brussels), the Japan Collection of
Microorganisms ("JCM"; Institute of Physical and Chemical Research
(RIKEN), Wako, Saitama 351-0198, Japan), the Collection of the
Laboratorium voor Microbiologie en Microbiele Genetica ("LMG";
Rijksuniversiteit, Ledeganckstraat 35, B-9000, Gent, Belgium), the
MUCL (Agro)Industrial Fungi & Yeasts Collection ("MUCL,"
Mycothque de l'Universite catholique de Louvain, Place Croix du Sud
3, B-1348 Louvain-la-Neuve), the Pasteur Culture Collection of
Cyanobacteria ("PCC"; Unit de Physiologie Microbienne, Institut
Pasteur, 28 rue du Docteur Roux, 75724 Paris Cedex 15, France), the
All-Russian Collection of Microorganisms ("VKM"; Russian Academy of
Sciences, Institute of Biochemistry and Physiology of
Microorganisms, 142292 Pushchino, Moscow Region, Russia), and the
University of Texas ("UTEX"; Department of Botany, The University
of Texas at Austin, Austin, Tex. 78713-7640).
[0117] Certain cells are capable of growth in environmental
conditions harmful to many other types of cells, such as conditions
of extreme temperature, salt or pH. This durability in the
biomolecule composition of such cells makes them preferred in
certain embodiments wherein maximum durability of a cell-based
particulate material, including the durability of a biomolecule of
the cell-based particulate material that contributes to a property
other than the particulate nature of the material (e.g., a
biomolecule colorant, an enzyme, etc.) is desired in similar
conditions in a coating or other surface treatment composition. For
example, it is contemplated that a hyperthermophile-based
particulate material of the present invention will find particular
usefulness in coatings where thermal extremes may be likely,
including extremes of temperature that may occur during film
formation. As used herein, a "hyperthermophile" typically grows in
temperatures considered herein to be a baking temperature for a
coating (e.g., >40.degree. C.). However, as many cell types
described herein or as would be know to one of ordinary skill in
the art can grow at or slightly above this definition (e.g.,
40.degree. C.-45.degree. C.), the examples of hyperthermophiles
given herein will focus on cells typically capable of growth at
ranges that extend above 45.degree. C. As used herein, an "extreme
halophile" is capable of living in salt-water conditions of 1.5 M
(8.77% w/v) sodium chloride to about 2.7 M (15.78% w/v) or more
sodium chloride. It is contemplated that an extreme halophile's
biomolecule components will be relatively resistant to ionic-salt
components of a coating or other surface treatment. As used herein,
an "extreme acidophile" is capable of growing in pH 1-6, while an
"extreme alkaliphile" is capable of growing in pH 8-14.
[0118] The selection of a cell, particularly a microorganism, as a
colorant is counter to many core teachings in the art of coatings
and surface treatments regarding microorganisms being undesirable
due their ability to discolor a coatings and surface treatments.
However, in the present invention, a cell may instead be selected
for preparation of a cell-based particulate material of the present
invention due to its ability to alter the optical properties (e.g.,
color, gloss, etc.) of a coating or other surface treatment. In
certain embodiments, a cell comprising a biomolecule colorant may
be used as a colorant, such as a color property pigment or
extender. In other embodiments, a biomolecule colorant may diffuse
from the cell-based particulate material of the present invention
in a surface treatment, or be added to the surface treatment as a
dye. Examples of organisms that produce a biomolecule that confers
color include photosynthetic plant cells, cyanobacteria, anoxygenic
phototrophic bacteria, eukaryotic algae, and certain types of
Archaea, fungal cells, and bacterial cells described herein or as
would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art. These cells
produce a biomolecule that typically absorb light in the visible
spectrum, which ranges from 400 nm to 720 nm wavelengths. A
cell-based particulate material of the present invention that is
not particularly colored may be selected as an extender pigments or
fillers in a surface treatment.
[0119] It is contemplated that a colored cell-based particulate
material of the present invention typically will comprise one or
more biomolecule colorants such as a an anthocyanin, chlorophyll
(e.g., chlorophyll a, chlorophyll b), a phycobilin, a
bacteriochlorophyll (e.g., bacteriochlorophyll a,
bacteriochlorophyll b, bacteriochlorophyll c, bacteriochlorophyll
d, bacteriochlorophyll e, bacteriochlorophyll g), a carotenoid, or
a combination thereof. In the arts of biology and microbiology,
such a biomolecule colorant is referred to as a "pigment." However,
the word "pigment" refers to insoluble particulate material in the
art of coatings, paints, and other surface treatments. For clarity,
a biologically produced colored molecule or fluor, including a
biomolecule that may not possess a strong visible color but absorbs
and/or fluoresces in the UV or infrared regions of the spectrum,
are referred to herein as a "biomolecule colorant." The word
"pigment" remains as is understood in the arts of coatings, paints,
and other surface treatments, with the disclosure herein that a
cell-based particulate material of the present invention,
particularly one comprising a biomolecule colorant, can be used as
a pigment.
[0120] In vivo, an anthocyanin (e.g., anthophy) is typically red,
blue, or violet, a chlorophyll or bacteriochlorophyll typically
produces a green color, phycobilin typically produces a bluish or
red color, and a carotenoid often produces a yellow or orange
color. Examples of a phycobilin include phycoerythrin (red),
phycocyanin (blue), and allophycocyanin (blue-green). The colors of
cells are often dominated by a carotenoid. Examples of carotenoids
and associated colors that have been observed in vivo, include:
.beta.-carotene (yellow), .gamma.-carotene (yellow), chlorobactene
(green), isorenieratene (brown), lycopenal (violet), lycopene
(red), lycopenol (violet), fucoxanthin (yellow-brown), saproxanthin
(orange), flexixanthin (red), okenone (violet-red, pink-rose),
rhodopin (violet, green), rhodopinal (violet), spheroidenone (red),
spirilloxanthin (pink-red, violet-red, brown-red, red),
tetrahydrospirilloxanthin (yellow-orange-brown), an anthophylls
(yellow-green or brown), zeaxanthin (yellow), or a combination
thereof. As would be understood by those of skill in the art, most
colored cells comprise a plurality of colorants that produce a
particular hue.
[0121] 1. Microorganisms
[0122] In general embodiments, a preferred organism for use in a
cell-based particulate material of the present invention comprises
a microorganism, as such an organism is typically unicellular
and/or oligocellular in structure, often comprises a durable
structure at the cell-external environment interface, or a
combination thereof.
[0123] a. Prokaryotic Organisms
[0124] Prokaryotic organisms are generally classified in the
Kingdom Monera as Archaea ("Archaebacteria") or Eubacteria
("bacteria"). Prokaryotic organisms are generally of small cellular
size, which allows a greater flexibility in use in different
surface treatment embodiments. Common cell shapes for the Kingdom
Monera include bacilli, which is rod-shaped, cocci, which is
spherical, and spirochete, which is helical. These characteristic
shapes are often associated with whether the cell is typically
unicellular in life, such as in the case of bacilli and
spirochetes, or whether the cell is oligocellular clusters or
chains in life, such as is in the case of cocci.
[0125] Certain prokaryotic microorganisms lack a durable cell wall,
and though they may be used as a coating or other surface treatment
component, they are less preferred for use a cell-based particulate
material in the present invention. Examples of such prokaryotes
that lack a cell wall include the mycoplasmas of the genera
Anaeroplasma, Asteroleplasma, Mycoplasma, Spiroplasma, and
Ureaplasma; the Archaea genera Thermoplasma. Additionally,
intracellular parasites such as Chlamydiae (e.g., Chlamydia,
Clhamydophila, Parachlamydia, Simkania, Waddlia) are less preferred
due to the increased cell growth requirements and usual
pathogenicity of such cells. Examples of preferred prokaryotic
microorganisms for use as a cell-based particulate material of the
present invention are described below.
(1) Archaea
[0126] The domain Archaea is noted for comprising many organisms
capable of living in environmental conditions that most other cells
cannot endure. The cell wall of Archaea typically comprises
pseudopeptidoglycan, a macromolecular polymer comprising
polysaccharide and peptide or polypeptide components, as well as
glycoprotein, protein, polysacharride, or a combination thereof.
Examples of Archaea size and shapes are shown at Table 1 below.
1TABLE 1 Examples of Archaea Cell's Size and Shape Genus Size Shape
Number Acidianus 0.5-2.0 .mu.m Co S Archaeoglobus 0.4-1.3 .mu.m Co
S, P Desulfurococcus 0.5-1.0 .mu.m Co S Haloarcula 0.3-1.0 .mu.m
.times. 1.0-6.0 .mu.m* R*, or S or 1.0-3.0 .mu.m** Tr**, Rc**
Halobacterium 0.5-1.2 .mu.m .times. 1.0-6.0 .mu.m R S Halococcus
0.8-1.5 .mu.m Co S, P, T, TT, OC Haloferax 1.0-3.0 .mu.m .times.
2.0-3.0 .mu.m R S Hyperthermus 1.5 .mu.m Co S, P, MC Metallosphaera
0.8-1.2 .mu.m Co S Methanobacterium 0.5-1.0 .mu.m R, CR S
Methanobrevibacter 0.6 .mu.m .times. 0.8-2.0 .mu.m R, O, Co P, OL
Methanococcoides 1.0 .mu.m Co S, P Methanococcus 1.0-2.0 .mu.m Co S
Methanocorpusculum 1.0 .mu.m Co S Methanoculleus 1.0-2.0 .mu.m Co S
Methanogenium 1.0-3.0 .mu.m Co S Methanohalobium 0.5-1.5 .mu.m Co S
Methanohalophilus 0.5-3.0 .mu.m Co S, P Methanolacinia 0.6 .mu.m
.times. 1.5-2.5 .mu.m R S Methanolobus 1.0 .mu.m Co S, OC
Methanomicrobium 0.7 .mu.m .times. 1.5-2.0 .mu.m CR S Methanoplanus
0.1-0.3 .mu.m .times. 1.5-3.0 .mu.m Co, Pl S Methanosarcina 1.0
.mu.m Co S, OC Methanosphaera 0.6-1.2 .mu.m Co S, P
Methanospirillum 0.4-0.5 .mu.m .times. 7.0-10.0 .mu.m CR S, OL, ML
Methanothermus 0.3-0.4 .mu.m .times. 1.0-3.0 .mu.m R S, OL
Methanothrix 0.8-1.2 .mu.m .times. 2.0-3.0 .mu.m R OL
Natronobacterium 0.5-1.0 .mu.m .times. 2.0-15.0 .mu.m R S
Natronococcus 1.0-2.0 .mu.m Co S, P, T, TT, OC Pyrobaculum 0.5
.mu.m .times. 1.5-8.0 .mu.m R S, OL Pyrococcus 0.8-2.5 .mu.m Co S,
P Pyrodictium 0.2 .mu.m .times. 0.3-2.5 .mu.m Dk OL Staphylothermus
0.5-15.0 .mu.m Co S, P, OL Sulfolobus 0.8-2.0 .mu.m Co S
Thermococcus 0.5-3.0 .mu.m Co S Thermofilum 0.15-0.35 .mu.m .times.
1.0-100.0 .mu.m R S Thermoproteus 0.4 .mu.m .times. 1.0-100.0 .mu.m
R S Shape: R = rod; CR = curved rod; O = ovoid, oval; Co = cocci,
coccoid; Tr = flat-triangle; Pl = plate-shape; Rc = flat rectangle;
Dk = dish-shaped. Number: S = unicellular; P = cell pairs; T =
triad of cells; TT = tetrad of cells; OC = oligocellular cluster;
MC = multicellular cluster; OL = oligocellular chain; ML =
multicellular chain.
[0127] Examples of biological culture collection sources for
Archaea are shown at Table 2 below.
2TABLE 2 Examples of Archaea Culture Sources Genus Examples of
Culture Collection Strains Acidianus DSMZ Nos. 3772, 1651 and 3191
Acidilobus DSMZ No. 11585 Aeropyrum DSMZ No. 11879 Archaeoglobus
DSMZ Nos. 4304, 4139, 5631 and 11195 Caldivirga DSMZ No. 13496; JCM
No. 10306 Desulfurococcus DSMZ Nos. 3822, 2161 and 2162 Ferroglobus
DSMZ No. 10642 Ferroplasma DSMZ No. 12658 Haloarcula DSMZ Nos.
12282, 4426, 6131, 3752, 11927, 8905 and 3756 Halobacterium DSMZ
Nos. 3754 and 3750 Halobaculum DSMZ No. 9297 Halococcus DSMZ Nos.
14522, 1307, 5350 and 8989 Haloferax DSMZ Nos. 4425, 4427, 1411 and
3757 Halogeometricum DSMZ No. 11551; JCM No. 10706 Halomicrobium
DSMZ No. 12286 Halorhabdus DSMZ No. 12940 Halorubrum DSMZ Nos.
10284, 5036, 1137, 3755, 14210 and 8800 Haloterrigena DSMZ Nos.
11552 and 5511 Hyperthermus DSMZ No. 5456 Ignicoccus DSMZ Nos.
13165 and 13166 Metallosphaera DSMZ Nos. 10039 and 5348
Methanobacterium DSMZ Nos. 3387, 863, 7095, 5982, 1535, 2611,
11106, 3108, 2257, 11074, 3266 and 2956 Methanobrevibacter DSMZ
Nos. 15163, 1125, 11111, 11139, 11501, 11977, 7256, 1093, 861,
3107, 11995, 11979 and 11976 Methanocalculus DSMZ Nos. 14092, 12632
and 14648 Methanocaldococcus DSMZ Nos. 4213, 11812, 2661 and 12094
Methanococcoides DSMZ Nos. 6242, 2657 and 7059 Methanococcus DSMZ
Nos. 2067, 1224 and 1537 Methanocorpusculum DSMZ Nos. 3027, 4179,
4855, 3823 and 4274 Methanoculleus DSMZ Nos. 3045, 13459, 1498,
6216, 2772, 4273 and 2373 Methanofollis DSMZ Nos. 14661, 4140 and
2702 Methanogenium DSMZ Nos. 1497, 2832, 3596 and 4553
Methanohalobium DSMZ Nos. 3721 and 5814 Methanohalophilus DSMZ Nos.
3094, 5219, 7471 and 5700 Methanolacinia DSMZ No. 2545 Methanolobus
DSMZ Nos. 7082, 5435, 9005, 2278 and 3029 Methanomicrobium DSMZ No.
1539 Methanomicrococcus DSMZ No. 13328 Methanoplanus DSMZ Nos.
3599, 2279 and 11571 Methanopyrus DSMZ No. 6324 Methanosaeta DSMZ
No. 3671 Methanosalsum DSMZ No. 4017 Methanosarcina DSMZ Nos. 2834,
14042, 800, 13486, 2053, 12914, 3028, 4659, 1825 and 1232
Methanosphaera DSMZ Nos. 4103 and 3091 Methanospirillum DSMZ No.
864 Methanothermobacter DSMZ Nos. 7466, 2133, 1053, 7268, 6529 and
2970 Methanothermococcus DSMZ Nos. 14208 and 2095 Methanothermus
DSMZ Nos. 2088 and 3496 Methanothrix DSMZ Nos. 6194 Methanotorris
DSMZ No. 5666 Natrialba DSMZ Nos. 13077, 12278, 3394 and 12281
Natronobacterium DSMZ No. 3393 Natronococcus DSMZ Nos. 10524 and
3396 Natronomonas DSMZ No. 2160 Palaeococcus DSMZ Nos. 13482
Picrophilus DSMZ Nos. 9789 and 9790 Pyrobaculum DSMZ Nos. 7523,
13514, 4184, 13380 and 4185 Pyrococcus DSMZ Nos. 3638, 12428 and
3773 Pyrodictium DSMZ Nos. 6158, 2708 and 2709 Pyrolobus DSMZ No.
11204 Staphylothermus DSMZ Nos. 12710 and 3639 Stetteria DSMZ No.
11227 Stygiolobus DSMZ No. 6296 Sulfolobus DSMZ Nos. 639, 7519,
6482, 5389 and 1616 Sulfophobococcus DSMZ No. 11193 Sulfurisphaera
DSMZ No. 12421 Thermococcus DSMZ Nos. 11906, 12767, 12819, 10322,
11836, 2476, 10152, 12820, 10395, 11113, 5473, 10394, 10343, 9503,
12597, 12349, 5262, 12768 and 2770 Thermofilum DSMZ Nos. 2475
Thermoplasma DSMZ Nos. 1728 and 4299 Thermoproteus DSMZ Nos. 2338,
2078 and 5263 Thermosphaera DSMZ No. 11486 Vulcanisaeta DSMZ Nos.
14429 and 14430
[0128] Archaea are often purple, red, pink, orange-brown, yellow,
green, gray or white. Specific examples of colored Archaea genera,
with exemplary colors, include: Haloarcula (pink to red),
Halobacterium (pink to red), Halococcus (pink to red), Haloferax
(pink to red), Natronobacterium (pink to red), Natronococcus (pink
to red), and Archaeoglobus (green-black, and fluorescent at 420
nm).
[0129] Examples of Archaea hyperthermophile genera with exemplary
temperature growth ranges include Acidianus (45.degree.
C.-96.degree. C.), Archaeoglobus (65.degree. C.-95.degree. C.),
Desulfurococcus (70.degree. C.-95.degree. C.), Hyperthermus
(95.degree. C.-107.degree. C.), Metallosphaera (50.degree.
C.-80.degree. C.), Methanobacterium (37.degree. C.-68.degree. C.),
Methanococcus (35.degree. C.-91.degree. C.), Methanohalobium
(50.degree. C.-55.degree. C.), Methanosarcina (30.degree.
C.-55.degree. C.), Methanothermus (83.degree. C.-88.degree. C.)
(35.degree. C.-65.degree. C.), Pyrobaculum (74.degree. C.-
103.degree. C.), Pyrococcus (70.degree. C.- 103.degree. C.)
Pyrodictium (80.degree. C.-110.degree. C.), Staphylothermus
(65.degree. C.-98.degree. C.), Sulfolobus (55.degree. C.-87.degree.
C.), Thermococcus (50.degree. C.-98.degree. C.), Thermofilum
(70.degree. C.-95.degree. C.), and Thermoproteus (70.degree.
C.-97.degree. C.). Examples of Archaea extreme halophile genera
with exemplary NaCl growth ranges include Haloarcula (1.5-4.0 M),
Halobacterium (1.5-4.0 M), Halococcus (1.5-4.0 M), Haloferax
(1.5-4.0 M), Methanohalobium (0.01 2.0 M), Methanohalophilus
(0.5-2.0 M), Natronobacterium (1.5-4.0 M), Natronococcus (1.5-4.0
M), and Pyrodictium (0.02-2.05 M). Examples of Archaea extreme
alkaliphile and/or extreme acidophile genera with exemplary pH
growth ranges include Acidianus (pH 1.0-6.0), Archaeoglobus (pH
4.5-7.5), Desulfurococcus (pH 4.5-7.0), Haloarcula (pH 5.0-8.0),
Halobacterium (pH 5.0-8.0), Halococcus (pH 5.0-8.0), Haloferax (pH
5.0-8.0), Metallosphaera (pH 1.0-4.5), Methanococcus (pH 5.0-9.0),
Methanohalophilus (pH 7.5-9.5), Natronobacterium (pH 8.5-11.0),
Natronococcus (pH 8.5-11.0), Pyrobaculum (pH 5.0-7.0), Pyrococcus
(pH 5.0-7.0), Pyrodictium (pH 5.0-7.0), Sulfolobus (pH 1.0-6.0),
Thermococcus (pH 4.0-8.0), Thermofilum (pH 4.0-6.7), and
Thermoproteus (pH 2.5-6.0).
(2) Eubacteria
[0130] Eubacteria cell walls typically comprise peptidoglycan, a
macromolecular polymer comprising polysaccharide and peptide or
polypeptide components, as well as glycoprotein, protein,
polysacharride, lipid, or a combination thereof. Often, the members
of the Eubacteria phyla are divided into Gram-positive Eubacteria
and Gram-negative Eubacteria (e.g., Cyanobacteria, Proteobacteria,
Spirochetes) based on biochemical and structural differences
between the cell wall and/or associated cell membrane of the
organisms.
(i) Gram-Positive Eubacteria
[0131] As used herein "Gram-positive Eubacteria" refers to
Eubacteria comprising a cell wall that typically stains positive
with Gram stain reaction (Scherrer, R., 1984) and/or generally is
not surrounded by a phospholipid bilayer ("outer cell membrane").
Examples of Gram-positive Eubacteria size and shapes are shown at
Table 3 below.
3TABLE 3 Examples of Gram-positive Eubacteria Cell's Size and Shape
Genus Size Shape Number Acetobacterium 0.8-1.2 .mu.m .times.
1.5-2.5 .mu.m R, O S, P, OL Actinomyces 0.2-1.0 .mu.m .times.
2.0-5.0 .mu.m R S, P, OL Aerococcus 1.0-2.0 .mu.m Sp TT
Aeromicrobium 0.5 .mu.m .times. 0.5-1.2 .mu.m R, Co S Agromyces
0.3-1.0 .mu.m R S Amphibacillus 0.3-0.5 .mu.m .times. 0.9-1.9 .mu.m
R S Arcanobacterium 0.3-0.8 .mu.m .times. 1.0-5.0 .mu.m R OL
Arthrobacter 0.8-1.2 .mu.m .times. 1.0-8.0 .mu.m R S, P, OC
Aureobacterium 0.4-0.6 .mu.m .times. 0.6-3.0 .mu.m R S, OC Bacillus
0.5-2.5 .mu.m .times. 1.2-10.0 .mu.m R P, OL Bifidobacterium
0.5-1.3 .mu.m .times. 1.5-8.0 .mu.m R S, P, OL Brachybacterium
0.5-0.75 .mu.m .times. 1.5-2.5 .mu.m R S Brevibacterium 0.6-1.2
.mu.m .times. 1.5-6.0 .mu.m R S, P Brochothrix 0.6-0.7 .mu.m
.times. 1.0-2.0 .mu.m R S, OL, ML Carnobacterium 0.5-0.7 .mu.m
.times. 1.0-2.0 .mu.m R S, P, OL Caryophanon 1.4-3.2 .mu.m .times.
1.0-2.0 .mu.m R S Cellulomonas 0.5-0.6 .mu.m .times. 2.0-5.0 .mu.m
R P Clavibacter 0.4-0.75 .mu.m .times. 0.8-2.5 .mu.m R P
Clostridium 0.3-2.0 .mu.m .times. 1.5-20.0 .mu.m R P, OL
Coprococcus 0.8-1.5 .mu.m Sp P, OL Coriobacterium 0.4-1.2 .mu.m
.times. 0.5-2.0 .mu.m R ML Corynebacterium 0.3-0.8 .mu.m .times.
1.5-8.0 .mu.m R S, P Curtobacterium 0.4-0.6 .mu.m .times. 0.6-3.0
.mu.m R S, P Deinobacter 0.6-1.2 .mu.m .times. 1.5-4.0 .mu.m R P,
OL Deinococcus 0.5-3.5 .mu.m Sp P, TT Dermabacter 0.5-0.6 .mu.m
.times. 1.0-2.0 .mu.m R S Desulfotomaculum 0.3-1.5 .mu.m .times.
3.0-9.0 .mu.m R S Enterococcus 0.6-2.0 .mu.m .times. 0.6-2.5 .mu.m
Sp, O P, OL Erysipelothrix 0.2-0.4 .mu.m .times. 0.8-2.5 .mu.m R S
Eubacterium 0.2-2.0 .mu.m .times. 0.3-10.0 .mu.m R S, P, OL
Exiguobacterium 1.1-1.2 .mu.m .times. 1.4-3.2 .mu.m R S Falcivibrio
0.4-0.6 .mu.m .times. 1.2-6.0 .mu.m CR S, P Gardnerella 0.5 .mu.m
.times. 1.5-2.5 .mu.m R S Gemella 0.5-0.8 .mu.m .times. 0.5-1.4
.mu.m Sp P, OL Jonesia 0.3-0.5 .mu.m .times. 2.0-3.0 .mu.m R S
Kurthia 0.8-1.2 .mu.m .times. 2.0-4.0 .mu.m R OL, ML Lactobacillus
0.5-1.2 .mu.m .times. 1.0-10.0 .mu.m R OL Lactococcus 0.5-1.2 .mu.m
.times. 0.5-1.5 .mu.m Sp, O P, OL Leuconostoc 0.5-0.7 .mu.m .times.
0.7-1.2 .mu.m Sp, O P, OL Listeria 0.4-0.5 .mu.m .times. 0.5-2.0
.mu.m R S, OL Marinococcus 1.0-2.0 .mu.m Sp S, P, TT Melissococcus
0.8-1.0 .mu.m .times. 0.8-1.5 .mu.m O OL Microbacterium 0.4-0.8
.mu.m .times. 1.0-4.0 .mu.m R S, P Micrococcus 0.5-2.0 .mu.m Sp P,
TT, OC Mobiluncus 0.4-0.6 .mu.m .times. 1.2-4.0 .mu.m CR S, P
Mycobacterium 0.2-0.7 .mu.m .times. 1.0-10.0 .mu.m R S, OL Nocardia
0.5-1.2 .mu.m R, Co S, OL Pediococcus 1.0-2.0 .mu.m Sp P, TT
Peptococcus 0.3-1.2 .mu.m Sp P, OL, OC Peptostreptococcus 0.5-1.2
.mu.m Sp P, TT, OC, OL Planococcus 1.0-1.2 .mu.m Sp S, P, TT
Propionibacterium 0.5-0.8 .mu.m .times. 1.0-5.0 .mu.m R S, P, OL
Rarobacter 0.2-0.3 .mu.m .times. 0.8-1.0 .mu.m R S Renibacterium
0.3-1.0 .mu.m .times. 1.0-1.5 .mu.m R P, OL Rothia 0.8-1.2 .mu.m
.times. 1.0-5.0 .mu.m R S Rubrobacter 0.8-1.0 .mu.m .times. 1.0-4.0
.mu.m R S Ruminococcus 0.3-1.5 .mu.m .times. 0.7-1.8 .mu.m Sp, O P,
OL Saccharococcus 1.0-1.5 .mu.m Sp OC Salinicoccus 1.0-1.5 .mu.m Sp
P, TT Sarcina 1.8-3.0 .mu.m Sp OC Sphaerobacter 0.4-1.2 .mu.m
.times. 1.5-5.0 .mu.m R S, P Sporohalobacter 0.6-0.8 .mu.m .times.
2.5-13.0 .mu.m R S Sporolactobacillus 0.7-0.8 .mu.m .times. 3.0-5.0
.mu.m R S, P, OL Sporosarcina 1.0-2.0 .mu.m .times. 2.0-3.0 .mu.m R
P, TT Staphylococcus 0.5-1.5 .mu.m Sp S, P, OC Streptococcus
0.5-2.0 .mu.m Sp, O P, OL Syntrophospora 0.3-2.0 .mu.m .times.
1.5-20.0 .mu.m R P, OL Terrabacter 0.6-1.2 .mu.m .times. 2.0-6.0
.mu.m R S Thermacetogenium 0.6-1.0 .mu.m .times. 2.0-5.0 .mu.m R S
Thermoanaerobacter 0.5-0.8 .mu.m .times. 4.0-8.0 .mu.m R S, P, OL
Thermoanaerobium 0.8-1.0 .mu.m .times. 2.0-20.0 .mu.m R S, P, OL
Trichococcus 1.0-1.5 .mu.m .times. 1.0-2.5 .mu.m Sp, O OL, ML
Tsukamurella 0.5-0.8 .mu.m .times. 1.0-5.0 .mu.m R S, P, OC
Vagococcus 0.5-1.2 .mu.m .times. 0.5-2.0 .mu.m Sp, 0, R S, P, OL
Shape: R = rod; CR = curved rod; O = ovoid, oval; Sp = spherical;
Co = cocci, coccoid. Number: S = unicellular; P = cell pairs; TT =
tetrad of cells; OC = oligocellular cluster; OL = oligocellular
chain; ML = multicellular chain.
[0132] Examples of biological culture collection sources for
Gram-positive Eubacteria are shown at Table 4 below.
4TABLE 4 Examples of Gram-positive Eubacteria Culture Sources Genus
Examples of Culture Collection Strains Acetobacterium ATCC Nos.
29683, 43740, 51201, 51794 and 51795 Actinokineospora ATCC No.
49499; DSMZ Nos. 44650, 44258 and 44260 Actinomadura ATCC Nos.
13723, 14816, 25469, 27103 and 27298 Actinomyces DSMZ Nos. 43014,
6844, 8577, 9169 and 43327 Actinoplanes ATCC Nos. 12427, 14538,
14539, 15330 and 15349 Actinopolyspora ATCC Nos. 27976, 35862 and
49777 Actinosynnema ATCC Nos. 29888 and 31280 Aerococcus ATCC Nos.
10400, 51268, BAA-253 and BAA-464 Aeromicrobium ATCC Nos. 49363 and
51598 Agromyces ATCC Nos. 13930, 25173, 51762 and 51764
Amphibacillus ATCC No. 51415; DSMZ Nos. 13869 and 13869
Amycolatopsis ATCC Nos. 13685, 14930, 27624 and 31181
Arcanobacterium ATCC Nos. 19411, 51727 and 9345 Arthrobacter ATCC
Nos. 11442, 11624, 13344, 13346 and 13347 Aureobacterium ATCC No.
700176 Bacillus ATCC Nos. 10206, 10208, 10545, 10702 and 10716
Bifidobacterium ATCC Nos. 11863, 15423, 15697, 15698 and 15703
Brachybacterium ATCC Nos. 43885, 51843, 51844, 700067 and 700068
Brevibacterium DSMZ Nos. 20657, 20660, 20579, 10718 and 20302
Brochothrix ATCC Nos. 11509 and 43754 Carnobacterium ATCC Nos.
27865, 35677, 49516, 49517 and 49837 Caryophanon ATCC Nos. 15219
and 33098 Catellatospora ATCC Nos. 49365 and 49964 Cellulomonas
ATCC Nos. 15724, 21399, 21681, 25174 and 25835 Clavibacter ATCC
Nos. 10202 and 43178 Clostridium ATCC Nos. 10000, 10092, 10132,
10388 and 49002 Coprococcus ATCC Nos. 27758, 27759, 27759, 27761
and 29549 Coriobacterium ATCC No. 49209; DSMZ No. 20642
Corynebacterium ATCC Nos. 10234, 10340, 10700, 10848 and 11036
Curtobacterium ATCC Nos. 12813, 15828, 15830, 15831 and 19096
Dactylosporangium ATCC Nos. 23490, 23491, 31203, 31222 and 31570
Deinobacter ATCC No. 43672; DSMZ No. 3963 Deinococcus ATCC Nos.
13939, 19172, 27603 and 35074 Dermabacter ATCC No. 49369; DSMZ No.
7083 Dermatophilus ATCC Nos. 14637 and 51576 Desulfotomaculum ATCC
Nos. 19858, 23193, 49208, 49756 and 700205 Enterococcus ATCC Nos.
10100, 11576, 12755, 14025, 14432 and 19433 Erysipelothrix ATCC No.
10734; DSMZ Nos. 5055 and 14972 Eubacterium ATCC Nos. 10825, 17233,
25540, 25541 and 25546 Exiguobacterium ATCC Nos. 21665 and 35652
Falcivibrio ATCC Nos. 43063 and 43064 Frankia ATCC No. 33255; DSMZ
No. 43829 Gardnerella ATCC No. 14018; DSMZ No. 4944 Gemella ATCC
Nos. 10379, 27527, 700627 and 700632 Geodermatophilus ATCC No.
25080; DSMZ No. 43160 Glycomyces ATCC Nos. 43155, 43156 and 49849
Gordonia ATCC Nos. 14352, 25594, 27808, 27863 and 33609
Intrasporangium ATCC No. 23552; DSMZ No. 43043 Jonesia ATCC No.
14870; DSMZ No. 20603 Kibdelosporangium ATCC Nos. 39323, 49844 and
55061 Kineosporia ATCC No. 29727; DSMZ Nos. 43858, 44387 and 44388
Kitasatospora ATCC No. 49931 and 29755 Kurthia ATCC Nos. 10538,
14757, 43195 and 49154 Lactobacillus ATCC Nos. 10012, 10386, 10697,
10863 and 11305 Lactococcus ATCC Nos. 11007, 43199, 43920, 43921
and 700018 Leuconostoc ATCC Nos. 10830, 10882, 12291, 15520 and
23065 Listeria ATCC Nos. 13932, 19119, 19120, 35897 and 35967
Marinococcus ATCC Nos. 27964 and 49811 Melissococcus ATCC No.
35311; LMG 20360 Microbacterium ATCC Nos. 13345, 13348, 15354,
15953 and 15954 Microbispora ATCC Nos. 12950, 27303 and BAA-20
Micrococcus ATCC Nos. 10054, 11731, 14344, 14399 and 15935
Micromonospora ATCC Nos. 12452, 13634, 15835, 15838 and 21773
Microtetraspora ATCC Nos. 23057, 23058, 27301 and 31725 Mobiluncus
ATCC Nos. 35239 and 35241 Mycobacterium ATCC Nos. 10142, 10143,
11152, 11440 and 11564 Nocardia ATCC Nos. 10904, 11092, 14629,
14898 and 15076 Nocardioides ATCC No. 14870; DSMZ Nos. 20603 and
15529 Nocardiopsis ATCC Nos. 21944, 27442, 31511, 35940 and 51300
Oerskovia ATCC No. 35306; DSMZ Nos. 43852, 46000 and 20577
Pediococcus ATCC Nos. 10791, 11308, 12697, 19371 and 25740
Peptococcus ATCC No. 27731; DSMZ No. 20475 Peptostreptococcus ATCC
No. 27337; DSMZ Nos. 2949 and 9536 Pilimelia ATCC Nos. 25603 and
25604 Planobispora ATCC Nos. 23867 and 53773 Planococcus ATCC Nos.
14404, 25977 and 43650 Planomonospora ATCC Nos. 23864, 23865, 51587
and 51588 Promicromonospora ATCC No. 15908; DSMZ Nos. 43110 and
44121 Propionibacterium ATCC Nos. 11827, 11829, 13673, 14073 and
25562 Pseudonocardia ATCC Nos. 13181, 15104, 15776, 15778 and 19285
Rarobacter ATCC Nos. 49628 and 51544 Renibacterium ATCC No. 33209;
DSMZ No. 20767 Rhodococcus ATCC Nos. 10146, 11048, 12483, 12974 and
14346 Rothia ATCC Nos. 14189, 25296 and 49040 Rubrobacter ATCC No.
51242; DSMZ Nos. 5868 and 9941 Ruminococcus ATCC Nos. 19208, 27210,
27340, 27752 and 27756 Saccharococcus ATCC No. 43124; DSMZ No. 4749
Saccharomonospora ATCC Nos. 15345, 31295, 33517, 43670 and 43724
Saccharopolyspora ATCC Nos. 11635, 15347, 20501, 49460 and 49842
Saccharothrix ATCC Nos. 23892, 31497, 35108, 35109 and 51364
Salinicoccus ATCC Nos. 49258, 49259 and BAA-722 Sarcina ATCC Nos.
29068 and 33910 Sphaerobacter DSMZ No. 20745 Spirillospora ATCC No.
14541; DSMZ No. 43034 Sporichthya ATCC No. 23823; DSMZ Nos. 44723
and 43042 Sporohalobacter ATCC No. 35059; DSMZ No. 3070
Sporolactobacillus ATCC Nos. 15538, 700379 and 700380 Sporosarcina
ATCC Nos. 11859, 13881, 23301 and 23304 Staphylococcus ATCC Nos.
10209, 10390, 11249, 11631 and 25923 Streptoalloteichus ATCC No.
31158; DSMZ No. 44523 Streptococcus ATCC Nos. 10009, 10096, 10556,
10558 and 11824 Streptomyces ATCC Nos. 10137, 10147, 10246, 10382
and 19893 Streptosporangium ATCC Nos. 12428, 21393, 21807, 21906
and 25212 Syntrophospora DSMZ Nos. 3014A and 3014B Terrabacter ATCC
No. 21109; DSMZ No. 20308 Thermacetogenium DSMZ No. 12270
Thermoactinomyces ATCC Nos. 14570, 15734, 33205, 49853 and 49854
Thermoanaerobacter ATCC Nos. 31936, 31960, 33488, 35047 and 49915
Thermoanaerobium DSMZ Nos. 7040, 1457, 9766, 9003 and 9769
Thermomonospora ATCC Nos. 19995 and 43196 Trichococcus ATCC Nos.
35945, 51221 and BAA-296 Tsukamurella ATCC Nos. 15530, 25938 and
700081 Vagococcus ATCC Nos. 49515, 51200, 700839 and BAA-289
[0133] As would be known to those of ordinary skill in the art, the
following genera are noted for growing as filamentous cellular
structures (e.g., hyphae): Actinokineospora, Actinomadura,
Actinoplanes, Actinopolyspora, Actinosynnema, Amycolatopsis,
Catellatospora, Dactylosporangium, Dermatophilus, Frankia,
Geodermatophilus, Glycomyces, Gordonia, Intrasporangium,
Kibdelosporangium, Kineosporia, Kitasatospora, Microbispora,
Micromonospora, Microtetraspora, Nocardioides, Nocardiopsis,
Oerskovia, Pilimelia, Planobispora, Planomonospora,
Promicromonospora, Pseudonocardia, Rhodococcus, Saccharomonospora,
Saccharopolyspora, Saccharothrix Spirillospora, Sporichthya,
Streptoalloteichus, Streptomyces, Streptosporangium,
Thermoactinomyces, and Thermomonospora. Often, the filamentous
cellular material may be readily broken up into particulate
material (e.g., rod or coccoid cells or cellular material) by
physical force. It is contemplated that a processing of these
genera, and other filamentous genera of cells, may include a step
of application of physical force (e.g., shearing, sonication, etc.)
and/or contact with chemicals to convert the filamentous cellular
material into a preferred cell-based particulate material of the
present invention that is more conveniently dispersed in a coating
or other surface treatment. The size ranges for the diameter of the
filamentous cellular structures and particulate material is
generally within the ranges described for the other Gram-positive
cells in Table 3. For example, Nocardia grows as a filamentous
material whose diameter is shown at Table 3, but easily fragments
spontaneously or with mechanical force into rods or coccoid
cellular material. It is contemplated that in embodiments wherein
cells grow both as filamentous cellular material and particulate
cellular material, the particulate cellular material may be readily
obtained by steps such settling of the larger filamentous material
in a liquid culture while the particulate material remains
suspended (e.g., centrifugation), filtration, etc., as well as
processing step that converts the filamentous material into
particulate material.
[0134] Specific examples of colored Gram-positive Eubacteria
species, with exemplary colors, include: Micrococcus luteus
(yellow; ATCC Nos. 10054 and 10240, DSMZ Nos. 20030 and 1605),
Marinococcus halophilus (yellow-orange; ATCC No. 27964, DSMZ No.
20408), Deinococcus proteolyticus (orange-red; ATCC No. 35074, DSMZ
No. 20540), Deinococcus radiophilus (orangle-red; ATCC No. 27603,
DSMZ No. 20551), Deinococcus radiopugnans (orange-red; ATCC No.
19172, DSMZ No. 12027), Deinococcus radiodurans (red; ATCC Nos.
13939 and 35073, DSMZ Nos. 20539 and 46620), Propionibacterium
thoenii (red-brown to orange; DSMZ Nos. 20276 and 20275),
Propionibacterium acidipropionici (white; DSMZ Nos. 4900 and
20272), Propionibacterium lymphophilum (white; DSMZ No. 4903),
Micrococcus lylae (cream-white; ATCC Nos. 27566 and 27569, DSMZ
Nos. 20315 and 20318), Propionibacterium avidum (white to cream;
DSMZ No. 4901), Propionibacterium acnes (white to gray; DSMZ Nos.
1897 and 20458), Propionibacterium granulosum (gray to white; DSMZ
No. 20700), Propionibacterium jensenii (pink to white; DSMZ Nos.
20535 and 20274), and Propionibacterium freudenreichii (pink or
tan; DSMZ Nos. 20271 and 4902). Additional examples of colored
Gram-positive Eubacteria genera, with exemplary colors, include:
Brachybacterium (white to pale yellow), Brevibacterium
(yellow-orange or purple-gray), Aureobacterium (yellow),
Cellulomonas (yellow), Clavibacter (yellow or blue-gray),
Curtobacterium (yellow or orange), Planococcus (yellow-orange),
Exiguobacterium (pale orange), Mycobacterium (pink, orange, or
yellow), Nocardia (white, tan, brown, red, pink, orange, purple, or
gray), Rubrobacter (reddish-pink), Salinicoccus (pink or red),
Salinicoccus (pink or red), Deinobacter (pink or red), Dermabacter
(cream-white), Sporosarcina (cream to orange), Staphylococcus
(white, cream, yellow, or orange), Thermoanaerobacter (white), and
Tsukamurella (white to orange).
[0135] Some genera of Gram-positive Eubacteria typically grow in
extreme environmental conditions. Examples of Gram-positive
hyperthermophile genera with exemplary temperature growth ranges
include Clostridium (10.degree. C.-65.degree. C.), Desulfotomaculum
(20.degree. C.-70.degree. C.), Rubrobacter (46.degree.
C.-48.degree. C.), Saccharococcus (68.degree. C.-78.degree. C.),
Sphaerobacter (55.degree. C.), Thermacetogenium (55.degree.
C.-58.degree. C.), Thermoanaerobacter (35.degree. C.-78.degree.
C.), and Thermoanaerobium (45.degree. C.-75.degree. C.). Examples
of Gram-positive extreme halophile genera with exemplary NaCl
growth ranges include Aerococcus (1.71 M), Marinococcus (0.09-3.42
M), Planococcus (0.17-2.57 M), Sporohalobacter (0.5-2.0 M), and
Staphylococcus (1.71 M). Examples of Gram-positive extreme
alkaliphile genera with exemplary pH growth ranges include
Aerococcus (pH 9.6), Amphibacillus (pH 10), Enterococcus (pH 9.6),
and Exiguobacterium (pH 6.5-11.5).
(ii) Gram-Negative Eubacteria
[0136] As used herein "Gram-negative Eubacteria" refers to
Eubacteria comprising a cell wall that typically stains negative
with Gram stain reaction (see, for example, Scherrer, R., 1984)
and/or generally is surrounded by an outer cell membrane. As would
be known to those of ordinary skill in the art, a few types of
"Gram-negative Eubacteria" do not stain well using a standard Gram
stain procedure, however, these bacteria can be classified as a
Gram-negative Eubacteria by the presence of an outer cell membrane,
a morphological feature typically not present in a Gram-positive
Eubacteria.
[0137] Examples of Gram-negative Eubacteria size and shapes are
shown at Table 5 below.
5TABLE 5 Examples of Gram-negative Eubacteria Cell's Size and Shape
Genus Size Shape Number Acetivibrio 0.4-0.8 .mu.m .times. 4.0-10.0
.mu.m R P, OL Acetoanaerobium 0.8 .mu.m .times. 1.0-5.0 .mu.m R S
Acetobacter 0.6-0.8 .mu.m .times. 1.0-4.0 .mu.m R S, P, OL
Acetomicrobium 0.6-0.8 .mu.m .times. 2.0-7.0 .mu.m CR S
Acidaminobacter 0.5-0.6 .mu.m .times. 1.5-3.7 .mu.m R S, P
Acidaminococcus 0.6-1.0 .mu.m Co P Acidiphilium 0.3-1.2 .mu.m
.times. 0.6-4.2 .mu.m R S Acidomonas 0.8-1.0 .mu.m .times. 1.5-3.0
.mu.m R S, P Acidovorax 0.2-0.7 .mu.m .times. 1.0-5.0 .mu.m R S, OL
Acinetobacter 0.9-1.6 .mu.m .times. 1.5-2.5 .mu.m V P, OL Aeromonas
0.3-1.0 .mu.m .times. 1.0-3.5 .mu.m R S, P, OL Agitococcus 1.0-1.5
.mu.m Sp S Agrobacterium 0.6-1.0 .mu.m .times. 1.5-3.0 .mu.m R S, P
Agromonas 0.6-1.0 .mu.m .times. 2.0-7.0 .mu.m R S Alcaligenes
0.5-1.0 .mu.m .times. 0.5-2.6 .mu.m R, Co S Allochromatium 1-2
.times. 2-4 .mu.m R S Alteromonas 0.7-1.5 .mu.m .times. 1.8-3.0
.mu.m R, CR S Alysiella 0.6 .mu.m Sp P, TT, OL, ML Aminobacter
0.5-0.9 .mu.m .times. 1.0-3.0 .mu.m R S Anabaena 2.0-20.0 .mu.m 0,
Sp OL Anaerobiospirillum 0.6-0.8 .mu.m .times. 3.0-15.0 .mu.m Sl S
Anaerorhabdus 0.3-1.5 .mu.m .times. 1.0-3.0 .mu.m R S, P, OL
Anaerovibrio 0.6-0.9 .mu.m .times. 1.5-3.5 .mu.m CR, Sl S
Ancalomicrobium 1.0 .mu.m Cn S Ancylobacter 0.3-1.0 .mu.m .times.
1.0-3.0 .mu.m CR S Angulomicrobium 1.1-1.5 .mu.m Te S Aquaspirillum
0.7-0.9 .mu.m .times. 3.6-43.0 .mu.m R S Archangium 0.6-0.8 .mu.m
.times. 6.0-12.0 .mu.m R S Arsenophonus 0.4-0.6 .mu.m .times.
7.0-10.0 .mu.m R S Arthrospira 3.0-12.0 .mu.m Sl OL Asticcacaulis
0.5-0.7 .mu.m .times. 1.0-3.0 .mu.m R S Azomonas 2.0 .mu.m R, C S,
P, OC Azorhizobium 0.5-0.6 .mu.m .times. 1.5-2.5 .mu.m R S
Azospirillum 0.9-1.2 .mu.m V, R S Azotobacter 1.5-2.0 .mu.m 0 S, P,
OC, OL Bacteroides 0.6-0.9 .mu.m .times. 1.5-3.5 .mu.m R S
Bdellovibrio 0.2-0.5 .mu.m R S Beggiatoa 2.0-10.0 .mu.m .times.
1.0-200.0 .mu.m Cy S, OL Beijerinckia 0.5-1.5 .mu.m .times. 1.7-4.5
.mu.m R, CR S Blastobacter 0.5-1.0 .mu.m .times. 1.0-5.0 .mu.m O S
Blastochloris 0.6-2.5 .mu.m .times. 0.6-5.0 .mu.m R S Bordetella
0.2-0.5 .mu.m .times. 0.5-2.0 .mu.m C S, P, OL Borrelia 0.2-0.5
.mu.m .times. 3.0-20.0 .mu.m H S Brachyspira 0.2 .mu.m .times.
1.7-6.0 .mu.m H S Bradyrhizobium 0.5-0.9 .mu.m .times. 1.2-3.0
.mu.m R S Brevundimonas 0.4-0.6 .mu.m .times. 1.0-2.0 .mu.m R, V,
Fu S Brucella 0.5-0.7 .mu.m .times. 0.6-1.5 .mu.m R, Co S, P, OC,
OL Budvicia 0.3 .mu.m .times. 1.8 .mu.m R S Buttiauxella 0.3 .mu.m
.times. 1.8 .mu.m R S Butyrivibrio 0.4-0.6 .mu.m .times. 2.0-5.0
.mu.m CR S Calothrix 2.5-18.0 .mu.m 0 OL Campylobacter 0.2-0.5
.mu.m .times. 0.5-5.0 .mu.m V S Capnocytophaga 0.4-0.6 .mu.m
.times. 2.5-5.7 .mu.m R S Cardiobacterium 0.5-0.75 .mu.m .times.
1.0-3.0 .mu.m R S, P, OL Caulobacter 0.4-0.6 .mu.m .times. 1.0-2.0
.mu.m R, V, Fu S Cedecea 0.5-0.6 .mu.m .times. 1.0-2.0 .mu.m R S
Cellulophaga 0.3-0.8 .mu.m .times. 1.5-15.0 .mu.m R S Cellvibrio
0.2-0.5 .mu.m .times. 1.0-1.3 .mu.m R S Centipeda 0.65 .mu.m
.times. 4.0-17.0 .mu.m Sr S Chitinophaga 0.5-0.8 .mu.m .times. 40.0
.mu.m R S Chlorobium 0.3-1.1 .mu.m .times. 0.4-3.0 .mu.m R, 0, Sp
OL Chloroflexus 0.5-1.0 .mu.m .times. 2.0-6.0 .mu.m R OL, ML
Chlorogloeopsis 2.0-8.0 .mu.m Cy OL Chloroherpeton 0.6-1.0 .mu.m
.times. 8.0-20.0 .mu.m R S Chondromyces 1.0-1.2 .mu.m .times.
3.0-8.0 .mu.m Cy S Chromobacterium 0.6-0.9 .mu.m .times. 1.5-3.5
.mu.m R S, P, OL Chromohalobacter 0.6-1.0 .mu.m .times. 1.5-4.0
.mu.m R S Chroococcidiopsis 3.0-4.0 .mu.m Sp, Co OC Citrobacter 1.0
.mu.m .times. 2.0-6.0 .mu.m R S, P Cobetia 0.8-1.1 .mu.m .times.
1.5-3.0 .mu.m R S Comamonas 0.5-1.0 .mu.m .times. 1.0-4.0 .mu.m R
s, p Crinalium 1.0-1.5 .mu.m R OL Cupriavidus 0.7-0.9 .mu.m .times.
0.9-1.3 .mu.m C, R S Cyclobacterium 0.8-1.5 .mu.m .times. 0.3-0.7
.mu.m Rg S Cylindrospermum 3.0-6.0 .mu.m Sp OL Cystobacter 0.6-0.8
.mu.m .times. 8.0-15.0 .mu.m R S Cytophaga 0.3-0.8 .mu.m .times.
1.5-15.0 .mu.m R S Dermocarpella 2.0-3.0 .mu.m O OC Derxia 1.0-2.0
.mu.m .times. 3.0-6.0 .mu.m R S, OL Desulfobacter 0.5-2.4 .mu.m
.times. 1.7-7.0 .mu.m R, O, V S, P, OC Desulfobacterium 0.7-3.0
.mu.m .times. 1.5-2.8 .mu.m R S, P, OC Desulfobulbus 0.6-1.3 .mu.m
.times. 1.5-2.5 .mu.m R, O S, P Desulfococcus 1.4-2.3 .mu.m Sp S,
P, OC Desulfomicrobium 0.6 .mu.m .times. 1.3 .mu.m R, O S, P, OC
Desulfomonile 0.8-1.0 .mu.m .times. 5.0-10.0 .mu.m R S, P, OC
Desulfonema 3.0-8.0 .mu.m .times. 2.5-13.0 .mu.m R OL, ML
Desulfosarcina 1.0-1.5 .mu.m .times. 1.5-2.5 .mu.m R, O S, P, OC
Desulfovibrio 0.5-1.3 .mu.m .times. 0.8-5.0 .mu.m Sl, V S
Desulfurella 0.4-0.8 .mu.m .times. 1.0-4.0 .mu.m R, O S, P, OC
Desulfuromonas 0.4-0.8 .mu.m .times. 1.0-4.0 .mu.m R, O S, P, OC
Dichotomicrobium 0.8-1.8 .mu.m .times. 0.8-2.0 .mu.m Sp, Te S
Ectothiorhodospira 0.5-1.5 .mu.m R, V S Edwardsiella 1.0 .mu.m
.times. 2.0-3.0 .mu.m R s Eikenella 0.3-0.4 .mu.m .times. 1.5-4.0
.mu.m R S Enhydrobacter 0.5-0.7 .mu.m .times. 1.0-5.0 .mu.m R S, P,
OL Ensifer 0.7-1.1 .mu.m .times. 1.0-1.9 .mu.m R S, P Enterobacter
0.6-1.0 .mu.m .times. 1.2-3.0 .mu.m R S Erwinia 0.5-1.0 .mu.m
.times. 1.0-3.0 .mu.m R S, P, OL Erythrobacter 0.3-0.4 .mu.m
.times. 2.0-5.0 .mu.m R S Erythromicrobium 0.7-1.0 .mu.m .times.
1.6-2.5 .mu.m R S Escherichia 1.1-1.5 .mu.m .times. 2.0-6.0 .mu.m R
s, p Ewingella 0.6-0.7 .mu.m .times. 1.0-1.8 .mu.m R S
Fervidobacterium 0.5-0.55 .mu.m .times. 1.0-2.5 .mu.m R S, P, OL
Fibrobacter 0.4-0.8 .mu.m .times. 0.8-2.0 .mu.m R, O S
Filomicrobium 0.5-0.7 .mu.m .times. 1.5-4.0 .mu.m Fu S Fischerella
2.0-8.0 .mu.m 0 OL Flammeovirga 0.3-0.8 .mu.m .times. 1.5-15.0
.mu.m R S Flavobacterium 0.5 .mu.m .times. 1.0-3.0 .mu.m R S
Flectobacillus 0.3-2.0 .mu.m .times. 1.0-31.0 .mu.m H, V, CR S
Flexibacter 0.2-0.6 .mu.m .times. 10.0-50.0 .mu.m R S Flexithrix
0.2-0.6 .mu.m .times. 10.0-50.0 .mu.m R S, ML Francisella 0.2 .mu.m
.times. 0.2-0.7 .mu.m R S Frateuria 0.5-0.7 .mu.m .times. 0.7-3.5
.mu.m R S, P Fusobacterium 0.6-0.9 .mu.m .times. 1.5-3.5 .mu.m R S
Gemmata 1.4-3.0 .mu.m .times. 1.4-3.0 .mu.m Co, O S Gemmiger 1.0
.mu.m .times. 0.9-2.5 .mu.m O OL Gloeobacter 2.0-3.0 .mu.m .times.
1.5 .mu.m O, R S, OC Gloeocapsa 3.0-30.0 .mu.m Sp S, OC
Gluconobacter 0.5-1.0 .mu.m .times. 2.6-4.2 .mu.m R, Ep S, P, OL
Haemophilus 0.2-0.4 .mu.m .times. 0.4-2.0 .mu.m R, 0, Sp S Hafnia
1.0 .mu.m .times. 2.0-5.0 .mu.m R S Haliscomenobacter 0.4-0.5 .mu.m
.times. 3.0-5.0 .mu.m R OL, ML Haloanaerobium 0.9-1.1 .mu.m .times.
2.0-2.6 .mu.m R S Halobacteroides 0.5 .mu.m .times. 10.0-20.0 .mu.m
R, CR S Halochromatium 1-2 .times. 2-4 .mu.m R S Halomonas 0.6-0.8
.mu.m .times. 1.6-1.9 .mu.m R S Halorhodospira 0.5-1.5 .mu.m R, V S
Helicobacter 0.5-1.0 .mu.m .times. 2.5-5.0 .mu.m H S Heliobacillus
1.0 .mu.m .times. 7.0-10.0 .mu.m R S Heliobacterium 1.0 .mu.m
.times. 4.0-10.0 .mu.m R, O S Herbaspirillum 0.6-0.7 .mu.m V, H S
Herpetosiphon 0.5-1.5 .mu.m .times. 5.0-150.0 .mu.m R OL, ML
Hirschia 0.5-1.0 .mu.m .times. 0.5-6.0 .mu.m R, O S Hydrogenophaga
0.3-0.6 .mu.m .times. 0.6-5.5 .mu.m R s, p Hyphomicrobium 0.3-1.2
.mu.m .times. 1.0-3.0 .mu.m R, O S Hyphomonas 0.5-1.0 .mu.m .times.
1.0-3.0 .mu.m R, O S Ilyobacter 0.7-1.0 .mu.m .times. 1.3-3.0 .mu.m
R P, OL Isochromatium 1-2 .times. 2-4 .mu.m R S Isosphaera 2.0-2.5
.mu.m Sp OL, ML Janthinobacterium 0.8-1.2 .mu.m .times. 2.5-6.0
.mu.m R S, P, OL Kingella 1.0 .mu.m R P, OL Klebsiella 0.3-1.0
.mu.m .times. 0.6-6.0 .mu.m R S, P, OL Kluyvera 0.5-0.7 .mu.m
.times. 2.0-3.0 .mu.m R S Labrys 1.1-1.3 .mu.m .times. 1.3-1.5
.mu.m Tr S Lachnospira 0.4-0.6 .mu.m .times. 2.0-4.0 .mu.m CR S
Lamprocystis 3.0-3.5 .mu.m Co S Lampropedia 1.0-1.5 .mu.m .times.
1.0-2.5 .mu.m R OC Leclercia 1.0-1.3 .mu.m .times. 2.1-3.6 .mu.m R
S Legionella 0.3-0.9 .mu.m .times. 2.0-20.0 .mu.m R S Leminorella
0.3 .mu.m .times. 1.8 .mu.m R S Leptospira 0.1 .mu.m .times.
6.0-24.0 .mu.m H S Leptospirillum 0.2-0.4 .mu.m .times. 0.9-1.1
.mu.m V, Sl S Leptothrix 0.6-1.4 .mu.m .times. 1.0-12.0 .mu.m R S,
P, OL Leptotrichia 0.8-1.5 .mu.m .times. 5.0-15.0 .mu.m R S
Leucothrix 1.0-1.5 .mu.m R OL, ML Lysobacter 0.2-0.5 .mu.m .times.
1.0-70.0 .mu.m R S Malonomonas 0.4 .mu.m .times. 3.1-4.0 .mu.m R S,
P, OL, OC Marinilabilia 0.3-0.8 .mu.m .times. 1.5-15.0 .mu.m R S
Marichromatium 1-2 .times. 2-4 .mu.m R S Marinobacter 0.3-0.6 .mu.m
.times. 2.0-3.0 .mu.m R S Marinomonas 0.7-1.5 .mu.m .times. 1.8-3.0
.mu.m R, CR S Megamonas 0.8-3.0 .mu.m .times. 3.0-20.0 .mu.m R S
Megasphaera 1.3-2.0 .mu.m Co P, OL Melittangium 0.6-0.8 .mu.m
.times. 5.0-12.0 .mu.m R S Meniscus 0.7-1.0 .mu.m .times. 2.0-3.0
.mu.m R, CR S Mesophilobacter 0.5-0.6 .mu.m .times. 1.0-2.0 .mu.m
R, Co S Metallogenium 0.2-1.5 .mu.m Co OL Methylobacillus 0.3-0.5
.mu.m .times. 0.8-2.0 .mu.m R S Methylobacterium 0.8-1.0 .mu.m
.times. 1.0-8.0 .mu.m R S Methylococcus 1.0 Mm Co P Methylomonas
0.5-1.0 .mu.m .times. 1.0-4.0 .mu.m R, CR S Methylophaga 0.2 Mm R S
Methylophilus 0.3-0.6 .mu.m .times. 0.8-1.5 .mu.m R S, P
Methylovorus 0.5-0.6 .mu.m .times. 1.0-1.3 .mu.m R S, P Microscilla
0.2-0.5 .mu.m .times. 10.0-100.0 .mu.m R S Mitsuokella 0.7-1.5
.mu.m .times. 1.2-1.5 .mu.m OR S Moellerella 0.3 .mu.m .times. 1.8
.mu.m R S Moraxella 1.0-1.5 .mu.m .times. 1.5-2.5 .mu.m R, Co P, OL
Morganella 0.6-0.7 .mu.m .times. 1.0-1.7 .mu.m R S Morococcus 1.0
.mu.m Co OC Myxococcus 0.4-0.7 .mu.m .times. 2.0-10.0 .mu.m R S
Myxosarcina 3.0-4.0 .mu.m Sp, Co OC Nannocystis 1.1-2.0 .mu.m
.times. 1.5-5.0 .mu.m R S Neisseria 0.6-1.0 .mu.m Co S, P Nevskia
1.0-6.0 .mu.m .times. 3.0-12 .mu.m R OL Nitrobacter 0.5-0.8 .mu.m
.times. 1.0-2.0 .mu.m R S Nitrococcus 1.5 .mu.m Sp S, P
Nitrosococcus 1.5-1.8 .mu.m .times. 1.7-2.5 .mu.m Sp, Ep S
Nitrosomonas 0.7-1.5 .mu.m .times. 1.0-2.4 .mu.m R, Co S
Nitrosospira 0.3-0.8 .mu.m .times. 1.0-8.0 .mu.m Sl S Nitrospira
0.3-0.4 .mu.m .times. 0.8-1.0 .mu.m V, Sl S Nostoc 2.0-8.0 .mu.m 0,
Sp, R OL Obesumbacterium 0.8-2.0 .mu.m .times. 1.5-100.0 .mu.m R S
Oceanospirillum 0.8-1.2 .mu.m .times. 2.6-3.6 .mu.m R S
Ochrobactrum 0.5-0.7 .mu.m .times. 0.6-1.5 .mu.m R S Oligella 1.0
.mu.m R P Oscillatoria 1.0 .mu.m 0 OL Oxalobacter 0.4-0.6 .mu.m
.times. 1.2-1.5 .mu.m R, CR S Pantoea 0.5-1.0 .mu.m .times. 1.0-3.0
.mu.m R S Paracoccus 0.5-0.9 .mu.m .times. 0.9-1.2 .mu.m R, Co S,
P, OC Pasteurella 0.3-1.0 .mu.m .times. 1.0-2.0 .mu.m R, 0, Sp S,
P, OL Pectinatus 0.7-0.9 .mu.m .times. 3.0-30.0 .mu.m R S
Pedobacter 0.5 .mu.m .times. 1.0-3.0 .mu.m R S Pedomicrobium
0.4-2.0 .mu.m .times. 0.4-2.5 .mu.m 0, Sp S Pelobacter 0.5-0.8
.mu.m .times. 1.2-6.0 .mu.m R S, P, OL Pelodictyon 0.6-1.2 .mu.m
.times. 1.2-2.5 .mu.m R, O S, OC Persicobacter 0.3-0.8 .mu.m
.times. 1.5-15.0 .mu.m R S Phaeospirillum 0.7-1.5 .mu.m Sl S
Phenylobacterium 0.7-1.0 .mu.m .times. 1.0-2.0 .mu.m R, Co S, P, OL
Photobacterium 0.8-1.3 .mu.m .times. 1.8-2.4 .mu.m R S
Phyllobacterium 0.4-0.8 .mu.m .times. 0.8-2.0 .mu.m R S Pirellula
0.5-3.0 .mu.m .times. 1.0-5.0 .mu.m O S, OL Planctomyces 1.0-1.5
.mu.m Co, O S, OL Plesiomonas 0.8-1.0 .mu.m .times. 3.0 .mu.m R S
Pleurocapsa 2.0-3.0 .mu.m Sp OC Polyangium 0.6-1.2 .mu.m .times.
3.0-8.0 .mu.m R S Porphyrobacter 0.4-0.8 .mu.m .times. 1.1-2.0
.mu.m Pl S Porphyromonas 0.5-0.8 .mu.m .times. 1.0-3.0 .mu.m R S
Pragia 0.3 .mu.m .times. 1.8 .mu.m R S Prevotella 0.6-0.9 .mu.m
.times. 1.5-3.5 .mu.m R S Propionigenium 0.5-0.6 .mu.m .times.
0.5-2.0 .mu.m R S, P, OL Propionispira 1.0 .mu.m .times. 7.0 .mu.m
CR, H S Prosthecobacter 0.5-0.9 .mu.m .times. 2.0-5.0 .mu.m Fu, V S
Prosthecochloris 0.5-0.7 .mu.m .times. 0.5-1.2 .mu.m Sp, R S, OL,
OC Prosthecomicrobium 0.8-1.2 .mu.m Co, R S Proteus 0.4-0.8 .mu.m
.times. 1.0-3.0 .mu.m R S Providencia 0.6-0.8 .mu.m .times. 1.5-2.5
.mu.m R S Pseudanabaena 1.0-3.0 .mu.m R OL Pseudomonas 0.5-1.0
.mu.m .times. 1.5-5.0 .mu.m R S Psychrobacter 0.9-1.3 .mu.m .times.
1.5-3.8 .mu.m Co, R S Rahnella 0.5-0.7 .mu.m .times. 2.0-3.0 .mu.m
R S Rhabdochromatium 1-2 .times. 2-4 .mu.m R S Rhizobacter 0.9-1.3
.mu.m .times. 2.1-2.5 .mu.m R S Rhizobium 0.5-0.9 .mu.m .times.
1.2-3.0 .mu.m R S Rhizomonas 0.5-1.2 .mu.m R S Rhodobaca 0.8-1.1
.mu.m .times. 1.5 .mu.m Co, R S, P Rhodobacter 0.5-1.2 .mu.m R, O
S, OC Rhodobium 0.6-2.5 .mu.m .times. 0.6-5.0 .mu.m R S
Rhodoblastus 0.6-2.5 .mu.m .times. 0.6-5.0 .mu.m R S Rhodocista
0.7-1.5 .mu.m Sl S Rhodocyclus 0.3-1.0 .mu.m R S Rhodoferax 0.7
.mu.m .times. 2-3 .mu.m CR S Rhodomicrobium 1.0-1.2 .mu.m O, R S
Rhodopila 1.6-1.8 .mu.m Sp, O S Rhodoplanes 0.6-2.5 .mu.m .times.
0.6-5.0 .mu.m R S Rhodopseudomonas 0.6-2.5 .mu.m .times. 0.6-5.0
.mu.m R S Rhodospirillum 0.7-1.5 .mu.m Sl S Rhodothalassium 0.7-1.5
.mu.m Sl S Rhodovibrio 0.7-1.0 .mu.m Sl S Rhodovulum 0.5-1.2 .mu.m
R, O S, OC Rikenella 0.15-0.3 .mu.m .times. 0.3-1.5 .mu.m R S
Roseobacter 0.6-0.9 .mu.m .times. 1.0-2.0 .mu.m R, O S Roseococcus
0.9-1.3 .mu.m .times. 1.3-1.6 .mu.m Co S Rubrivivax 0.6-2.5 .mu.m
.times. 0.6-5.0 .mu.m CR S Rugamonas 0.8-0.9 .mu.m .times. 2.4-4.0
.mu.m R S Ruminobacter 0.9-1.2 .mu.m .times. 1.0-3.0 .mu.m R, O S
Runella 0.5-0.9 .mu.m .times. 2.0-4.5 .mu.m R, CR S Salmonella
0.7-1.5 .mu.m .times. 2.0-5.0 .mu.m R S Saprospira 0.5-3.0 .mu.m
.times. 1.5-5.5 .mu.m R OL, ML Scytonema 2.0-20.0 .mu.m Sp OL
Sebaldella 0.3-0.5 .mu.m .times. 2.0-12.0 .mu.m R S, P, OL
Selenomonas 0.9-1.1 .mu.m .times. 3.0-6.0 .mu.m CR S, P, OL
Seliberia 0.5-0.8 .mu.m .times. 1.0-12.0 .mu.m R S Serpens 0.3-0.4
.mu.m .times. 8.0-12 .mu.m R S, P Serpulina 0.3-0.4 .mu.m .times.
7.0-9.0 .mu.m H S Serratia 0.5-0.8 .mu.m .times. 0.9-2.0 .mu.m R S
Shigella 0.3 .mu.m .times. 1.8 .mu.m R S Simonsiella 0.5-1.3 .mu.m
.times. 2.0-8.0 .mu.m R OL Sinorhizobium 0.5-0.9 .mu.m .times.
1.2-3.0 .mu.m R S Sphaerotilus 1.2-2.5 .mu.m .times. 2.0-10.0 .mu.m
R OL Sphingobacterium 0.5 .mu.m .times. 1.0-3.0 .mu.m R S Spirillum
1.4-1.7 .mu.m .times. 14.0-60.0 .mu.m H S Spirochaeta 0.2-0.75
.mu.m .times. 5.0-250.0 .mu.m H S Spirosoma 0.5-1.0 .mu.m .times.
1.5-6.0 .mu.m R, CR S Spirulina 1.0-5.0 .mu.m R OL Sporocytophaga
0.3-0.5 .mu.m .times. 5.0-8.0 .mu.m R S Sporomusa 0.5-1.0 .mu.m
.times. 1.0-8.0 .mu.m CR S Stella 0.7-3.0 .mu.m St s, p Stigmatella
0.6-0.8 .mu.m .times. 4.0-10.0 .mu.m R S Streptobacillus 0.1-0.7
.mu.m .times. 1.0-5.0 .mu.m R S, OL Succinimonas 1.0-1.5 .mu.m
.times. 1.2-3.0 .mu.m R S Succinivibrio 0.4-0.6 .mu.m .times.
1.0-7.0 .mu.m CR, H S Sulfobacillus 0.6-0.8 .mu.m .times. 1.0-3.0
.mu.m R P, OL Synechococcus 3.0 .mu.m R, Co S Synechocystis 2.0-7.0
.mu.m Sp, Co S, OC Syntrophobacter 0.6-1.0 .mu.m .times. 1.0-35.0
.mu.m R S Syntrophococcus 1.0-1.3 .mu.m Co P Syntrophomonas 0.5-1.0
.mu.m .times. 2.0-7.0 .mu.m R S Tatumella 0.6-0.8 .mu.m .times.
0.9-3.0 .mu.m R S Taylorella 0.7 .mu.m .times. 0.7-1.8 .mu.m R S
Thermochromatium 1-2 .times. 2-4 .mu.m R S Thermodesulfobacterium
0.3 .mu.m .times. 0.9-2.5 .mu.m R, O S, P, OC Thermoleophilum 0.4
.mu.m .times. 0.7-1.5 .mu.m R S Thermomicrobium 1.3-1.8 .mu.m
.times. 3.0-6.0 .mu.m R S, P Thermonema 0.3 .mu.m .times.
60.0-200.0 .mu.m R S Thermosipho 0.5 .mu.m .times. 3.0-4.0 .mu.m R
OL Thermotoga 0.6 .mu.m .times. 1.5-11.0 .mu.m R S Thermus 0.5-0.8
.mu.m .times. 5.0-10.0 .mu.m R OL Thiobacillus 0.5 .mu.m .times.
1.0-4.0 .mu.m R S Thiocapsa 1.0-3.0 .mu.m Sp, O S, P, TT, OC
Thiococcus 1.0-3.0 .mu.m Sp, O S, P, TT, OC Thiocystis 2.5-3.0
.mu.m Sp, O S, OC Thiodictyon 1.5-2 .times. 3-8 .mu.m R S
Thiohalocapsa 1.0-3.0 .mu.m Sp, O S, P, TT, OC Thiolamprovum
1.5-3.0 .mu.m Sp S, OC Thiomicrospira 0.2-0.3 .mu.m .times. 1.0-2.0
.mu.m Sl S Thiothrix 1.0-1.5 .mu.m R OL, ML Tissierella 0.6-0.9
.mu.m .times. 2.0-20.0 .mu.m R S Tolypothrix
2.5-18.0 .mu.m 0 OL Treponema 0.1-0.4 .mu.m .times. 5.0-20.0 .mu.m
H S Vampirovibrio 0.3-0.6 .mu.m R S Variovorax 0.5-0.6 .mu.m
.times. 1.2-3.0 .mu.m R S, P Veillonella 0.3-0.5 .mu.m Co P, OL, OC
Verrucomicrobium 0.8-1.0 .mu.m .times. 1.0-3.8 .mu.m R S Vibrio
0.5-0.8 .mu.m .times. 1.4-2.6 .mu.m R, CR S Vitreoscilla 1.0-3.0
.mu.m Cy OL, ML Weeksella 0.6 .mu.m .times. 2.0-3.0 .mu.m R S
Wolinella 0.5-1.0 .mu.m .times. 2.0-6.0 .mu.m R, CR, H S
Xanthobacter 0.4-1.0 .mu.m .times. 0.8-6.0 .mu.m R S Xanthomonas
0.4-0.7 .mu.m .times. 0.7-1.8 .mu.m R S Xenococcus 2.0-3.0 .mu.m Sp
OC Xenorhabdus 0.3-2.0 .mu.m .times. 2.0-10.0 .mu.m R S Xylella
0.25-0.35 .mu.m .times. 0.9-3.5 .mu.m R S Xylophilus 0.4-0.8 .mu.m
.times. 0.6-3.3 .mu.m R S, P, OL Yersinia 0.5-0.8 .mu.m .times.
1.0-3.0 .mu.m R S Yokenella 1.0-1.3 .mu.m .times. 2.1-3.6 .mu.m R S
Zobellia 0.3-0.8 .mu.m .times. 1.5-15.0 .mu.m R S Zoogloea 1.0-1.3
.mu.m .times. 2.1-3.6 .mu.m R S Zymomonas 2.0 .mu.m .times. 1.0-1.4
.mu.m R S Zymophilus 0.7-1.0 .mu.m .times. 3.0-30.0 .mu.m R S, P,
OL Shape: H = helical; V = vibrioid, vibrios; R = rod; CR = curved
rod; O = ovoid, oval; Sp = spherical; Co = cocci, coccoid; Cy =
cylinder; Cn = conical; Rg = ring, u-shape; Ep = ellipsoidal; Sl =
spiral; Fu = fusiform; Sr = serpentine; St = flat-star; Pl =
pleomorphic; Te = tetrahedral; Tr = triangle; Pl = plate-shape.
Number: S = unicellular; P = cell pairs; TT = tetrad of cells; OC =
oligocellular cluster; MC = multicellular cluster; OL =
oligocellular chain; ML = multicellular chain.
[0138] Examples of biological culture collection sources for
Gram-negative Eubacteria are shown at Table 6 below.
6TABLE 6 Examples of Gram-negative Eubacteria Culture Sources Genus
Examples of Culture Collection Strains Acetivibrio ATCC Nos. 33288
and 33324 Acetoanaerobium ATCC Nos. 35199 Acetobacter ATCC Nos.
12873, 12875, 12876, 15973 and 23753 Acetomicrobium ATCC Nos.
43122; DSMZ Nos. 20678 and 20664 Acidaminobacter DSMZ No. 2784
Acidaminococcus ATCC Nos. 25085; DSMZ No. 20731 Acidiphilium ATCC
No. 27807; DSMZ No. 700 and 11245 Acidomonas ATCC Nos. 43581; DSMZ
No. 5432 Acidovorax ATCC Nos. 10200, 11228, 17505, 33996 and 49665
Acinetobacter ATCC Nos. 14987, 15149, 15309, 17906 and 19606
Aeromonas ATCC Nos. 10801, 11163, 7966, 9071 and 49568 Agitococcus
DSMZ No. 5822 Agrobacterium ATCC Nos. 25651, 25652, 25657, 31113
and 700001 Agromonas ATCC Nos. 43045; DSMZ No. 12412 Alcaligenes
ATCC Nos. 15246, 23653, 29712 and 55938 Allochromatium DSMZ Nos.
173, 174, 180, 182 and 1376 Alteromonas ATCC Nos. 27126 and 29332
Alysiella ATCC Nos. 15532 and 29469 Aminobacter ATCC Nos. 23314,
49932 and 49933 Anabaena ATCC Nos. 22664, 29413, 29414, 43530 and
55755 Anaerobiospirillum ATCC Nos. 29305 and 700432 Anaerorhabdus
ATCC Nos. 25662 Anaerovibrio ATCC Nos. 33276; DSMZ No. 3074
Ancalomicrobium ATCC Nos. 23632; DSMZ No. 4722 Ancylobacter ATCC
Nos. 21373 and 25396 Angulomicrobium ATCC Nos. 43934; DSMZ No. 5895
Aquaspirillum ATCC Nos. 11331, 11332, 11334, 11335 and 12638
Archangium ATCC Nos. 25200 and 29036 Arsenophonus ATCC Nos. 49151;
DSMZ No. 15247 Arthrospira ATCC Nos. 29408 Asticcacaulis ATCC Nos.
15261 and 27554 Azomonas ATCC Nos. 12334, 12523 and 12838
Azorhizobium ATCC Nos. 43989; DSMZ No. 5975 Azospirillum ATCC Nos.
29145, 29707, 35119, 43709 and 51182 Azotobacter ATCC Nos. 12518,
12981, 13544, 4412 and 29662 Bacteroides ATCC Nos. 12290, 23745,
27754, 29327 and 29572 Bdellovibrio ATCC Nos. 15143 and 27051
Beggiatoa ATCC No. 33555; DSMZ No. 1416 Beijerinckia ATCC Nos.
19361, 33962, 33963 and 33964 Blastobacter ATCC Nos. 43293, 43294
and 43295 Blastochloris DSMZ Nos. 133, 134, 136, 729 and 13255
Bordetella ATCC Nos. 10380, 10580, 15237, 35086 and 51730 Borrelia
ATCC Nos. 35210, 43381, 49835, 51383 and 51557 Brachyspira ATCC
Nos. 27164, 29796, 43994, 51139 and 51933 Bradyrhizobium ATCC Nos.
10324, 49852, 700350 and 35644 Brevundimonas DSMZ Nos. 4736, 4731,
4732, 4737 and 7226 Brucella ATCC Nos. 23365, 23459 and 25840
Budvicia ATCC Nos. 35566; DSMZ No. 5075 Buttiauxella ATCC Nos.
33320, 33993, 51604, 51605 and 51607 Butyrivibrio ATCC Nos. 19171,
29175 and 29550 Calothrix ATCC Nos. 27901 and 27905 Campylobacter
ATCC Nos. 15296, 29428, 33236, 33237 and 33238 Capnocytophaga ATCC
Nos. 27872, 33612, 33624, 35978 and 51502 Cardiobacterium ATCC Nos.
14900; DSMZ No. 8339 Caulobacter ATCC Nos. 11764, 15253, 15257,
15260 and 21756 Cedecea ATCC Nos. 33431, 33432 and 33855
Cellulophaga ATCC Nos. 23169, 23178, 700862 and 700863 Cellvibrio
ATCC Nos. 13127 Centipeda ATCC Nos. 35019; DSMZ No. 2778
Chitinophaga ATCC Nos. 43595; DSMZ No. 2588 Chlorobium ATCC Nos.
DSMZ No. 245, 266 and 269 Chloroflexus ATCC Nos. 29365; DSMZ No.
9485, 9486 and 635 Chlorogloeopsis ATCC Nos. 27181 and 27193
Chloroherpeton ATCC Nos. 35110 Chondromyces DSMZ No. 436
Chromobacterium ATCC Nos. 12472; DSMZ Nos. 11369 and 30191
Chromohalobacter ATCC Nos. 17056, 43984, 43985 and BAA-138
Chroococcidiopsis ATCC Nos. 27900 and 29379 Citrobacter ATCC Nos.
10053, 11102, 11811, 25405 and 8090 Cobetia ATCC Nos. 27129 and
35142 Comamonas ATCC Nos. 11330, 11996, 700936 and 700038 Crinalium
ATCC Nos. 49662 Cupriavidus ATTC Nos. 43291; DSMZ No. 13513
Cyclobacterium ATCC Nos. 25205; DSMZ No. 745 Cylindrospermum ATCC
Nos. 29204 and 29412 Cystobacter ATCC Nos. 25194; DSMZ No. 2262
Cytophaga ATCC Nos. 12208, 19072, 19326, 23177 and 33406
Dermocarpella ATCC Nos. 29376 Derxia ATCC Nos. 15994; DSMZ No. 723
Desulfobacter ATTC Nos. 33911, 43915, 43918 and 43919
Desulfobacterium ATCC Nos. 43914, 43938 and 49792 Desulfobulbus
ATCC Nos. 33891, 43118 and 700652 Desulfococcus ATCC Nos. 33890;
DSMZ Nos. 5651, 2059 and 2650 Desulfomicrobium ATCC No. 51164; DSMZ
Nos. 5918, 4194 and 5918 Desulfomonile ATCC Nos. 49306; DSMZ No.
6799 Desulfonema ATCC Nos. 33961 and 35288 Desulfosarcina DSMZ No.
2060 Desulfovibrio ATCC Nos. 13541, 14822, 19364, 19996 and 29098
Desulfurella ATCC Nos. 51451; DSMZ Nos. 5264, 10409 and 10410
Desulfuromonas ATCC Nos. 51529, 51701 and 700295 Dichotomicrobium
ATCC Nos. 49408; DSMZ No. 5002 Ectothiorhodospira ATCC Nos. 43036,
49921 and 51935; DSMZ No. 241 Edwardsiella ATCC Nos. 15469, 33202,
33379 and 15947 Eikenella ATCC Nos. 23834; DSMZ No. 8340
Enhydrobacter ATCC Nos. 27094 Ensifer ATCC Nos. 33212 Enterobacter
ATCC Nos. 10699, 12868, 15038, 23373 and 13048 Erwinia ATCC Nos.
11417, 14976, 23376, 29573 and 35998 Erythrobacter ATCC Nos. 33941
and 700002 Erythromicrobium ATCC No. 700003; DSMZ No. 8510
Escherichia ATCC Nos. 25922, 21073, 29907, 29943 and 29990
Ewingella ATCC Nos. 33850; DSMZ No. 4580 Fervidobacterium ATCC Nos.
35602 and 49647 Fibrobacter ATCC Nos. 19169 and 43854 Filomicrobium
ATCC Nos. 35158; DSMZ No. 5304 Fischerella ATCC Nos. 27929 and
29114 Flammeovirga ATCC Nos. 23126 and 23132; DSMZ No. 3659
Flavobacterium ATCC Nos. 11947, 12524, 13524, 14231, 17061 and
27551 Flectobacillus ATCC Nos. 29496; DSMZ No. 103 Flexibacter ATCC
Nos. 23079, 23086, 23087, 23090 and 23103 Flexithrix ATCC Nos.
23163; DSMZ No. 6795 Francisella ATCC Nos. 25015; DSMZ No. 7535
Frateuria ATCC Nos. 12301; DSMZ No. 6220 Fusobacterium ATCC Nos.
10953, 25286, 25533, 25556 and 25557 Gemmata DSMZ No. 5831 Gemmiger
ATCC Nos. 27749 Gloeobacter ATCC Nos. 29082 Gloeocapsa ATCC Nos.
29115 and 29159 Gluconobacter ATCC Nos. 11894, 12302, 14835, 43781
and 49207 Haemophilus ATCC Nos. 10014, 10211, 11116, 13252 and
19417 Hafnia ATCC Nos. 11604 and 13337; DSMZ No. 30163
Haliscomenobacter ATCC Nos. 27775; DSMZ No. 1100 Haloanaerobium
ATCC Nos. 33744, 51327, 700103 and 700560 Halobacteroides ATCC Nos.
35273; DSMZ Nos. 6639 and 5150 Halochromatium ATCC No. 700202; DSMZ
Nos. 11080 and 4395 Halomonas ATCC Nos. 12084, 14400, 19717, 27122
and 27125 Halorhodospira DSMZ Nos. 244, 1059 and 2110c Helicobacter
ATCC Nos. 35683, 43504, 43772, 49286 and 51101 Heliobacillus ATCC
Nos. 43427; DSMZ No. 6151 Heliobacterium ATCC Nos. 43375 and 51547
Herbaspirillum ATCC Nos. 19308, 35892 and BAA-806 Herpetosiphon
ATCC Nos. 23076, 23779 and 53756 Hirschia ATCC Nos. 49814; DSMZ No.
5838 Hydrogenophaga ATCC Nos. 17724, 33667, 33668, 49743, BAA-304
Hyphomicrobium ATCC Nos. 19614, 27483, 27484, 27495 and 27499
Hyphomonas ATCC Nos. 15444, 33879, 33880, 33882 and 33886
Ilyobacter ATCC Nos. 35898 and 49679 Isochromatium DSMZ Nos. 176
and 177 Isosphaera ATCC Nos. 43644; DSMZ No. 9630 Janthinobacterium
ATCC Nos. 12473; DSMZ Nos. 9628 and 1522 Kingella ATCC Nos. 23330,
33394 and 51147 Klebsiella ATCC Nos. 10031, 12833, 700834 and 13883
Kluyvera ATCC Nos. 14236, 14237, 51603 and 51609 Labrys ATCC Nos.
43932; DSMZ No. 5896 Lachnospira ATCC Nos. 19207; DSMZ No. 3073
Lamprocystis DSMZ No. 229 Lampropedia ATCC Nos. 11041 Leclercia
ATCC Nos. 23216; DSMZ No. 5077 Legionella ATCC Nos. 33462, 33623,
33733, 33761 and 35072 Leminorella ATCC Nos. 33998, 33999 and 43012
Leptospira ATCC Nos. 23468, 23469, 23477, 23479 and 23582
Leptospirillum ATCC Nos. 53992; DSMZ Nos. 14647, 2705 and 1928
Leptothrix ATCC Nos. 43182; DSMZ No. 10617 Leptotrichia ATCC Nos.
14201 and 700907 Leucothrix ATCC Nos. 25107; DSMZ No. 2157
Lysobacter ATCC Nos. 21123, 29479, 29482, 29489 and 53042
Malonomonas DSMZ No. 5091 Marinilabilia ATCC Nos. 19041 and 19043;
DSMZ No. 1449 Marichromatium DSMZ Nos. 203, 204, 1591 and 1711
Marinobacter ATCC Nos. 27132 and 700491 Marinomonas ATCC Nos.
27118, 27119 and 700492 Megamonas ATCC Nos. 25560; DSMZ No. 1672
Megasphaera ATCC Nos. 17752 and 43236 Melittangium ATCC Nos. 25944;
DSMZ No. 14877 Meniscus ATCC Nos. 29398 Mesophilobacter DSMZ No.
9142 Metallogenium VKM No. B-457 and B-459 Methylobacillus ATCC
Nos. 29475 and 51484 Methylobacterium ATTC Nos. 14718, 14821,
21611, 27329 and 27886 Methylococcus ATCC Nos. 19069 Methylomonas
ATCC Nos. 20563, 21369, 31226, 35067 and 43722 Methylophaga ATCC
Nos. 33145, 35842 and BAA-297 Methylophilus ATCC Nos. 39866; DSMZ
Nos. 5898 and 6813 Methylovorus ATCC Nos. 49758; DSMZ No. 6874
Microscilla ATCC Nos. 23129, 23134, 23182 and 23190 Mitsuokella
ATCC Nos. 27723 and BAA-307 Moellerella ATCC Nos. 35017; DSMZ No.
5076 Moraxella ATTC Nos. 10900, 10973, 11748, 14659 and 14688
Morganella ATCC Nos. 21116; DSMZ Nos. 30164 and 14850 Morococcus
ATCC Nos. 33486 Myxococcus ATCC Nos. 23093, 25202, 25203, 25232 and
25565 Myxosarcina ATCC Nos. 29377 and 29378 Nannocystis ATCC Nos.
25965; DSMZ No. 71 Neisseria ATTC Nos. 10555, 13115, 14685, 14686
and 14687 Nevskia DSMZ No. 11499 Nitrobacter ATCC Nos. 25391 and
25388 Nitrococcus ATCC Nos. 25380 Nitrosococcus ATTC Nos. 19707
Nitrosomonas ATCC Nos. 25978 and 49181 Nitrosospira ATTC Nos. 25196
Nitrospira ATCC Nos. 43039; DSMZ No. 10035 Nostoc ATCC Nos. 27895
and 27904 Obesumbacterium ATCC Nos. 12841; DSMZ No. 2777
Oceanospirillum ATCC Nos. 11336, 12754, 27509 and 33336
Ochrobactrum ATCC Nos. 19286 and BAA-119 Oligella ATCC Nos. 17960
and 35578 Oscillatoria ATCC Nos. 27906 and 27930 Oxalobacter ATCC
Nos. 35274; DSMZ Nos. 4420 and 5502 Pantoea ATCC Nos. 11530, 12287,
14589, 29227 and 31623 Paracoccus ATCC Nos. 13543, 25364, 49631,
49632 and 49673 Pasteurella ATCC Nos. 10544, 12555, 13360, 14385
and 23273 Pectinatus ATCC Nos. 29359 and 33332 Pedobacter DSMZ Nos.
12126, 2366, 11725 and 12145 Pedomicrobium ATCC Nos. 33116, 33121,
33122 and 43615 Pelobacter ATCC Nos. 49970 and 49973 Pelodictyon
DSMZ No. 728 Persicobacter ATCC Nos. 23140 and 23155; DSMZ No. 3658
Phaeospirillum DSMZ Nos. 120, 118, 119, 113 and 114
Phenylobacterium ATCC Nos. 35972; DSMZ No. 1986 Photobacterium ATCC
Nos. 11040, 17911, 25521, 25915 and 51760 Phyllobacterium ATCC Nos.
43590 and 43591 Pirellula ATCC Nos. 27377 and 49069 Planctomyces
ATCC Nos. 29201, 43296 and 49424 Plesiomonas ATCC Nos. 14029; DSMZ
No. 8224 Pleurocapsa ATCC Nos. 29386 and 29387 Polyangium ATCC Nos.
15384 and 53080 Porphyrobacter DSMZ Nos. 11032, 9434, 9435, 10594
and 12079 Porphyromonas ATCC Nos. 25260, 29147, 33141, 33277 and
35406 Pragia ATCC Nos. 49100; DSMZ No. 5563 Prevotella ATCC Nos.
15032, 15930, 19188, 19189 and 25261 Propionigenium DSMZ Nos. 9537
and 2376 Propionispira ATCC Nos. 33732; DSMZ No. 2179
Prosthecobacter ATCC Nos. 25309, 27091, 700199 and 700200
Prosthecochloris DSMZ No. 271, 260, 272 and 1685 Prosthecomicrobium
ATCC Nos. 23633, 23634, 27827, 35022 and 27833 Proteus ATTC Nos.
10005, 12454, 19692, 33519 and 13315 Providencia ATCC Nos. 12013,
14505, 25825, 25828 and 35612 Pseudanabaena ATCC Nos. 29344 and
29207 Pseudomonas ATTC Nos. 10144, 10145, 10205, 10757 and 27853
Psychrobacter ATTC Nos. 15174, 17955, 17958, 700361 and 700754
Rahnella ATCC Nos. 15552; DSMZ No. 4594 Rhabdochromatium DSMZ No.
5261 Rhizobacter ATCC Nos. 43776; DSMZ No. 11587 Rhizobium ATTC
Nos. 10004, 10034, 11157, 11325 and 13335 Rhizomonas ATCC Nos.
51296 and 51297 Rhodobacter ATCC Nos. 11166, 17023, 33485 and
35703; CIP No. 105439, JCM No. 9340; DSMZ No. 11550 Rhodobium DSMZ
Nos. 2698, 2780, 11290 and 11349 Rhodoblastus DSMZ Nos. 137, 142
and 145; LMG No. 4300 Rhodobaca ATCC No. 700920 Rhodocista ATCC
Nos. 51373 and 51374, DSMZ No. 9894 Rhodocyclus ATCC Nos. 25093;
DSMZ Nos. 168 and 109 Rhodoferax ATCC Nos. 49786, 49787 and 700587
Rhodomicrobium ATCC Nos. 17100; DSMZ No. 162 Rhodopila DSMZ No. 161
Rhodoplanes ATCC No. 51906; DSMZ Nos. 11907, 5909 and 13233
Rhodopseudomonas ATCC Nos. 17000, 35601, 49724 and 51105; DSMZ No.
12706 Rhodospirillum ATTC Nos. 11170, 27871 and 43720
Rhodothalassium ATCC No. 35888, DSMZ No. 2132 Rhodovibrio ATCC No.
35394, DSMZ Nos. 9154 and 9895 Rhodovulum DSMZ Nos. 2781, 4868,
12328, 12329 and 2351 Rikenella ATCC Nos. 29728 Roseobacter ATCC
Nos. 33942 and 700781; DSMZ No. 12440 Roseococcus ATCC No. 700004;
DSMZ No. 8511 Rugamonas ATCC Nos. 43154 Rubrivivax ATCC Nos. 17011
and 49846; DSMZ No. 149 Ruminobacter ATCC Nos. 29744; DSMZ No. 1361
Runella ATCC Nos. 29530 Salmonella ATCC Nos. 10398, 43975 and 14028
Saprospira ATCC Nos. 23116; DSMZ No. 2844 Scytonema ATCC Nos. 29171
Sebaldella ATCC Nos. 33386 Selenomonas ATCC Nos. 12561, 27093,
35185, 43527 and 43528 Seliberia VKM No. B-1340 Serpens ATCC Nos.
29606 Serpulina ATCC Nos. 49776, 51140 and 51284 Serratia ATCC Nos.
11367, 11634, 13477, 14460, 15928 and 8100 Shigella ATCC Nos.
11060, 11836, 12027, 12022 and 25931 Simonsiella ATCC Nos. 15533,
27395 and 29431 Sinorhizobium ATCC Nos. 10310, 35423, 49357, 51690
and 51692 Sphaerotilus ATCC Nos. 13338 and 13503 Sphingobacterium
ATCC Nos. 33298, 33300, 43320, 51969 and 49537 Spirillum ATCC Nos.
19553 and 33017 Spirochaeta ATCC Nos. 19044, 25082, 25083, 27000
and 33939 Spirosoma ATCC Nos. 23276; DSMZ No. 74 Spirulina ATCC
Nos. 53843, 53844 and 53871 Sporocytophaga ATCC Nos. 10010; DSMZ
No. 11118 Sporomusa ATCC Nos. 35899, 35900, 49682, 49683 and 700346
Stella ATCC Nos. 43930 and 43931 Stigmatella ATTC Nos. 25190 and
25191 Streptobacillus ATCC Nos. 14075; DSMZ No. 12112 Succinimonas
DSMZ No. 2873 Succinivibrio ATCC Nos. 19716; DSMZ No. 3072
Sulfobacillus ATCC Nos. 51911 and 700253 Synechococcus ATCC Nos.
29404 and 33912 Synechocystis PCC Nos. 6308, 6714, 7008, 7919 and
9220 Syntrophobacter DSMZ Nos. 10017, 10092 and 2805
Syntrophococcus ATCC Nos. 43584; DSMZ No. 3224 Syntrophomonas DSMZ
Nos. 3441, 4212 and 2245A Tatumella ATCC Nos. 33301; DSMZ No. 5000
Taylorella ATCC Nos. 35865 and 700933 Thermochromatium DSMZ No.
3771 Thermodesulfobacterium DSMZ Nos. 2178, 12571, 14290, 1276 and
8975 Thermoleophilum ATCC Nos. 35263 and 35268 Thermomicrobium DSMZ
No. 5159 Thermonema ATCC Nos. 43542; DSMZ Nos. 5718 and 10300
Thermosipho DSMZ No. 5309, 13481, 12029 and 6568 Thermotoga ATCC
Nos. 43589, 51869, BAA-301, BAA-488 and BAA-489 Thermus ATCC Nos.
25105, 27634, 27978, 31556 and 31674 Thiobacillus ATCC Nos. 23642,
23645, 27977 and 43788 Thiocapsa ATCC Nos. 43172 and 700894
Thiococcus DSMZ Nos. 226 and 227 Thiocystis DSMZ Nos. 215, 207 and
198 Thiodictyon DSMZ Nos. 232 and 234 Thiohalocapsa DSMZ No. 6210
Thiolamprovum DSMZ No. 3802 Thiomicrospira ATTC Nos. 27801, 33889,
35932, 51452 and 700858 Thiorhodovibrio DSMZ No. 6702 Thiothrix
ATCC Nos. 49747, 49749 and 49788 Tissierella ATCC Nos. 25539; DSMZ
Nos. 9508 and 6911 Tolypothrix ATCC Nos. 20335 and 27914 Treponema
ATCC Nos. 27087, 33096, 33520, 33768 and 35534 Vampirovibrio ATCC
Nos. 29753 Variovorax ATTC Nos. 17549; DSMZ No. 30034 and 7516
Veillonella ATTC Nos. 10790, 12641, 17743, 17746 and 17747
Verrucomicrobium ATCC Nos. 43997; DSMZ No. 4136 Vibrio ATTC Nos.
11558, 14048, 14126, 14390 and 15338 Vitreoscilla ATTC Nos. 15218,
15551 and 43189 Weeksella ATCC Nos. 43766 Wolinella ATCC Nos. 29543
and 33567; DSMZ No. 1740 Xanthobacter ATCC Nos. 35674, 35867,
43847, 700314 and 53272 Xanthomonas ATTC Nos. 10017, 10199, 10201,
10731 and 33913 Xenococcus ATCC Nos. 29373 and 29375 Xenorhabdus
ATCC Nos. 19061, 33569, 35271 and 49110 Xylella ATCC Nos. 35868;
DSMZ No. 10026 Xylophilus ATCC Nos. 29074; DSMZ No. 7250 Yersinia
ATCC Nos. 11960, 23715, 29912, 33640, 9610 and 29909 Yokenella ATCC
Nos. 35313; DSMZ No. 5079 Zobellia ATCC No. 14397, DSMZ No. 2061
and 12802 Zoogloea ATCC Nos. 19544, 25935, 700687, 19123 and 19324
Zymomonas ATCC Nos. 10988; DSMZ No. 424 Zymophilus ATCC Nos. 49689
and 49691
[0139] As would be recognized by those of ordinary skill in the
art, certain cells, such as, for example, those of the genera
Ancalomicrobium, Asticcacaulis, Caulobacter, Dichotomicrobium,
Filomicrobium, Hirschia, Hyphomicrobium, Hyphomonas, Labrys,
Pedomicrobium and Prosthecobacter, generally have one or more
prosthecae (e.g., 1 -10) extending from the main cell body. A
prosthecae is a spike-like extension of the cell, and generally
comprises the cell wall and/or cell membrane. Typically, a
prosthecae ranges in size from 0.1-0.7 .mu.m.times.0.1-40.0 .mu.m.
It is contemplated that such cells may produce a cell-based
particulate material of the present invention of 0.1 -0.7 .mu.m
diameter for use in a surface treatment by application of a
processing step such as physical force (e.g., shearing, sonication)
to fragment a prosthecae from the main cell body.
[0140] Specific examples of colored Gram-negative Eubacteria
species, with exemplary colors, include: Xenorhabdus beddingii
(blue; ATCC No. 49110; DSMZ No. 4764), Xenorhabdus poinarii (blue;
ATCC No. 35272; DSMZ No. 4768), Vibrio nigripulchritudo (blue; ATCC
Nos. 27043 and 33901), Pseudomonas viridiflava (blue-green; ATCC
No. 13222; DSMZ No. 11124), Cytophaga marinoflava (yellow, ATCC No.
19326; DSMZ No. 3653), Cytophaga fermentans (yellow; ATCC No.
19072), Escherichia hermannii (yellow; ATCC No. 33651; DSMZ No.
4560), Microscilla aggregans (yellow; ATCC No. 23190), Flexibacter
aurantiacus (yellow; ATCC No. 23108; DSMZ No. 6792), Flexibacter
sancti (yellow; ATCC No. 23092; DSMZ No. 784), Planctomyces
brasiliensis (yellow; ATCC No. 49424; DSMZ No. 5305),
Acetomicrobium flavidum (yellow; ATCC No. 43122; DSMZ No. 20664),
Cellulophaga lytica (yellow, ATCC Nos. 23169 and 23178, DSMZ Nos.
7489 and 2039), Enterobacter sakazakii (yellow; ATCC No. 12868;
DSMZ No. 4485), Pseudomonads mendocina (yellow; ATCC Nos. 25411 and
25413), Vibrio fischeri (yellow; ATCC No. 14546; DSMZ No. 507),
Vibrio logei (yellow; ATCC Nos. 15382 and 35079), Xanthobacter
agilis (yellow; ATCC No. 43847; DSMZ No. 3770), Xanthobacter
autotrophicus (yellow; ATCC No. 35674; DSMZ No. 432), Xanthobacter
flavus (yellow; ATCC No. 35867; DSMZ No. 338), Pseudomonas
alcaligenes (yellow-orange; ATCC No. 14909; DSMZ No. 50342),
Pseudomonas mendochina (yellow-orange; DSMZ No. 50017), Spirochaeta
aurantia (yellow-orange; ATCC No. 25082, DSMZ No. 1902), Cytophaga
aurantiaca (orange; ATCC No. 12208; DSMZ No. 3654), Herpetosiphon
aurantiacus (orange; ATCC No. 23779; DSMZ No. 785), Herpetosiphon
geysericola (orange; ATCC No. 23076; DSMZ No. 7119), Microscilla
marina (orange; ATCC No. 23134; DSMZ No. 4236), Microscilla sericea
(orange; ATCC Nos. 23182 and 23186), Microscilla furvescens
(orange; ATCC No. 23129), Flexibacter flexilis (orange; ATCC No.
23089; DSMZ No. 6793), Flexibacter elegans (orange; ATCC No. 23112;
DSMZ No. 3317), Flammeovirga aprica (orange; ATCC Nos. 23126 and
23132; DSMZ No. 3659), Persicobacter diffluens (orange; ATCC Nos.
23140 and 23155; DSMZ No. 3658), Flexibacter polymorphus (peach;
ATCC No. 27820; DSMZ No. 9678), Cytophaga latercula (orange-red;
ATCC No. 23177; DSMZ No. 2041), Saprospira grandis (orange-red;
ATCC No. 23175; DSMZ No. 2844), Erwinia persicinus (red; ATCC Nos.
35998 and 700561), Flexibacter litoralis (red; ATCC No. 23117; DSMZ
No. 6794), Flexibacter roseolus (red; ATCC No. 23087; DSMZ No.
9546), Flexibacter rubber (red; ATCC No. 23103; DSMZ No. 9560),
Spirochaeta halophila (red; ATCC No.29478; DSMZ No. 10522), Vibrio
gazogenes (red; ATCC Nos. 29988 and 43066), Planctomyces maris
(red; ATCC No. 29201; DSMZ No. 8797), Hyphomonas jannaschiana
(brown; ATCC No. 33882; DSMZ No. 5153), Lysobacter brunescens
(yellow to brown; ATCC No. 29483; DSMZ No. 6979), Lysobacter
enzymogenes (yellow to brown; ATCC No. 21123; DSMZ No. 2043),
Lysobacter antibioticus (Orange or pink to brown; ATCC No. 29480;
DSMZ No. 2045), Marinilabilia agarovorans (pink to salmon; ATCC
Nos. 19041 and 19043; DSMZ No. 1449), Azospirillum brasilense
(pink; ATCC No. 29145, DSMZ No. 1690), Cyclobacterium marinum
(pink; ATCC No. 25205, DSMZ No. 745), Flectobacillus major (pink;
ATCC No. 29496, DSMZ No. 103), Methylomonas methanica (pink; ATCC
Nos. 35067 and 51626), Acidiphilium cryptum (Pink or white; DSMZ
Nos. 2389, 2390, 2613 and 9467), Acidiphilium organovorum (white;
ATCC No. 43141), Acidiphilium lipoferum (pink; ATCC No. 29707; DSMZ
No. 1691), Flexibacter canadensis (white; ATCC No. 29591; DSMZ
No.3403), Pedobacter heparinus (yellow-gray; ATCC No. 13125, DSMZ
No. 2366), and Lysobacter gummosus (yellow-gray; ATCC No. 29489;
DSMZ No. 6980).
[0141] Additional examples of colored Gram-negative Eubacteria
genera, with exemplary colors, include: Archangium, Chondromyces,
Cystobacter, Melittangium, Myxococcus, Nannocystis, Polyangium, and
Stigmatella, which may be yellow, orange, or red); as well as
Chromobacterium (violet); Janthinobacterium (violet);
Chromohalobacter (violet-blue to brown); Oscillatoria (blue-green,
red, blackish); Pseudanabaena (blue-green, red); Spirulina
(blue-green, red); Spirosoma (pale yellow); Chitinophaga (yellow);
Pantoea (yellow); Variovorax (yellow); Xanthobacter (yellow);
Xanthomonas (yellow); Cytophaga (yellow, orange, or red),
Herpetosiphon (red, orange, or yellow); Thermus (yellow, orange,
red); Flavobacterium (yellow to orange); Flexibacter (yellow to
orange), Microscilla (yellow or orange); Thermonema (orange);
Capnocytophaga (orange-red); Methylobacterium (pink to orange-red);
Thermoleophilum (red-pink); Thermomicrobium (red-pink);
Filomicrobium (red); Runella (pale pink); Haliscomenobacter (pink);
Isosphaera (pink), Desulfuromonas (pink to reddish brown);
Lysobacter (cream, pink, yellow-brown); Agrobacterium (light
beige); Marinobacter (white to beige); Arsenophonus (gray-white);
Aminobacter (white to light yellow); Halomonas (white to yellow);
Rhizobacter (white to yellowish); Desulfurella (whitish); Zymomonas
(white to cream); Azorhizobium (cream); Meniscus (chalky-white);
and Acidomonas (white).
[0142] In certain aspects, it is contemplated that cell-based
particulate material and extracted colorants from such material may
be used as a fluorescent colorant. For example, the genera
Phenylobacterium can produce a greenish fluorescent colorant.
[0143] In specific aspects, it is contemplated that cell-based
particulate material and extracted colorants from such material may
be used as a pH indicator colorant. Such a pH indicator colorant
may be useful in monitoring a variety of metabolic, enzymatic, or
chemical reactions that generate hydronium or hydroxy species. For
example, the carotenoid flexirubin changes color from yellow in
acid to neutral conditions to purple, red or red-brown in alkali
conditions, and visa versa. It is contemplated that flexirubin, and
cell-based particulate material that comprises flexirubin, may be
used as pH indicator colorant. Examples of cells that normally
comprise flexirubin, and exemplary non-alkali colors, include:
Flexibacter filiformis (golden yellow; ATCC No. 29495, DSMZ No.
527), Cytophaga allerginae (yellow; ATCC No. 35408), Cytophaga
arvensicola (yellow-orange; ATCC No. 51264, DSMZ No. 3695),
Cytophaga hutchinsonii (yellow; ATCC No. 33406, DSMZ No. 1761),
Flavobacterium hydatis (yellow; ATCC No. 29551, DSMZ No. 1761),
Flavobacterium johnsoniae (yellow; ATCC Nos. 17061 and 29585, DSMZ
Nos. 2064 and 425), Flavobacterium columnare (golden-yellow; ATCC
No. 23463), Zobellia uliginosa (golden-yellow; ATCC No. 14397, DSMZ
No. 2061), Flavobacterium pectinovorum (yellow; ATCC No. 19366,
DSMZ No. 6368), Flavobacterium psychrophilum (yellow; ATCC Nos.
49418 and 49511, DSMZ No. 3660), and Flavobacterium saccharophilum
(yellow; ATCC No. 49530, DSMZ No. 1811).
[0144] In some embodiments, a cell may be endogenously coated with
a metallic compound. Such cells are contemplated for use in the
present invention as a metallic pigment and/or anti-corrosion
pigment. Examples of such cells include those of the genera
Pedomicrobium, Planctomyces and Metallogenium, which are often
coated with a manganese oxide, an iron oxide, or a combination
thereof. For example, Pedomicrobium americanum (ATCC No. 43615) is
typically coated with a combination of iron oxide and manganese
oxide, Pedomicrobium ferrugineum (ATCC No. 33116 and 33119) is
typically coated with an iron oxide, Pedomicrobium manganicum (ATCC
No. 33121) and cell of the genera Metallogenium are typically
coated with a manganese oxide. Such iron oxide and/or manganese
oxide materials may confer a yellow to brown color to the cell,
though cells comprising iron oxide materials are often red-brown,
and cells comprising manganese oxide are often green (e.g., olive).
As would be known to those of ordinary skill in the art, various
cells may internalize metals (e.g., gold, silver, selenium, etc.),
and may possess magnetic properties (e.g., alignment in a magnetic
field), as is common in magnetotactic bacteria. An example of such
an additional metal comprising cell include the magnetotactic
genera Magnetospirillum.
[0145] Some Gram-negative Eubacteria typically grow in extreme
environmental conditions. Examples of Gram-negative
hyperthermophiles with exemplary temperature growth ranges include
Acetomicrobium (58-73.degree. C.), Chlorobium tepidum (55 .degree.
C. to 56.degree. C.), Chloroflexus aurantiacus (20-66.degree. C.;
ATCC Nos. 29365 and 29366; DSMZ Nos. 635, 636, 637 and 638),
Desulfurella (52-57.degree. C.), Dichotomicrobium (35-55.degree.
C.), Fervidobacterium (40-80.degree. C.), Flexibacter
(18-47.degree. C.), Isosphaera (35-55.degree. C.), Methylococcus
(30-50.degree. C.), Microscilla (30-45.degree. C.), Oscillatoria
(56-60.degree. C.), Thermodesulfobacterium (65-70.degree. C.),
Thermoleophilum (45-70.degree. C.), Thermomicrobium (45-80.degree.
C.), Thermonema (60-70.degree. C.), Thermosipho (33-77.degree. C.),
Thermotoga (55-90.degree. C.), Thermus (70-75.degree. C.), and
Thiobacillus aquaesulis (40-50.degree. C.). Examples of
Gram-negative extreme halophiles with exemplary NaCl growth ranges
include Halobacteroides (1.44-2.4 M), Halomonas (0.09-3.42 M) and
Marinobacter (0.08-3.5 M). Examples of Gram-negative extreme
alkaliphile and/or extreme acidophile genera with exemplary pH
growth ranges include Acetobacter (pH 5.4-6.3), Acidomonas (pH
2.0-5.5), Acidiphilium (pH 2.5-5.9), Arthrospira (pH 11.0),
Beijerinckia (pH 3.0-10.0), Chitinophaga (pH 4.0-10.0), Derxia (pH
5.5-9.0), Ectothiorhodospira (pH 7.6-9.5), Frateuria (H 3.6),
Gluconobacter (pH 5.5-6.0), Herbaspirillum (pH 5.3-8.0),
Leptospirillum (pH 1.5-4.0), Morococcus (pH 5.5-9.0), Rhodopila (pH
4.8-5.0), Rhodobaca bogoriensis (pH range 7.5-10; ATCC No. 700920),
Thermoleophilum (pH 5.8-8.0), Thermomicrobium (pH 7.5-8.7),
Thiobacillus (pH 2.0-8.0), and Xanthobacter (pH 5.8-9.0).
[0146] b. Eukaryotic Organisms
[0147] Eukaryotic organisms are generally classified in the Kingdom
Animalia ("animals"), the Kingdom Fungi ("fungi"), the Kingdom
Plantae ("plants") or the Kingdom Protista ("protists"). Eukaryotic
cells are generally of larger cellular size than prokaryotes, with
numerous examples of cells and cell sizes described herein. In the
practice of the present invention, unicellular and oligocellular
eukaryotic organisms are preferred, as it is contemplated that the
number of processing steps, and hence cost, will be less. Such
eukaryotic cells and organisms are often classified in the Kingdom
Protista, though certain fungi are also unicellular and
oligocellular fungi are contemplated, and are described herein.
Eukaryotic cells and organisms that possess a cell wall or other
durable biomolecule material are contemplated, and such cells are
usually classified in the Kingdom Protista, the Kingdom Plantae,
and the Kingdom Fungi. Eukaryotic cells and organisms that lack a
durable cell wall (e.g., the Kingdom Animalia) may be used as a
coating or other surface treatment component, but are less
preferred for use a cell-based particulate material in the present
invention. Examples of preferred eukaryotic cells and organisms for
use as a cell-based particulate material of the present invention
are described below.
(1) Fungi
[0148] Organisms of the eukaryotic Fungi Kingdom include organisms
commonly referred to as molds, morels, mushrooms, puffballs, rusts,
smuts, truffles, and yeasts. A fungal organism typically comprises
multicellular filaments that grow into a food supply (e.g., carbon
based polymers), but may become unicellular spores in nutrient poor
conditions. In the practice of the present invention, fungi
microorganisms (e.g., filamentous fungi, yeasts) that are
unicellular or oligocellular, including those that are unicellular
or oligocellular during a stage in the lifecycle (e.g., spores),
are preferred. Yeasts are a preferred type of fungi, as they
generally live or have a stage of life that is typically
unicellular in nature. It is contemplated that culturing such
unicellular or oligocellular fungi, and/or producing the cell-based
particulate material of the present invention from such fungi, will
entail less steps, be more amenable to large scale production, be
more economical, or a combination thereof, relative to culturing
and processing cell-based particulate material from a multicellular
fungi.
[0149] Fungi cell wall components typically include beta-1,4-linked
homopolymers of N-acetylglucosamine ("chitin") and a glucan. The
glucan is usually an alpha-glucan, such as a polymer comprising an
alpha-1,3- and alpha-1,6-linkage (Griffin, 1993). Some Ascomycota
species (Ophiostomataceae) comprise cell walls made of cellulose.
Certain species of Chytridiomycota (e.g., Coelomomycetales) do not
possess cell walls, and are less preferred (Alexopoulos et al.,
1996).
[0150] Examples of yeast cell's size and shapes are shown at Table
7 below.
7TABLE 7 Examples of Yeast Cell's Size and Shape Genus Size Shape
Number Aciculoconidium 3.5-8.5 .mu.m .times. 4.0-15.0 .mu.m O, Ep
S, OC, OL Agaricostilbum 4.0-10.0 .mu.m .times. 2.0-4.0 .mu.m Ep,
Fu S Ambrosiozyma 2.0-9.0 .mu.m .times. 4.0-14.0 .mu.m Sp, O, Ep S,
P, OC, OL Arxiozyma 2.9-6.0 .mu.m .times. 4.5-7.5 .mu.m Sp, Ep S,
P, OC Arxula 2.2-3.6 .mu.m .times. 2.4-5.6 .mu.m O S Ascoidea
2.5-4.0 .mu.m .times. 3.5-5.5 .mu.m Gl S, OL Babjevia 4.5-7.0 .mu.m
.times. 5.3-9.0 .mu.m Sp, O S Bensingtonia 6.0-30.0 .mu.m .times.
2.0-7.0 .mu.m O, Ep, Gl, Fu, Cy S, OC Blastobotrys 2.5-3.5 .mu.m O
OL Botryozyma 8.0-22.5 .mu.m .times. 2.0-5.5 .mu.m Cy P, OC Bullera
4.0-35.0 .mu.m .times. 2.0-12.0 .mu.m Ep, O, Cy, Le, Fu S
Bulleromyces 5.0-11.0 .mu.m .times. 3.0-6.0 .mu.m Ep, O, Gl S
Candida 1.0-7.0 .mu.m .times. 1.5-23.0 .mu.m El, Gl, O, Sp, Cy, Lu
S, P, OC, OL Cephaloascus 1.5-2.5 .mu.m .times. 3.0-5.0 .mu.m Ep
OC, OL Chionosphaera 1.5-3.0 .mu.m .times. 3.0-6.0 .mu.m Ep S, P
Citeromyces 3.0-9.5 .mu.m .times. 4.0-10.5 .mu.m Sp, O S, P, T
Clavispora 2.0-6.0 .mu.m .times. 3.0-16.0 .mu.m O S, P, OC
Cryptococcus 1.1-15.0 .mu.m .times. 4.0-10.1 .mu.m Gl, Ep, O, Sp,
Le S, P, OC, OL Cystofilobasidium 1.0-5.0 .mu.m .times. 2.0-14.0
.mu.m Gl, O, Ep S, P, OC Debaryomyces 1.4-8.5 .mu.m .times.
2.0-20.0 .mu.m Sp, El, Ep, Cy S, P, OL, OC Dekkera 2.0-7.0 .mu.m
.times. 3.0-28.0 .mu.m Sp, O, Ep, Cy S, P, OL, OC Dipodascopsis 1.0
.mu.m .times. 1.5-2.0 .mu.m Ep S, OL Dipodascus 3.0-4.5 .mu.m
.times. 3.8-6.0 .mu.m Ep S, OL Endomyces 3.5-4.0 .mu.m .times.
4.0-5.5 .mu.m Gl S, OL Eremothecium 1.7-13.9 .mu.m .times. 4.2-14.0
.mu.m Ov, Gl S, P, OL Erythrobasidium 3.8-5.8 .mu.m .times.
6.3-10.5 .mu.m O S, P Fellomyces 1.0-8.0 .mu.m .times. 2.0-11.0
.mu.m Sp, O, Ep, Ap, Gl S, O Filobasidiella 3.0-8.0 .mu.m .times.
3.0-5.0 .mu.m Gl, O S, OL Filobasidium 3.0-10.7 .mu.m .times.
3.0-17.8 .mu.m O, Ep, Sp S, P, OL Galactomyces 7.0-12.0 .mu.m
.times. 6.0-9.0 .mu.m Sp S, OL Geotrichum 5.0-7.0 .mu.m .times.
7.0-9.0 .mu.m El OL Hanseniaspora 1.5-7.5 .mu.m .times. 2.5-18.2
.mu.m O, Sp S, P Hyalodendron 1.5-3.0 .mu.m .times. 5.0-15.0 .mu.m
Cy OL Issatchenkia 1.3-6.0 .mu.m .times. 3.0-14.7 .mu.m O S, P
Itersonilia 9.0-40.0 .mu.m .times. 3.0-11.0 .mu.m Cy, El, Fu OL
Kloeckera 2.0-4.5 .mu.m .times. 4.0-9.5 .mu.m Ap, O, El S, P
Kluyveromyces 1.0-9.0 .mu.m .times. 2.0-11.0 .mu.m Gl, Ep, O, Cy,
Sp S, P, OL, OC Kockovaella 1.5-5.9 .mu.m .times. 4.0-10.0 .mu.m
Sp, O OL, OC Kurtzmanomyces 2.0-7.0 .mu.m .times. 4.0-8.0 .mu.m Sp,
O S Leucosporidium 1.0-7.0 .mu.m .times. 3.0-16.0 .mu.m O S, P, OC
Lipomyces 3.2-8.0 .mu.m .times. 4.0-12.0 .mu.m Gl, Ep s, p
Lodderomyces 2.6-6.3 .mu.m .times. 4.0-7.4 .mu.m Sp, Ep S, P, OL
Malassezia 1.5-7.5 .mu.m .times. 2.0-8.0 .mu.m O, Ep S, P, OL
Metschnikowia 2.0-11.0 .mu.m .times. 3.0-27.5 Mm O, Ep, Sp, Gl, Cy
S, P, OL, OC Moniliella 3.0-6.0 .mu.m .times. 6.0-19.0 .mu.m El OL
Mrakia 2.6-8.0 .mu.m .times. 3.0-14.0 .mu.m O S, P Myxozyma 1.9-6.9
.mu.m .times. 2.1-6.9 .mu.m Sp, O, Ep S, P, OL Nadsonia 4.2-8.0
.mu.m .times. 5.6-16.0 .mu.m O, Ap, Ep S, P, OC Oosporidium
5.0-12.0 .mu.m .times. 6.0-12.5 .mu.m Gl, O, El OL Pachysolen
1.5-5.0 .mu.m .times. 2.0-7.0 .mu.m Sp, Ep S, P Phaffia 3.5-10.0
.mu.m .times. 5.0-13.5 .mu.m Sp, O S, P, OC Pichia 1.0-8.0 .mu.m
.times. 1.0-25.0 .mu.m Sp, Ep, O, Sp, Cy S, P, OC, OL Protomyces
2.0-5.0 .mu.m .times. 2.5-10.0 .mu.m Ep S, P, OC Pseudozyma
5.0-35.0 .mu.m .times. 1.5-3.0 .mu.m Fu, Cy OL Reniforma 3.0-6.0
.mu.m .times. 2.3-5.0 .mu.m Ki S, P, OC Rhodosporidium 1.0-8.0
.mu.m .times. 2.0-20.1 .mu.m Sp, O, R, Ep S, P, OC Rhodotorula
1.0-8.0 .mu.m .times. 1.5-24.0 .mu.m Ep, O, Cy, Gl S, P, OL, OC
Saccaromycopsis 1.9-11.1 .mu.m .times. 3.0-25.0 .mu.m Sp, Ep, O S,
P Saccharomyces 2.2-8.0 .mu.m .times. 3.0-13.5 .mu.m Gl, O, Ep, Cy
S, P, OL Saccharomycodes 4.0-7.0 .mu.m .times. 8.0-23.0 .mu.m Le S,
P, T Saitoella 2.5-8.0 .mu.m .times. 3.0-14.0 .mu.m O, Ep S
Saturnispora 2.3-7.0 .mu.m .times. 2.5-12.0 .mu.m Sp, El, O S, P
Schizoblastosporion 2.5-6.8 .mu.m .times. 4.5-20.0 .mu.m Ep, Cy S,
P Schizosaccharomyces 3.0-9.0 .mu.m .times. 5.0-24.0 .mu.m Gl, Ep,
Cy S, P, OL Sporidiobolus 2.0-9.0 .mu.m .times. 3.0-27.0 .mu.m O,
E, Sp, Cy S, P, OL, OC Sporobolomyces 3.5-25.0 .mu.m .times.
4.0-6.5 .mu.m Ep, Cy, Fu, O S, OC Sporopachydermia 2.0-4.0 .mu.m
.times. 4.0-14.0 .mu.m Ep S, P, OL Stephanoascus 3.0-5.0 .mu.m
.times. 5.0-8.0 .mu.m Gl S, OL, ML Sterigmatomyces 2.0-7.0 .mu.m
.times. 3.0-11.0 .mu.m Sp, O OC Sterigmatosporidium 1.1-3.7 .mu.m
.times. 1.6-10.1 .mu.m O, Cy, Ep S Sympodiomyces 1.0-1.3 .mu.m
.times. 1.3-3.4 .mu.m O S Sympodiomycopsis 4.0-11.0 .mu.m .times.
2.0-6.0 .mu.m O, Ep S, P, OC Tilletiaria 6.0-20.0 .mu.m .times.
5.0-8.0 .mu.m Gl, El OCL Tilletiopsis 5.0-20.0 .mu.m .times.
3.0-7.0 .mu.m Fu, Cy, El OL Torulaspora 2.1-6.6 .mu.m .times.
3.0-6.6 .mu.m Sp, Ep S, P Trichosporon 3.0-4.0 .mu.m .times.
4.0-15.0 .mu.m Fu, Cy OL Trichosporonoides 2.0-6.5 .mu.m .times.
4.0-8.0 .mu.m O S, OC Trigonopsis 3.5-6.0 .mu.m .times. 2.0-6.0
.mu.m Ep, Tr S, P Tsuchiyaea 4.0-14.0 .mu.m .times. 3.0-9.0 .mu.m
Gl, Ep S, P, OC Wickerhamia 4.0-7.0 .mu.m .times. 8.0-22.0 .mu.m O,
Ap S, P, T Wickerhamiella 1.2-3.5 .mu.m .times. 1.4-3.5 .mu.m Sp,
Ep S, P, OL Williopsis 2.4-6.5 .mu.m .times. 3.0-8.5 .mu.m Sp, Ep
S, P, OL Xanthophyllomyces 3.5-10.0 .mu.m .times. 5.0-13.5 .mu.m
Sp, O S, P, OC Yarrowia 3.0-5.0 .mu.m .times. 3.3-15.0 .mu.m Sp, El
S, P, OL Zygoascus 2.0-5.0 .mu.m .times. 4.5-15.5 .mu.m O S, OL
Zygosaccharomyces 1.8-7.8 .mu.m .times. 2.1-11.8 .mu.m Sp, Ep, Cy,
O S, P, OL Zygozyma 3.0-7.0 .mu.m .times. 2.0-6.0 .mu.m Gl, Ep S, P
Shape: Ap = apiculate; R = rod; O = ovoid, oval; Sp = spherical; Gl
= globose; Cy = cylindrical; Ep = ellipsoidal; El = elongate; Fu =
fusiform; Ki = kidney-shape; Le = lemon-shape; Lu = lunate; Og =
ogiva; Tr = triangle. Number: S = unicellular; P = cell pairs; T =
triad of cells; OC = oligocellular cluster; OL = oligocellular
linear.
[0151] Examples of biological culture collection sources for yeasts
are shown at Table 8 below.
8TABLE 8 Examples of Yeast Culture Sources Genus Examples of
Culture Collection Strains Aciculoconidium ATCC No. 15540; DSMZ No.
3426; IHEM No. 5757 Agaricostilbum VKM No. Y-2684 Ambrosiozyma ATTC
Nos. 14627 and 24611; MUCL No. 31903 Arxiozyma ATCC No. 13603; MUCL
No. 31148 Arxula ATCC Nos. 60136 and 76597; MUCL No. 31910 Ascoidea
ATCC Nos. 16142, 22790, 22852 and 24275 Babjevia ATCC No. 32435
Bensingtonia ATCC No. 20919; MUCL Nos. 34517, 34516 and 34518
Blastobotrys ATCC Nos. 18420, 34215, 34216, 36955 and 42712
Botryozyma ATCC No. 90048 Bullera ATCC Nos. 52901, 52901 and 24608
Bulleromyces ATCC No. 18568; DSMZ No. 10637; MUCL No. 27709 Candida
ATCC Nos. 18805, 22939, 12573, 22983 and 10674 Cephaloascus ATCC
Nos. 12091 and 66658; IHEM No. 3810 Chionosphaera ATCC No. 52639
Citeromyces ATCC No. 14080; DSMZ No. 70187; IHEM No. 5815
Clavispora ATCC Nos. 201083 and 42172; IHEM No. 3979 Cryptococcus
ATCC Nos. 76863, 56686, 64839, 22025 and 36649 Cystofilobasidium
ATCC Nos. 24496, 24500, 16182 and 96307 Debaryomyces ATCC Nos.
10619, 18106, 20322, 24214 and 66545 Dekkera ATCC Nos. 10559,
10563, 201304, 22341 and 24195 Dipodascopsis ATCC Nos. 76902,
76904, 32251 and 7445 Dipodascus ATCC Nos. 10678, 11647, 12934,
200547 and 22540 Endomyces DSMZ No. 70554; IHEM No. 4861
Eremothecium MUCL Nos. 27806 and 31252 Erythrobasidium ATCC No.
9536; DSMZ No. 7505 Fellomyces ATCC Nos. 32128, 32821 and 32822
Filobasidiella ATCC Nos. 10226, 36983, 64866, 24066 and 28958
Filobasidium ATCC Nos. 22179, 22367 and 24227 Galactomyces ATCC
Nos. 66100 and 66101; IHEM Nos. 5249 and 5248 Geotrichum ATCC Nos.
10675, 10834, 11247, 18019 and 200558 Hanseniaspora ATCC Nos.
10630, 10631, 18859 and 204303 Hyalodendron ATCC Nos. 16172 and
66689 Issatchenkia ATCC Nos. 201080, 20380, 22306 and 24184
Itersonilia ATCC Nos. 15495 and 36403 Kloeckera ATCC Nos. 10632,
10634, 10635, 58370 and 10636 Kluyveromyces ATCC Nos. 10022, 18862,
34711, 200793 and 200968 Kockovaella ATCC No. 204345; MUCL Nos.
38916 and 38917 Kurtzmanomyces ATCC Nos. 32127 and 76287; MUCL Nos.
38920 and 38921 Leucosporidium ATCC Nos. 22177 and 10572; MUCL No.
28629 Lipomyces ATCC Nos. 12659 and 32372; IHEM No. 5759
Lodderomyces ATCC No. 11503; DSMZ No. 70320; IHEM No. 5820
Malassezia ATCC Nos. 14522, 42132 and 44338 Metschnikowia ATCC Nos.
10570, 22033, 22301, 42520 and 90300 Moniliella ATCC Nos. 18455 and
18456 Mrakia ATCC No. 22029; DSMZ No. 4634; MUCL No. 30337 Myxozyma
ATCC Nos. 52275, 76214, 52276, 90526 and 76358 Nadsonia ATCC Nos.
10644 and 58437; MUCL No. 31251 Oosporidium ATCC Nos. 10676 and
64138; DSMZ No. 70351 Pachysolen ATCC No. 32691; DSMZ No. 70352;
IHEM No. 5813 Phaffia MUCL No. 31142; IHEM No. 5758 Pichia ATCC
Nos. 36079, 28319, 24238, 46071 and 36905 Protomyces ATCC Nos.
16175, 22666, 56196, 64066 and 90575 Pseudozyma ATCC Nos. 32189,
32657, 64961, 34888 and 64962 Reniforma ATCC No. 66374
Rhodosporidium ATCC Nos. 90942, 66477, 90175, 201850 and 10657
Rhodotorula ATCC Nos. 28266, 18818, 52902, 14023 and 28322
Saccaromycopsis DSMZ Nos. 70560 Saccharomyces ATCC Nos. 10601,
10274, 58439, 200343 and 48553 Saccharomycodes ATCC No. 11313; DSMZ
No. 3437; MUCL No. 27836 Saitoella JCM No. 7358 Saturnispora JCM
Nos. 10726, 1795, 1793 and 1515 Schizoblastosporion ATCC No. 24615;
DSMZ No. 70569; IHEM No. 5819 Schizosaccharomyces ATCC Nos. 10660
and 14548; MUCL No. 27840 Sporidiobolus ATCC Nos. 16039, 11386,
18159 and 16406 Sporobolomyces ATCC Nos. 52908, 24258, MYA-595,
16406 and 18802 Sporopachydermia ATCC Nos. 22026, 26895 and 56629
Stephanoascus ATCC Nos. 22873, 64874, 64875, 90780 and 96582
Sterigmatomyces ATCC Nos. 18893 and 24056; IHEM No. 1083
Sterigmatosporidium ATCC No. 60340; MUCL No. 31914 Sympodiomyces
ATCC No. 22869; MUCL No. 31913 Sympodiomycopsis ATCC No. 201321
Taphrina MUCL Nos. 39262, 39267, 42983, 30956 and 39263 Tilletiaria
ATCC No. 24038 Tilletiopsis ATCC Nos. 10764, 24343, 24344, 24345
and 36489 Torulaspora ATCC Nos. 10662 and 18975; IHEM No. 2393
Trichosporon ATCC Nos. 10266, 10677, 18020, 201110 and 201112
Trichosporonoides ATCC Nos. 16958 and 76718; MUCL No. 10190
Trigonopsis ATCC No. 10679; DSMZ No. 70714; MUCL No. 27875
Tsuchiyaea JCM No. 7368; MUCL No. 34524 Wickerhamia ATCC No. 20148;
DSMZ No. 70715; IHEM No. 5822 Wickerhamiella ATCC No. 24012; IHEM
No. 4439; MUCL No. 31279 Williopsis ATCC Nos. 10680, 10743 and
22541 Xanthophyllomyces ATCC No. 24201; DSMZ No. 5626; MUCL No.
31142 Yarrowia ATCC No. 16617; DSMZ No. 1345; MUCL No. 11523
Zygoascus ATCC Nos. 18822 and 60200; MUCL Nos. 14475 and 42923
Zygosaccharomyces ATCC Nos. 10383, 11003, 36238, 200584 and 36242
Zygozyma ATCC Nos. 66546 and 76359
[0152] Yeasts are often white or near white, light colored or
neutral colored (e.g., white, light yellow, pink, gray, brown, tan,
etc.). Specific examples of colored yeast species, with exemplary
colors, include: Pichia alni (cream white; ATCC Nos. 36594 and
36596), Pichia ciferii (white; DSMZ No. 70780), Pichia fluxuum
(yellowish-white; ATCC Nos. 24239 and 60370), Protomyces gravidus
(pink; ATCC No. 64066), Protomyces inouyei (tannish-orange; ATCC
No. 16175), Arxiozyma telluris (tannish-white; ATCC Nos. 22953 and
24107), Debaryomyces carsonii (tannish-white; ATCC Nos. 16050 and
90022), Debaryomyces etc. hellsii (white; ATCC Nos. 10620 and
20126), Debaryomyces robertsiae (tannish-white; ATCC No. 22312,
DSMZ No. 70870), Issatchenkia occidentalis (cream; ATCC Nos. 22686
and 58065), Issatchenkia orientalis (cream; ATCC No. 20380 and
204290), Issatchenkia scutulata (tannish-white; ATCC Nos. 24186 and
58067), Issatchenkia terricola (tannish-cream; ATCC Nos. 22306 and
58069), Kluyveromyces aestuarii (white to ochre; ATCC No. 18862),
Kluyveromyces africanus (white to cream; ATCC No. 22294, DSMZ No.
70290), Kluyveromyces bacillisporus (white; ATCC Nos. 200960 and
90019), Kluyveromyces blattae (cream to white; ATCC No. 34711),
Kluyveromyces delphensis (cream; ATCC No. 24205), Kluyveromyces
dobzhanskii (cream to pink; ATCC No. 24175), Kluyveromyces lactis
(cream to pink; ATCC Nos. 12425 and 200795), Kluyveromyces lodderae
(cream; ATCC Nos. 200793 and 24206), Kluyveromyces marxianus (cream
to brown; ATCC Nos. 10606 and 16045), Kluyveromyces polysporus
(cream to brown; ATCC No. 22028, DSMZ No. 70294), Kluyveromyces
thermotolerans (cream; ATCC Nos. 20309 and 28913), Kluyveromyces
waltii (cream; ATCC No. 56500), Kluyveromyces wickerhamii (cream,
pink, brown; ATCC Nos. 200968 and 24178), Kluyveromyces yarrowii
(cream; ATCC Nos. 200791 and 36591), Lodderomyces elongisporus
(tannish-white; ATCC Nos. 11503 and 22688), Pachysolen tannophilus
(tannish-white; ATCC Nos. 32691 and 60396), Williopsis california
(gray white; DSMZ Nos. 3455 and 70267), Williopsis mucosa
(tannish-white; ATCC No. 22541), Bullera armeniaca (pink to orange;
ATCC Nos. 52900 and 52901), Bullera dendrophila (cream to
gray-brown: ATCC No. 24608, DSMZ No. 70745), Bullera pseudoalba
(brownish-yellow; MUCL No. 29434), Sporobolomyces gracilis (pink to
red; ATCC No. 24258), Sporobolomyces griseoflavus (yellowish cream
to cream to grayish-white; MUCL No. 34514), Sporobolomyces falcatus
(yellowish cream to cream to grayish-white; ATCC No. 64693), and
Sporobolomyces kluyveri-nielii (brownish-orange to pinkish-orange,
MUCL No. 34523). Additional examples of colored yeast genera, with
exemplary colors, include: Saccaromycopsis (tannish white),
Saturnispora (tannish white), Sporopachydermia (white to cream),
Torulaspora (tannish white), Wickerhamiella (tannish-white),
Yarrowia (tannish-white), Zygosaccharomyces (tannish-white),
Myxozyma (tannish-white), Agaricostilbum (yellowish cream),
Bulleromyces (brownish-cream), Chionosphaera (cream), Filobasidium
(gray-white or cream), Bensingtonia (grayish cream), Malassezia
(cream to yellowish), Cephaloascus (cream-white), Citeromyces
(white), and Clavispora (white to cream).
(2) Protista
[0153] Organisms of the Kingdom Protista ("protists") are a
heterogenous set of eukaryotic unicellular, oligocellular and/or
multicellular organisms that have not been classified as belonging
to the other eukaryotic Kingdoms, though they typically may have
features related to the Plant Kingdom (e.g., algae, which are
photosynthetic), the Fungi Kingdom (e.g., Oomycota) and/or the
Animal Kingdom (e.g., protozoa). Organisms of certain Phyla
("divisions"), particularly those organisms commonly known as
"algae," comprise a cell wall, silica based shell or exoskeleton
(e.g., a test, a frustule), or other durable material at the
cell-external environment interface, and are preferred for use in
preparing a cell-based particulate material of the present
invention. It is contemplated that most protists cell sizes (e.g.,
1.5 .mu.m.times.10.0 .mu.m) and shapes will be similar to those
described for other eukarotic cells described herein (e.g., fungi).
Examples of protists with durable cellular material that are
preferred for use in the present invention include those of the
Phyla Chlorophyta, Chrysophyta, Bacillariphyta, Euglenophyta,
Ciliophora, Oomycota, Pyrrhophyta, Rhodophyta, or Xanthophyta
(Graham, L. E. and Wilcox, L. W. "Algae," Prentice-Hall, Inc. Upper
Saddle River, N.J., U.S.A., 2000).
[0154] Diatoms are unicellular algae that possess a cell wall
comprising silicon. Fossilized diatoms are a major component of
diatomaceous earth, which is often used as an extender. However,
the present invention relates to living or recently living cells
(e.g., alive within the past 20 years), as opposed to mineralized
fossils. Such fossils typically comprise little or no biomolecules
from the organism, as processes such as biodegradation, oxidation
with the earth's atmosphere, etc., have long since destroyed such
molecules. For example, a diatom's frustule is an exoskeleton
comprising organic material and silica, and the organic material of
such frustule will be removed by time and fossilization. Examples
of diatoms include organisms of the phyla Chrysophyta and
Bacillariphyta. Chrysophyta ("golden algae," "golden-brown algae")
are freshwater diatoms. Chrysophyta generally comprise chlorophyll
a and chlorophyll c, as well as a carotenoid and/or a xanthophyll,
and are often yellow-brown in color. Genera of Chrysophyta include
Chlorobotrys, Chromulina, Chrysamoeba, Chrysocapsa, Dinobryon,
Eustigmatos, Heterosigma, Mallomonas, Monodopsis, Nannochloropsis,
Ochromonas, Paraphysomonas, Pleurochloris, Polyedriella,
Pseudocharaciopsis, Rhizochromulina, Synura, Thaumatomastix, and
Vischeria. Bacillariphyta are marine diatoms, and these cells
typically comprise chlorophyll a and chlorophyll c and fucoxanthin.
Genera of Bacillariphyta include Achnanthes, Asterionella,
Chaetoceros, Cocconeis, Cyclotella, Fragilaria, Melosira, Navicula,
Nitzschia, Skeletonema, Stauroneis, Stephanodiscus, Synedra and
Thalassiosira.
[0155] Xanthophyta ("yellow-green algae") typically comprise
chlorophyll c. Xanthophyta are typically yellowish-green in color.
Examples of Xanthophyta genera include Botrydiopsis, Botrydium,
Botryococcus, Chloridella, Mischococcus, Ophiocytium, Tribonema and
Vaucheria.
[0156] Euglenophyta ("euglenoids") generally are unicellular and
comprise a pellicle, which is an outer membrane reinforced by
proteins, rather than a cell wall. The Euglenophyta typically
comprise chlorophyll a and chlorophyll b and a carotene. Genera of
Euglenophyta include Astasia, Colacium, Cryptoglena, Distigma,
Entosiphon, Euglena, Gyropaigne, Khawkinea, Menoidium, Parmidium,
Peranema, Petalomonas, Phacus, Ploeotia, Rhabdomonas, Rhynchopus,
Scytomonas and Trachelomonas.
[0157] Chlorophyta ("green algae") typically are unicellular to
oligocellular clusters, and comprise a cell wall that comprises
cellulose. The Chlorophyta typically comprise chlorophyll a and
chlorophyll b and a carotene or a xanthrophill, and are often green
in color. Genera of Chlorophyta include Volvox, Chlorella,
Pleurococcus, Spirogyra, Chlamydomonas, Gonium, Mantoniella,
Nephroselmis, Pyramimonas, Tetraselmis, Ulothrix, Enteromorpha,
Cephaleuros, Cladophora, Pithophora, Rhizoclonium, Derbesia,
Acetabularia, Chlorella, Microthamnion, Prototheca, Stichococcus,
Trebouxia, Ankistrodesmus, Bracteacoccus, Bulbochaete, Chaetophora,
Characiosiphon, Chlamydomonas, Chlorococcum, Coelastrum,
Dictyosphaerium, Draparnaldia, Dunaliella, Dysmorphococcus,
Eudorina, Fritschiella, Gonium, Haematococcus, Hydrodictyon,
Oedogonium, Microspora, Pandorina, Pediastrum, Pleodorina,
Scenedesmus, Selenastrum, Sphaerocystis, Stephanosphaera,
Stigeoclonium, Tetracystis, Tetraedron, Trentepohlia, Uronema,
Volvox, Closterium, Cosmarium, Cylindrocystis, Hyalotheca,
Mesotaenium, Micrasterias, Mougeotia, Pleurotaenium, Spirogyra,
Spondylosium, Staurastrum, Xanthidium and Zygnema.
[0158] Rhodophyta ("red algae") are generally multicellular and
comprise a cell wall comprising a sulfated polysaccharide, such as,
for example, agar, carrageenan, cellulose, or a combination
thereof. Rhodophyta generally comprise chlorophyll a and are
typically red due to the presence of the phycobilin phycoerythrin,
though others may be blue-green. Examples of Rhodophyta genera that
are unicellular include Chroodactylon, Flintiella, Porphyridium,
Rhodella and Rhodosorus.
[0159] Pyrrophyta ("fire algae," "dinoflagellate") are unicellular
marine organisms that possess a cell wall comprising cellulose.
Pyrrophyta typically comprise chlorophyll a and chlorophyll c and
fucoxanthin. Pyrrophyta are typically red, and comprise
dinoflagellate genera such as Amphidinium, Ceratium, Gonyaulax,
Gymnodinium, Oxyrrhis, Peridinium, and Prorocentrum.
[0160] Ciliophora ("ciliates") are generally unicellular and
comprise a pellicle. Cilophora are not photosynthetic, and thus not
particularly colored (e.g., translucent to whitish). Examples of
Ciliophora genera include Anophryoides, Blepharisma, Caenomorpha,
Cohnilembus, Coleps, Colpidium, Colpoda, Cyclidium, Dexiostoma,
Didinium, Euplotes, Glaucoma, Mesanophrys, Metopus, Opisthonecta,
Paramecium, Paranophrys, Plagiopyla, Platyophrya,
Pseudocohnilembus, Spathidium, Spirostomum, Stentor, Tetrahymena,
Trimyema, Uronema and Vorticella.
[0161] Oomycota ("oomycetes," "water molds") are fungi-like
organisms, and are often listed in the fungal sections of
biological culture collections. Oomycota are typically unicellular
but differ from fungi by possessing a cell wall that comprises
cellulose and/or glycan. Oomycota are not photosynthetic, and thus
typically not particularly colored (e.g., whitish). Examples of
Oomycota genera include Aphanomyces, Brevilegnia, Dictyuchus,
Halophytophthora, Lagenidium, Leptolegnia, Peronophythora,
Plasmopara, Plectospira, Pythiopsis, Pythium, Saprolegnia and
Thraustotheca.
[0162] Examples of biological culture collection sources for
Protista are shown at Table 9 below.
9TABLE 9 Examples of Protista Culture Sources Genus Examples of
Culture Collection Strains Acetabularia CCAP No. 702/3 Achnanthes
CCAP No. 1095/1 Amphidinium CCAP Nos. 1102/1, 1102/2, 1102/7,
1102/3 and 1102/6 Ankistrodesmus CCAP Nos. 202/11A, 202/2, 202/25,
202/7A and 202/10B Anophryoides ATCC Nos. 50204, 50205 and 50279
Aphanomyces ATCC Nos. 18709, 18713, 204464, 46688 and 46690 Astasia
CCAP Nos. 1204/21, 1204/19, 1204/17J, 1204/8B and 1204/1
Asterionella CCAP Nos. 1005/5, 1005/8, 1005/9, 1005/12 and 1005/14
Blepharisma ATCC Nos. 30299; CCAP Nos. 1607/1 and 1607/4
Botrydiopsis CCAP Nos. 222/1B, 806/2, 806/4 and 806/3 Botrydium
CCAP Nos. 805/1, 805/2, 805/3A, 805/4 and 805/5 Botryococcus CCAP
Nos. 807/1 and 807/2 Bracteacoccus CCAP Nos. 221/2, 221/3, 221/8,
221/9 and 221/4 Brevilegnia ATCC No. 11270 Bulbochaete CCAP No.
555/1 Caenomorpha CCAP Nos. 1609/1 and 1609/2 Cephaleuros ATCC Nos.
30913, 30914 and 30915 Ceratium CCAP Nos. 1110/5 and 1110/4
Chaetoceros CCAP Nos. 1010/11, 1010/6, 1010/9, 1010/3 and 1085/3
Chaetophora CCAP Nos. 413/1 and 413/2 Characiosiphon CCAP Nos.
208/1 and 208/2 Chlamydomonas ATCC Nos. 12235, 18302, 30401, 30418
and 30423 Chlorella ATCC Nos. 11466, 11468, 13482, 22521 and 30406
Chloridella CCAP Nos. 813/2, 813/1 and 813/3 Chlorobotrys CCAP No.
810/1 Chlorococcum CCAP Nos. 213/5, 213/11, 213/6, 213/2A and 213/7
Chromulina CCAP Nos. 909/9, 909/1 and 909/3 Chroodactylon CCAP Nos.
1364/1 and 1364/2 Chrysamoeba CCAP No. 921/1 Chrysocapsa CCAP No.
919/1 Cladophora CCAP Nos. 505/10, 505/1B, 505/6, 505/9 and 505/11
Closterium CCAP Nos. 611/7, 611/6, 611/9 and 1017/3 Cocconeis ATCC
No. 50220 Coelastrum CCAP Nos. 217/1A, 217/4, 217/6, 217/2 and
217/3 Cohnilembus CCAP No. 1610/1 Colacium CCAP No. 1211/3 Coleps
CCAP Nos. 1613/1 and 1613/2 Colpidium CCAP Nos. 1614/1, 1614/3 and
1614/2 Colpoda ATCC Nos. 30916, 30918, 30919, 30920 and 50128
Cosmarium CCAP Nos. 612/17, 612/16, 612/7, 612/13 and 612/14B
Cryptoglena CCAP No. 1212/1 Cyclidium ATCC No. 30701; CCAP No.
1616/1 Cyclotella CCAP Nos. 1070/2, 1070/6, 1070/5 and 1070/3
Cylindrocystis CCAP Nos. 615/1A and 615/3 Derbesia CCAP No. 706/1
Dexiostoma ATCC No. 50414 Dictyosphaerium CCAP Nos. 222/1C, 222/3,
222/1A, 222/2D and 222/4 Dictyuchus ATCC Nos. 34931 and 44890
Didinium ATCC Nos. 30399 and 30599 Dinobryon CCAP Nos. 917/1 and
917/2 Distigma CCAP Nos. 1216/1, 1216/2, 1216/3A, 1216/3C and
1216/4 Draparnaldia CCAP No. 418/1A Dunaliella CCAP Nos. 19/35,
19/4, 19/5, 19/9 and 19/7A Dysmorphococcus CCAP No. 20/1
Enteromorpha CCAP No. 320/1 Entosiphon ATCC No. 50106; CCAP Nos.
1220/1A and 1220/1B Eudorina CCAP Nos. 24/1A, 162/2A, 24/1C, 24/6
and 24/9 Euglena ATCC Nos. 10616, 12716, 50471 and 50490 Euplotes
CCAP Nos. 1624/15, 1624/22, 1624/10, 1624/12 and 1624/13
Eustigmatos CCAP Nos. 860/2, 860/8, 860/1A, 860/4 and 860/6
Flintiella CCAP No. 1371/1 Fragilaria ATCC No. 50218; CCAP Nos.
1029/8, 1029/13, 1029/21, 1029/2 and 1029/18 Fritschiella CCAP No.
428/2 Glaucoma ATCC Nos. 50601 and 50034 Gonium CCAP Nos. 32/1C,
32/4 and 32/3 Gonyaulax CCAP No. 1118/1 Gymnodinium CCAP Nos.
1117/5, 1117/6, 1117/7, 1117/8 and 1117/3 Gyropaigne CCAP No.
1233/1 Haematococcus CCAP Nos. 34/10, 34/2G, 34/1F, 34/6 and 34/8
Halophytophthora ATCC Nos. 208871, 28291, 28293, 28296 and 48641
Heterosigma CCAP. Nos. 934/1, 934/3 and 934/4 Hyalotheca CCAP Nos.
637/1 Hydrodictyon CCAP Nos. 236/2, 236/3, 236/1A, 236/1B and
236/1C Khawkinea CCAP Nos. 1204/17H, 1204/20A and 1204/20B
Lagenidium ATCC Nos. 200318, 200325, 200337, 36492 and 58383
Leptolegnia ATCC Nos. 36191, 46237, 48818, 58384 and 66223
Mallomonas CCAP Nos. 929/6 and 929/1 Mantoniella CCAP Nos. 1965/1
and 1965/5 Melosira CCAP No. 1048/6 Menoidium CCAP Nos. 1247/1,
1247/2, 1247/3, 1247/4 and 1247/6 Mesanophrys ATCC No. 50563
Mesotaenium ATCC No. 30595; CCAP Nos. 230/1 and 648/1 Metopus CCAP
Nos. 1653/1, 1653/2 and 1653/3 Micrasterias CCAP Nos. 649/14,
649/17, 649/19, 649/21 and 649/6 Microspora CCAP No. 348/1
Microthamnion CCAP Nos. 450/2 and 450/1B Mischococcus ATCC No.
30592; CCAP No. 847/1 Monodopsis CCAP No. 848/1 Mougeotia CCAP No.
650/1 Nannochloropsis CCAP Nos. 849/5, 849/1, 849/2, 849/8 and
849/9 Navicula CCAP Nos. 1050/8, 1050/10, 1050/3C and 1050/9
Nephroselmis CCAP Nos. 1960/4B, 1960/3 and 1960/1 Nitzschia CCAP
Nos. 1052/13 and 1052/18 Ochromonas ATCC No. 30004; CCAP Nos.
933/2B, 933/27 and 933/25 Oedogonium CCAP Nos. 575/1A, 575/1B and
575/2 Ophiocytium ATCC No. 30601; CCAP No. 855/1 Opisthonecta ATCC
No. 30600; CCAP No. 1655/2 Oxyrrhis CCAP Nos. 1133/3, 1133/4 and
1133/5 Pandorina CCAP No. 24/2A, 24/2B, 60/1B and 60/2 Paramecium
CCAP Nos. 1660/3A, 1660/3D, 1660/1B, 1660/2A and 1660/14
Paranophrys ATCC Nos. 50276 and 50277 Paraphysomonas ATCC No.
50309; CCAP Nos. 935/13 and 935/14 Parmidium CCAP No. 1258/1
Pediastrum CCAP Nos. 261/9, 261/10 and 261/8 Peranema CCAP No.
1260/1B Peridinium CCAP Nos. 1140/1 and 1140/3 Peronophythora ATCC
Nos. 28739, 34595, 56191 and 60172 Petalomonas CCAP No. 1259/1
Phacus CCAP Nos. 1261/9, 1261/10, 1261/6, 1261/4B and 1261/8
Pithophora CCAP No. 530/1 Plagiopyla CCAP No. 1663/1 Plasmopara
ATCC Nos. 10091, 10922, 10923, 10924 and 10952 Platyophrya ATCC
Nos. 50265 and 50288 Plectospira ATCC No. 64139 Pleodorina CCAP No.
68/1 Pleurochloris ATCC No. 11474; CCAP No. 860/3 Pleurococcus CCAP
No. 464/1 Pleurotaenium CCAP No. 664/3 Ploeotia CCAP No. 1265/1
Polyedriella ATCC No. 30425 Porphyridium CCAP Nos. 1380/4, 1380/1A,
1380/5, 1380/6 and 1380/7 Prorocentrum CCAP Nos. 1136/9, 1136/11,
1136/12 and 1136/15 Prototheca ATTC Nos. 16523, 16525, 16527, 16528
and 50112 Pseudocharaciopsis CCAP No. 822/1 Pseudocohnilembus ATCC
Nos. 50208 and PRA-30 Pyramimonas CCAP Nos. 67/3, 67/8, 4/1, 67/7
and 67/18 Pythiopsis ATCC No. 26880 Pythium ATTC Nos. 10392, 10393,
10930, 10951 and 11101 Rhabdomonas CCAP Nos. 1271/1, 1271/2, 1271/4
and 1271/5 Rhizochromulina CCAP No. 950/1 Rhizoclonium CCAP No.
540/1 Rhodella CCAP No. 1388/2 Rhodosorus CCAP No. 1391/1
Rhynchopus ATCC Nos. 50226, 50229, 50230, 50231 and 50616
Saprolegnia ATCC Nos. 10396, 200013, 200018, 28275 and 34563
Scenedesmus ATCC Nos. 11457, 11460, 11462, 30428 and 30429
Scytomonas ATCC No. 50341 Selenastrum CCAP Nos. 278/4 and 278/5
Skeletonema CCAP Nos. 1077/1B, 1077/4, 1077/5, 1077/7 and 1077/8
Spathidium ATCC No. 50273 Sphaerocystis CCAP No. 176/6 Spirogyra
CCAP Nos. 678/2, 678/9, 678/7C, 678/3 and 678/4 Spirostomum CCAP
Nos. 1677/2B and 1677/3 Spondylosium CCAP No. 680/1 Staurastrum
CCAP Nos. 679/7, 679/10, 679/3, 679/13 and 679/9 Stauroneis CCAP
No. 1078/1 Stentor CCAP No. 1682/1 Stephanodiscus CCAP No. 1079/4
Stephanosphaera CCAP Nos. 78/1B and 78/1D Stichococcus CCAP Nos.
379/12, 379/40, 379/3, 379/27 and 379/29 Stigeoclonium CCAP Nos.
477/10A, 477/1, 477/18, 477/11A and 477/13 Synedra CCAP Nos.
1080/7, 1080/10, 1080/11 and 1080/4 Synura CCAP Nos. 960/1C and
960/3 Tetracystis ATCC No. 30438 Tetraedron CCAP No. 282/1
Tetrahymena CCAP Nos. 1630/7A, 1630/5A, 1630/6B, 1630/20 and
1630/21 Tetraselmis CCAP Nos. 66/15, 66/21A, 66/9, 66/32 and 161/1B
Thalassiosira CCAP Nos. 1085/5, 1085/6, 1085/8, 1085/12 and 1085/1
Thaumatomastix ATCC No. 50250 Thraustotheca ATCC Nos. 14555 and
34112 Trachelomonas CCAP Nos. 1283/8, 1283/12, 1283/13, 1283/4B and
1283/17 Trebouxia CCAP Nos. 219/3, 219/1B, 219/1C, 219/5B and
213/1B Trentepohlia UTEX No. 429; CCAP No. 483/4 Tribonema CCAP
Nos. 880/1, 880/3, 880/4, 880/2 and 880/6 Trimyema ATCC No. 50416
Ulothrix CCAP Nos. 386/2, 384/2, 386/3, 386/1 and 386/5 Uronema
ATCC No. 50282; CCAP Nos. 1686/1 and 1686/2 Vaucheria CCAP Nos.
745/1C and 745/6 Vischeria ATCC No. 30441; CCAP Nos. 861/1, 887/1
and 887/2B Volvox CCAP Nos. 88/6, 88/7 and 88/3B Vorticella ATCC
No. 30897; CCAP Nos. 1690/3 and 1690/2 Xanthidium CCAP Nos. 690/5,
690/1, 690/2, 690/3 and 690/4 Zygnema CCAP Nos. 698/3B, 698/2,
698/1B and 698/1A
[0163] B. Viruses
[0164] In certain embodiments, a cell-based particulate material of
the present invention is prepared from a virus. Though a virus is
not a cell, a virus may be used to as a particulate material in a
coating or other surface treatment, and due to the biomolecule
structure of a virus, the definition of "a cell-based particulate
material" used herein includes a virus. A virus does not have a
cell wall, but has a proteinaceous outer coat that is sometimes
surrounded by a phospholipid membrane ("envelope"). It is
contemplated that a cell-based particulate material of the present
invention prepared from a virus will typically be of a smaller
particle size than that prepared from a cell.
[0165] It is particularly not preferred to use a virus that is
pathogenic to and/or able to infect one or more desirable
organisms. In some embodiments, it is preferred to use an
attenuated virus and/or an inactivated virus. Additionally, it is
contemplated that production of genera that infect host cells of
desirable organisms will generally be more expensive to produce per
virus particle than a virus that infects a microorganism.
[0166] A virus that infects a microorganism (e.g., an Archaea, a
bacterium, certain types of fungi, a Protista) is preferred, as a
microorganism typically is not a desirable organism, and it is
contemplated that the production and processing of such a virus
will be relatively inexpensive compared to a virus that is produced
in cells of a desirable organism. A virus that is capable of
reproduction in an Archaea and/or Eubacteria cell is known herein
as a "bacteriophage," and is typically a proteinaceous particulate
material without a phospholipid membrane.
[0167] Examples of bacteriophages' size and shape are described at
Table 10.
10TABLE 10 Examples of Bacteriophage Size and Shape Genus Size
Shape Inovirus 6-8 nm .times. 700-2000 nm Filamentous Leviviridae
26-28 nm Isohedral Microviridae 26-28 nm Isohedral Myoviridae
50-111 nm .times. 78-216 nm Polyhedral with tail, I with tail, I
Podoviridae 31.5-65 nm .times. 41.5 nm Isohedral Siphoviridae 36-90
nm .times. 50-340 nm Isohedral with Tail, Polyhedral with Tail
[0168] Examples of biological culture collection sources for
bacteriophages and the host cells typically used for bacteriophage
production are shown at Table 11 below.
11TABLE 11 Examples of Bacteriophages ATCC Virus ATCC No. Host No.
Inoviridae genus Inovirus If1 27065-B1 Escherichia coli 27065 If2
27065-B2 Escherichia coli 27065 Leviviridae ZK/1 25298-B1
Escherichia coli 25298 R 17 25868-B1 Escherichia coli 25868 MS2
15597-B1 Escherichia coli 15597 fr 15767-B1 Escherichia coli 19853
Q-beta 23631-B1 Escherichia coli 23631 Microviridae alpha 3
13706-B2 Escherichia coli 13706 phi X174 13706-B1 Escherichia coli
13706 S13 13706-B5 Escherichia coli 13706 phi R 13706-B3
Escherichia coli 13706 Myoviridae A-1 (L) 27893-B16 Nostoc sp.
27893 A19 11509-B1 Brochothrix thermosphacta 11509 AN-10 27893-B14
Nostoc sp. 27893 AN-15 29106-B1 Nostoc sp. 29106 D20 12661-B1
Shigella flexneri 12661 E1 13706-B4 Escherichia coli 13706 II
51352-B7 Vibrio cholerae 51352 Mu-1 23724-B9 Escherichia coli 23724
N-1 27893-B15 Nostoc sp. 27893 P1 25404-B1 Escherichia coli 25404
PEa7 29780-B2 Erwinia amylovora 29780 phi 92 35860-B1 Escherichia
coli 35860 SP10 23059-B1 Bacillus subtilis 23059 SP8 15563-B1
Bacillus subtilis 15563 V 51352-B10 Vibrio cholerae 51352 Vi I
27870-B1 Salmonella choleraesuis 27870 subsp. choleraesuis wy
27363-B1 Pseudomonas fragi 27363 XP5 10016-B5 Xanthomonas
arboricola 10016 Ox6 15593-B1 Escherichia coli 15593 T2 11303-B2
Escherichia coli 11303 T6 11303-B6 Escherichia coli 11303
Podoviridae 10/I 23448-B2 Brucella abortus 23448 212/XV 17385-B1
Brucella abortus 17385 24/II 23448-B3 Brucella abortus 23448
371/XX1X 17385-B2 Brucella abortus 17385 8 12144-B2 Escherichia
coli 12144 A-4 (L) 27892-B3 Nostoc sp. 27892 AN-20 27892-B2 Nostoc
sp. 27892 AN-22 27892-B1 Nostoc sp. 27892 AN-24 27893-B3 Nostoc sp.
27893 I 51352-B6 Vibrio cholerae 51352 III 51352-B8 Vibrio cholerae
51352 P22 [PLT-22(22)] 19585-B1 Salmonella choleraesuis 19585
subsp. choleraesuis PEa1 (h) 29780-B1 Erwinia amylovora 29780 phi
V-1 15597-B2 Escherichia coli 15597 T3 11303-B3 Escherichia coli
11303 ps 1 27362-B1 Pseudomonas fragi 27362 A-41 12518-B10
Azotobacter vinelandii 12518 phi-S1 27663-B1 Pseudomonas
fluorescens 27663 Siphoviridae S-a 15841-B1 Bacillus subtilis 15841
B40-8 51477-B1 Bacteroides fragilis 51477 P/SW1/a [NCMB 384]
19326-B1 Cytophaga marinoflava 19326 J1 27139-B1 Lactobacillus
casei 27139 hp 11602-B1 Lactococcus lactis 11602 subsp. cremoris N1
[N] 4698-B1 Micrococcus luteus 4698 N4 [X-5-A] 4698-B2 Micrococcus
luteus 4698 N8 [Horse] 4698-B3 Micrococcus luteus 4698 N3 [Cay]
4698-B4 Micrococcus luteus 4698 Minetti 23052-B1 Mycobacterium
fortuitum 23052 subsp. fortuitum BK1 607-B5 Mycobacterium smegmatis
607 Mc-4 607-B7 Mycobacterium smegmatis 607 B5 15483-B1
Mycobacterium vaccae 15483 149 14100-B3 Vibrio cholerae 14100 249
14214-B1 Pseudomonas aeruginosa 14214 IV 51352-B9 Vibrio cholerae
51352 B1 23239-B1 Mycobacterium sp. 23239 F1 8074-B1 Clostridium
sporogenes 8074 R-1 607-B1 Mycobacterium smegmatis 607 5 12141-B1
Escherichia coli 12141 MOR-1 29730-B1 Bacillus thuringiensis 29730
VD13 29200-B1 Enterococcus faecalis 29200 F [HER 346] 27505-B1
Bacillus subtilis 27505
[0169] C. Production of Cells and Viruses
[0170] It is contemplated that any technique known to one of
ordinary skill in the art may be applied in the isolation, growth
and storage of a virus, a cell, a microorganism, and a
multicellular organism from which a cell-based particulate material
of the present invention may be derived. Such techniques of cell
isolation, characterization, genetic manipulation, preservation,
small-scale solid medium or liquid medium production growth, growth
optimization, large ("industrial") scale production of a
biomolecule ("fermentation"), separation of a biomolecule from a
cell or visa versa, etc. for various cell types (e.g.,
microorganisms, Eubacteria, fungi, protozoa cells, algae cells,
extremophile cells, insect cells, plant cells, mammalian cells,
recombinantly modified viruses or cells) is well known to those of
ordinary skill of the art [see, for example, in "Manual of
Industrial Microbiology and Biotechnology, 2.sup.nd Edition
(Demain, A. L. and Davies, J. E., Eds.), 1999; "Maintenance of
Microorganism and Cultured Cells--A Manual of Laboratory Methods,
2.sup.nd Edition" (Kirsop, B. E. and Doyle, A., Eds.), 1991;
Walker, G. M. "Yeast Physiology and Biotechnology," 1998;
"Molecular Industrial Mycology Systems and Applications for
Filamentous Fungi" (Leong, S. A. and Berka, R. M., Eds.), 1991;
"Recombinant Microbes for Industrial and Agricultural Applications"
(Murooka, Y. and Imanaka, T., Eds.), 1994; "Handbook of Applied
Mycology Fungal Biotechnology Volume 4" (Arora, D. K., Elander, R.
P., Mukeiji, K. G., Eds.), 1992; "Genetics and Breeding of
Industrial Microorganisms" (Ball, C., Ed.), 1984; "Microbiological
Methods Seventh Edition" (Collins, C. H., Lyne, P. L., Grange, J.
M., Eds.), 1995; "Handbook of Microbiological Media" (Parks, L. C.,
Ed.), 1993; Waites, M. J. et al., "Microbiology--An Introduction,"
2001; "Rapid Microbiological Methods in the Pharmaceutical
Industry," (Easter, M. C., Ed.), 2003; "Handbook of Microbiological
Quality Control Pharmaceuticals and Medical Devices" (Baird, R. M.,
Hodges, N. A., Denyer, S. P., Eds.), 2000; "Bioreactor System
Design" (Asenjo, J. A. and Marchuk, J. C., Eds.), 1995; Endress, R.
"Plant Cell Biotechnology," 1994; Slater, A. et al., "Plant
Biotechnology--The genetic manipulation of plants," 2003;
"Molecular Cloning" (Sambrook, J., and Russell, D. W., Eds.), 3rd
Edition, 2001; and "Current Protocols in Molecular Biology"
(Chanda, V. B. Ed.), 2002.]. In embodiments wherein a cell or virus
is pathogenic (e.g., pathogenic to a desirable organism) may be
produced in the practice of the present invention, techniques are
well known to those of ordinary skill in the art for handling
pathogens, including identification of a pathogen, production of a
pathogen, sterilizing a pathogen, attenuating a pathogen, as well
as conducting cell preparation to reduce the quantity of a pathogen
in non-pathogenic material [see, for example, In "Manual of
Commercial Methods in Clinical Microbiology" (Truant, A. L., Ed.),
2002; "Manual of Clinical Microbiology 8.sup.th Edition Volume 1"
(Murray P. R., Baron, E. J., Jorgensen, J. H., Pfaller, M. A.,
Yolken, R. H., Eds.), 2003; "Manual of Clinical Microbiology
8.sup.th Edition Volume 2" (Murray P. R., Baron, E. J., Jorgensen,
J. H., Pfaller, M. A., Yolken, R. H., Eds.), 2003; and "Biological
Safety Principles and Practice 3.sup.rd Edition" (Fleming, D. O.
and Hunt, D. L., Eds.), 2000].
[0171] D. Cell-Based Particulate Material
[0172] After production of a living cell, the cell may be made to
undergo one or more processing steps to prepare a cell-based
particulate material of the present invention. A preferred
embodiment of the cell-based particulate material is a material in
the form of a "whole cell material" or "whole cell particulate
material," which refers to particulate material resembling an
intact living cell upon microscopic examination, in contrast to
cell fragments of varying shape and size. Examples of a whole cell
particulate material include a living cell, a sterilized cell, an
attenuated cell, a permeabilized cell, etc. It is contemplated that
a composition of the present invention comprising a whole cell
particulate material will provide protection from diffusion of
compounds that may damage a desired biomolecule (e.g., a colorant,
an enzyme, an antibody, a receptor, a transport protein, structural
protein, an ligand, etc.) comprised as part of the whole cell
particulate material. As would be known to those of ordinary skill
in the art, any preparation of a cell will comprise a certain
percentage of cell fragments, which comprise pieces of a cell wall
or other durable cell material, pieces of cell membrane, and other
cell components. The whole cell particulate material composition of
the present invention will comprise 50% to 100%, including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof of whole cell
particulate material. The percentage of whole cell particulate
material and cell fragments (e.g., cell wall fragments) may be
determined by any applicable technique known to one of ordinary
skill in the art such as microscopic examination, centrifugation,
chromatography, etc., as well as any technique described herein for
determining the properties of a pigment, extender, or other
particulate material either alone or comprised in a coating or
other surface treatment. It is contemplated that in some aspects,
cell fragments may be used as cell-based particulate material. The
cell fragment particulate material of the present invention will
comprise 50% to 100%, including all intermediate ranges and
combinations thereof of cell fragment material. Such cell fragment
particulate material may be prepared to reduce the size and/or
alter the shape of the cell-based particulate material to better
suit a specific coating or other surface treatment composition.
[0173] In some embodiments, a multicellular organism (e.g., a
plant) may undergo a processing step wherein one or more cells are
physically, chemically, and/or enzymatically separated to produce a
material with desired particulate properties for a coating or other
surface treatment formulation. In certain embodiments, cells and/or
cell components may be separated using a disrupting step, described
herein. As microorganisms are generally unicellular or
oligocellular in nature, they are preferred in many embodiments, as
it is contemplated that the number of processing steps used to
prepare a cell-based particulate material of the present invention
from such an organism will be fewer than for a cell from a
multicellular organism. For example, a particulate material for a
coating or other surface treatment may be selected for properties
such as ease of dispersal, particle size, particle shape, etc. It
is contemplated that a microorganism may be selected for cell
shape, cell size, ease of dispersal, due to poor affinity for other
cells relative to a cell embedded in a multicellular organism, or a
combination thereof, to produce a cell-based particulate material
of the present invention with desired particulate material
properties using fewer processing steps and/or with greater ease
than a multicellular organism.
[0174] 1. Biomolecule Components
[0175] In certain embodiments, a cell-based particulate material of
the present invention may comprise various cellular components
(e.g., cell wall material, cell membrane material, nucleic acids,
sugars, polysacharrides, peptides, polypeptides, proteins, lipids,
etc.). Such cell or virus biomolecule components are known to those
of ordinary skill in the art (see, for example, CRC Handbook of
Microbiology. Volume 1, bacteria; Volume 2, fungi, algae, protozoa,
and viruses; Volume 3, microbial compositions: amino acids,
proteins, and nucleic acids; Volume 4, microbial compositions:
carbohydrates, lipids, and minerals; Volume 5, microbial products;
Volume 6, growth and metabolism; Volume 7, microbial
transformation; Volume 8. toxins and enzymes; Volume 9, pt. A.
antibiotics--Volume. 9, pt. B. antimicrobial inhibitors; 1977). In
certain embodiments, it is preferred that the cell-based
particulate material comprise a cell wall and/or cell membrane
material, to enhance the particulate nature of the cell-based
particulate material. However, it is particularly preferred that
the cell-based particulate material of the present invention
comprises cell wall material, as it is contemplated that the cell
wall is the dominant cellular component for conferring particulate
material properties such as shape, size, and insolubility.
[0176] Depending upon the type of processing used various cell
components may be partly or fully removed from the organism to
produce a cell-based particulate material. In particular, a
processing step wherein a cell is contacted with a liquid (e.g., an
organic liquid) is contemplated to dissolve many cell components.
Removal of the solvent would thereby remove ("extract") the
dissolved cell components from the particulate matter. However, it
is additionally contemplated that a large biomolecule, particularly
a polymer that comprises a cell wall, such as peptidoglycan,
teichoic acid, lipopolysacharide or a combination thereof, will be
resistant to extraction with a non-aqueous or aqueous solvent, and
thus be retained as a component of the particulate matter. In
particular embodiments, it is contemplate that a biomolecule of
extremely large size, such as greater than 1,000 kDa molecular
mass, will be retained in the particulate matter. Further, it is
contemplated that in certain embodiments, greater than 50% of the
dry weight of such particulate matter will comprise a biomolecule
of extremely large size and/or cell wall polymers after
processing.
[0177] It is contemplated that a large biomolecule, particularly
cell wall polymer, will be at or near the interface of the
particulate matter and the external environment. As this interface
is primary area of contact between the particulate matter and other
coating or other surface treatment components, it is contemplated
that a biomolecule will contribute the most to the properties of
the particulate matter produced from a cell used in a coating or
other surface treatment. Examples of such properties include the
size range of particulate matter, the shape of the particulate
matter, the solubility of the particulate matter, the permeability
and/or impermeability of the particulate matter to a chemical, the
chemical reactivity of the particulate matter, or a combination
thereof. It is also contemplated that a chemical moiety of the
biomolecule at the interface of the particulate matter and the
external environment may chemically react with a second coating or
other surface treatment component. In certain embodiments, such
reactions may be desirable, such as, for example, the chemical
crosslinking of a cell-based particulate material to a binder in a
thermosetting coating or surface treatment. By participating in
such crosslinking reactions, it is contemplated that a cell-based
particulate material may be selected for use as a binder in a
coating or surface treatment. The chemical nature of various
biomolecules typically found at the surface of a cell is further
described below to provide guidance in selection of a cell-based
particulate material based on potential chemical reactivity with
various coating or other surface treatment components (e.g.,
binders, catalysts, cure agents, etc.) described herein.
[0178] a. Peptidoglycan and Pseudopeptidoglycan
[0179] Peptidoglycan ("mucopeptide," "murein") is a polymer common
to Eubacteria cell walls that is contemplated as being an important
biomolecule for conferring particulate nature and durability to
various cell-based particulate materials of the present invention.
Peptidoglycan generally comprises alternating monomers of the
amino-sugars N-acetylglucosamine and N-acetylmuramic acid. The
N-acetylmuramic acid monomers often further comprise a
tetra-peptide of the sequence L-alanine-D-glutamnic acid-L-diamino
acid-D-alanine covalently bonded to the muramic acid. The attached
tetrapeptides of peptidoglycan participate in cross-linking a
plurality of polymers to contribute to the cell wall structure.
Depending on the species, the tetrapeptides may form the
cross-linkages by direct covalent bonds, or one or more amino acids
may form the cross-linking bonds between the tetrapeptides. Archaea
do not possess peptidoglycan, but many Archaea may contain
pseudopeptidoglycan, which comprises N-acetyltalosaminuronic acid,
instead of N-acetylmuramic in peptidoglycan.
[0180] b. Teichoic acid and Teichuronic acid
[0181] A cell wall, particularly of Gram-positive Eubacteria, may
comprise up to 50% teichoic acid. Teichoic acid is an acidic
polymer comprising monomers of a phosphate and glycerol; phosphate
and ribitol; or N-acetylglucosamine and glycerol. A sugar (e.g.,
glucose) and/or an amino acid (e.g., D-alanine) is usually attached
to the glycerol or ribitol of a teichoic acid. In addition to
direct association with or integration into a cell wall, a teichoic
acid may be associated with a phospholipid bilayer adjacent to a
cell wall. Often, a teichoic acid is covalently bonded to a
glycolipid of a cell membrane, and is known as a "lipoteichoic
acid." Teichic acids are common in the genera Staphylococcus,
Micrococcus, Bacillus, and Lactobacillus.
[0182] A cell wall of certain species of Gram-positive Eubacteria
may comprise teichuronic acid. Teichuronic acid is a polymer
comprising N-acetylglucosamine and glucuronic acid or glucose and
amino-mannuronic acid. However, it is thought that acidic
conditions damages this cell wall component, as uronic acids such
as glucuronic acid, and particularly amino-mannuronic acid, are
hydrolyzed in acid. It is contemplated that exposure to acid during
processing or in a surface treatment may reduce this component from
the particulate matter.
[0183] c. Cellulose
[0184] A cell wall of organisms, primarily of the Kingdom Planta,
comprises cellulose. Cellulose is a polysaccharide polymer of
glucose monomers. Chemically modified forms of cellulose (e.g., a
cellulose ester, a nitrocellulose) have been used as binders in
coatings and other surface treatments. However, in the practice of
the present invention, it is contemplated that cellulose will be
used in particulate material, preferably not chemically modified as
a cellulose ester and/or a nitrocellulose, or a combination
thereof.
[0185] d. Neutral Polysaccharides
[0186] A cell wall, particularly of Gram-positive Eubacteria, may
comprise a neutral polysaccharide, other than those described for a
peptidoglycan, teichoic acid, cellulose, or lipopolysacharide. As
used herein, a "neutral polysaccharide" is a polymer comprising a
majority of neutral sugars, wherein the neutral sugar is typically
a hexose or a pentose, and/or an aminosugar thereof. Examples of
neutral sugars found in neutral polysaccharides include arabinose,
galactose, 3-O-methyl-D-galactose, mannose, xylose, rhamnose,
glucose, fructose, or a combination thereof. Examples of amino
sugars found in neutral polysaccharides include glucosamine,
galactosamine, or a combination thereof.
[0187] e. Proteinaceous Molecules
[0188] A cell wall may comprise a proteinaceous molecule, such as,
for example, a polypeptide, a peptide, a protein, other than those
described for a peptidoglycan, teichoic acid, or lipopolysacharide.
As used herein, a "peptide" comprises 3 to 100 amino acids as
monomers, while a "polypeptide" is a polymer comprising 101 amino
acids or more as monomers. As used herein a "protein" is a
proteinaceous molecule comprising a contiguous molecular sequence
three amino acids or greater in length, matching the length of a
biologically produced proteinaceous molecule encoded by the genome
of an organism. Such proteinaceous materials may dominate the
structural integrity that confers particulate material durability
to a virus or a cell comprising a pellicle. Additionally, peptide
linkages are common throughout peptidoglycan and
pseudopeptidoglycan. However, it is contemplated that in most
embodiments, a peptide or polypeptide is not the biomolecule
component that dominates the overall structural integrity and/or
composition of most cell walls.
[0189] f. Lipids
[0190] A cell wall may comprise a lipid, other than those described
for a peptidoglycan, teichoic acid, or lipopolysacharide. As used
herein a "lipid" refers to any hydrophobic or amphipathic organic
compound extractable with a non-aqueous solvent. Typically, a cell
comprises various lipid biomolecules, which generally comprise
fatty acids. It is contemplated that in embodiments wherein a
processing step comprises contacting the cell with a non-aqueous
solvent, most lipids will be removed from the cell and/or or cell
wall. However, it is contemplated that in embodiments wherein such
a processing step does not occur, the lipid components of a cell
and/or cell wall remaining in the particulate matter may affect
coating or other surface treatment reactions wherein lipid (e.g.,
fatty acid double bond) cross-linking activity contributes to
film-formation. Lipids of particular relevance for such potential
cross-linking reactions include those of the outer membrane, which
comprise fatty acids, the cell wall, or a combination thereof.
[0191] For example, Gram-negative cells comprise a phospholipid
bilayer known as the "outer cell membrane" that surrounds the cell
wall. A "phospholipid bilayer" comprises two layers of phospholipid
molecules, wherein the fatty acids components of each layer's
phospholipids contact each other, thereby creating a hydrophobic
inner region, and the head groups of each layer's phospholipids,
which are generally hydrophilic, contact the external environment.
Examples of a phospholipid include a glycerophospholipid, which
comprises two fatty acids and one hydrophilic moiety called a "head
group" covalently connected to a trihydroxyl alcohol glycerol.
Non-limiting examples of a head group include choline,
ethanolamine, serine, inositol, an additional glycerol or a
combination thereof. Additionally, a phospholipid bilayer generally
comprises a plurality of peptides and polypeptides with hydrophobic
regions that are retained in the phospholipid bilayer's hydrophobic
inner region.
[0192] Gram-positive Eubacteria cell walls generally 0% to 2%
lipid. However, certain categories of Gram-positive Eubacteria can
comprise up to 50% or more lipid content as part of the cell wall.
Such Eubacteria include different species of Gordonia,
Mycobacterium, Nocardia, and Rhodococcus. Additionally, the lipids
of such Eubacteria generally comprise a branched chain fatty acid,
particularly mycolic acids (Barry, C. E. et al., Prog Lipid Res
37:143, 1998). It is though that mycolic acids are covalently bound
or loosely associated with cell wall sugars. The type of Eubacteria
is sometimes used to identify the carbon-backbone length of the
mycolic acids. For example, an eumycolic acid is isolated from a
Mycobacterium, and generally comprises 60 to 90 carbon atoms. A
corynomycolic acid is isolated from a Corynobacterium, and
generally comprises 22 to 36 carbons. A nocardomycoic acid is
isolated from a Nocardia, and generally comprises 44 to 60 carbons.
A mycolic acid generally comprises a fatty acid branch ("alpha
branch") and an aldehyde ("meromycolate branch"). A mycolic acid
may further comprise a carbon double bond, an epoxy ester moiety, a
cyclopropane ring moiety, a keto moiety, a methoxy moiety or a
combination thereof, generally located on meromycolate branch. A
mycolic acid may comprise a .alpha.-mycolic acid, a methoxymycolic
acid, a ketomycolic acid, an epoxymycolic acid, a wax ester or a
combination thereof. A .alpha.-mycolic acid comprises a cis or
trans carbon double bond and/or a cyclopropane, and may further
comprise a methyl branch adjacent to such a moiety. A
methoxymycolic acid comprises a methoxy moiety and a double bond or
a cyclopropane. A ketomycolic acid comprises an a-methyl-branched
ketone. An epoxymycolic acid comprises an .alpha.-methyl-branch
epoxide. A wax ester comprises an internal ester group and a carbon
double bond or a cyclopropane ring.
[0193] In certain facets, a cell lipid may comprise a glycolipid,
which refers to a glycan covalently attached to a lipid.
Non-limiting examples of a glycolipid include a dolichyl phosphoryl
glycan, a pyrophosphoryl glycan, an undecaprenyl phosphoryl glycan,
a pryophosphoryl glycan, a retinyl phosphoryl glycan, a
glycosphingolipid (e.g., a ceramide, a galactosphingolipid, a
glucosphingolipid including a ganlioside), a glycoglycerolipid
(e.g., a monogalactosyldiacylglycerol), a steroidal glycoside
(e.g., ouabain, digoxin, digitonin), a glycosylated
phosphoinositide (e.g., a GPI anchor, a lipophosphoglycan, a
lipopeptidophosphoglycan, a glycoinositol phospholipid), or a
combination thereof.
[0194] The phospholipid bilayers of Archaea are biochemically
distinct from the lipids described above, as they comprise branched
hydrocarbon chains attached to glycerol by ether linkages instead
of fatty acids attached to glycerol by ester linkages.
[0195] g. Additional Biomolecule Components
[0196] In addition to the biomolecules described above that are
contemplated as contributing to the particulate nature and/or
potential chemical reactivity of a cell-based particulate material
of the present invention, such a composition may comprise other
desirable biomolecules (e.g., a colorant, an enzyme, an antibody, a
receptor, a transport protein, structural protein, an ligand, a
prion) that may confer desirable properties to a surface treatment.
Such biomolecules may be an endogenously produced cell component,
or a product of expression of a recombinant nucleic acid in the
virus or cell [see, for example, co-pending U.S. patent application
Ser. No. 10/655,345 "Biological Active Coating Components,
Coatings, and Coated surfaces, filed Sep. 4, 2003; in "Molecular
Cloning," 2001; and "Current Protocols in Molecular Biology,"
2002].
[0197] Often colorants produced by living organisms are soluble in
a liquids (e.g., organic liquids, aqueous liquids) typically used
as liquid component of a coating or other surface treatment. Most
of the color producing and/or light absorbing biomolecules of cells
described herein are extractable with solvents of lipids. For
example, carotenoids and many photosynthetic biomolecules are
extractable from cells with solvents of lipids, such as acetone,
ethanol or ether. However, as would be known to those of ordinary
skill in the art, some cells produce biomolecule colorants that are
water-soluble. In particular, the colors of some cells from
multicellular plants (e.g., fruit cells, flower cells), and some
algae, are often dominated or influenced by one or more
anthocyanins, which are water soluble colored biomolecules.
Further, other less well characterized water-soluble biomolecule
colorants are found in various cells of bacteria or fungi. Examples
of colored cells comprising a water-soluble colorant include
Azotobacter armeniacus (brown-black and red-violet; DSMZ Nos.
2284), Azotobacter vinelandii (yellow-green fluorescent; ATCC Nos.
12518, 13705 and 53800), Azorhizophilus paspali (yellow-green
fluorescent; DSMZ Nos. 2283, 88, 376, 388, 391 and 400),
Beijerinckia derxii (green fluorescent; DSMZ Nos. 2328, 1716 and
2329), Pseudomonas aeruginosa (blue-green; DSMZ Nos. 50071, 288,
939 and 1117), Pseudomonas viridiflava (blue-green; DSMZ Nos.
11124, 50337 and 50338), Burkholderia caryophylli (yellow-green;
DSMZ Nos. 11124, 50337 and 50338), Burkholderia gladioli
(yellow-green; DSMZ Nos. 4285, 8361, 11318), Ralstonia solanacearum
(brown; DSMZ Nos. 9544, 1993 and 50905), Brevundimonas vesicularis
(yellow-orange; DSMZ Nos. 7226 and 7233), Erwinia rhapontici (pink;
DSMZ No. 4484), Brenneria rubrifaciens (pink; DSMZ No. 4483),
Aeromonas media (brown; DSMZ No. 4881), Lysobacter antibioticus
(brown; DSMZ No. 2044 and 2045), Lysobacter brunescens (brown; DSMZ
No. 6979), Amycolatopsis azurea (blue; DSMZ No. 43854), Prauserella
rugosa (yellow; ATCC No. 43014), Actinoplanes italicus (red; ATCC
No. 27366), Actinoplanes ferrugineus (brown; ATCC No. 29868),
Actinoplanes auranticolor (yellow; ATCC No. 15330), Actinoplanes
liguriae (brown; ATCC No. 31048), Couchioplanes caeruleus
(yellow-brown; ATCC No. 33937), Kitasatospora griseola (pink; DSMZ
No. 43859), Kitasatospora mediocidica (yellow-brown; DSMZ No.
43929), Kitasatospora phosalacinea (yellow-brown; DSMZ No. 43860),
and Kitasatospora setae (yellow-brown; DSMZ No. 43861).
[0198] Due to the solubility of biomolecule colorants in certain
liquid components, such colorants may be used as a dye in a coating
or other surface treatment upon extraction from a cell-based
particulate material of the present invention. The biomolecule dye
may be produced by extraction within the coating or other surface
treatment by contact with a liquid component that acts as a solvent
for the biomolecule colorant. Alternatively, the biomolecule dye
may be extracted by a solvent from the cell-based particulate
material of the present invention in a processing step of the
cell-based particulate material. Extraction of such colored
biomolecules in a separate processing step may be done to alter the
color of the cell-based particulate material prior to incorporation
in a coating or other surface treatment, separate the biomolecule
dye for subsequent use as a coating or other surface treatment
component (e.g., a dye), or a combination thereof. Of course,
selection of processing steps and/or a liquid component of a
coating or other surface treatment that does not extract a colored
biomolecule may be used to maintain the colored biomolecule within
a cell-based particulate material of the present invention, such
particulate material is part of or separate from a surface
treatment.
[0199] E. Processing of Cells
[0200] Examples of cell processing steps include permeabilizing,
extracting, disrupting, sterilizing, attenuating, concentrating,
drying, resuspending, encapsulation, or a combination thereof.
Various embodiments of a cell-based particulate material of the
present invention are contemplated after one or more such
processing steps. However, it is further contemplated that each
processing step will increase economic costs and/or reduce total
cell-based particulate material yield, so that embodiments
comprising fewer steps are preferred. The cell-based particulate
material of the present invention, in addition to its usefulness as
a particulate material component (e.g., a colorant, an additive) of
a coating or surface treatment, may confer a desirable additional
characteristic (e.g., enzymatic activity) typically not associated
with a particulate material of a coating or surface treatment [see,
for example, co-pending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/655,345
"Biological Active Coating Components, Coatings, and Coated
surfaces, filed Sep. 4, 2003]. It is contemplated that in certain
embodiments, particularly wherein the cell-based particulate
material comprises a biomolecule (e.g., an enzyme) that may confer
an additional desirable property typically not associated with a
particulate material of a coating or other surface treatment, a
processing step (e.g., attenuation, sterilization, chemical
modification, etc.) may reduce or eliminate the desirable property
(e.g., reduce biomolecule yield, reduce biomolecule activity,
etc.), and thus fewer processing steps are preferred in most such
embodiments. It is further contemplated that the order of steps may
be varied and still produce a cell-based particulate material of
the present invention.
[0201] 1. Sterilization/Attenuation
[0202] A processing step may comprise sterilizing or attenuating a
cell-based particulate material of the present invention.
Sterilizing ("inactivating") kills living matter (e.g., a cell, a
virus), while attenuation reduces the virulence of living matter. A
sterilizing and/or attenuating step may be desirable as continued
post expression growth of a cell-based particulate material and/or
a contaminating organism may detrimentally affect the composition.
For example, one or more properties of a coating or other surface
treatment may be undesirably altered by the presence of a living
organism. Additionally, a cell or virus may be able to infect, and
even be pathogenic to a desirable organism. Examples of desirable
organisms include humans, mammals, marsupials, birds, fish,
amphibians, crustaceans, reptiles, plants or a combination
thereof.
[0203] The pathogenicity of a cell or virus may be reduced or
eliminated through genetic alteration (e.g., an attenuated virus
with reduced pathogenicity, infectivity, etc.), processing
techniques such as partial or complete sterilization and/or
attenuation using techniques known to those of ordinary skill in
the art (e.g., heat treatment, irradiation, contact with
chemicals), passage of a virus through cell not typically a host
cell for the virus, or a combination thereof, and such a cell or
virus is preferred. In most embodiments, it is preferred that the
majority (e.g., 50% to 100%, including all intermediate ranges and
combinations thereof) of the cell-based particulate material has
been sterilized and/or attenuated, with 100% or as close to 100% as
is practically accomplishable, preferred. A cell-based particulate
material wherein the majority of material by dry or wet weight or
volume has been sterilized or attenuated, is known herein as a
"sterilized cell-based particulate material" or "attenuated
cell-based particulate material," respectively.
[0204] In certain embodiments, it contemplated that sterilization
or attenuation may be accomplished in a surface treatment (e.g., a
coating) by contact with biologically detrimental surface treatment
components such as solvents or chemically reactive surface
treatment components (e.g., a binder). In further embodiments,
sterilizing or attenuation of a cell-based particulate material or
a surface treatment comprising such a material may be accomplished
by any method known in the art, and are commonly applied in the
food, medical, and pharmaceutical arts to sterilize or attenuate
pathogenic microorganisms [see, for example, "Food Irradiation:
Principles and Applications," 2001; "Manual of Commercial Methods
in Clinical Microbiology" (Truant, A. L., Ed.), 2002; "Manual of
Clinical Microbiology 8.sup.th Edition Volume 1" (Murray P. R.,
Baron, E. J., Jorgensen, J. H., Pfaller, M. A., Yolken, R. H.,
Eds.), 2003; "Manual of Clinical Microbiology 8.sup.th Edition
Volume 2" (Murray P. R., Baron, E. J., Jorgensen, J. H., Pfaller,
M. A., Yolken, R. H., Eds.), 2003; and "Biological Safety
Principles and Practice 3.sup.rd Edition" (Fleming, D. O. and Hunt,
D. L., Eds.), 2000]. Examples of sterilizing or attenuating may
include contacting the living matter with a toxin, irradiating the
living matter, heating the living matter above a temperature
suitable for life (e.g., 100.degree. C. in most cases), or a
combination thereof. It is preferred that sterilizing or
attenuating comprises irradiating the living matter, as radiation
generally does not leave a toxic residue, and is not contemplated
to detrimentally affect the stability of a desired biomolecule
(e.g., a colorant, an enzyme) that might be present in the
cell-based particulate material, to the same degree as other
sterilizing or attenuating techniques (e.g., heating). Examples of
radiation include infrared ("IR") radiation, ionizing radiation,
microwave radiation, ultra-violet ("UV") radiation, particle
radiation, or a combination thereof. Particle radiation, UV
radiation and/or ionizing radiation are preferred, and particle
radiation is particularly preferred. Examples of particle radiation
include alpha radiation, electron beam/beta radiation, neutron
radiation, proton radiation, or a combination thereof.
[0205] However, in alternative embodiments, it is contemplated that
partly or non-sterilized or attenuated cell-based particulate
material will be suitable for a temporary coating (e.g., a non-film
forming coating) or other temporary surface treatment. In
particular aspects, the damage produced by living cells or viruses
in a coating, film or other surface treatment may make the
composition more suitable for use as a temporary coating or other
surface treatment. For example, the cell-based particulate material
may reduce the durability of the coating, film or other surface
treatment over time (e.g., degrade a binder molecule), enhance ease
of removal of the coating, film or other surface treatment (e.g.,
reduce resistance to a solvent), etc.
[0206] 2. Concentration
[0207] A processing step may comprise concentrating a cell-based
particulate material of the present invention. As used herein,
"concentrating" refers to any process wherein the volume of a
composition is reduced. Often, undesired components that comprise
the excess volume are removed, the desired composition is localized
to a reduced volume, or a combination thereof.
[0208] For example, it is contemplated that a concentrating step
may be used to reduce the amount of a growth and/or expression
medium component from a composition of the present invention. It is
contemplated that nutrients, salts and other chemicals that
comprise a biological growth and/or expression medium may be
unnecessary and/or unsuitable in a composition of the present
invention, and reducing the amount of such compounds is preferred.
A growth medium may promote undesirable microorganism growth in a
composition of the present invention, while salts or other
chemicals may undesirably alter the formulation of a coating or
other surface treatment.
[0209] Concentrating a cell-based particulate material may be by
any method known in the art, including, for example, washing,
filtrating, a gravitational force, a gravimetric force, or a
combination thereof. An example of a gravitational force is normal
gravity. An example of a gravimetric force is the force exerted
during centrifugation. Often a gravitational or gravimetric force
is used to concentrate a cell-based particulate material from
undesired components that are retained in the volume of a liquid
medium. After cells are localized to the bottom of a centrifugation
devise, the media may be removed via such techniques as decanting,
aspiration, etc.
[0210] 3. Drying
[0211] In additional embodiments, the cell-based particulate
material is dried. Such a drying step may remove undesired liquids
from the cell-based particulate material. Examples of drying
include freeze-drying, lyophilizing, or a combination thereof. In
some aspects, a cryoprotectant may be added to the cell-based
particulate material during a drying step (e.g., lyophilizing). In
certain embodiments, it is contemplated that a drying step may
enhance the particulate nature of the material. For example,
reduction of a liquid in the cell-based particulate material may
reduce the tendency of particles of the material to adhere to each
other (e.g., agglomerate, aggregate), or a combination thereof. It
is also contemplated that in some aspects, the particulate material
may be in a form (e.g., a powder) sufficiently liquid free ("dry")
that it is suitable for convenient storage at ambient conditions
without need for desiccation.
[0212] 4. Physical Force/Milling
[0213] It is contemplated that an application of physical force
(e.g., grinding, milling, shearing) may enhance the particulate
nature of the material by converting multicellular material (e.g.,
a plant) into oligocellular and/or unicellular material, or convert
oligocellular material into unicellular material. Such an
application of physical force generally will be referred to as
"milling" herein, particularly the claims. Further, the average
particle size may be reduced to a desired range, including the
conversion of cells into disrupted cells and/or cell debris. It is
also contemplated that such physical force may produce a powder
form of the cell-based particulate material.
[0214] 5. Extraction
[0215] It is contemplated that a biomolecule may be removed by
extraction of a cell-based particulate material. In addition to the
extraction of colored biomolecules previously described, it is
contemplated that a lipid and/or an aqueous component of a
cell-based particulate material may be partly or fully removed by
extraction with appropriate solvents. Such extraction may be
desirable to dry the cell-based particulate material by removal of
liquid (e.g., water, lipids), remove of a biotoxin,
sterilize/attenuate living material in the composition, disrupt
and/or permeablize a cell, alter the physical and/or chemical
characteristics of the cell-external environment interface, or a
combination thereof. For example, lipids such as phospholipids are
often present at or within a cell wall and/or membrane, and an
extraction step may partly or fully remove those lipids most likely
to chemically react with other surface treatment components.
Additionally, such an extraction of surface lipids may alter (e.g.,
increase or decrease) the hydrophobicity or hydrophilicity of a
cell-based particulate material to enhance its suitability (e.g.,
disperability) for a specific coating or other surface
treatment.
[0216] 6. Resuspension
[0217] A processing step may comprise resuspending the composition
comprising a cell-based particulate material. It is contemplated
that the material to be resuspended will have undergone a prior
processing step, such as concentration (e.g., precipitation),
drying, extraction, etc., and is resuspended into a form suitable
for storage, further processing, and/or addition to a coating or
other surface treatment. In certain aspects, the resuspension
medium is a liquid component of a coating or other surface
treatment described herein, a cryopreservative ("cryoprotector"), a
xeroprotectant, or a combination thereof. As would be known to
those of ordinary skill in the art, a cryopreservative is a
substance, typically a liquid, that reduces the ability of a cell
wall or cell membrane to rupture, particularly during a freezing
and thawing process, while a xeroprotectant is a substance,
typically a liquid, that reduces damage to a composition (e.g., a
desirable biomolecule composition), during a drying process (e.g.,
a drying processing step, physical film formation). In some
embodiments, a cryopreservative, a xeroprotectant, or a combination
thereof, may be used as an additive to a coating or other surface
treatment in the practice of the present invention. Examples of a
cryopreservative include glycerol, dimethyl sulfoxide ("DMSO"), a
protein (e.g., an animal serum albumin), a sugar of 4 to 10 carbons
(e.g., sucrose), or a combination thereof. Examples of a
xeroprotectant include glycerol, a glycol such as a polyethylene
glycol (e.g., PEG.sub.8000), a mineral oil, a bicarbonate (e.g.,
ammonium bicarbonate), DMSO, a sugar of 4 to 10 carbons (e.g.,
trehalose), or a combination thereof. Often, a cryopreservative
and/or a xeroprotectant is in an aqueous liquid, and may comprise a
pH buffer (e.g., a phosphate buffer). As would be recognized by one
of ordinary skill in the art, a substance (e.g., a
cryopreservative, a xeroprotectant) included as part of a surface
treatment with or as part of cell-based particulate material that
may alter the physical (e.g., hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity,
dispersal of particulate material, etc.) or chemical properties
(e.g., reactivity with a surface treatment component) of a surface
treatment, and a surface treatment's formulation may be optimized
using the techniques described herein or as would be known to one
of ordinary skill in the art to account for these additional
coating or other surface treatment components. In certain
embodiments, the amount of cryopreservative and/or a xeroprotectant
will comprise 0.000001% to 80%, including all intermediate ranges
and combinations thereof, of a cell-based particulate material of
the present invention. In specific facets, a cell-based particulate
material, a cryopreservative and/or a xeroprotectant may comprise
0.000001% to 66% a glycerol or a glycol (e.g., a polyethylene
glycol), including all intermediate ranges and combinations
thereof. In other embodiments, a cell-based particulate material, a
cryopreservative and/or a xeroprotectant may comprise 0.000001% to
10% DMSO, including all intermediate ranges and combinations
thereof. In further embodiments, a cell-based particulate material,
a surface treatment, a cryopreservative and/or a xeroprotectant may
comprise 0.000001 M to 1.5 M bicarbonate, including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
[0218] 7. Temperatures
[0219] It is contemplated that in some embodiments, processing of a
cell-based particulate material composition may be conducted at
4.degree. C. to 50.degree. C., including all intermediate ranges
and combinations thereof. In preferred embodiments, a processing
step may comprise maintaining a cell-based particulate material at
a temperature less than the optimum temperature for the activity of
a living organism and/or enzyme that may detrimentally affect a
cell-based particulate material of the present invention.
Temperatures less than 37.degree. C. are preferred, temperatures
less than 30.degree. C. are more preferred, temperatures less than
20.degree. C. even more preferred, temperatures less than
10.degree. C. are particularly preferred, and temperatures of
4.degree. C. more preferred.
[0220] 8. Permeabilization/Disruption
[0221] In preferred aspects, a cell-based particulate material of
the present invention comprises a cell preparation wherein the cell
membrane and/or cell wall has been altered through a permeabilizing
process, a disruption process, or a combination thereof. An example
of such an altered cell preparation includes disrupted cells,
permeabilized cells, or a combination thereof. As used herein, a
"disrupted cell" is a cell preparation wherein the cell membrane
and/or cell wall has been altered through a disruption process. As
used herein, a "permeabilized cell" is a cell preparation wherein
the cell membrane and/or cell wall has been altered through a
permeabilizing process. Permeabilization and/or disruption may
promote the separation of cells, reduce the average particle size
of the material, allow greater access to a biomolecule in a cell
(e.g., to promote ease of extraction), or a combination
thereof.
[0222] A processing step may comprise a permeabilizing step,
wherein a cell is contacted with a permeabilizing agent such as
DMSO, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid ("EDTA"), tributyl phosphate,
or a combination thereof. A permeabilizing step may increase the
mass transport of a substance (e.g., a substrate) into the interior
of a cell, where an enzyme localized inside the cell can catalyze a
chemical reaction with the substrate. (Martinez, M. B. et al.,
1996; Martinez, M. B. et al., 2001; Hung, S.-C. and Liao, J. C.,
1996). Cell permeabilizing using EDTA has been described (Leduc, M.
et al., 1985).
[0223] In some embodiments, a processing step comprises disrupting
a cell. A cell may be disrupted by any method known in the art,
including, for example, a chemical method, a mechanical method, a
biological method, or a combination thereof. Examples of a chemical
cell disruption method include suspension in a solvent for certain
cellular components. In specific facets, such a solvent may
comprise an organic solvent (e.g., acetone), a volatile solvent, or
a combination thereof. In a particular facet, a cell be disrupted
by acetone (Wild, J. R. et al., 1986; Albizo, J. M. and White, W.
E., 1986). In certain preferred facets, the cells are disrupted in
a volatile solvent for ease in evaporation. Examples of a
mechanical cell disruption method include pressure (e.g.,
processing through a French press), sonication, mechanical
shearing, or a combination thereof. An example of a pressure cell
disruption method includes processing through a French press.
Examples of a biological cell disruption method include contacting
the cell with one or more proteins/polypeptides that are known to
possess such disrupting activity including porins and enzymes such
as a lysozyme, as well as contact/cell infection with a virus that
weakens, damages, and/or permeabilizes a cell membrane, cell wall
or combination thereof. Cell-based particulate material of the
present invention comprising cells and/or cellular components a may
be homogenized, sheared, undergo one or more freeze thaw cycles, be
subjected to enzymatic and/chemical digestion of cellular materials
(e.g., cell walls, sugars, etc.), undergo extraction with organic
or aqueous solvents, etc., to weaken interactions between the
cellular materials. A processing step may comprise sonicating a
composition. Other disrupting and drying will be done by
freeze-drying with a reduced or absent cryoprotector.
[0224] 9. Chemical Modification
[0225] In certain embodiments, a cell-based particulate material
may be chemically modified for a specific physical (e.g.,
hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity, dispersal of particulate material,
etc.) or chemical properties (e.g., reactivity with a surface
treatment component) to enhance suitability in a coating or other
surface treatment. It is contemplated that such chemical (e.g.,
organic chemistry) modification will primarily affect the
cell-external environment interface. Such modifications are known
to those of ordinary skill in the art [see, Greene, T. W. and Wuts,
P. G. M. "Productive Groups in Organic Synthesis," Second Edition,
pp. 309-315, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., USA, 1991; and co-pending
U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/655,345 "Biological Active
Coating Components, Coatings, and Coated surfaces, filed Sep. 4,
2003; in "Molecular Cloning," 2001; "Current Protocols in Molecular
Biology," 2002], and examples include acylatylation, amination,
hydroxylation, phosphorylation, methylation, adding a detectable
label such as a fluorescein isothiocyanate, covalent attachment of
a poly ethylene glycol, a derivation of an amino acid by a sugar
moiety, a lipid, a phosphate, or a farnysyl group; or a combination
thereof.
[0226] 10. Encapsulation
[0227] Additionally, it is contemplated that a cell-based
particulate material of the present invention may be encapsulated
using a microencapsulation technique as would be known to one of
ordinary skill in the art. Such encapsulation may enhance or confer
the particulate nature of the cell-based particulate material,
provide protection to the cell-based particulate material, increase
the average particle size to a desired range, allow release of a
cellular component (e.g., a biomolecule) from the encapsulating
material, alter surface charge, hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity,
solubility and/or disperability of the particulate material, or a
combination thereof. Examples of microencapsulation (e.g.,
microsphere) compositions and techniques are described in Wang, H.
T. et al., J. of Controlled Resease 17:23-25, 1991; and U.S. Pat.
Nos. 4,324,683, 4,839,046, 4,988,623, 5,026,650, 5153,131,
6,485,983, 5,627,021 and 6,020,312.
[0228] F. Combinations of Cell-Based Particulate Material
[0229] It is contemplated that in various embodiments, a
composition of the present invention may comprise one or more
selected cell-based particulate materials. It is contemplated that
a combination of cell-based particulate materials may be selected
for inclusion in the composition, coating and/or paint, to optimize
one or more properties of such a composition of the present
invention. Thus, a composition of the present invention may
comprise 1 to 100 or more different selected cell-based particulate
materials of interest, including all intermediate ranges and
combinations thereof. For example, as various cells and viruses
have differing sizes, colors, opacity, biochemical composition,
etc., one may select a combination of cell-based particulate
materials to confer a more desirable range of properties to a
composition of the present invention. In a specific example, a
coating may comprise a plurality of cell-based particulate
materials. In an additional specific example, one or more layers of
a multicoat system may comprises one or more different cell-based
particulate materials to confer differing properties between one
layer and at least a second layer of the multicoat system.
[0230] G. Incorporation of a Particulate Material into a
Coating
[0231] As would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art, a
coating may comprise insoluble particulate material. Particulate
material may comprise a primary particle, an agglomerate, an
aggregate, or a combination thereof. A primary particle is a single
particle not in contact with a second particle. An agglomerate is
two or more particles in contact with each other, and generally can
be separated by a dispersion technique, a wetting agent, a
dispersant, or a combination thereof. An aggregate is two or more
particles in contact with each other, which are generally difficult
to separate by a dispersion technique, a wetting agent, a
dispersant, or a combination thereof.
[0232] Usually, a pigment, an extender, certain types of rheology
modifiers, certain types of dispersants, or a combination thereof
are the major sources of particulate material in a coating. In the
present invention, cell-based particulate material will also be a
source of particulate material in a coating. In certain
embodiments, a cell-based particulate material of the present
invention may be used in combination with and/or as a substitute
for a pigment, an extender, a rheology modifier, a dispersant, or a
combination thereof. In specific facets, a cell-based particulate
material of the present invention may substitute for 0.000001% to
100%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof,
of a pigment, an extender, a rheology modifier, a dispersant, or a
combination thereof. In certain embodiments, it is contemplated
that a coating or other surface treatment wherein the cell-based
particulate material of the present invention tends to be at or
near the coating/surface treatment-external environment interface.
Preparation of such a coating or surface treatment wherein a
particulate material is at or near the coating/surface
treatment-external environment interface may be accomplished by
formulation to enhance the ballooning, blooming, floating,
flooding, etc. of the particulate material. It is contemplated that
any technique used in the preparation of a coating that comprises a
pigment, extender or any other form of particulate material
described herein or would be known to one of ordinary skill in the
art may be applied in the preparation of a coating comprising the
cell-based particulate material of the present invention.
Incorporation of particulate materials (e.g., pigments), assays for
determining a rheological property and/or a related property (e.g.,
viscosity, flow, molecular weight, component concentration,
particle size, particle shape, particle surface area, particle
spread, dispersion, flocculation, solubility, oil absorption
values, CPVC, hiding power, corrosion resistance, wet abrasion
resistance, stain resistance, optical properties, porosity, surface
tension, volatility, settling, leveling, sagging, slumping,
draining, floating, flooding, cratering, foaming, splattering,) of
a coating component and/or a coating (e.g., pigment, binder,
vehicle, surfactant, dispersant, paint) and procedures for
determining such properties, as well as procedures for large scale
(e.g., industrial) coating preparation (e.g., wetting, pigment
dispersion into a vehicle, milling, letdown) are described in, for
example, in Patton, T. C. "Paint Flow and Pigment Dispersion, A
Rheological Approach to Coating and Ink Technology," 1979.
[0233] In many embodiments, dispersion of the particulate material
is promoted by application of physical force (e.g., impact, shear)
to the composition. Techniques such as grinding and/or milling are
typically used to apply physical force for dispersion of
particulate matter. Though it is contemplated that such application
of physical force may be used in the dispersal of the cell-based
particulate material of the present invention, such force may
damage the structural integrity of the cell wall and/or cell
membrane that confers size and shape to the material. The average
particle size and shape will be altered by the degree of damage to
the cell wall and/or cell membrane, which may alter a physical
property, a chemical property, an optical property, or a
combination thereof, of a cell-based particulate material of the
present invention. Examples of a physical property that may be
altered by cell fragmentation include a rheological property, such
as the contribution to viscosity, flow, etc., the tendency to form
a primary particle, an agglomerate, an aggregate, etc. An example
of a chemical property that may be altered includes allowing
greater contact between amine and hydroxyl moieties of internally
located biomolecules (e.g., a proteinaceous molecule) with a
coating component, which may undergo a chemical reaction (e.g.,
crosslinking) with a binder. An example of an optical property that
may be altered includes an alteration in the gloss characteristic
of a coating and/or film by a reduction in particle size due to
cell fragmentation.
[0234] For example, during typical preparation of a water-borne
and/or solvent-borne coating comprising particulate material such
as a pigment and/or extender, the particulate material is dispersed
into a paste known as a "grind" or "millbase." A combination of a
binder and a liquid component know as a "vehicle" is used to
disperse the particulate material into the grind. Often, a wetting
additive is included to promoted dispersion of the particulate
material. Additional vehicle and/or additives are admixed with the
grind in a stage referred to as the "letdown" to produce a coating
of a desired composition and/or properties. These techniques and
others for coating preparation are well known to those of ordinary
skill in the art [see, for example, in "ASTM Book of Standards,
Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical
Properties; Appearance," D6619-00, 2002; in "Paint and Surface
Coatings, Theory and Practice, Second Edition," (Lambourne, R. and
Strivens, T. A., Eds.), pp. 286-329, 1999; and in "Paints, Coatings
and Solvents, Second, Completely Revised Edition," (Stoye, D. and
Freitag, W., Eds.) pp. 178-193, 1998.] It is specifically
contemplated that these techniques may be used in preparing a
coating comprising the cell-based particulate material of the
present invention, wherein the cell-based particulate material of
the present invention is treated as a pigment, extender, or other
such particulate material dispersed into a coating.
[0235] In another example, the effectiveness of the conversion of
agglomerates and/or an aggregates into primary particles in the
grind (e.g., pigments, pigment-vehicle combinations, pastes), and
latter stages (e.g., lacquer, paint) are typically measured to
insure quality, using techniques such as, for example, those
described in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests
for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,"
D1210-96, 2002; "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02,
Paint--Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline
Coatings," D2338-02, D1316-93 and D2067-97, 2002; and in "ASTM Book
of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint--Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers,
Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,"
D185-84, 2002. It is specifically contemplated that these
techniques for the preparation of coatings comprising a pigment,
extender, or other particulate material may be used in the practice
of the present invention in the preparation of a coating comprising
a cell-based particulate material of the present invention.
[0236] In a further example, a cell-based particulate material of
the present invention may be adapted for use in standard coating
formulation techniques to optimize a coating composition for
desired properties. As is known to those of ordinary skill in the
art, the pigment volume concentration is the volume of pigment in
the total volume solids of a dry film. The volume solids is the
fractional volume of binder and pigment in the total volume of a
coating. It is contemplated that in calculating the PVC, the
content of a cell-based particulate material of the present
invention would be included in this or related calculations as a
pigment or extender. A related calculation to the PVC that is
specifically contemplated is the critical pigment volume
concentration ("CPVC") is the formulation of pigment and binder
wherein the coating comprises the minimum amount of binder to fill
the voids between the pigment particles. A pigment to binder
concentration that exceeds the CVPC threshold produces a coating
with empty spaces wherein gas (e.g., air, evaporated liquid
component), may be trapped. Various properties rapidly change above
the CPVC. For example, corrosion resistance, abrasion (e.g., scrub)
resistance, stain resistance, opacity, moisture resistance,
rigidity, gloss, or a combination thereof, are more rapidly reduced
above the CPVC, while reflectance is often increased. However, in
certain embodiments, coating may be formulated above the CPVC and
still produce a film suitable for given use upon a surface.
Standard procedures for determining CPVC are known to those of
ordinary skill in the art [see, for example, in "ASTM Book of
Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for Chemical, Physical, and
Optical Properties; Appearance," D1483-95, D281-95 and D6336-98,
2002; and in "Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition
of the Gardner-Sward Handbook," (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 252-258,
1995].
[0237] The physical and/or optical properties of a coating are
affected by the size of particulate material comprised within the
coating. For example, inclusion of a physically hard particulate
material, such as a silica extender, may increase the abrasion
resistance of a film. In another example, gloss is reduced when
particulate material of a larger average particle size increases
the roughness of the surface of a coating and/or film. Standard
procedures for determining particle properties (e.g., size, shape)
are known to those of ordinary skill in the art (see, for example,
"ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint--Pigments, Drying
Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink
Vehicles," D1366-86 and D3360-96, 2002; and in "Paint and Coating
Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook,"
(Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 305-332, 1995).
[0238] It is also contemplated that a cell-based particulate
material of the present invention may be incorporated into a powder
coating. Specific procedures for determining the properties (e.g.,
particle size, surface coverage, optical properties) of a powder
coating and/or film have been described, for example, in "ASTM Book
of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint--Products and Applications;
Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D3451-01, D2967-02a,
D4242-02, D5382-02 and D5861-95, 2002.
[0239] In some embodiments, the dispersion of particulate material
("fineness of grind") in a coating is, in Hegman units ("Hu"), 0.0
Hu to 8.0 Hu, including all intermediate ranges and combinations
thereof. The dispersion of particulate material content of a
coating can be empirically determined, for example, as described in
"ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for Chemical,
Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance," D1210-96, 2002. The
size of particulate matter in a coating can affect gloss, with
smaller particle size generally more conducive for a higher gloss
property of a coating and/or film. It is contemplated that a whole
cell particulate material of the present invention will possess
similar size and shape as the organism from which it was derived.
For example, E. coli is about 2 .mu.m in length and 0.8 .mu.m in
diameter, maize cells vary more in size, but a size of about 65
.mu.m in diameter may be found in some cell types, and Saccaromyces
cerivsia is about 10 .mu.m in diameter. Of course, processing and
purifying techniques may reduce the particle size by fragmentation
of the cell wall and membrane, and it is contemplated that a
cell-based particulate material of the present invention may be
prepared to an average particle size for a specific purpose (e.g.,
gloss). In certain facets, a visibly coarse and/or low gloss
coating (e.g., a low gloss finish, a flat latex paint) has a
dispersion of particulate material of 2.0 Hu to 4.0 Hu. A particle
size of 100 .mu.m to 50 .mu.m is associated with a dispersion of
0.0 Hu to 4.0 Hu. In some aspects, a semi-gloss or gloss coating
has a dispersion of particulate material of 5.0 Hu to 7.5 Hu. A
particle size of 50 .mu.m to 40 .mu.m, 40 .mu.m to 26 .mu.m, 26
.mu.m to 13 .mu.m, and 13 .mu.m to 6 .mu.m is associated with a
dispersion of 4.0 Hu to 5.0 Hu, 5.0 Hu to 6.0 Hu, 6.0 Hu to 7.0 Hu,
and 7.0 Hu to 7.5 Hu, respectively. In other aspects, a high gloss
coating has a dispersion of particulate material of 7.5 Hu to 8.0
Hu. A particle size of 6 .mu.m to 3 .mu.m and 3 .mu.m to 0.1 .mu.m
is associated with a dispersion of 7.5 Hu to 7.75 Hu and 7.75 Hu to
8.0 Hu, respectively. In embodiments wherein a coating comprises a
combination of particulate materials, wherein the different
particulate materials such as a combination of a cell-based
particulate material of the present invention and one or more of
different pigments, with each type of particulate material
possessing a different average particle size, it is contemplated
that the gloss will be affected most by the particle size of the
largest type of particulate material added. However, gloss can also
be empirically determined for a coating and/or film, as described
herein or as would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art in
light of the present disclosures.
[0240] H. Coatings
[0241] A coating ("coat," "surface coat," "surface coating") is "a
liquid, liquefiable or mastic composition that is converted to a
solid protective, decorative, or functional adherent film after
application as a thin layer" ("Paint and Coating Testing Manual,
Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook" (Koleske, J. V.
Ed.), p. 696, 1995; and in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01,
Paint--Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties;
Appearance," D16-00, 2002). Additionally, a thin layer is 5 um to
5000 um thick, including all intermediate ranges and combinations
thereof. However, in most embodiments, it is contemplated that a
coating will form a thin layer 15 um to 150 um thick, including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. Examples of a coating
of the present invention include a clear coating or a paint.
[0242] A surface is the outer layer of any solid object. As would
be known to those of ordinary skill in the art, the term
"substrate," in the context of a coating, is synonymous with the
term "surface." However, as "substrate" has a different meaning to
those of skill in coating arts and biological arts, the term
"surface" will be preferentially used herein for clarity. A surface
wherein a coating has been applied, whether or not film formation
has occurred, is known herein as a "coated surface."
[0243] As is known to those of ordinary skill in the art, a coating
generally comprises one or more materials that contribute to the
properties of the coating, the ability of a coating to be applied
to a surface, the ability of the coating to undergo film formation,
and/or the properties of the produced film. Examples of such
coating components include a binder, a liquid component, a
colorizing agent, an additive, or a combination thereof, and such
materials are contemplated for used in a coating of the present
invention. A coating typically comprises a material often referred
to as a "binder," which is the primary material in a coating
capable of film formation. Often the binder is the coating
component that dominates conferring a physical and/or chemical
property to a coating and/or film. Examples of properties of a
binder typically affects include chemical reactivity, minimum film
formation temperature, minimum T.sub.g, volume fraction solids, a
Theological property (e.g., viscosity), film moisture resistance,
film UV resistance, film heat resistance, film weathering
resistance, adherence, film hardness, film flexibility, or a
combination thereof. Consequently, different categories of coatings
may be identified herein by the binder used in the coating. For
example, a binder may be an oil, a chlorinated rubber, or an
acrylic, and examples of a coating comprising such binders include
an oil coating, a chlorinated rubber-topcoat, an acrylic-lacquer,
etc. In certain embodiments, a cell-based particulate material of
the present invention may function as a binder, particularly in
aspects wherein the coating comprises another thermosetting binder
that may crosslink to the chemical moieties (e.g., hydroxyl
moieties, amine moieties, polyols, carboxyl moieties, fatty acids,
double bonds, etc.) typically found in cells.
[0244] In most embodiments, a coating will comprise a liquid
component (e.g., a solvent, a diluent, a thinner), which often
confers and/or alters the coating's rheological properties (e.g.,
viscosity) to ease the application of the coating to a surface. In
some embodiments, a coating will comprise a colorizing agent (e.g.,
a pigment), which usually functions to alter an optical property of
a coating and/or film. In certain preferred embodiments, a
cell-based particulate material of the present invention is a
colorizing agent. In particularly preferred embodiments, a
colorizing agent comprising a cell-based particulate material of
the present invention is an extender, a pigment, or a combination
thereof. In other preferred embodiments, a coating comprises a
colorizing agent that comprises a cell-based particulate material
of the present invention. A coating will often comprise an additive
which is a composition incorporated into a coating to reduce and/or
prevent the development of a physical, chemical, and/or aesthetic
defect in the coating and/or film; confer some addition desired
property to a coating and/or film; or a combination thereof.
Examples of an additive include an accelerator, an adhesion
promoter, an antioxidant, an antiskinning agent, a coalescing
agent, a defoamer, a dispersant, a drier, an emulsifier, a fire
retardant, a flow control agent, a gloss aid, a leveling agent, a
marproofing agent, a slip agent, a thickener, a UV stabilizer, a
viscosity control agent, a wetting agent, or a combination thereof.
In certain preferred embodiments, a cell-based particulate material
of the present invention is an additive. In particularly preferred
embodiments, an additive comprising a cell-based particulate
material of the present invention comprises a viscosity control
agent, a dispersant, or a combination thereof. In other preferred
embodiments, a coating comprises an additive that comprises a
cell-based particulate material of the present invention. A
contaminant is a material that is unintentionally added to a
coating, and may be volatile and/or non-volatile component of a
coating and/or film. As would be known to those of ordinary skill
in the art, a coating component may be categorized as possessing
more than one defining characteristic, and thereby simultaneously
functioning in a coating composition as a combination of a binder,
a liquid component, a colorizing agent, and/or additive. Different
coating compositions are described herein as examples of coatings
with varying sets of properties.
[0245] In certain embodiments, a coating may be stored in a
container ("pot") prior to application. In certain aspects, the
coating is a multi-pack coating, which is a coating wherein
different components are stored in a plurality of containers.
Typically, this is done to reduce film formation during storage for
certain types of coatings. The components are admixed prior to
and/or during application. However, in certain embodiments, it is
specifically contemplated that a coating comprising a cell-based
particulate material of the present invention is a multi-pack
coating. In specific aspects, the coating is a two-pack coating,
three-pack coating, four-pack coating, five-pack coating, or more
wherein the coating components are stored in separate containers.
In certain aspects, 0.000001% to 100%, including all intermediate
ranges and combinations thereof, of the cell-based particulate
material is stored in a separate container from a coating
component. It is contemplated that separate storage may reduce
undesirable microorganism growth in the coating and/or coating
component, damage to the cell-based particulate material of the
present invention by the coating component, increase the storage
life ("pot life") of a coating, reduce the amount of a preservative
in a coating, or a combination thereof. In certain facets, it is
contemplated that the coating components of a container holding the
cell-based particulate material of the present invention may
further include a coating component such as a preservative, a
wetting agent, a dispersing agent, a liquid component, a
rheological modifier, or a combination thereof. It is contemplated
that a preservative may reduce undesirable growth of a
microorganism, whether the microorganism is derived from a
microorganism-based particulate material of the present invention
or a contaminating microorganism. It is contemplated that a wetting
agent, a dispersing agent, a liquid component, a rheological
modifier, or a combination thereof, may promote ease of admixing of
coating components in a multi-pack coating. In certain aspects, a
three-pack coating or four-pack coating may be used, wherein the
first container and the second container contain coating components
separated to reduced film formation during storage, and a third
container comprises 0.000001% to 100%, including all intermediate
ranges and combinations thereof, of the cell-based particulate
material. In certain facets, a multi-pack coating may be used to
separate two or more preparations of the cell-based particulate
material of the present invention such as, for example, to reduce
damage by microorganisms used in the preparation of a cell-based
particulate material to a second preparation of cell-based
particulate material during storage.
[0246] A coating may be applied to a surface using any technique
known in the art. In the context of a coating, "application,"
"apply," or "applying" is the process of transferring of a coating
to a surface to produce a layer of coating upon the surface. As
known herein, an "applicator" is a devise that is used to apply the
coating to a surface. Examples of an applicator include a brush, a
roller, a pad, a rag, a spray applicator, etc. Application
techniques that are contemplated as suitable for a user of the
present invention of little or no particular skill include, for
example, dipping, pouring, siphoning, brushing, rolling, padding,
ragging, spraying, etc. Certain types of coatings may be applied
using techniques contemplated as more suitable for a skilled
artisan such as anodizing, electroplating, and/or laminating of a
polymer film onto a surface.
[0247] In certain embodiments, the layer of coating undergoes film
formation ("curing," "cure"), which is the physical and/or chemical
change of a coating to a solid that is a preferred solid when in
the form of a layer upon the surface. In certain aspects, a coating
may be prepared, applied and cured at an ambient condition, a
baking condition, or a combination thereof. An ambient condition is
a temperature range between -10.degree. C. to 40.degree. C.,
including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. As used
herein, a "baking condition" or "baking" is contacting a coating
with a temperature above 40.degree. C. and/or raising the
temperature of a coating above 40.degree. C., typically to promote
film formation. Examples of baking the coating include contacting a
coating and/or raising the temperature of coating to 40.degree. C.
to 300.degree. C., or more, including all intermediate ranges and
combinations thereof. Various coatings described herein or as would
be known to one of ordinary skill in the art may be applied and/or
cured at ambient conditions, baking conditions, or a combination
thereof.
[0248] It is contemplated that in general embodiments, a coating
comprising a cell-based particulate material of the present
invention may be prepared, applied and cured at any temperature
range described herein or would be known to one of ordinary skill
in the art in light of the present disclosures. An example of such
a temperature range is -100.degree. C. to 300.degree. C., or more,
including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
However, a cell-based particulate material may further comprise a
desired biomolecule (e.g., a colorant, an enzyme), whether
endogenously or recombinantly produced, that may have a reduced
tolerance to temperature. It is contemplated that the preferred
temperature that can be tolerated by a biomolecule will vary
depending on the specific biomolecule used in a coating, and will
generally be within the range of temperatures tolerated by the
living organism from which the biomolecule was derived. For
example, it is preferred for a coating comprising a cell-based
particulate material of the present invention that the coating is
prepared, applied and cured at -100.degree. C. to 110.degree. C.,
including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. For
example, it is contemplated that a temperature of -100.degree. C.
to 40.degree. C. including all intermediate ranges and combinations
thereof, will be suitable for many biomolecules derived from an
eukaryote, while temperatures up to, for example -100.degree. C. to
50.degree. C. including all intermediate ranges and combinations
thereof, may be tolerated by biomolecules derived from many
prokaryotes.
[0249] The type of film formation that a coating may undergo
depends upon the coating components. A coating may comprise, for
example, volatile coating components, non-volatile coating
components, or a combination thereof. In certain aspects, the
physical process of film formation comprises loss of 1% to 100%,
including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of a
volatile coating component. In general embodiments, a volatile
component is lost by evaporation. In certain aspects, loss of a
volatile coating component during film formation reaction is
promoted by baking the coating. Examples of volatile coating
components include a coalescing agent, a solvent, a thinner, a
diluent, or a combination thereof. A non-volatile component of the
coating remains upon the surface. In specific aspects, the
non-volatile component forms a film. Examples of non-volatile
coating components include a binder, a colorizing agent, a
plasticizer, a coating additive, or a combination thereof. It is
contemplated that a cell-based particulate material of the present
invention will be a non-volatile coating component. In specific
aspects, a coating component may undergo a chemical change to form
a film. In general embodiments, a binder undergoes a cross-linking
(e.g., polymerization) reaction to produce a film. In general
embodiments, a chemical film formation reaction occurs
spontaneously under ambient conditions. In other aspects, a
chemical film formation reaction is promoted by irradiating the
coating, heating the coat, or a combination thereof. In some
embodiments, irradiating the coating comprises exposing the coating
to electromagnetic radiation, particle radiation, or a combination
thereof. Examples of electromagnetic radiation used to irradiate a
coating include UV radiation, infrared radiation, or a combination
thereof. Examples of particle radiation used to irradiate a coating
include electron-beam radiation. Often irradiating the coating
induces an oxidative and/or free radical chemical reaction that
cross-links of one or more coating components.
[0250] However, in some alternate embodiments, it is contemplated
that a coating undergoes a reduced amount of film formation than
such a solid film is not produced, or does not undergo film
formation to a measurable extent during the period of time it is
used on a surface. Such a coating is referred to herein as a
"non-film forming coating." Such a non-film forming coating may be
prepared, for example, by increasing the non-volatile component in
a thermoplastic coating (e.g., increasing plasticizer content in a
liquid component), reducing the amount of a coating component that
contributes to the film formation chemical reaction (e.g., a
binder, a catalyst), increasing the concentration of a component
that inhibits film formation (e.g., an antioxidant/radical
scavenger in an oxidation/radical cured thermosetting coating),
reducing the contact with an external a curing agent (e.g.,
radiation, baking), selection of a non-film formation binder
produced from components that lack crosslinking moieties, selection
of a non-film formation binder that lack sufficient size to undergo
thermoplastic film formation, or a combination thereof. As used
herein, a "non-film formation binder" refers to a molecule that is
chemically similar to a binder, but lacks sufficient size and/or
crosslinking moiety to undergo film formation. For example, a
coating may be prepared by selection of an oil-based binder that
lacks sufficient double bonds to undergo sufficient crosslinking
reactions to produce a film. In another example, a non-film
formation binder may be selected that lacks sufficient crosslinking
moieties such as an epoxide, an isocyanate, a hydroxyl, a carboxyl,
an amine, an amide, a silicon moiety, etc., to produce a film by
thermosetting. Such a non-film formation binder may be prepared by
chemical modification of a binder, such as, for example, a
crosslinking reaction with a small molecule (e.g., less than 1 kDa)
that comprises a moiety capable of reaction with a binder's
crosslinking moiety, to produce a chemically blocked binder moiety
that is inert to a further crosslinking reaction. In another
example, a thermoplastic binder typically comprises a molecule 29
kDa to 1000 kDa or more in size, though more specific, preferred
ranges for different binders (e.g., acrylics, polyvinyls, etc.) are
described herein. Film formation may be reduced or prevented by
selection of a like molecule that is too small to effectively
undergo thermoplastic film formation. An example would be selection
of a non-film formation binder molecule between 1 kDa to 29 kDa in
molecular weight, including all intermediate ranges and
combinations thereof.
[0251] In other alternative embodiments, a coating may undergo film
formation, but produce a film whose properties makes it more suited
for a temporary use. Such a temporary film will generally possess a
poor and/or low rating for a property that would confer longevity
in use. For example, a film with a poor abrasion (e.g., scrub)
resistance, a poor solvent resistance, a poor water resistance, a
poor weathering property (e.g., UV resistance), a poor adhesion
property, a poor microorganism/biological resistance, or a
combination thereof, may be selected as a temporary film. Such a
"poor" or "low" property would be known to one of ordinary skill in
the art, and often the detection of the coating property (e.g., a
change in the coating's color, gloss, loss of coating material)
and/or is a rating in the half of a standard test rating scale
and/or a detectable that is associated with a reduced longevity of
use. In one aspect, a film may have poor adhesion for a surface,
allowing ease of removal by stripping and/or peeling. In certain
aspects, a poor or low adhesion rating on a scale of 0 (lowest
adhesion) to 5 is denoted 2A, 1A, 0A, 2B, 1B, 0B, including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, as described in "ASTM
Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for Chemical,
Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance," D3359-97, 2002.
Other examples of standard adhesion assays that may be used to
determine a poor or low adhesion property rating include "ASTM Book
of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for Chemical, Physical,
and Optical Properties; Appearance," D5179-98 and D2197-98, 2002;
"ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint--Products and
Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D4541-02,
D3730-98, D4145-83, D4146-96, and D6677-01, 2002; and "ASTM Book of
Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint--Products and Applications;
Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D5064-01, 2002. In other
aspects, a poor or low abrasion rating for a coating is denoted as
a detectable gloss, color and/or material erosion, such as an
increase ("I"), large increase ("LI"), decrease ("D"), or large
decrease ("LD") gloss change, a slightly darker ("SD"),
considerably darker ("CD"), slightly lighter ("SL") or considerably
lighter ("CL") color change, a slight ("S") or moderate ("M")
erosion change, including all intermediate ranges and combinations
thereof for gloss, color and/or erosion, as described in "ASTM Book
of Standards, and Volume 06.02, Paint--Products and Applications;
Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D4828-94, 2002. Additional
examples of standard abrasion tests that may be used to determine a
poor or low abrasion resistance property rating include those
described in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests
for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,"
D968-93 and D4060-01, 2002; and "ASTM Book of Standards, and Volume
06.02, Paint--Products and Applications; Protective Coatings;
Pipeline Coatings," D3170-01, D4213-96, D2486-00, D3450-00,
D6736-01, and D6279-99e1, 2002. Weathering resistance is described
in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for
Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance," D4141-01,
D1729-96, D660-93, D661-93, D662-93, D772-86, D4214-98, D3274-95,
D714-02, D1654-92, D2244-02, D523-89, D1006-01, D1014-95, and
D1186-01, 2002; "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02,
Paint--Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline
Coatings," D3719-00, D610-01, D1641-97, D2830-96, and D6763-02,
2002; and "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for
Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance," D822-01,
D4587-01, D5031-01, D6631-01, D6695-01, D5894-96, and D4141-01,
2002; "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint--Products and
Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D5722-95,
D3361-01 and D3424-01, 2002. Examples of poor weathering resistance
includes a blistering rating of dense ("D"), medium dense ("MD"),
medium ("M") blistering, a failure at scribe, which is a measure of
corrosion and paint loss at the site of contact with a tool known
as a scribe, in the range of 0 to 5, a rating of the unscribed
areas of 0 to 5, a rust grade rating of a coated steel surface of 0
to 5, a general appearance rating of 0 to 5, a cracking rating of 0
to 5, a checking rating of 0 to 5, a dulling rating of 0 to 5,
and/or a discoloration rating of 0 to 5, including all intermediate
ranges and combinations thereof, respectively, as described in
"ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for Chemical,
Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance," D714-02 and
D1654-92, 2002; and "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02,
Paint--Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline
Coatings," D610-01 and D1641-97, 2002. In additional aspects, a
poor or low solvent resistance rating for a coating is denoted as a
solvent resistance rating of 0 to 2, a coating removal efficiency
rating of 3 to 5, an effect of coating removal on the condition of
the surface of 0 to 2, including all intermediate ranges and
combinations thereof, respectively, as described in "ASTM Book of
Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint--Products and Applications;
Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D4752-98, 2002; and "ASTM
Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint--Products and Applications;
Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D6189-97, 2002. An
additional example of a standard solvent resistance assay is
described in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint--Products
and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,"
D5402-93, 2002. In further aspects, a poor or low water resistance
rating for a coating is denoted as a discernable change in a
coating's color, blistering, adhesion, softening, and/or
embrittlement upon conducting an assay as described in "ASTM Book
of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for Chemical, Physical,
and Optical Properties; Appearance," D2247-02 and D4585-99, 2002.
Further assays for water resistance are described in "ASTM Book of
Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for Chemical, Physical, and
Optical Properties; Appearance," D870-02, D1653-93, D17 35-02,
2002; and "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint--Products
and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,"
D2065-96, D2921-98, D3459-98, and D6665-01, 2002.
[0252] In particular aspects, growth of cells, particularly
microorganisms, may produce a coating or film with reduced
stability, film formation capability, durability, etc. Such a
non-film formatting film and/or temporary film may be prepared by
the inclusion of the cell-based particulate material of the present
invention, particularly in embodiments wherein the cell-based
particulate material is not a sterilized cell-based particulate
material, the coating has a reduced concentration of biocide (e.g.,
0% to 99.9999%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations
thereof, a typically used concentration for a coating comprising
the cell-based particulate material), the coating comprises a
nutrient (e.g., a cell-based particulate material of the present
invention, other digestible material, vitamins, trace minerals,
etc.) as a coating component (e.g., an additive) that promotes cell
growth, or a combination thereof.
[0253] In additional aspects, a poor or low
microorganism/biological resistance rating for a coating is denoted
as a colony recovery/growth rating of 2 to 4, a
discoloration/disfigurement rating of 0 to 5, a fouling resistance
("F.R.") or antifouling film ("A.F") rating of 0 to 70, and
observed growth (e.g., fungal growth) on specimens of 2 to 4,
including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof,
respectively, as described in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume
06.01, Paint--Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties;
Appearance," D3274-95, D2574-00, D3273-00, D5589-97 and D5590-00,
2002; and in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint--Products
and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,"
D3623-78a, 2002. An additional example of a standard
microorganism/biological resistance assay is described in "ASTM
Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for Chemical,
Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance," D4610-98 and
D3456-86, 2002; in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02,
Paint--Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline
Coatings," D4938-89, D4939-89, D5108-90, D5479-94, D6442-99,
D6632-01, D4940-98 and D5618-94, 2002; and "ASTM Book of Standards,
Volume 06.03, Paint--Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval
Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles," D912-81 and D964-65,
2002.
[0254] In another example, a film may have a poor resistance to an
environmental factor, and subsequently fail (e.g., crack, peel,
chalk, etc.) to remain a viable film upon the surface. For example,
a film that undergoes chalking is specifically contemplated.
Chalking is the erosion a coating, typically by degradation of the
binder due to various environmental forces (e.g., UV irradiation).
It is contemplated that in some embodiments, chalking may be
desirable, to expose remove a contaminant from the surface of a
film and/or expose a component of the film (e.g., a cell-based
particulate material of the present invention) to the surface of
the coating. In some aspects, a chalking coating has a chalking
rating on a "Wet Finger Method" of visible or severe and/or a chalk
reflectance rating of 0 to 5, including all intermediate ranges and
combinations thereof, as described in "ASTM Book of Standards,
Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical
Properties; Appearance," D4214-98, 2002. A self-cleaning coating is
a film with a desirable high chalking property. It is further
contemplated that in many aspects the layer of non-film forming
coating, a temporary film and/or a self-cleaning film may be
removed from a surface with ease. In such embodiments, a non-film
forming coating, a temporary film, a self-cleaning film, or a
combination thereof would be more suitable for a temporary use upon
a surface, due to the ability to be applied as a layer and easily
removed when its presence is no longer desired. In these
embodiments, it is contemplated that the non-film forming coating,
the temporary film, the self-cleaning film, or a combination
thereof, is desired for a use upon a surface that lasts a temporary
period of time, such as, for example, 1 to 60 seconds, 1 to 24
hours, 1 to 7 days, 1 to 10 weeks, 1 to 6 months, including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, respectively.
[0255] In some embodiments, a plurality of coating layers, known
herein as a "multicoat system" ("multicoating system"), may be
applied upon a surface. The coating selected for use in a specific
layer may differ from an additional layer of the multicoat system.
This selection of coatings with differing components and/or
properties is typically done to sequentially confer, in a desired
pattern, the properties of differing coatings to a coated surface
and/or multicoat system. Examples of a coating that may be selected
for use, either alone or in a multicoat system, includes a sealer,
a water repellent, a primer, an undercoat, a topcoat, or a
combination thereof. A sealer is coating applied to a surface to
reduce or prevent absorption by the surface of a subsequent coating
layer and/or a coating component thereof, and/or to prevent damage
to the subsequent coating layer by the surface. A water repellant
is a coating applied to a surface to repel water. A primer is a
coating that is applied to increase adhesion between the surface
and a subsequent layer. In typical embodiments a primer-coating, a
sealer-coating, a water repellent-coating, or a combination thereof
is applied to porous surface. Examples of a porous surface include
drywall, wood, plaster, masonry, damaged and/or degraded film,
corroded metal, or a combination thereof. In certain aspects, the
porous surface is not coated or lacks a film prior to application
of a primer, a sealer, a water repellent, or combination thereof.
An undercoat is a coating applied to surface to provide a smooth
surface for a subsequent coat. A topcoat ("finish") is a coating
applied to a surface for a protective and/or decorative purpose. Of
course, a sealer, water repellent, primer, undercoat, and/or
topcoat may possess additional protective, decorative, and/or
functional properties. Additionally, the surface a sealer, water
repellent, primer, undercoat, and/or topcoat are applied to may be
a coated surface such as a coating and/or film of a layer of the a
multicoat system. In certain embodiments, a multicoat system may
comprise any combination of a sealer, water repellent, primer,
undercoat, and/or topcoat. For example, a multicoat system may
comprise any of the following combinations: a sealer, a primer and
a topcoat; a primer and topcoat; a water repellent, a primer,
undercoat, and topcoat; an undercoat and topcoat; a sealer, an
undercoat, and a topcoat; a sealer and topcoat; a water repellent
and topcoat, etc. In particular aspects, a coating layer may
comprise properties that would be a combination of those associated
with different coating types such as a sealer, water repellent,
primer, undercoat, and/or topcoat. In such instances, such a
combination coating and/or film is designated by a backslash "/"
separating the individual coating designations encompassed by the
layer. Examples of such a coating layer comprising a plurality of
functions include a sealer/primer coating, a
sealer/primer/undercoat coating, a sealer/undercoat coating, a
primer/undercoat coating, a water repellant/primer coating, an
undercoat/topcoat coating, a primer/topcoat coating, a
primer/undercoat/topcoat coating, etc. In embodiments wherein the
coated surface comprises a particular type of coating, then the
coated surface may be known herein by the type of coating such as a
"painted surface," a "clear coated surface," a "lacquered surface,"
a "varnished surface," a "water repellant/primered surface," an
"primer/undercoat-topcoated surface," etc.
[0256] In specific aspects, a multicoat system may comprise a
plurality of layers of the same type, such as, for example, 1 to 10
layers, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof,
of a sealer, water repellent, primer, undercoat, topcoat, or any
combination thereof. In specific facets, a multicoat system
comprises a plurality of layers of the same coating type, such as,
for example, 1 to 10 layers, including all intermediate ranges and
combinations thereof, of a sealer, water repellent, primer,
undercoat, or topcoat. In embodiment where a coating does not
comprise a multicoat system, but a single layer of coating applied
to a surface, such a layer, regardless of typical function in a
multicoat system, is regarded herein as a topcoat.
[0257] 1. Paints
[0258] A paint is a "pigmented liquid, liquefiable or mastic
composition designed for application to a substrate in a thin layer
which is converted to an opaque solid film after application. Used
for protection, decoration or identification, or to serve some
functional purpose such as the filling or concealing of surface
irregularities, the modification of light and heat radiation
characteristics, etc." ["Paint and Coating Testing Manual,
Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook" (Koleske, J. V.
Ed.), p. 696, 1995]. However, as certain coatings disclosed herein
are non-film forming coatings, this definition is modified herein
to encompass a coating with the same properties of a film forming
paint, with the exception that it does not produce a solid film. In
particular embodiments, a non-film forming paint possesses a hiding
power sufficient to concealing surface feature comparable to an
opaque film.
[0259] Hiding power is the ability of a coating and/or film to
prevent light from being reflected from a surface, particularly to
convey the surface's visual pattern. Opacity is the hiding power of
a film. An example of hiding power would be the ability of a
paint-coating to visually block the appearance of grain and color
of a wooden surface, as opposed to a clear varnish-coating allowing
the relatively unobstructed appearance of wood to pass through the
coating. Standard techniques for determining the hiding power of a
coating and/or film (e.g., paint, a powder coating) are described,
for example, in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests
for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,"
E284-02b, D344-97, D2805-96a, D2745-00 and D6762-02a 2002; "ASTM
Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint--Products and Applications;
Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D5007-99, D5150-92 and
D6441-99, 2002; and "Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth
Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook" (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp.
481-506, 1995.
[0260] 2. Clear-Coatings
[0261] A clear-coating is a coating that is not opaque and/or does
not produce an opaque solid film after application. A clear-coating
and/or film may be transparent or semi-transparent (e.g.,
translucent). A clear-coating may be colored or non-colored. In
certain embodiments, reducing the content of a pigment in a paint
composition may produce a clear-coating. Additionally, a
clear-coating may comprise a lacquer, a varnish, a shellac, a
stain, a water repellent coating, or a combination thereof. Though
some opaque coatings are referred to in the art as a lacquer, a
varnish, a shellac, or a water repellent coating, all such opaque
coatings are considered as paints herein (e.g., a lacquer-paint, a
varnish-paint, a shellac-paint, a water repellent paint).
[0262] a. Varnishes
[0263] A varnish is a thermosetting coating that converts to a
transparent or translucent solid film after application. In general
embodiments, a varnish is a wood-coating. A varnish comprises an
oil and a dissolved binder. In general embodiments, the oil
comprises a drying oil, wherein the drying oil functions as an
additional binder. In other embodiments, the binder is solid at
ambient conditions prior to dissolving into the oil and/or an
additional liquid component of the varnish. Examples of a
dissolvable binder include resins obtained from a natural source
(e.g., a Congo resin, a copal resin, a damar resin, a kauri resin),
a synthetic resin, or a combination thereof. In specific aspects,
the additional liquid component comprises a solvent such as a
hydrocarbon solvent. In some facets, the solvent is added to reduce
viscosity of the varnish. A varnish may further comprise a coloring
agent, including a pigment, for such purposes as conferring or
altering a color, gloss, sheen, or a combination thereof. A varnish
undergoes thermosetting film formation by oxidative cross-linking.
In certain aspects, a varnish may additionally undergo
film-formation by evaporation of a volatile component. The
dissolved binder generally functions to shorten the time to
film-formation relative to certain measures (e.g., dryness,
hardness), though the final cross-linking reaction time may not be
significantly or measurably shortened. Standards for determining a
varnish-coating and/or film's properties are described in, for
example, "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint--Pigments,
Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and
Ink Vehicles," D154-85, 2002.
[0264] b. Lacquers
[0265] A lacquer is a thermoplastic, solvent-borne coating that
converts to a transparent or translucent solid film after
application. In general embodiments, a lacquer is a wood-coating. A
lacquer-coating comprises a thermoplastic binder dissolved in a
liquid component comprising an active solvent. Examples of a
thermoplastic binder include a cellulosic binder (e.g.,
nitrocellulose, cellulose acetate), a synthetic resin (e.g., an
acrylic), or a combination thereof. In certain aspects, a liquid
component comprises an active solvent, a latent solvent, diluent, a
thinner, or a combination thereof. In certain embodiments, a
lacquer is nonaqueous dispersion ("NAD") lacquer, wherein the
content of solvent is not sufficient to fully dissolve the
thermoplastic binder. In certain aspects, a lacquer may comprise an
additional binder (e.g., an alkyd), a colorant, a plasticizer, or a
combination thereof. Film formation of a lacquer occurs by loss of
the volatile components, typically through evaporation.
[0266] Standards for a lacquer-coating and/or film's composition
(e.g., a lacquer, a pigmented-lacquer, a nitrocellulose lacquer, a
nitrocellulose-alkyd lacquer), physical and/or chemical properties
(e.g., heat and cold resistance, hardness, film-formation time,
stain resistance, particulate material dispersion), and procedures
for testing a lacquer's composition/properties, are described in,
for example, in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02,
Paint--Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline
Coatings," D333-01, D2337-01, D3133-01, D365-01, D2091-96,
D2198-02, D2199-82, D2571-95 and D2338-02, 2002.
[0267] c. Shellacs
[0268] A shellac is similar to a lacquer, but the binder does not
comprise a nitrocellulose binder, and the binder is soluble in
alcohol, and the binder is obtained from a natural source. A
preferred binder comprises Laciffer lacca beetle secretion. In
general embodiments, a shellac comprises a liquid component (e.g.,
alcohol). In specific aspects, the additional liquid component
comprises a solvent. In some facets, the liquid component is added
to reduce viscosity of the varnish. In other embodiments, a shellac
undergoes rapid film formation. Standards for a shellac-coating
and/or film's composition and properties are described in, for
example, "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint--Pigments,
Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and
Ink Vehicles," D29-98 and D360-89, 2002.
[0269] d. Stains
[0270] A stain a clear or semitransparent coating formulated to
change the color of surface. In general embodiments, a stain is a
wood-coating designed to color or protect a wood surface but not
conceal the grain pattern or texture. A stain comprises a binder
such as an oil, an alkyd, or a combination thereof. Often a stain
comprises a low solid content. A low solids content for a wood
stain is less than 20% volume of solids. The low solid content of a
stain promotes the ability of the coating to penetrate the material
of the wooden surface. This property is often used to, for example,
to promote the incorporation of a fungicide that may be comprised
within the stain into the wood. In certain alternative aspects, a
stain comprises a high solids content stain, wherein the solid
content is 20% or greater, may be used on a surface to produce a
film possessing the property of little or no flaking. In other
alternative aspects, a water-borne stain may be used such as a
stain comprising a water-borne alkyd. A stain typically further
comprises a liquid component (e.g., a solvent), a fungicide, a
pigment, or a combination thereof. In other aspects, a stain
comprises a water repellent hydrophobic compound so it functions as
a water repellent-coating ("stain/water repellent-coating").
Examples of a water repellent hydrophobic compound a stain may
comprise include a silicone oil, a wax, or a combination thereof.
Examples of a fungicide include a copper soap, a zinc soap, or a
combination thereof. Examples of a pigment include a pigment that
is similar in color to wood. Examples of such pigments include a
red pigment (e.g., a red iron oxide) a yellow pigment (e.g., a
yellow iron oxide), or a combination thereof. Standards procedures
for testing a stain's (e.g., an exterior stain) properties, are
described in, for example, in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume
06.02, Paint--Products and Applications; Protective Coatings;
Pipeline Coatings," D6763-02, 2002.
[0271] e. Water Repellent-Coatings
[0272] A water repellent-coating is a coating that comprises
hydrophobic compounds that repel water. A water repellent-coating
is typically applied to a surface susceptible to water damage, such
as metal, masonry, wood, or a combination thereof. A water
repellent-coating typically comprises a hydrophobic compound and a
liquid component. In specific embodiments, a water
repellent-coating comprises 1% to 65% hydrophobic compound,
including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
Examples of a hydrophobic compound that may be selected include an
acrylic, a siliconate, a metal-searate, a silane, a siloxane, a
parafinnic wax, or a combination thereof. A water repellent may be
a water-borne coating, or a solvent-borne coating. A solvent-borne
water repellent-coating typically comprises a solvent that
dissolves the hydrophobic compound. Examples of solvents include an
aliphatic, an aromatic, a chlorinated solvent, or a combination
thereof.
[0273] In certain embodiments, a water repellent-coating, undergoes
film formation, penetrates pores, or a combination thereof. In
certain aspects, an acrylic-coating, a silicone-coating, or a
combination thereof, undergoes film formation. In other aspects, a
metal-searate, a silane, a siloxane, a parafinnic wax, or a
combination thereof, penetrates pores in a surface. In some facets,
a water repellent-coating (e.g., a silane, a siloxane) covalently
bonds to a surface and/or pore (e.g., masonry). Standards for a
water repellent-coating and/or film's composition and properties
are described in, for example, "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume
06.02, Paint--Products and Applications; Protective Coatings;
Pipeline Coatings," D2921-98, 2002; and in "Paint and Coating
Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook,"
(Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 748-750, 1995. Alternatively, standards
for a sealer-coating (e.g., a floor sealer) and/or film's
composition and properties are described in, for example, "ASTM
Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint--Products and Applications;
Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D1546-96, 2002.
[0274] 3. Coating Categories by Use
[0275] In light of the present disclosures, one of ordinary skill
in the art may prepare and apply a coating of the present invention
to any surface. However, it is preferred that the coating
components and methods described herein are selected for a
particular application to provide a coating and/or film with
properties best suited for a particular use. For example, a coating
used in an external environment would preferably comprise a coating
component of superior UV resistance than a coating used in interior
environment. In another example, a film used upon a surface of a
washing machine would preferably comprise a component that confers
superior moisture resistance than a component of a film for use
upon a ceiling surface. In a further example, a coating applied to
the surface of an assembly line manufactured product would
preferably comprise components suitable for application by a spray
applicator. Various properties of coating components are described
herein to provide guidance to the selection of specific coating
compositions with a suitable set of properties for a particular
use.
[0276] A coating of the present invention may be classified by its
preferred end use, including, for example, as an architectural
coating, an industrial coating, a specification coating, or a
combination thereof. An architectural coating is "an organic
coating intended for on-site application to interior or exterior
surfaces of residential, commercial, institutional, or industrial
buildings, in contrast to industrial coatings. They are protective
and decorative finishes applied at ambient conditions" ["Paint and
Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward
Handbook" (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), p. 686, 1995)]. An industrial
coating is a coating applied in a factory setting, typically for a
protective and/or aesthetic purpose. A specification coating
("specification finish coating") is a coating formulated to a
"precise statement of a set of requirements to be satisfied by a
material, produce, system, or service that indicates the procedures
for determining whether each of the requirements are satisfied"
["Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the
Gardner-Sward Handbook" (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), p. 891, 1995]. Often,
a coating may be categorized as a combination of an architectural
coating, an industrial coating, and/or a specification coating. For
example, a coating for the metal surfaces of ships may be
classified as specification coating, as specific criteria of water
resistance and corrosion resistance are required in the film, but
typically such a coating can be classified as an industrial
coating, since it would typically be applied in a factory. Various
examples of an architectural coating, an industrial coating and/or
a specification coating and coating components are described
herein. Additionally, architectural coatings, industrial coatings,
specification coatings are known to those of ordinary skill in the
art, and are described, for example, in "Paint and Surface
Coatings: Theory and Practice" 2.sup.nd Edition, pp. 190-192, 1999;
in "Paints, Coatings and Solvents" 2.sup.nd Edition, pp. 330-410,
1998; in "Organic Coatings: Science and Technology, Volume 1: Film
Formation, Components, and Appearance" 2.sup.nd Edition, pp. 138
and 317-318.
[0277] a. Architectural Coatings
[0278] An architectural coating ("trade sale coating," "building
coating," "decorative coating," "house coating") is a coating
suitable to coat surface materials commonly found as part of
buildings and/or associated objects (e.g., furniture). Examples of
a surface an architectural coating is typically applied to include,
a plaster surface, a wood surface, a metal surface, a composite
particle board surface, a plastic surface, a coated surface (e.g.,
a painted surface), a masonry surface, a floor, a wall, a ceiling,
a roof, or a combination thereof. Additionally, an architectural
coating may be applied to an interior surface, an exterior surface,
or a combination thereof. An interior coating generally possesses
properties such as minimal odor (e.g., no odor, very low VOC), good
blocking resistance, print resistance, good washability (e.g., wet
abrasion resistance), or a combination thereof. An exterior coating
typically is selected to possess good weathering properties.
Examples of coating type commonly used as an architectural coating
include an acrylic-coating, an alkyd-coating, a vinyl-coating, a
urethane-coating, or a combination thereof. In certain aspects, a
urethane-coating is applied to a piece of furniture. In other
facets, an epoxy-coating, a urethane-coating, or a combination
thereof, is applied to a floor. In some embodiments, an
architectural coating is a multicoat system. In certain aspects, an
architectural coating is a high performance architectural coating
("HIPAC"). A HIPAC is architectural coatings that produce a film
with a combination of good abrasion resistance, staining
resistance, chemical resistance, detergent resistance, and mildew
resistance. Examples of binders suitable for producing a HIPAC
include a two-pack epoxide or urethane, or a moisture cured
urethane. In general embodiments, an architectural coating
comprises a liquid component, an additive, or a combination
thereof. In certain aspects, an architectural coating is a
water-borne coating or a solvent-borne coating. In other aspects,
an architectural coating comprises a pigment. In preferred aspects,
such an architectural coating is formulated to comprise a reduced
amount or lack a toxic coating component. Examples of a toxic
coating component include a heavy metal (e.g., lead), formaldehyde,
a nonyl phenol ethoxylate surfactant, a crystalline silicate, or a
combination thereof.
[0279] In certain embodiments, a water-borne coating has a density
of 1.20 kg/L to 1.50 kg/L, including all intermediate ranges and
combinations thereof. In other embodiments, a solvent-borne coating
has a density of 0.90 kg/L to 1.2 kg/L, including all intermediate
ranges and combinations thereof. The density of a coating can be
empirically determined, for example, as described in "ASTM Book of
Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for Chemical, Physical, and
Optical Properties; Appearance," D1475-98, 2002. In certain
embodiments, the course particle content of an architectural
coating, by weight, is 0.5% or less. The coarse particle (e.g.,
coarse contaminants, pigment agglomerates) content of a coating can
be empirically determined, for example, as described in "ASTM Book
of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint--Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers,
Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,"
D185-84, 2002. In some embodiments, the viscosity for an
architectural coating at relatively low shear rates used during
typical application, in Krebs Units ("Ku"), is 72 Ku to 95 Ku,
including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
[0280] In typical use, an architectural coating is often stored in
a container for months or even years prior to first use, and/or
between different uses. In many embodiments, it will be preferred
that a building coating will retain a desirable set properties of a
coating, film formation, film, or a combination thereof, for a
period of 12 months or greater in a container at ambient
conditions. Properties that are preferred for storage include
settling resistance, skinning resistance, coagulation resistance,
viscosity alteration resistance, or a combination thereof. Storage
properties can be empirically determined for a coating (e.g., an
architectural coating) as described, for example, in "ASTM Book of
Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint--Products and Applications;
Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D869-85 and D1849-95,
2002.
[0281] It is preferred that application and/or film formation of an
architectural coating occurs at ambient conditions to provide ease
of use to a casual user of the coating, as well as reduce potential
damage to the target surface and the surrounding environment (e.g.,
unprotected people and objects). In general embodiments, it is
preferred that an architectural coating does not undergo film
formation by a temperature greater than 40.degree. C. to reduce
possible heat and fire damage. In other embodiments, it is
preferred that an architectural coating is suitable to be applied
by using hand-held applicator. Hand-held applicators are generally
can be used without difficulty by most users of a coating, and
examples include a brush, a roller, a sprayer (e.g., a spray can),
or a combination thereof.
[0282] Specific procedures for determining the suitability of a
coating and/or film for use as an architectural coating (e.g., a
water-borne coating, a solvent-borne coating, an interior coating,
an exterior paint, a latex paint), and specific assays for
properties typically desired in an architectural coating (e.g.,
blocking resistance, hiding power, print resistance, washability,
weatherability, corrosion resistance) have been described, for
example, in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint--Products
and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings,"
D5324-98, D5146-98, D3730-98, D1848-88, D5150-92, D2064-91,
D4946-89, D6583-00, D3258-00, and D3450-00, 2000; "ASTM Book of
Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for Chemical, Physical, and
Optical Properties; Appearance," D660-93, D4214-98, D772-86,
D662-93, and D661-93, 2002; and in "Paint and Coating Testing
Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook" (Koleske,
J. V. Ed.), pp. 696-705, 1995.
(1) Wood Coatings
[0283] As is well known to those of ordinary skill in the art, a
wood coating is often selected to protect the wood from damage, as
well as aesthetic purposes. For example, wood is susceptible to
damage from bacteria and fungi. Examples of fungi that damage wood
include Aureobasidium pullulans, and Ascomycotina, Deutermycotina,
Basidiomycetes, Coniophora puteana, Serpula lacrymans, and
Dacrymyces stillatus. It is preferred that a wooden surface is
impregnated with a preservative such as a fungicide, prior to
application of a coating of the present invention. However, most
wood that is contemplated as a surface for a coating of the present
invention is provided this way from wood suppliers. Specific
procedures for determining the presence of a preservative and/or
water repellent in wood have been described, for example, in "ASTM
Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint--Products and Applications;
Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D2921-98, 2002.
[0284] Typically, wood surfaces are coated with a paint, a varnish,
a stain, or a combination thereof. Often, the choice of coating is
based on the ability of a coating to protect the wood from damage
by moisture. Generally, a paint, a varnish, and a stain generally
have progressively greater permeability to moisture, and moisture
penetration of a wooden surface can which can lead to undesirable
alterations in wood structure (e.g., splitting); undesirable
alteration in piece of wood's dimension ("dimensional movement")
such as shrinking, swelling, and/or warping; promote the growth of
a microorganism such as fungi (e.g., wet rot, dry rot); or a
combination thereof. Additionally, UV light irradiation damages a
wood surface by depolymerizing lignin comprised in the wood. It is
preferred that in embodiments wherein a wood surface is irradiated
by UV light (e.g., sunlight), the wood coating comprises a UV
protective agent such as a pigment that absorbs UV light. An
example of a UV absorbing pigment includes a transparent iron
oxide.
[0285] A preferred paint for use on a wood surface comprises an
oil-paint, an alkyd-paint, or a combination thereof. A preferred
alkyd-paint for use on a wood surface comprises a solvent-borne
paint. A preferred paint system comprises a combination of a
primer, an undercoat, and a topcoat. A film produced by a paint is
often moisture impermeable. A film produced by paint upon a wooden
surface may crack, flake, trap moisture that can encourage wood
decay, be expensive to repair, or a combination thereof.
(2) Masonry Coatings
[0286] Masonry coatings refer to coatings used on a masonry
surface, such as, for example, stone, brick, tile, cement-based
materials (e.g., concrete, mortar), or a combination thereof. In
general embodiments, a masonry coating is selected to confer
resistance to water (e.g., salt water), resistance to acid
conditions, alteration of appearance (e.g., color, brightness), or
a combination thereof. Typically, a masonry coating comprises a
multicoat system. In specific embodiments, a masonry multicoat
system comprises a primer, a topcoat, or a combination thereof.
Examples of a masonry primer include a rubber primer (e.g., a
styrene-butadiene copolymer primer). In certain embodiments, a
topcoat comprises a water-borne coating or a solvent borne coating.
Examples of a water-borne coating that may be selected for a
masonry topcoat include a latex coating, a water reducible
polyvinyl acetate-coating, or a combination thereof. In certain
aspects, a solvent-borne topcoat comprises a thermoplastic coating,
a thermosetting coating, or a combination thereof. Examples of a
thermosetting coating include an oil, an alkyd, a urethane, an
epoxy, or a combination thereof. In certain aspects, a
thermosetting coating is a multi-pack coating, such as, for
example, an epoxy, a urethane, or a combination thereof. In
specific aspects, a thermosetting coating undergoes film formation
at ambient conditions. In other aspects, a thermosetting coating
undergoes film formation at film formation at an elevated
temperature such as a baking alkyd, a baking acrylic, a baking
urethane, or a combination thereof. Examples of a thermoplastic
coating include an acrylic, cellulosic, a rubber-derivative, a
vinyl, or a combination thereof. In specific aspects, a
thermoplastic coating is a lacquer.
[0287] A masonry surface that is basic in pH, such as, for example,
cement-based material and/or a calcareous stone (e.g., marble,
limestone) may be damaging to certain coatings. Specific procedures
for determining the pH of a masonry surface have been described,
for example, in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02,
Paint--Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline
Coatings," D4262, 2002. Due to porosity and/or contact with an
external environment, a masonry surface often accumulates dirt and
other loose surface contaminants, which are preferably removed
prior to application of a coating. Specific procedures for
preparative cleaning (e.g., abrading, acid etc. hing) of a masonry
surface (e.g., sandstone, clay brick, concrete) have been
described, for example, in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02,
Paint--Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline
Coatings," D4259-88, D4260-88D, 5107-90, D5703-95, D4261-83 and
D4258-83, 2002. In certain embodiments, moisture at or near a
masonry surface may be undesirable during application of a coating
(e.g., a solvent-borne coating). Specific procedures for
determining the presence of such moisture upon a masonry surface
have been described, for example, in "ASTM Book of Standards,
Volume 06.02, Paint--Products and Applications; Protective
Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D4263-83, 2002. Specific procedures
for determining the suitability of a coating and/or film,
particularly in conferring water resistance to a masonry surface,
have been described, for example, in "ASTM Book of Standards,
Volume 06.02, Paint--Products and Applications; Protective
Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D6237-98, D4787-93, D5860-95,
D6489-99, D6490-99 and D6532-00, 2002. Additional procedures for
determining the suitability of a coating and/or film for use as a
masonry coating have been described, for example, in "Paint and
Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward
Handbook," (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 725-730, 1995.
(3) Artist's Coatings
[0288] Artist coatings refer to a coating used by artists for a
decorative purpose. Often, an artist's coating (e.g., paint) is
selected for durability for decades or centuries at ambient
conditions, usually indoors. Coatings such as an alkyd coating, an
oil coating, an oleoresinous coating, an emulsion (e.g., acrylic
emulsion) coating, or a combination thereof, are typically selected
for use as an artist's coating. Specific standards for physical
properties, chemical properties, and/or procedures for determining
the suitability (e.g., lightfastness) of a coating and/or film for
use as an artist's coating have been described, for example, in
"ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint--Products and
Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D4236-94,
D5724-99, D4302-99, D4303-99, D4941-89, D5067-99, D5098-99,
D5383-02, D5398-97, D5517-00 and D6801-02a, 2002; and in "Paint and
Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward
Handbook," (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 706-710, 1995.
[0289] b. Industrial Coatings
[0290] An industrial coating is a coating applied to a surface of a
manufactured product in a factory setting. An industrial coating
typically undergoes film formation to produce a film with a
protective and/or aesthetic purpose. Industrial coatings share some
similarities to an architectural coating, such as comprising
similar coating components, being applied to the same material
types of surfaces, being applied to an interior surface, being
applied to an exterior surface, or a combination thereof. Examples
of coating types that are commonly used for an industrial coating
include an epoxy-coating, a urethane-coating, alkyd-coating, a
vinyl-coating, chlorinated rubber-coating, or a combination
thereof. Examples of a surface commonly coated by an industrial
coating include metal (e.g., aluminum, zinc, copper, an alloy,
etc.); glass; plastic; cement; wood; paper; or a combination
thereof. An industrial coating may be storage stable for 12 months
or more, applied at ambient conditions, applied using a hand-held
applicator, undergo film formation at ambient conditions, or a
combination thereof.
[0291] However, an industrial coating often does not meet one or
more of these characteristics previously described as preferred for
an architectural coating. For example, an industrial coating may
have a storage stability of only days, weeks, or months, as due to
a more rapid use rate in coating factory prepared items. An
industrial coating may be applied and/or undergo film formation at
baking conditions. An industrial coating may be applied using
techniques such as, for example, spraying by a robot, anodizing,
electroplating, and/or laminating of a coating and/or film onto a
surface. In some embodiments, an industrial coating undergoes film
formation by irradiating the coating with non-visible light
electromagnetic radiation and/or particle radiation such as UV
radiation, infrared radiation, electron-beam radiation, or a
combination thereof.
[0292] In certain embodiments, an industrial coating comprises an
industrial maintenance coating, which is a coating that produces a
protective film with excellent heat resistance (e.g., 121.degree.
C. or greater), solvent resistance (e.g., an industrial solvent, an
industrial cleanser), water resistance (e.g., salt water, acidic
water, alkali water), corrosion resistance, abrasion resistance
(e.g., mechanical produced wear), or a combination thereof. An
example of an industrial maintenance coating includes a
high-temperature industrial maintenance coating, which is applied
to a surface intermittently or continuously contacted with a
temperature of 204.degree. C. or greater. An additional example of
an industrial maintenance coating is an industrial maintenance
anti-graffiti coating, which is a two-pack clear coating applied to
an exterior surface that is intermittently contacted with a solvent
and abrasion. Examples of coating types that are commonly used for
an industrial maintenance coating include an epoxy-coating, a
urethane-coating, alkyd-coating, a vinyl-coating, chlorinated
rubber-coating, or a combination thereof.
[0293] Industrial coatings (e.g., coil coatings) and their use are
well known to those of ordinary skill in the art (see, for example,
in "Paint and Surface Coatings: Theory and Practice," 2.sup.nd
Edition, pp. 502-528, 1999; in "Paints, Coatings and Solvents,"
2.sup.nd Edition, pp. 330-410, 1998; in "Organic Coatings: Science
and Technology, Volume 1: Film Formation, Components, and
Appearance," 2.sup.nd Edition, pp. 138, 317-318). Standard
procedures for determining the properties of an industrial coating
(e.g., an industrial wood coating, an industrial water-reducible
coating) have been described, for example, in "ASTM Book of
Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint--Products and Applications;
Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D4712-87a, D6577-00a,
D2336-99, D3023-98, D3794-00, D4147-99 and D5795-95, 2002.
(1) Automotive Coatings
[0294] Automotive coatings refer to coatings used on automotive
vehicles, particularly those for civilian use. The manufacturers of
a vehicle typically require that a coating conform to specific
properties of weatherability (e.g., UV resistance) and/or
appearance. Typically, an automotive coating comprises a multicoat
system. In specific embodiments, an automotive multcoat system
comprises a primer, a topcoat, or a combination thereof. Examples
of an automotive primer include a nonweatherable primer, which lack
sufficient UV resistance for single layer use, or a weatherable
primer, which possesses sufficient UV resistance to be used without
an additional layer. Examples of a topcoat include an interior
topcoat, an exterior topcoat, or a combination thereof.
[0295] Examples of a nonweatherable automotive primer include a
primer applied by electrodeposition, a conductive ("electrostatic")
primer, or a nonconductive primer. In certain embodiments, a primer
is applied by electrodeposition, wherein a metal surface is
immersed in a primer, and electrical current promotes application
of a primer component (e.g., a binder) to the surface. An example
of a metal primer suitable for electrodeposition application
includes a primer comprising an epoxy binder comprising an amino
moiety, a blocked isocyanate urethane binder, and a 75% to 95%
aqueous liquid component. In other embodiments, a primer is a
conductive primer, which allows additional coating layers to be
applied using electrostatic techniques. A conductive primer
typically is applied to a plastic surface, including a flexible
plastic surface or a nonflexible plastic surface. Such primers vary
in their respective flexibility property to better suit use upon
the surface. An example of a flexible plastic conductive primer
includes a primer comprising polyester binder, a melamine binder
and a conductive carbon black pigment. An example of a nonflexible
plastic primer includes a primer that comprises an epoxy ester
binder and/or an alkyd binder, a melamine binder and conductive
carbon black pigment. In certain embodiments, a melamine binder may
be partly or fully replaced with an aromatic isocyanate urethane
binder, wherein the coating is a two-pack coating. A nonconductive
primer is similar to a conductive primer, except the carbon-black
pigment is absent or reduced in content. In certain embodiments, a
nonconductive primer is a metal primer, a plastic primer, or a
combination thereof. In specific aspects, the nonconductive primer
comprises a pigment for colorizing purposes.
[0296] Examples of a weatherable automotive primer include a
primer/topcoat or a conductive primer. An example of a
primer/topcoat includes a flexible plastic primer, with suitable
weathering properties (e.g., UV resistance) to function as a single
layer topcoat. Examples of a flexible plastic primer include a
primer comprising an acrylic and/or polyester binder and a melamine
binder. In certain embodiments, a melamine binder may be partly or
fully replaced with an aliphatic isocyanate urethane binder,
wherein the coating is a two-pack coating. A weatherable conductive
primer typically is similar to a weatherable primer/topcoat,
including a conductive pigment. In specific aspects, a weatherable
automotive primer comprises a pigment for colorizing purposes.
[0297] An interior automotive topcoat typically is applied to a
metal surface, a plastic surface, a wood surface, or a combination
thereof. In certain aspects, an interior automotive topcoat is part
of a multicoat system further comprising a primer. Examples of an
interior automotive topcoat include a coating comprising a urethane
binder, an acrylic binder, or a combination thereof.
[0298] An exterior automotive topcoat is typically is applied to a
metal surface, a plastic surface, or a combination thereof. In
certain aspects, an exterior automotive topcoat is part of a
multicoat system further comprising a primer, a sealer, an
undercoat, or a combination thereof. In certain embodiments, an
exterior automotive topcoat comprises a binder capable of
thermosetting in combination with a melamine binder. Examples of
such a thermosetting binder include an acrylic binder, an alkyd
binder, a urethane binder, polyester binder, or a combination
thereof. In certain embodiments, a melamine binder may be partly or
fully replaced with an urethane binder, wherein the coating is a
two-pack coating. In typical embodiments, an exterior automotive
topcoat further comprises a light stabilizer, a UV absorber, or a
combination thereof. In general aspects, an exterior automotive
topcoat further comprises a pigment.
[0299] Specific procedures for determining the suitability of a
coating (e.g., a nonconductive coating) and/or film for use as an
automotive coating, including spray application suitability,
coating VOC content and film properties (e.g., corrosion
resistance, weathering) have been described, for example, in "ASTM
Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for Chemical,
Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance," D5087-02, D6266-00
and D6675-01, 2002; and "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02,
Paint--Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline
Coatings," D5066-91, D5009-02, D5162-01 and D6486-01, 2002; and in
"Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the
Gardner-Sward Handbook," (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 711-716,
1995.
(2) Can Coatings
[0300] Can coatings refer to coatings used on a container (e.g., an
aluminum container, a steel container), for food, chemicals, or a
combination thereof. The manufacturers of a can typically require
that a coating conform to specific properties of corrosion
resistance, inertness (e.g., to prevent flavor alterations in food,
a chemical reaction with a container's contents, etc.), appearance,
durability, or a combination thereof. Typically, a can coating
comprises an acrylic-coating, an alkyd-coating, an epoxy-coating, a
phenolic-coating, a polyester-coating, a poly(vinyl
chloride)-coating, or combination thereof. Though a can may be made
of the same or similar material, different surfaces of a can may
require coatings of differing properties of inertness, durability
and/or appearance. For example, a coating for a surface of the
interior of a can that contacts the container's contents may be
selected for a chemical inertness property, a coating for a surface
at the end of a can may be selected for a physical durability
property, or a coating for a surface on the exterior of a can may
be selected for an aesthetic property. To meet the varying can
surface requirements, a can coating may comprise a multicoat
system. In specific embodiments, a can multicoat system comprises a
primer, a topcoat, or a combination thereof. In certain
embodiments, an epoxy-coating, a poly(vinyl chloride-coating), or a
combination thereof is selected as a primer for a surface at the
end of a can. In other embodiments, an oleoresinous-coating, a
phenolic-coating, or a combination thereof is selected as a primer
for a surface in the interior of a can. In some aspects, a
water-borne epoxy and acrylic-coating is selected as a topcoat for
a surface of an interior of a can. In addition embodiments, an
acrylic-coating, an alkyd-coating, a polyester-coating, or a
combination thereof is selected as an exterior coating. In certain
facets, a can coating (e.g., a primer, a topcoat) will further
comprise an amino resin, a phenolic resin, or a combination thereof
for cross-linking in a thermosetting film formation reaction. In
certain embodiments, a can coating is applied to a surface by spray
application. In other embodiments, a can coating undergoes film
formation by UV irradiation. Specific procedures for determining
the suitability of a coating and/or film for use as a can coating,
have been described, for example, in "Paint and Coating Testing
Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook,"
(Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 717-724, 1995.
(3) Sealant Coatings
[0301] Sealant coatings refer to coatings used to fill a joint to
reduce or prevent passage of a gas (e.g., air), water, a small
material (e.g., dust), a temperature change, or a combination
thereof. A sealant coating ("sealant") may be thought of as a
coating that bridges by contact two or more surfaces. A joint is a
gap or opening between two or more surfaces, which may or may not
be of the same material type (e.g., metal, wood, glass, masonry,
plastic, etc.). In typical embodiments, a joint has a width, depth,
breadth, or a combination thereof, of 0.64 mm to 5.10 mm, including
all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
[0302] In certain embodiments, a sealant coating comprises an oil,
a butyl, an acrylic, a blocked styrene, a polysulfide, a urethane,
a silicone, or a combination thereof A sealant may be a
solvent-borne coating or a water-borne coating (e.g., a latex). In
certain aspects, a sealant comprises a latex (e.g., an acrylic
latex). In other embodiments, a sealant is selected for
flexibility, as one or more of the joint surfaces may move during
normal use. Examples of a flexible sealant include a silicone, a
butyl, an acrylic, a blocked styrene, an acrylic latex, or a
combination thereof. An oil sealent typically comprises a drying
oil, an extender pigment, a thixotrope, and a drier. A
solvent-borne butyl sealent typically comprises a polyisobytylene
and/or a polybutene, an extender pigment (e.g., talc, calcium
carbonate), a liquid component, and an additive (e.g., an adhesion
promoter, an antioxidant, a thixotrope). A solvent-borne acrylic
sealent typically comprises a polymethylacrylate (e.g., polyethyl,
polybutyl), a colorant, a thixotrope, an additive, and a liquid
component. A solvent-borne blocked styrene sealant typically
comprises styrene, styrene-butadiene, isoprene, or a combination
thereof, and a liquid component. A solvent-borne acrylic sealant,
blocked styrene sealant, or a combination thereof typically is
selected for aspects wherein UV resistance is desired. A urethane
sealant may be a one-pack or two-pack coating. A solvent-borne
one-pack urethane sealant typically comprises an urethane that
comprises a hydroxyl moiety, a filler, a thixotrope, an additive,
an adhesion promoter, and a liquid component. A solvent-borne
two-pack urethane sealent typically comprises a polyether that
comprises an isocyanate moiety in one-pack and a binder comprising
a hydroxyl moiety in a second pack. A solvent-borne two-pack
urethane sealent typically also comprises a filler, an adhesion
promoter, an additive (e.g., a light stabilizer), or a combination
thereof. In certain aspects, a solvent-borne urethane sealent is
selected for a sealent with a good abrasion resistance. A
polysulfide sealant may be a one-pack or two-pack coating. A
solvent-borne one-pack polysulfide sealant typically comprises an
urethane that comprises a hydroxyl moiety, a filler, a thixotrope,
an additive, an adhesion promoter, and a liquid component. A
solvent-borne two-pack polysulfide sealent typically comprises a
first pack, which typically comprises a polysulfide, an opacifing
pigment, a colorizer (e.g., a pigment), clay, a thixotrope (e.g., a
mineral), and a liquid component; and a second pack, which
typically comprises a curing agent (e.g., lead peroxide), an
adhesion promoter, an extender pigment, and a light stabilizer. A
silicone sealant typically comprises a polydimethyllsiloxane and a
methyltriacetoxy silane, a methyltrimethoxysilane, a
methyltricyclorhexylaminosilane, or a combination thereof. A
water-borne acrylic latex sealant typically comprises a
thermoplastic acrylic, a filler, a surfactant, a thixotrope, an
additive, and a liquid component. Procedures for determining the
suitability of a coating and/or film for use as an sealant coating
have been described, for example, in "Paint and Coating Testing
Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook,"
(Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 735-740, 1995.
(4) Marine Coatings
[0303] A marine coating is a coating used on a surface that
contacts water, or a surface that is part of a structure
continually near water (e.g., a ship, a dock, an drilling platform
for fossil fuels, etc.). Typically, such surfaces comprise metal,
such as aluminum, high tensile steel, mild steel, or a combination
thereof. For embodiments wherein a surface contacts water, the type
of marine coating is selected to resist fouling, corrosion, or a
combination thereof. Fouling is an accumulation of aquatic
organisms, including microorganisms, upon a marine surface. Fouling
can damage a film, and as many marine coatings are formulated with
a preservative, an anti-corrosion property (e.g., an anticorrosion
pigment), or a combination thereof, as such damage often leads to
corrosion of metal surfaces. Additionally, a marine coating may be
selected to resist fire, such as a coating applied to a surface of
a ship. Further properties that are often desirable for a marine
coating include chemical resistance, impact resistance, abrasion
resistance, friction resistance, acoustic camouflage,
electromagnetic camouflage, or a combination thereof.
[0304] To achieve the various properties of a marine coating, often
a multicoat system is used. For metal surfaces, a primer known as a
blast primer is typically applied to the surface within seconds of
blast cleaning. Examples of a blast primer include a polyvinyl
butyral ("PVB") and phenolic resin coating, a two-pack epoxy
coating, or a two-pack zinc and ethyl silicate coating. A marine
metal surface undercoat or topcoat typically comprises an alkyd
coating, a bitumen coating, a polyvinyl coating, or a combination
thereof. Marine coatings and their use are well known to those of
ordinary skill in the art (see, for example, in "Paint and Surface
Coatings: Theory and Practice," 2.sup.nd Edition, pp. 529-549,
1999; in "Paints, Coatings and Solvents," 2.sup.nd Edition, pp.
252-258, 1998; in "Organic Coatings: Science and Technology, Volume
1: Film Formation, Components, and Appearance," 2.sup.nd Edition,
pp. 138, 317-318). Specific procedures for determining the
purity/properties of a marine coating, anti-fouling coating, or
coating component thereof (e.g., cuprous oxide, copper powder,
organotin) under marine conditions (e.g., submergence, water based
erosion, seawater biofouling resistance, barnacle adhesion
resistance) and/or film have been described, for example, in "ASTM
Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint--Products and Applications;
Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D3623-78a, D4938-89,
D4939-89, D5108-90, D5479-94, D6442-99, D6632-01, D4940-98 and
D5618-94, 2002; and "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03,
Paint--Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores,
Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles," D912-81 and D964-65,
2002.
[0305] c. Specification Coatings
[0306] It is contemplated that, in light of the present
disclosures, a specification coating may be formulated by selection
of coating components one of ordinary skill in the art to fulfill a
set of requirements prescribed by a consumer. Examples a
specification finish coating include a military specified coating,
a Federal agency specified coating (e.g., Department of
Transportation), a state specified coating, or a combination
thereof. A specification coating such as a CARC, a camouflage
coating, or a combination thereof would be preferred in certain
embodiments for incorporation of a microorganism-based particulate
material of the present invention. A camouflage coating is a
coating that is formulated with materials (e.g., pigments) that
reduce the visible differences between the appearances of a coated
surface from the surrounding environment. Often, as would be known
to one of ordinary skill in the art, a camouflage coating is
formulated to reduce the detection of a coated surface by devise
that measures nonvisible light (e.g., infrared radiation). Various
sources of specification coating requirements are described in, for
example, "Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of
the Gardner-Sward Handbook," (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 891-893,
1995).
(1) Pipeline Coatings
[0307] An example of a specification coating is a pipeline (e.g., a
metal pipeline) coating used to convey a fossil fuel. A pipeline
coating must possess corrosion resistance, and an example of a
pipeline coating includes a coal tar-coating, a
polyethylene-coating, an epoxy powder-coating, or a combination
thereof. A coal tar-coating may comprise, for example, a coal tar
mastic-coating, a coal tar epoxide-coating, a coal tar
urethane-coating, a coal tar enamel-coating, or a combination
thereof. A coal tar mastic-coating typically comprises an extender,
a vicosifier, or a combination thereof. In general aspects, a coal
tar mastic-coating layer is 127 mm to 160 mm thick, including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. In embodiments
wherein superior water resistance is desired, a coal tar
epoxide-coating may be selected. In embodiments wherein rapid film
formation is desired (e.g., pipeline repair), a coal tar
urethane-coating may be selected. In embodiments wherein good water
resistance, heat resistance up to 82.degree. C., bacterial
resistance, poor UV resistance, or a combination thereof, is
suitable, a coal tar enamel may be selected. In embodiments wherein
cathodic protection, physical durability, or a combination thereof
is desired, an epoxide powder-coating may be selected. In certain
embodiments, an electrostatic spray applicator may be used to apply
the powder coating. In certain embodiments, a pipeline coating
comprises a multicoat system. In specific aspects, a pipeline
multicoat system comprises an epoxy powder primer, a two-pack epoxy
primer, a chlorinated rubber primer, or a combination thereof and a
polyethylene topcoat. Specific procedures for determining the
suitability of a coating and/or film for use as a pipeline coating,
including coating storage stability (e.g., settling) and film
properties (e.g., abrasion resistance, water resistance,
flexibility, weathering, film thickness, impact resistance,
chemical resistance, cathodic disbonding resistance, heat
resistance) have been described, for example, in "ASTM Book of
Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint--Products and Applications;
Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," G6-88, G9-87, G10-83,
G11-88, G12-83, G13-89, G20-88, G70-81, G8-96, G17-88, G18-88,
G19-88, G42-96, G55-88, G62-87, G80-88, G95-87 and D6676-01e1,
2002; and in "Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition
of the Gardner-Sward Handbook," (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 731-734,
1995.
(2) Traffic Marker Coatings
[0308] A traffic marker coating is a coating (e.g., a paint) used
to very visibly convey information on a surface usually subjected
to weathering and abrasion (e.g., a pavement). A traffic marker
coating may be a solvent-borne coating or a water-borne coating.
Examples of a solvent-borne traffic marker coating include an
alkyd, a chlorinated rubber, or a combination thereof. In certain
aspects, a solvent-borne coating is applied by spray application.
In some embodiments, a traffic marker coating is a two-pack
coating, such as, for example, an epoxy-coating, a
polyester-coating, or a combination thereof. In other embodiments,
a traffic marker coating comprises a thermoplastic coating, a
thermosetting coating, or a combination thereof. Examples of a
combination thermoplastic/thermosetting coating include a
solvent-borne alkyd and/or solvent-borne chlorinated
rubber-coating. Examples of a thermoplastic coating include a
maleic-modified glycerol ester-coating, a hydrocarbon-coating, or a
combination thereof. In certain aspects, a thermoplastic coating
comprises a liquid component, wherein the liquid component
comprises a plasticizer, a pigment, and an additive (e.g., a glass
bead).
[0309] Specific procedures for determining the suitability of a
coating and/or film for use as a traffic marker paint, including
coating storage stability (e.g., settling), glass bead properties
(e.g., reflectance), film durability (e.g., adhesion, pigment
retention, solvent resistance, fuel resistance) and particularly
relevant film visual properties (e.g., retroreflectance,
fluorescence) have been described, for example, in "ASTM Book of
Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint--Products and Applications;
Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D713-90, D868-85, D969-85,
D1309-93, D2205-85, D2743-68, D2792-69, D4796-88, D4797-88,
D1155-89, D1214-89 and D4960-89, 2002; in "ASTM Book of Standards,
Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical
Properties; Appearance," F923-00, E1501-99e1, E1696-02, E1709-00e1,
E1710-97, E1743-96, E2176-01, E808-01, E809-02, E810-01, E811-95,
D4061-94, E2177-01, E991-98 and E1247-92, 2002; and in "Paint and
Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward
Handbook," (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 741-747, 1995.
(3) Aircraft Coatings
[0310] An aircraft coating protects and/or decorates a surface
(e.g., metal, plastic) of an aircraft. Typically, an aircraft
coating is selected for excellent weathering properties, excellent
heat and cold resistance (e.g., -54.degree. C. to 177.degree. C.),
or a combination thereof. Specific procedures for determining the
suitability of a coating and/or film for use as aircraft coating,
are described in, for example, in "Paint and Coating Testing
Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook,"
(Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 683-695, 1995.
(4) Nuclear Power Plant Coatings
[0311] An additional example of a specification coating is a
coating for a nuclear power plant, which generally must possess
particular properties (e.g., gamma radiation resistance, chemical
resistance), as described in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02,
Paint--Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline
Coatings," D5962-96, D5163-91, D5139-90, D5144-00, D4286-90,
D3843-00, D3911-95, D3912-95, D4082-02, D4537-91, D5498-01 and
D4538-95, 2002.
[0312] I. Coating Components
[0313] In addition to the disclosures herein, the preparation
and/or chemical syntheses of coating components, other than the
cell-based particulate material of the present invention disclosed
herein, are well known to those ordinary skill in the art [see, for
example, "Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of
the Gardner-Sward Handbook," (Koleske, J. V., Ed.) (1995); "Paint
and Surface Coatings: Theory and Practice, Second Edition,"
(Lambourne, R. and Strivens, T. A., Eds.) (1999); Wicks, Jr., Z.
W., Jones, F. N., Pappas, S. P. "Organic Coatings, Science and
Technology, Volume 1: Film Formation, Components, and Appearance,"
(1992); Wicks, Jr., Z. W., Jones, F. N., Pappas, S. P. "Organic
Coatings, Science and Technology, Volume 2: Applications,
Properties and Performance," (1992); "Paints, Coatings and
Solvents, Second, Completely Revised Edition," (Stoye, D. and
Freitag, W., Eds.) (1998); "Handbook of Coatings Additives," 1987;
In "Waterborne Coatings and Additives" 1995; "ASTM Book of
Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for Chemical, Physical, and
Optical Properties; Appearance," (2002); "ASTM Book of Standards,
Volume 06.02, Paint--Products and Applications; Protective
Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," (2002); "ASTM Book of Standards,
Volume 06.03, Paint--Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval
Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles," (2002); and "ASTM
Book of Standards, Volume 06.04, Paint--Solvents; Aromatic
Hydrocarbons," (2002)].
[0314] However, as would be known to one of ordinary skill in the
art, coating components are typically obtained from commercial
vendors, which is a preferred method of obtaining a coating
component due to ease and reduced cost. As would be known to one of
ordinary skill in the art, texts as, for example, Flick, E. W.
"Handbook of Paint Raw Materials, Second Edition," 1989, describes
over 4,000 coating components (e.g., an antifoamer, an antiskinning
agent, a bactericide, a binder, a defoamer, a dispersant, a drier,
an extender, a filler, a flame/fire retardant, a flatting agent, a
fungicide, a latex emulsion, an oil, a pigment, a preservative, a
resin, a rheological/viscosity control agent, a silicone additive,
a surfactant, a titanium dioxide, etc.) provided by commercial
vendors; and Ash, M. and Ash, I. "Handbook of Paint and Coating Raw
Materials, Second Edition," 1996, which describes over 18,000
coating components (e.g., an accelerator, an adhesion promoter, an
antioxidant, an antiskinning agent, a binder, a coalescing agent, a
defoamer, a diluent, a dispersant, a drier, an emulsifier, a fire
retardant, a flow control agent, a gloss aid, a leveling agent, a
marproofing agent, a pigment, a slip agent, a thickener, a UV
stabilizer, viscosity control agent, a wetting agent, etc.)
provided by commercial vendors.
[0315] Specific commercial vendors are referred to herein as
examples, and include Acima.TM. AG, Im Ochsensand, CH-9470
Buchs/SG; Air Products and Chemicals, Inc., 7201 Hamilton
Boulevard, Allentown, Pa. 18195-1501; Arch Chemicals, Inc., 350
Knotter Drive, Cheshire, Conn., 06410 U.S.A.; Avecia Inc., 1405
Foulk Road, PO Box 15457, Wilmington, Del. 19850-5457, U.S.A.;
Bayer Corporation, 100 Bayer Rd., Pittsburgh, Pa. 15205-9741,
U.S.A.; Buckman Laboratories, Inc., 1256 North McLean Blvd.,
Memphis, Tenn. 38108-0305, U.S.A.; BYK-Chemie GmbH, Abelstrasse 45,
P.O. Box 100245, D-46462 Wesel, Germany; Ciba Specialty Chemicals,
540 White Plains Road, P.O. Box 2005, Tarrytown, N.Y. 10591-9005,
U.S.A.; Clariant LSM (America) Inc., 200 Rodney Building, 3411
Silverside Road, Wilmington, Del. 19810 U.S.A.; Cognis Corporation,
5051 Estecreek Drive, Cincinnati, Ohio 45232-1446, U.S.A.; Condea
Servo LLC., 4081 B Hadley Road, South Plainfield, N.J. 07080-1114,
U.S.A.; Cray Valley Limited, Waterloo Works, Machen, Caerphilly
CF83 8YN United Kingdom; Dexter Chemical L.L.C., 845 Edgewater Road
Bronx, N.Y. 10474, U.S.A.; Dow Chemical Company, 2030 Dow Center,
Midland, Mich. 48674 U.S.A.; Elementis Specialties, Inc., PO Box
700, 329 Wyckoffs Mill Road, Hightstown, N.J. 08520 U.S.A.;
Goldschmidt Chemical Corp., 914 East Randolph Road PO Box 1299
Hopewell, Va. 23860 U.S.A.; Hercules Incorporated, 1313 North
Market Street, Wilmington, DE 19894-0001, U.S.A.; International
Specialty Products, 1361 Alps Road, Wayne, N.J. 07470, U.S.A.;
Octel-Starreon LLC USA, North American Headquarters, 8375 South
Willow Street, Littleton, Colo. 80124, U.S.A.; Rohm and Haas
Company, 100 Independence Mall West, Philadelphia, Pa. 19106-2399,
U.S.A.; Solvay Advanced Functional Minerals, Via Varesina 2-4,
I-21021 Angera (VA); Troy Corporation, 8 Vreeland Road, PO Box 955,
Florham Park, N.J., 07932 U.S.A.; R. T. Vanderbilt Company, Inc.,
30 Winfield Street, Norwalk, Conn. 06855, U.S.A; Union Carbide
Chemicals and Plastics Co., Inc., 39 Old Ridgebury Road, Danbury,
Conn. 06817-0001, U.S.A.
[0316] 1. Binders
[0317] A binder ("polymer," "resin," "film former") is a molecule
capable of film formation. Film formation is a physical and/or
chemical change of a binder in a coating, wherein the change
converts the coating into a film. Often, a binder converts into a
film through a polymerization reaction, wherein a first binder
molecule covalently bonds with at least a second binder molecule to
form a larger molecule, known as a "polymer.38 As this process is
repeated a plurality of times, the composition converts from a
coating comprising a binder into a film comprising a polymer.
[0318] A binder may comprise a monomer, an oligomer, a polymer, or
a combination thereof. A monomer is a single unit of a chemical
species that can undergo a polymerization reaction. However, a
binder itself is often a polymer, as such larger binder molecules
are more suitable for formulation into a coating capable of both
being easily applied to a surface and undergoing an additional
polymerization reaction to produce a film. An oligomer comprises 2
to 25 polymerized monomers, including all intermediate ranges and
combinations thereof.
[0319] A homopolymer is a polymer that comprises monomers of the
same chemical species. A copolymer is a polymer that comprises
monomers of at least two different chemical species. A linear
polymer is an unbranched chain of monomers. A branched polymer is a
branched ("forked") chain of monomers. A network ("cross-linked")
polymer is a branched polymer wherein at least one branch forms an
interconnecting covalent bond with at least one additional polymer
molecule.
[0320] A thermoplastic binder and/or coating reversibly softens
and/or liquefies when heated. Film formation for a thermoplastic
coating generally comprises a physical process, typically the loss
of the volatile (e.g., liquid) component from a coating. As a
volatile component is removed, a solid film may be produced through
entanglement of the binder molecules. In many aspects, a
thermoplastic binder is generally a higher molecular mass than a
comparable thermosetting binder. In many aspects, a thermoplastic
film is often susceptible to damage by a volatile component that
can be absorbed by the film, which can soften and/or physically
expand the film. In certain facets, a thermoplastic film may be
removed from a surface by use of a volatile component. However, in
many aspects, damage to a thermoplastic film may be repaired by
application of a thermoplastic coating into the damaged areas and
subsequent film formation.
[0321] A thermosetting binder undergoes film formation by a
chemical process, typically the cross-linking of a binder into a
network polymer. In certain embodiments, a thermosetting binder
does not possess significant thermoplastic properties.
[0322] The glass transition temperature is the temperature wherein
the rate of increase of the volume of a binder or a film changes.
Binders and films often do not convert from solid to liquid
("melt") at a specific temperature ("T.sub.m"), but rather possess
a specific glass transition temperature wherein there is an
increase in the rate of volume expansion with increasing
temperature. At temperatures above the glass transition
temperature, a binder or film becomes increasingly rubbery in
texture until it becomes a viscous liquid. In certain embodiments
described herein, a binder, particularly a thermoplastic binder,
may be selected by its glass transition temperature, which provides
guidance to the temperature range of film formation, as well as
thermal and/or heat resistance of a film. The lower the T.sub.g,
the "softer" the resin, and generally, the film produced from such
a resin. A softer film typically possesses greater flexibility
(e.g., crack resistance) and/or poorer resistance to dirt
accumulation than a harder film.
[0323] In certain embodiments, a coating comprises a low molecular
weight polymer, a high molecular weight polymer, or a combination
thereof. Examples of a low molecular weight polymer include an
alkyd, an amino resin, a chlorinated rubber, an epoxide resin, an
oleoresinous binder, a phenolic resin, a urethane, a polyester, an
urethane oil, or a combination thereof. Examples of a high
molecular weight polymer include a latex, a nitrocellulose, a
non-aqueous dispersion polymer ("NAS"), a solution acrylic, a
solution vinyl, or a combination thereof. Examples of a latex
include an acrylic, a polyvinyl acetate ("PVA"), a
styrene/butadiene, or a combination thereof.
[0324] In addition to the disclosures herein, a binder, methods of
binder preparation, commercial vendors of binder, and techniques
for using an binder in a coating known to those of ordinary skill
in the art may be applied in the practice of the present invention
[see, for example, Flick, E. W. "Handbook of Paint Raw Materials,
Second Edition," pp. 287-805 and 879-998, 1989; in "Paint and
Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward
Handbook," (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 23-29, 39-67, 74-84, 87,
268-285, 410, 539-540, 732, 735-736, 741, 770, 806-807, 845-849 and
859-861, 1995; in "Paint and Surface Coatings: Theory and Practice,
Second Edition," (Lambourne, R. and Strivens, T. A., Eds.), pp.
2-3, 7-10, 21, 24-40, 40-54, 60-71, 76, 81-86, 352, 358, 381-394,
396, 398, 405, 433-448, 494-497, 500, 537-540, 700-702 and 734,
1999; Wicks, Jr., Z. W., Jones, F. N., Pappas, S. P. "Organic
Coatings, Science and Technology, Volume 1: Film Formation,
Components, and Appearance," pp. 39, 49-57, 62, 65-67, 67, 76-80,
83, 91, 104-118, 155, 168, 178, 182-183, 200, 202-203, 209,
214-216, 220 and 250, 162-186, 215-216 and 232, 59-60, 183-184,
133-143, 39, 144-161, 203, 219-220 and 239, 23, 110, 120-132,
122-130, 198, 202-203, 209 and 220, 60-62, 83-103, 164-167, 173,
177-178, 184-187, 195, 206 and 216-219, 1992; Wicks, Jr., Z. W.,
Jones, F. N., Pappas, S. P. "Organic Coatings, Science and
Technology, Volume 2: Applications, Properties and Performance,"
pp. 13-14, 18-19, 26, 33-34, 36, 41, 57, 77, 92, 95, 116-119,
143-145, 156, 161-165, 179-180, 191-193, 197-203, 210-211, 213-214,
216, 219-222, 230-239, 260-263, 269-271, 276-284, 288-293, 301-307,
310, 315-316, 319-321 and 325-346, 1992; and in "Paints, Coatings
and Solvents, Second, Completely Revised Edition," (Stoye, D. and
Freitag, W., Eds.) pp. 5, 11-22, 37-50, 54-55, 72, 80-87, 96-98,
108, 126 and 136, 1998].
[0325] a. Oil-Based Binders
[0326] Certain binders, such as, for example, an oil (e.g., a
drying oil), an alkyd, an oleoresinous binder, a fatty acid epoxide
ester, or a combination thereof, are prepared and/or synthesized
from an oil and/or a fatty acid, and undergo film formation by
thermosetting oxidative cross-linking of fatty acids, and will be
referred to herein as an "oil-based binder." These types of binders
often possess similar properties (e.g., solubility, viscosity). An
oil-based binder coating often further comprises a drier, an
antiskinning agent, an alkylphenolic resin, a pigment, an extender,
a liquid component (e.g., a solvent), or a combination thereof. A
drier, such as a primary drier, secondary drier, or a combination
thereof, may be selected to promote film formation. In certain
facets, an oil-based binder coating may comprise an anti-skinning
agent, which is typically used to control undesirable
film-formation caused by a primary drier and/or oxidation. A liquid
component may be selected, for example, to alter a Theological
property (e.g., flow), wetting and/or dispersion of particulate
material, or a combination thereof. In certain embodiments, a
liquid component comprises a hydrocarbon. In particular
embodiments, the hydrocarbon comprises an aliphatic hydrocarbon, an
aromatic hydrocarbon (e.g., toluene, xylene), or a combination
thereof. In some facets, the liquid component comprises, by weight,
5% to 20% of an oil-based binder coating, including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
[0327] In alternative embodiments, an oil-based temporary coating
(e.g, a non-film forming coating) may be produced, for example, by
inclusion of an antioxidant, reduction of the amount of a drier,
selection of a oil-based binder that comprises fewer or no double
bonds, or a combination thereof.
[0328] An oil-based binder coating may be selected for embodiments
wherein a relatively low viscosity is desired, such as, for
example, application to a corroded metal surface, a porous surface
(e.g., wood), or a combination thereof, due to the penetration
power of a low viscosity coating. In certain facets, it is
preferred that application of an oil-binder coating produces a
layer is less than 25 .mu.m on vertical surfaces and 40 .mu.m on
horizontal surfaces to reduce shrinkage, wrinkling. Additionally,
in aspects wherein the profile of the wood surface is to be
retained, a such a thin film thickness is preferred. In specific
aspects, an oil-binder coating may be selected as a wood stains, a
topcoat, or a combination thereof. In particular facets, a wood
stain comprises an oil (e.g., linseed oil) coating, an alkyd, or a
combination thereof. Often, wood coating comprises a
lightstabilizer (e.g., UV absorber).
(1) Oils
[0329] An oil is a polyol esterified to at least one fatty acid. A
polyol ("polyalcohol," "polyhydric alcohol") is an alcohol
comprising more than one hydroxyl moiety per molecule. In certain
embodiments, an oil comprises an acylglycerol esterified to one
fatty acid ("monacylglycerol"), two fatty acids ("diacylglycerol"),
or three fatty acids ("triacylglycerol," "triglyceride").
Typically, however, an oil will comprise a triacylglycerol. A fatty
acid is an organic compound comprising a hydrocarbon chain that
includes a terminal carboxyl moiety. A fatty acid may be
unsaturated, monounsaturated, and polyunsaturated referring to
whether the hydrocarbon chain possess no carbon double bonds, one
carbon double bond, or a plurality of carbon double bonds (e.g., 2,
3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 double bonds), respectively.
[0330] In typical use in a coating, a plurality of fatty acids
forms covalent cross-linking bonds to produce a film in coatings
comprising oil binders and/or other binders comprising a fatty
acid. Usually oxidation through contact with atmospheric oxygen is
used to promote film formation. Exposure to light also enhances
film formation. The ability of an oil to undergo film formation by
chemical cross-linking is related to the content of chemically
reactive double bonds available in its fatty acids. Oils are
generally a mixture of chemical species, comprising different
combinations of fatty acids esterified to glycerol. The overall
types and percentages of particular fatty acids that are comprised
in oils affect the ability of the oil to be used as a binder. Oils
can be classified as a drying oil, a semi-drying oil, or a
non-drying oil depending upon the ability of the oil to cross-link
into a dry film without additives (e.g., driers) at ambient
conditions and atmospheric oxygen. A drying oil forms a dry film to
touch upon cross-linking, a semi-drying oil forms a sticky
("tacky") film to touch upon cross-linking, while a non-drying oil
does not produce a tacky or dry film upon cross-linking. In certain
facets, it is contemplated that film-formation of a non-chemically
modified oil-binder coating will typically take from 12 hours to 24
hours at ambient conditions, air, and lighting. Procedures for
selection and testing of drying oils for a coating are described
in, for example, "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03,
Paint--Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores,
Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles," D555-84, 2002.
[0331] Drying oils comprise at least one polyunsaturated fatty acid
to promote cross-linking. Polyunsaturated fatty acids ("polyenoic
fatty acids") include, but are not limited to,
7,10,13-hexadecatrienoic ("16:3 n-3"); linoleic
["9,12-octadecadienoic," "18:2(n-6)]; .gamma.-linolenic
["6,9,12-octadecatrienoic," "18:3(n-6)"]; a trienoic 20:3(n-9);
dihomo-.gamma.-linolenic ["8,11,14-eicosatrienoic," "20:3(n-6)"];
arachidonic ["5,8,11,14-eicosatetraenoic," "20:4(n-6)"]; a licanic,
("4-oxo 9c11t13t-18:3"); 7,10,13,16-docosatetraenoic ["22:4(n-6)"];
4,7,10,13,16-docosapentaenoic ["22:5(n-6)"]; .alpha.-linolenic
["9,12,15-octadecatrienoic," "18:3(n-3)"]; stearidonic
["6,9,12,15-octadecatetraenoic," "18:4(n-3)"];
8,11,14,17-eicosatetraenoi- c ["20:4(n-3)"];
5,8,11,14,17-eicosapentaenoic ["EPA," "20:5(n-3)"];
7,10,13,16,19-docosapentaenoic ["DPA," "22:5(n-3)"];
4,7,10,13,16,19-docosahexaenoic ["DHA," "22:6(n-3)"];
5,8,11-eicosatrienoic ["Mead acid," "20:3(n-9)"]; taxoleic
("all-cis-5,9-18:2"); pinolenic ("all-cis-5,9,12-18:3"); sciadonic
("all-cis-5,11,14-20:3"); dihomotaxoleic ("7,11-20:2"); cis-9,
cis-15 octadecadienoic ("9,15-18:2"); retinoic; or a combination
thereof.
[0332] Drying oils can be further characterized as non-conjugated
or conjugated drying oils depending upon whether their most
abundant fatty acid comprises a polymethylene-interrupted double
bond or a conjugated double bond, respectively. A
polymethylene-interrupted double bond is two double bonds separated
by two or more methylene moieties. A polymethylene-interrupted
fatty acid is a fatty acid comprising such a configuration of
double bonds. Examples of polymethylene-interrupted fatty acids
include taxoleic, pinolenic, sciadonic, dihomotaxoleic, cis-9,
cis-15 octadecadienoic, retinoic, or a combination thereof.
[0333] A conjugated double bond is a moiety wherein a single
methylene moiety connects pair of carbon chain double bonds. A
conjugated fatty acid is a fatty acid comprising such a pair of
double bonds. A conjugated double bond is more prone to
cross-linking reactions than non-conjugated double bonds. A
conjugated diene fatty acid, a conjugated triene fatty acid or a
conjugated tetraene fatty acid, possesses only two, three or four
conjugated double bonds, respectively. An example of a common
conjugated diene fatty acid is a conjugated linoleic. Examples of a
conjugated triene fatty acid include an octadecatrienoic, a
licanic, or a combination thereof. Examples of an octadecatrienoic
acid include an .alpha.-eleostearic comprising the 9c,11t,13t
isomer, a calendic comprising a 8t,10t,12c isomer, a catalpic
comprising the 9c,11t,13c isomer, or a combination thereof. An
example of a conjugated tetraene fatty acid is .alpha.-parinaric
comprising the 9c,11t,13t,15c isomer, and .beta.-parinaric
comprising the 9t,11t,13t,15t isomer, or a combination thereof.
[0334] Oils for use in coatings are generally obtained from
renewable biological sources, such as plants, fish or a combination
thereof. Examples of plant oils commonly used in coatings or
coating components include cottonseed oil, linseed oil, oiticica
oil, safflower oil, soybean oil, sunflower oil, tall oil, rosin,
tung oil, or a combination thereof. An example of a fish oil
commonly used in coatings or coating components include caster oil.
A colder environment generally promotes a higher polyunsaturated
fatty acid content in an organism (e.g., sunflowers). Cottonseed
oil comprises about 36% saturated fatty acids, 24% oleic, and 40%
linoleic. Castor oil comprises about 3% saturated fatty acids, 7%
oleic, 3% linoleic, and 87% ricinoleic
("12-hydroxy-9-octadecenoic"). Linseed oil comprises about 10%
saturated fatty acids, 20% to 24% oleic ("cis-9-octadecenoic"), 14%
to 19% linoleic, and 48% to 54% linolenic. Oiticica oil comprises
about 16% saturated fatty acids, 6% oleic, and 78% licanic.
Safflower oil comprises about 11% saturated fatty acids, 13% oleic,
75% linoleic, and 1% linolenic. Soybean oil comprises about 14% to
15% saturated fatty acids, 22% to 28% oleic, 52% to 55% linoleic,
and 5% to 9% linolenic. Tall oil, which is a product of paper
production and generally is not in the form of a triglyceride,
often comprises about 3% saturated fatty acids, 30% to 35% oleic,
35% to 40% linoleic, 2% to 5% linolenic, and 10% to 15% of a
combination of pinolenic and conjugated linoleic. Rosin is a
combination of acidic compounds isolated during paper production,
such as, for example, abietic acid, neoabietic acid, dihydroabietic
acid, tetraabietic acid, isodextropimaric acid, dextropimaric acid,
dehydroabietic acid, and levopimaric acid. Tung oil comprises about
5% saturated fatty acids, 8% oleic, 4% linoleic, 3% linolenic, and
80% .alpha.-elestearic. Standards for physical properties, chemical
properties, and/or procedures for testing the purity/properties of
various oils (e.g., caster, linseed, oiticica, safflower, soybean,
sunflower, tall, tung, rosin, dehydrated caster, boiled linseed, a
drying oil, a fish oil, a heat-bodied drying oil) for use in a
coating are described, for example in "ASTM Book of Standards,
Volume 06.03, Paint--Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval
Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles," D555-84, D960-02a,
D961-86, D234-82, D601-87, D1392-92, D1392-92, D1462-62, D12-88,
D1981-02, D5768-95, D3169-89, D260-86, D124-88, D803-02, D1541-97,
D1358-86, D1950-86, D1951-86, D1952-86, D1954-86, D1958-86,
D464-95, D465-01, D1959-97, D1960-86, D1962-85, D1964-85, D1965-87,
D1966-69, D1967-86, D3725-78, D1466-86, D890-98, D1957-86,
D1963-85, D5974-00, D1131-97, D1240-02, D889-99, D509-98, D269-97,
D1065-96 ,and D804-02, 2002.
[0335] In certain embodiments, an oil comprises a chemically
modified oil, which is an oil altered by a reaction thought to
promote limited cross-linking. Generally, such a modified oil
possesses an altered property, such as a higher viscosity, which
may be more suitable for a particular coating application. Examples
of a chemically modified oil include a bodied oil, a blown oil, a
dimer acid, or a combination thereof. A bodied oil ("heat bodied
oil," "stand oil") is produced, for example, by heating a
nonconjugated oil (e.g., 320.degree. C.) or a conjugated oil (e.g.,
240.degree. C.) in an chemically unreactive atmosphere to promote
limited cross-linking. A blown oil is produced, for example, by
passing air through a drying oil at, for example, 150.degree. C. A
dimer acid is produced, for example, by acid catalyzed dimerization
or oligomerization of a polyunsaturated acid.
[0336] In certain embodiments, an oil comprises a synthetic
conjugated oil, which is an oil altered by a reaction thought to
produce a conjugated double bond in a fatty acid of the oil.
Conjugated fatty acids have been produced from nonconjugated fatty
acids by alkaline hydroxide catalyzed reactions. However, a
synthetic conjugated oil is generally semi-drying in air catalyzed
film formation at ambient conditions and a coating comprising such
an oil is typically cured by baking. Additionally richinoleic acid,
which is prevalent in castor oil, can be dehydrogenated to produce
a mixture of conjugated and non-conjugated fatty acids.
Dehydrogenated castor oil comprises about 2% to 4% saturated fatty
acids, 6% to 8% oleic, 48% to 50% linoleic, and 40% to 42%
conjugated linoleic.
[0337] Certain other compounds comprising a fatty acid and polyol
are classified herein as an oil for use as a binder such as a high
ester oil, a maleated oil, or a combination thereof. A high ester
oil comprises a polyol capable of comprising greater than three
fatty acid esters per molecule and at least one fatty acid ester.
However, a high ester oil comprising four or more fatty acid esters
per molecule is preferred. Examples of such a polyol include a
pentaerythritiol, a dipentaerythritiol, a tripentaerythritiol, or a
styrene/allyl alcohol copolymer. These high ester oils generally
form films more rapidly than acylglycerol based oil, as the
opportunity for cross-linking reactions between fatty acids
increases with the number of fatty acids attached to a single
polyol. A maleated oil is an oil modified by a chemical reaction
with maleic anhydride. Maleic acid and an unsaturated or
polyunsaturated fatty acid react to produce a fatty acid with
additional acid moieties. A maleated oil generally is more
hydrophilic and/or has a faster film formation time than a
comparative non-maleated oil.
(2) Alkyd Resins
[0338] In certain embodiments, a binder can comprise an alkyd
resin. In general embodiments, an alkyd-coating may be selected as
an architectural coating, a metal coating, a plastic coating, a
wood coating, or a combination thereof. In certain aspects, an
alkyd coating may be selected for use as a primer, an undercoat, a
topcoat, or a combination thereof. In particular aspects, an alkyd
coating comprises a pigment, an additive, or a combination
thereof.
[0339] An alkyd resin comprises a polyester prepared from a polyol,
a fatty acid, and a polybasic ("polyfunctional") organic acid or
acid anhydride. An alkyd resin is generally produced by first
preparing monoacylpolyol, which is a polyol esterified to one fatty
acid. The monoacylpolyol is polymerized by ester linkages with a
polybasic acid to produce an alkyd resin of desired viscosity in a
solvent. Examples of a polyol include 1,3-butylene glycol;
diethylene glycol; dipentaerythritol; ethylene glycol; glycerol;
hexylene glycol; methyl glucoside; neopentyl glycol;
pentaerythritol; pentanediol; propylene glycol; sorbitol;
triethylene glycol; trimethylol ethane; trimethylol propane;
trimethylpentanediol; or a combination thereof. In certain aspects,
a polyol comprises ethylene glycol; glycerol; neopentyl glycol;
pentaerythritol; trimethylpentanediol; or a combination thereof.
Examples of a polybasic acid or an acid anhydride include adipic
acid, azelaic acid, chlorendic anhydride, citric acid, fumaric
acid, isophthalic acid, maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride,
sebacic acid, succinic acid, trimelletic anhydride, or a
combination thereof. In certain aspects, a polybasic acid or an
acid anhydride comprises isophthalic acid, maleic anhydride,
phthalic anhydride, trimelletic anhydride, or a combination
thereof. Examples of a fatty acid include abiatic, benzoic,
caproic, caprylic, lauric, linoleic, linolenic, oleic, a
tertiary-butyl benzoic acid, a fatty acid from an oil/fat (e.g.,
castor, coconut, cottonseed, tall, tallow), or a combination
thereof. In certain aspects, a fatty acid comprises benzoic, a
fatty acid from tall oil, or a combination thereof. In specific
aspects, an oil is used in the reaction directly as a source of a
fatty acid and/or a polyol. Examples of an oil include castor oil,
coconut oil, corn oil, cottonseed oil, dehydrated castor oil,
linseed oil, safflower oil, soybean oil, tung oil, walnut oil,
sunflower oil, menhaden oil, palm oil, or a combination thereof. In
some aspects, an oil comprises coconut oil, linseed oil, soybean
oil, or a combination thereof.
[0340] In addition to the standards and analysis techniques
previously described for an oil, standards for physical properties,
chemical properties, and/or procedures for testing the
purity/properties of various fatty acids (e.g., coconut, corn,
cottonseed, dehydrated caster, linseed, soybean, tall oil fatty
acids, rosin fatty acids) and a polyol (e.g., pentaerythritol,
hexylene glycol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, propylene
glycol, dipropylene glycol) and acid anhydrides (e.g., phthalic
anhydride, maleic anhydride) for use in an alkyd or other coating
components are described, for example, in "ASTM Book of Standards,
Volume 06.03, Paint--Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval
Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles," D1537-60, D1538-60,
D1539-60, D1841-63, D1842-63, D1843-63, D5768-95, D1981-02,
D1982-85, D1980-87, D804-02, D1957-86, D464-95, D465-01, D1963-85,
D5974-00, D1466-86, D2800-92, D1585-96, D1467-89, and D1983-90,
2002; and in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.04,
Paint--Solvents; Aromatic Hydrocarbons," D2403-96, D3504-96,
D2930-94, D3366-95, D3438-99, D2195-00, D2636-01, D2693-02,
D2694-91, D5164-91, D1257-90, and D1258-95, 2002. Further, the
composition, properties and/or purity of an alkyd resin and/or a
solution comprising an alkyd resin selected for use in a coating
such as phthalic anhydride content, isophthalic acid content,
unsaponifiable matter content, fatty acid content/identification,
polyhydric alcohol content/identification, glycerol, ethylene
glycol and/or pentaerythirol content, and silicon content can be
empirically determined by procedures known to those of ordinary
skill in the art (see, for example, "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume
06.03, Paint--Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval
Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles," D2689-88, D563-88,
D2690-98, D2998-89, D1306-88, D1397-93, D1398-93, D2455-89,
D1639-90, D1615-60, and D2456-91, 2002).
(i) Oil Length Alkyd Binders
[0341] In specific embodiments, an alkyd resin may be selected
based on the materials used in its preparation, which typically
affect the alkyd's properties. In general aspects, an alkyd resin
is often classified and/or selected for use in a particular
application by its oil content, as the oil content affects the
alkyd resin properties. Oil content is the amount of oil relative
to the solvent-free alkyd resin. Based on oil content, an alkyd
resin may be classified as a very long oil alkyd resin, a long oil
alkyd resin, a medium oil alkyd resin, or a short oil alkyd resin.
Generally, the greater the oil content classification of an alkyd
resin that is comprised in a coating, the greater the ease of brush
application, the slower the rate of film formation, the greater the
film's flexibility, the poorer the chemical resistance of the film,
the poorer the retention of gloss in exterior environments, or a
combination thereof. A short oil alkyd, a medium oil alkyd, a long
oil alkyd, and a very long oil alkyd has an oil content range of 1%
to 40%, 40% to 60%, 60% to 70%, and 70% to 85%, respectively,
including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof,
respectively. In typical embodiments, a short oil alkyd, a medium
oil alkyd, a long oil alkyd, and a very long oil alkyd resin and/or
coating comprise 50%, 45% to 50%, 60% to 70%, or 85% to 100%
nonvolatile component, respectively.
[0342] In certain embodiments, a short oil alkyd coating may be
selected as an industrial coating. In certain aspects, a short oil
alkyd is synthesized from an oil, wherein the oil comprises castor,
dehydrated castor, coconut, linseed, soybean, tall, or a
combination thereof. In some aspects, the oil of a short oil alkyd
comprises a saturated fatty acid. Examples of a saturated fatty
acid include, but are not limited to, caproic ("hexanoic," "6:0");
caprylic ("octanoic," "8:0"); lauric ("dodecanoic," "12:0"); or a
combination thereof. In particular facets, a short oil alkyd
coating comprises a solvent, wherein the solvent comprises an
aromatic hydrocarbon, isobutanol, VMP naphtha, xylene, or a
combination thereof. In other facets, the aromatic solvent
comprises a high boiling aromatic solvent. In some aspects, a short
oil alkyd is insoluble or poorly soluble in an aliphatic
hydrocarbon. In further embodiments, a short oil alkyd coating
undergoes film formation by baking.
[0343] In certain embodiments, a medium oil alkyd coating may be
selected as a farm implement coating, a railway equipment coating,
a maintenance coating, or a combination thereof. In certain
aspects, a medium oil alkyd is synthesized from an oil, wherein the
oil comprises linseed, safflower, soybean, sunflower, tall, or a
combination thereof. In some aspects, the oil of a medium oil alkyd
comprises a monounsaturated fatty acid (e.g., oleic acid). In
particular facets, a medium oil alkyd coating comprises a solvent,
wherein the solvent comprises an aliphatic hydrocarbon, an aromatic
hydrocarbon, or a combination thereof.
[0344] In certain embodiments, a tall oil alkyd coating may be
selected as an architectural coating, a maintenance coating, a
primer, a topcoat, or a combination thereof. In certain aspects, a
tall oil alkyd is synthesized from an oil, wherein the oil
comprises linseed, safflower, soybean, sunflower, tall, or a
combination thereof. In some aspects, the oil of a long oil alkyd
comprises a polyunsaturated fatty acid. In particular facets, a
tall oil alkyd coating comprises a solvent, wherein the solvent
comprises an aliphatic hydrocarbon.
[0345] In certain embodiments, a very long oil alkyd coating may be
selected as a latex architectural coating, a wood stain, or a
combination thereof. In certain aspects, a very long oil alkyd is
synthesized from an oil, wherein the oil comprises linseed,
soybean, tall, or a combination thereof. In some aspects, the oil
of a long oil alkyd comprises a polyunsaturated fatty acid. In
particular facets, a very long oil alkyd coating comprises a
solvent, wherein the solvent comprises an aliphatic
hydrocarbon.
(ii) High Solid Alkyd Coatings
[0346] A high solid alkyd possesses a reduced viscosity, a lower
average molecular weight, or a combination thereof. A high solid
alkyd may be selected for embodiments wherein a reduced quantity
liquid content (e.g., solvent) of a coating is desired. In some
embodiments, a high solid alkyd coating comprises an enamel
coating. In other aspects, a high solid long or very long oil alkyd
coating comprises an architectural coating. In further aspects, a
high solid medium oil alkyd coating comprises a transportation
coating. In further aspects, a high solid short oil alkyd coating
comprises an industrial coating. Additional, various chemical
moieties may be incorporated in an alkyd to modify a property.
Examples of such moieties include an acrylic, a benzoic acid, an
epoxide, an isocyanate, a phenolic, a polyamide, a rosin, a
silicon, a styrene (e.g., a paramethyl styrene), a vinyl toluene,
or a combination thereof. In certain embodiments, a benzoic acid
modified high solid alkyd coating comprises a coating for a tool.
In other embodiments, a phenolic modified high solid alkyd coating
comprises a primer. A silicone modified alkyd coating may be
selected for improved weather resistance, heat resistance, or a
combination thereof. In specific aspects, a silicone modified alkyd
coating may comprise an additional binder capable of cross-linking
with the silicone moiety (e.g., a melamine formaldehyde resin). In
specific facets, a silicone modified alkyd coating may be selected
as a coil coating, an architectural coating, a metal coating, an
exterior coating, or a combination thereof. In certain facets, a
high solid silicon-modified alkyd coating may substitute an
oxygenated compound (e.g., a ketone, an ester) for an aromatic
hydrocarbon liquid component. However, a high solid
silicon-modified alkyd coating, to achieve cross-linking during
film-formation, should comprise an additional binder capable of
cross-linking. In further embodiments, a silicone modified high
solid alkyd coating comprises a maintenance coating, a topcoat, or
a combination thereof.
(iii) Uralkyd Coatings
[0347] An uralkyd binder ("uralkyd," "urethane alkyd," "urethane
oil," "urethane modified alkyd") is an alkyd binder, with the
modification that compound comprising plurality of diisocyanate
moieties partly or fully replacing the dibasic acid (e.g., phthalic
anhydride) in the synthesis reactions. Examples of an isocyanate
comprising compounds include a 1,6-hexamethylene diisocyanate
("HDI"), a toluene diisocyanate ("TDI"), or a combination thereof.
An uralkyd binder may be selected for embodiments wherein a
superior abrasion resistance, superior resistance to hydrolysis, or
a combination thereof, relative to an alkyd, is desired in a film.
However, an uralkyd binder prepared using TDI often has greater
viscosity in a coating, inferior color retention in a film, or a
combination thereof, relative to an alkyd binder. Additionally, an
uralkyd binder prepared using an aliphatic isocyanate generally
possesses superior color retention to an uralkyd prepared from TDI.
An uralkyd coating tends to undergo film formation faster than a
comparable alkyd binder, due to a generally greater number of
available conjugated double bonds, an increased T.sub.g in an
uralkyd binder prepared using an aromatic isocyanate, or a
combination thereof. A film comprising an uralkyd binder tends to
develop a yellow to brown color. An uralkyd binder is often used in
preparation of an architectural coating such as a varnish, an
automotive refinish coating, or a combination thereof. Examples of
a surface where an uralkyd coating may be applied include a
furniture surface, a wood surface, or a floor surface.
(iv) Water-Borne Alkyd Coatings
[0348] In general embodiments, an alkyd coating is a solvent-borne
coating. However, an alkyd (e.g., a chemically modified alkyd) may
be combined with a coupling solvent and water to produce a
water-borne alkyd coating. Examples of a coupling solvent that may
confer water reducibility to an alkyd resin includes ethylene
glucol monobutyether, propylene glycol monoethylether, propylene
glycol monopropylether, an alcohol whose carbon content is four
carbon atoms (e.g., s-butanol), or a combination thereof. In
certain embodiments, a water-borne long oil alkyd coating may be
selected as a stain, an enamel, or a combination thereof. In other
embodiments, a water-borne medium oil alkyd coating may be selected
as an enamel, an industrial coating, or a combination thereof. In
further facets, a water-borne medium oil alkyd coating may undergo
film formation by air oxidation. In other embodiments, a
water-borne short oil alkyd coating may be selected as an enamel,
an industrial coating, or a combination thereof. In further facets,
a water-borne short oil alkyd coating may undergo film formation by
baking.
(3) Oleoresinous Binders
[0349] An oleoresinous binder is a type of binder prepared from
heating a resin and an oil. Examples of a resin typically used in
the preparation of an oleoresinous binder include resins obtained
from a biological source (e.g., a wood resin, a bitumen resin); a
fossil source (e.g., copal resin, a Kauri gum resin, a rosin resin,
a shellac resin); a synthetic source (e.g., a rosin derivative
resin, a phenolic resin, an epoxy resin); or a combination thereof.
An example of an oil typically used in the preparation of an
oleoresinous binder includes a vegetable oil, particularly an oil
that is comprises a polyunsaturated fatty acid such as tung,
linseed, or a combination thereof. The type of resin and oil used
can identify an oleoresinous binder such as a copal-tung
oleoresinous binder, a rosin-linseed oleoresinous binder, etc. An
oleoresinous binder generally are used in clear varnishes such as a
lacquer, as well as in applications as a primer, an undercoat, a
marine coating, or a combination thereof. In addition to the
standards and analysis techniques previously described for an oil,
standards for physical properties, chemical properties, and/or
procedures for testing the purity/properties (e.g., glass
transition temperature, molecular weight, color stability) of a
hydrocarbon resin (e.g., a synthetic source resin) for use in an
oleoresinous binder or other coating component are described, for
example, in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint--Pigments,
Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and
Ink Vehicles," E28-99, D6090-99, D6440-01, D6493-99, D6579-00,
D6604-00, and D6605-00, 2002.
[0350] Similar to alkyd resins, oleoresinous binders can be
categorized by oil length as a short oil or long oil oleoresinous
binder, depending whether oil length is 1% to 67% or 67% to 99%
oil, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof,
respectively. Short oil oleoresinous binders generally dry fast and
form relatively harder, less flexible films, and are used, for
example, for floor varnishes. Long oil oleoresinous binders
generally dry slower and form relatively more flexible films, and
are used, for example, as an undercoat, exterior varnish, or
combination thereof.
(4) Fatty Acid Epoxy Esters
[0351] In certain facets, an epoxy coating may be cured by fatty
acid oxidation rather than epoxide moiety or hydroxyl moiety
cross-linking reactions. A fatty acid epoxide ester resin is an
ester of an epoxide resin and a fatty acid, which can be used to
produce an ambient cure coating that undergoes film formation by
oxidative reactions as an oil-based coating. In certain
embodiments, an epoxy resin may be selected with an epoxy
equivalent weight of 800 to 1000, including all intermediate ranges
and combinations thereof. Short, medium, and long oil epoxide ester
resins comprise 30% to 50%, 50% to 70%, or 70% to 90% fatty acid
esterification, including all intermediate ranges and combinations
thereof, respectively, with similar, though sometimes superior,
properties relative to an analogous alkyd. An epoxide ester resin
is inferior in chemical resistance than a film produced by an epoxy
and a curing agent comprising an amine. An epoxy ester resin may be
selected as a substitute for an alkyd, a marine coating, an
industrial maintenance coating, a floor topcoat, or a combination
thereof.
[0352] b. Polyester Resins
[0353] A polyester resin ("polyester," "oil-free alkyd") is a
polyester chemical, other than an alkyd resin, capable as use as a
binder. A polyester resin is chemically very similar to an alkyd,
though the oil content is 0%. Consequently, a polyester-coating
does not form cross-linking bonds by fatty acids oxidation during
thermosetting film formation, but rather is combined with an
additional binder to form a cross-linked film. The selection of a
polyester and additional binder combination is generally determined
by the polyester's crosslinkable moieties. For example, a
hydroxy-terminated polyester is a polyester produced by an
esterification reaction comprising a molar excess of a polyol, and
may be crosslinked with a urethane, an amino resin, or a
combination thereof. A hydroxy-terminated polyester's hydroxyl
moiety may react with a urethane's isocyanate moiety such as at
ambient conditions or low-bake conditions, while such a polyester
generally undergoes film formation at baking temperatures with an
amino resin. In another example, a "carboxylic acid-terminated
polyester" is a polyester produced by an esterification reaction
comprising an molar excess of a polycarboxylic acid, and may be
crosslinked with a urethane, an amino resin, a 2-hydroxylakylamide,
or a combination thereof.
[0354] In general embodiments, a polyester-coating possesses
superior color retention, flexibility, hardness, weathering, or a
combination thereof, relative to an alkyd-coating. In some
embodiments, a polyester resin may be selected to produce a coating
for a metal surface. Generally, a polyester-coating possesses a
superior adhesion property on a metal surface than a thermosetting
acrylic-coating. Often, a polyester-coating is a thermosetting
coating, particularly in embodiments for use upon a metal surface.
However, a polyester-coating generally comprises an ester linkage
that is susceptible to hydrolysis, therefore, applications wherein
such a polyester-coating contacts water is less preferred.
[0355] A polyester resin is generally prepared by an acid catalyzed
esterification of a polyacid (e.g., a polycarboxylic acid, an
aromatic polyacid) and a polyalcohol. A "polyacid" ("polybasic
acid") is a chemical comprising more than one acid moiety.
Typically, a polyacid used in the preparation of a polyester
comprise two acidic moieties, such as, for example, an aromatic
dibasic acid, an anhydride of an aromatic dibasic acid, an
aliphatic dibasic acid, or a combination thereof. Usually, a
polyester resin comprises a plurality of polycarboxylic acids
and/or polyalcohols, and such a polyester resin is known herein as
a "copolyester resin." Examples of polycarboxylic acids commonly
used to prepare a polyester resin includes adipic acid ("AA");
azelic acid ("AZA"); dimerized fatty acid; dodecanoic acid;
hexahydrophthalic anhydride ("HHPA"); isophthalic acid ("IPA");
phthalic anhydride ("PA"); sebacid acid; terephthalic acid;
trimellitic anhydride; or a combination thereof. Examples of a
polyalcohol commonly used to prepare a polyester resin include
1,2-propanediol; 1,4-butanediol; 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol
("CHDM"); 1,6-hexanediol ("HD"); diethylene glycol; ethylene
glycol; glycerol; neopentyl glycol ("NPG"); pentaerythitol ("PE");
trimethylolpropane ("TMP"); or a combination thereof. In certain
embodiments, a polyester may be selected that has been synthesized
by an acid catalyzed esterification reaction between a plurality of
polyalcohols comprising two hydroxy moieties (a "diol"), a
polyalcohol comprising three hydroxy moieties (a "triol"), and a
dibasic acid. An example of a diol includes
1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol; 1,6-hexanediol; neopentyl glycol; or a
combination thereof. An example of a triol includes
trimethylolpropane. An example of a polyol comprising four hydroxy
moieties (a "tetraol") includes pentaerythitol. In addition to the
standards and analysis techniques previously described for an oil,
an alkyd, a polyol, an acid anhydride standards for physical
properties, chemical properties, and/or procedures for testing the
purity/properties of an polyester are described, for example, in
"ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint--Pigments, Drying
Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink
Vehicles," D2690-98 and D3733-93, 2002.
[0356] The selection of a polyacid and/or a polyalcohol often
affects a property of the polyester resin, such as the resistance
of the polyester resin to hydrolysis, and similarly the water
resistance of a coating and/or film comprising such a polyester
resin. In embodiments wherein a polyester-coating is desired with a
superior water resistance property relative to other types of
polyester-coatings, it is preferred that the coating comprises a
polyester prepared with a polyol that is more difficult to
esterify, and thus generally more difficult to hydrolyze. Examples
of such polyols include neopentyl glycol,
trimethylolpropanel,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, or a combination
thereof.
[0357] In general embodiments, a polyester-coating is a
solvent-borne coating. However, a polyester suitable for a
water-borne coating is known to one of ordinary skill in the art. A
water-borne polyester-coating generally comprises a polyester
resin, wherein the acid number of the polyester resin is 40 to 60
including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, and
wherein the acid moieties have been neutralized by an amine, and
wherein the coating comprises liquid component that comprises a
co-solvent. An additional water-borne binder (e.g., an amino resin)
may be used to produce thermosetting film formation. In specific
aspects, a water-borne polyester-coating produces a film of
excellent hardness, gloss, flexibility, or a combination
thereof.
[0358] In alternative embodiments, a polyester temporary coating
(e.g, a non-film forming coating) may be produced, for example, by
selection of a polyester that that comprises fewer or no
crosslinkable moieties, selection of an addition binder that
comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, reducing the
concentration of the polyester or additional binder, or a
combination thereof.
[0359] c. Modified Cellulose Binders
[0360] In some embodiments, a chemically modified cellulose
molecule ("modified cellulose," "cellulosic") may be used as a
coating component (e.g., a binder). Cellulose is a polymer of
anhydroglucose monomers that is insoluble in water and organic
solvents. Various chemically modified forms of cellulose with
enhanced solubility have been used as a coating component. Examples
of chemically modified cellulose ("modified cellulose,"
"cellulosic") include a cellulose ester, a nitrocellulose, or a
combination thereof. Examples of a cellulose ester include
cellulose acetate ("CA"), cellulose butyrate, cellulose acetate
butyrate ("CAB"), cellulose acetate propionate ("CAP"), a hydroxy
ethyl cellulose, a carboxy methyl cellulose, cellulose
acetobutyrate, ethyl cellulose, or a combination thereof. A
cellulose ester coating typically produces films with excellent
flame resistance, toughness, clarity, or a combination thereof. In
certain embodiments, a cellulose ester coating is selected as a
topcoat, a clear coating, a lacquer, or a combination thereof. A
cellulose ester is often selected for embodiments wherein the
coating comprises an automotive coating, a furniture coating, a
wood surface coating, cable coating, or a combination thereof. A
cellulose ester coating may be a thermoplastic coating, a
thermosetting coating, or a combination thereof.
[0361] A cellulose ester may be selected by the properties
associated with the degree and/or type of esterification.
Typically, solubility in a liquid component and/or combinability
with an addition binder is increased by partial esterification of
an anhydroglucose's hydroxy moieties. For example, for a cellulose
acetate butyrate, properties such as compatibility, diluent
tolerance, flexibility (e.g., lower T.sub.g), moisture resistance,
solubility, or a combination thereof, increases with greater
butyrate esterification. However, decreased hydroxyl content alters
properties in a cellulose ester. For example, a cellulose acetate
butyrate comprising a hydroxy content of 1% or below has limited
solubility in most solvents, while a hydroxy content of 5% or
greater allows solubility in many alcohols, and the increased
number of hydroxy moieties allows a greater degree of cross-linking
reactions with binders such as, for example, an amino binder, an
acrylic binder, urethane binder, or a combination thereof. A
cellulose acetate butyrate acrylic-coating may be selected as
lacquers, an automotive coating, a coating comprising a metallic
pigment (e.g., aluminum), or a combination thereof. A cellulose
acetate butyrate acrylic-coating may comprise a liquid component
that comprises greater amounts of an aromatic hydrocarbon solvent
with the selection of a CAB with greater butyrate ester content.
Though not a cellulosic, sucrose esters may be similarly used as
cellulose ester, particularly CAB.
[0362] In some embodiments, in a cellulose ester comprising an
acetyl ester (e.g., comprises cellulose acetate, cellulose acetate
butyrate, cellulose acetate propionate), the acetyl content will
range from 0.1% to 40.5% acetate, including all intermediate ranges
and combinations thereof. In certain aspects, the acetyl content of
a cellulose acetate, a cellulose acetate butyrate, or a cellulose
acetate propionate will range from 39.0% to 40.5%, 1.0% to 30.0%,
or 0.3% to 3.0%, respectively, including all intermediate ranges
and combinations thereof, respectively. In many aspects, in a
cellulose ester comprising a butyryl ester (e.g., cellulose acetate
butyrate), the butyryl content will range from 15.0% to 55.0%
butyryl, including all intermediate ranges and combinations
thereof. In other aspects, in a cellulose ester comprising a
propionyl ester (e.g., cellulose acetate propionate), the propionyl
content will range from 40.0% to 47.0% propionyl, including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. In other embodiments,
the hydroxyl content of a cellulose acetate, a cellulose acetate
butyrate, or a cellulose acetate propionate will range from 0% to
5.0%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations
thereof.
[0363] A nitrocellulose ("cellulose nitrate") resin comprises a
cellulose molecule wherein a hydroxyl moiety has been nitrated. A
nitrocellulose for use in a coating typically comprises an average
of 2.15 to 2.25 nitrates per anhydroglucose monomer, and is soluble
in an ester, a ketone, or a combination thereof. Additionally,
nitrocellulose is soluble in a combination of a ketone, an ester,
and an alcohol and/or hydrocarbon. A nitrocellulose may be selected
as a lacquer, an automotive primer, automotive topcoat, a wood
topcoat, or a combination thereof. Nitrocellulose coatings are
typically a thermoplastic coating.
[0364] Standard procedures for determining physical and/or chemical
properties (e.g., acetyl content, ash, apparent acetyl content,
butyryl content, carbohydrate content, carboxyl content, color and
haze, combined acetyl, free acidity, heat stability, hydroxyl
content, intrinsic viscosity, solution viscosity, moisture content,
propionyl content, sulfur content, sulfate content, metal content),
of a cellulose and/or a modified cellulose (e.g., cellulose
acetate, cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose acetate butyrate,
methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, ethylcellulose,
hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose,
hydroxypropylcellulose) have been described, for example, in "ASTM
Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint--Pigments, Drying Oils,
Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink
Vehicles," D1695-96 D817-96, D871-96, D1347-72, D1439-97, D914-00,
D2363-79, D2364-01, D5400-93, D1343-95, D1795-96, D2929-89,
D3971-89, D4085-93, D1926-00, D4794-94, D3876-96, D3516-89,
D5897-96, D5896-96, D6188-97, D1348-94, and D1696-95, 2000.
Specific procedures for determining purity/properties of a
nitrocellulose (e.g., nitrogen content) have been described, for
example, in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint--Pigments,
Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and
Ink Vehicles," D301-95 and D4795-94, 2002.
[0365] In alternative embodiments, a modified cellulose temporary
coating (e.g, a non-film forming coating) may be produced, for
example, by selection of a modified cellulose that that comprises
fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, selection of an addition binder
that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, reducing the
concentration of the modified cellulose or additional binder, or a
combination thereof.
[0366] d. Polyamide and Amidoamine Binders
[0367] A polyamide ("fatty nitrogen compound," "fatty nitrogen
product") is a reaction product of a polyamine and a dimerized
and/or trimerized fatty acid. In typical embodiments, a polyamide
is an oligomer. An amide resin comprises a terminal amine moiety
capable of cross-linking with an epoxy moiety, and it is
particularly preferred that a polyamide binder is combined with an
epoxide binder. In other aspects, a polyamide may be considered an
additive (e.g., a curing agent, a hardening agent, a coreactant) of
an epoxide coating. A polyamine-epoxy coating may be used as an
industrial coating (e.g., an industrial maintenance coating), a
marine coating, or a combination thereof. A polyamide-epoxide
coating may be applied to a surface such as, for example, wood,
masonry, metal (e.g., steel), or a combination thereof However, it
is preferred that any surface is thoroughly cleaned prior to
application to promote adhesion. Such surface preparation are well
known to those of ordinary skill in the art, and include, for
example, removal of rust, degraded film, grease, etc. A
polyamide-epoxy coating typically is a solvent-borne coating.
Examples of solvents for a polyamide include an alcohol, an
aromatic hydrocarbon, a glycol ether, a ketone, or a combination
thereof. In certain embodiments, a polyamide-epoxy coating may
comprise a two-pack coating, wherein coating component(s)
comprising the polyamide resin are stored in one container, and
coating components comprising the epoxy resin are stored in a
second container. Such a two-pack coating is admixed immediately
before application, as the stoichiometric mix ratio of resin is
formulated to promote a rapid cure. However, in other embodiments,
a polyamide-epoxy coating may be a single container coating. Such a
solvent-borne polyamine-epoxy coating may be formulated for a
storage life of a year or more. An aluminum and or stainless steel
container is suitable, though a carbon steel container may alter
coating and/or film color. However, such a coating typically
undergoes film formation in stages, wherein the liquid component is
physically lost by evaporation while thermosetting produces a
physically durable film in about 8 to 10 hours, a chemically
resistant film in three to four days, and final cross-linking
completed in about three weeks. In some embodiments, a
polyamine-epoxy coating may undergo chalking upon exterior
weathering.
[0368] Though a polyamide is prepared from a fatty acid, it is not
classified as an oil-based binder herein due to the chemistry of
film formation for polyamide binder. The dimerized ("dibasic") or
trimerized fatty acid generally comprises a polyunsaturated fatty
acid, a monounsaturated fatty acid, or a combination thereof. In
certain aspects, the fatty acid is a linseed oil fatty acid,
soybean oil fatty acid, tall oil fatty acid, or a combination
thereof. In specific facets, the fatty acid is an 18-carbon fatty
acid. However, to reduce the volatile organic compounds of
solvent-borne coating, a polyamide binder may be partly or fully
substituted, such as 0% to 100% substitution, including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, with an amidoamine
binder. An amidomine binder differs from a polyamide binder by the
use of a fatty acid rather than a dimerized fatty acid in the
synthesis of the resin. The selection of the polyamine in the
preparation of a polyamide can affect the properties of the
polyamide. The polyamine may be linear (e.g., diethylenetriamine),
branched or cyclic (e.g., aminoethylpiperazine). Standards for
physical properties, chemical properties, and/or procedures for
testing the purity/properties (e.g., amine value) of a polyamide
and/or an amidoamine are described, for example, in "ASTM Book of
Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint--Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers,
Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,"
D2071-87, D2073-92, D2082-92, D2072-92, D2074-92, D2075-92,
D2076-92, D2077-92, D2078-86, D2079-92, D2080-92, D2081-92, and
D2083-92, 2002.
[0369] In general embodiments, a polyamine comprises a polyethylene
amine. A polyamide produced from diethylenetriamine can be prepared
to comprise a varying amount, typically 35% to 85%, including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of an imidazoline
moiety. In other embodiments, the amount of amine moiety capable of
cross-linking with an epoxy moiety may vary from 100 to 400 amine
value, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
However, the amine value is converted into units known as "active
hydrogen equivalent weight," which varies from 550 to 140,
including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, for
comparison to the epoxy resins epoxide equivalent weight for
determining the stoichiometric mix ratio of a polyamide-epoxy
combination. The stoichiometric mix ratio affects coating and film
properties. As the polyamide to epoxy stoichiometric mix ratio
increases from a ratio of less than one to a ratio of greater than
one, properties such as excellent impact resistance, excellent
chemical resistance, or a combination thereof, decrease while film
flexibility increases. Examples of polyamide to epoxy
stoichiometric mix ratio include 2:1 to 1:2, including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
[0370] In alternative embodiments, a polyamide and/or amidoamine
temporary coating (e.g, a non-film forming coating) may be
produced, for example, by selection of a polyamide and/or
amidoamine that that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties,
selection of an addition binder that comprises fewer or no
crosslinkable moieties, reducing the concentration of the polyamide
and/or amidoamine or additional binder, selection of a
stoichiometric ratio that is less suitable for crosslinking
reactions, or a combination thereof.
[0371] e. Amino Resins
[0372] An amino resin ("amino binder," "aminoplast," "nitrogen
resin") is a reaction product of formaldehyde, an alcohol and a
nitrogen compound such as, for example, urea, melamine ("1:3:5
triamino triazine"), benzoguanamine, glucoluril, or a combination
thereof. An amino resin may be used to a thermosetting coating. An
amino resin comprises an alkoxymethyl moiety capable of
cross-linking with a hydroxyl moiety of an additional binder such
as an acrylic binder, an alkyd resin, a polyester binder, or a
combination thereof, and it is preferred that an amino resin is
combined with a binder that comprises a hydroxyl moiety in a
coating. In aspects wherein the coating comprises an amino resin
and an alkyd resin, it is preferred that the amino:alkyd resin
ratio is 1:1 to 1:5, including all intermediate ranges and
combinations thereof. An amino resin coating typically is a
solvent-borne coating. Examples of solvents for an amino resin
include an alcohol (e.g., butanol, isobutanol, methanol,
isopropanol), a ketone, hydroxyl functional glycol ether, or a
combination thereof. Additionally, an amino resin generally
possesses limited solubility in a hydrocarbon (e.g., xylene), which
may be added to a solvent-borne coating's liquid component. In
certain aspects, an amino resin coating may be a water-borne
coating, wherein water is a solvent for an amino resin comprising a
plurality of methylol moieties. In other embodiments, a water-borne
amino resin coating may comprise a water-reducible coating,
particularly wherein the liquid component comprises a glycol ether,
an alcohol, or a combination thereof. In certain embodiments, an
amino coating comprises an acid catalyst.
[0373] An amino resin coating generally is cured by baking at a
temperature of 82.degree. C. and 204.degree. C., including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. Baking generally
promotes reactions between amino resins, though it does improve the
reaction rate between an amino resin and an additional binder. It
is preferred that in embodiments wherein the coating comprises an
additional binder, the additional resin comprises less hydroxyl
moieties and/or the amino resin is polar amino resin (e.g., a
conventional amino resin) a when cured by baking than embodiments
wherein an acid catalyst is used. An amino resin coating undergoes
rapid film formation, typically lasting 30 seconds and 30 minutes,
wherein a higher temperature and/or acid catalyst shortens film
formation time. An amino resin prepared from urea is generally
undergoes film formation faster than an amino resin prepared from
melamine. However, an amino resin coating generally produces an
alcohol (e.g., methanol, butanol) and formaldehyde during film
formation as byproducts.
[0374] An amino resin for use in a coating may be classified by
content of a liquid component (e.g., a solvent) as a high solids
amino resin or a conventional amino resin. The liquid component is
generally used to reduce the viscosity of the resin for coating
preparation. A high solids amino resin comprises 80% to 100%, by
weight, an amino resin, with the balance a liquid component. A high
solids amino resin is are relatively less polar, less polymeric,
lower in viscosity, or a combination thereof, relative to a
conventional amino resin. The lower viscosity allows the use of
little or no liquid component. Additionally, a high solids amino
resin may be water-soluble and/or water reducible. A conventional
amino resin comprises less than 80% amino resin, by weight, with
the balance a liquid component. Properties of a high solids or
conventional amino resin selected for use in a coating such as the
amount of amino resin and liquid component, the amount of unreacted
formaldehyde in the resin preparation, the viscosity of the resin,
the ability of the resin to accept additional liquid component as a
solvent, can be empirically determined by procedures known to those
of ordinary skill in the art (see, for example, "ASTM Book of
Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint--Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers,
Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,"
D4277-83, D1545-98, D1979-97, and D1198-93, 2002; and "ASTM Book of
Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for Chemical, Physical, and
Optical Properties; Appearance," D2369-01e1, 2002).
[0375] In embodiments wherein an amino resin coating comprise an
amino resin prepared from urea, the coating may be used as wood
coating (e.g., furniture coating), an industrial coating (e.g., an
appliance coating), an automotive primer, a clear coating, or a
combination thereof. However, an amino resin film, wherein the
resin was prepared from urea, generally produces a film with poor
resistance to moisture, and is preferred as an internal coating
and/or as part of a multicoat system. In certain embodiments, an
amino resin prepared from melamine, generally produces films with
good resistance to moisture, temperature, UV irradiation, or a
combination thereof. A melamine-based amino coating may be applied
to a metal surface. In specific aspects, such a melamine amino
resin coating may be an automotive coating, a coil coating, a metal
container coating, or a combination thereof. In embodiments wherein
an amino resin coating comprise an amino resin prepared from
benzoguanamine, the film produced generally possesses poor
weathering resistance, good corrosion resistance, water resistance,
detergent resistance, flexibility, hardness, or a combination
thereof. A benzoguanamine amino resin may be used as an industrial
coating, particularly for indoor applications (e.g., an appliance
coating). In embodiments wherein an amino resin coating comprise an
amino resin prepared from, glycoluril, a higher baking temperature
and/or acid catalyst may be used during film formation, but less
byproducts may be released. A glycoluril-based amino-coating
typically produces a film with excellent corrosion resistance,
humidity resistance, or a combination thereof. A glycoluril-based
amino-coating may be selected as a metal coating.
[0376] In alternative embodiments, an amino resin temporary coating
(e.g, a non-film forming coating) may be produced, for example, by
selection of an amino resin that that comprises fewer or no
crosslinkable moieties, selection of an addition binder that
comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, reducing the
concentration of the amino resin and/or additional binder,
selection of a binder ratio that is less suitable for crosslinking
reactions, using a bake cured amino resin coating at temperatures
less than is needed for curing (e.g., ambient conditions) or a
combination thereof.
[0377] f. Urethane Binders
[0378] A urethane binder ("polyurethane binder," "urethane,"
"polyurethane") is a binder comprising prepared from compounds that
comprise an isocyanate moiety. The urethane binder's urethane
moiety can form intermolecular hydrogen bonds between urethane
binder polymers, and these non-covalent bonds confer useful
properties in a coating or film comprising an urethane binder. The
hydrogen bonds can be broken by mechanical stress, but will reform,
thereby conferring a property of abrasion resistance. Additionally,
a urethane binder can form some hydrogen bonds with water,
conferring a plasticizing property to the coating. In certain
embodiments, a urethane binder comprises an isocyanate moiety. The
isocyanate moiety is highly reactive (e.g., crosslinkable) with a
moiety comprising a chemically reactive hydrogen. Examples of a
chemically reactive hydrogen moiety include a hydroxyl moiety, an
amine moiety, or a combination thereof. Examples of an additional
binder include a polyol, an amine, an epoxide, silicone, vinyl,
phenolic, or a combination thereof. In certain embodiments, a
urethane coating is a thermosetting coating. In specific aspects, a
urethane coating comprises a catalyst (e.g., dibutyltin dilaurate,
stannous octoate, zinc octoate). In specific facets, the coating
comprises 10 to 100 parts per million catalyst, including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. In some embodiments,
such a coating will undergo film formation at ambient conditions or
slightly greater temperatures. A binder comprising an isocyanate
moiety is often selected to produce a coating with durability in an
external environment. A urethane coating typically possesses good
flexibility, toughness, abrasion resistance, chemical resistance,
water resistance, or a combination thereof. An aliphatic urethane
coating may be selected for the additional property of good
lightfastness.
[0379] In general embodiments, a urethane binder may be selected
based on the materials used in its preparation, which typically
affect the urethane binder's properties. An example of a urethane
binder includes an aromatic isocyanate urethane binder, an
aliphatic isocyanate urethane binder, or a combination thereof.
Aliphatic isocyanate urethane binders are often selected for
embodiments wherein a superior exterior durability, color
stability, good lightfastness, or a combination thereof relative to
an aromatic isocyanate binder is desired. Examples of an aliphatic
isocyanate urethane binder includes a hydrogenated
bis(4-isocyanatophenyl)methane ("4,4'dicyclohexylmethane
diisocyanate," "HMDI"), HDI, a combination of 2,2,4-trimethyl
hexamethylene diisocyanate and 2,4,4-trimethyl hexamethylene
diisocyanate ("TMHDI"), 1,4-cyclohexane diisocyanate ("CHDI"),
isophorone diisocyanate ("3-isocyanatomethyl-3,5,5-
-trimethylcyclohexyl isocyanate," "IPDI"), or a combination
thereof. In certain aspects, a HDI derived binder is prepared from
excess HDI reacted with water, known as "HDI biuret." In certain
aspects, a HDI derived binder may be prepared from a
1,6-hexamethylene diisocyanate isocyanurate, wherein such a HDI
derived binder produces a coating with generally superior heat
resistance and/or exterior durability is desired relative to other
HDI derived binders. As would be known to one of ordinary skill in
the art, standards for physical properties, chemical properties,
and/or procedures for testing the purity/properties of urethane
precursor components (e.g., toluene) and urethane resins (e.g.,
isocyanate moieties) for use in a coating are described, for
example in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.04, Paint--Solvents;
Aromatic Hydrocarbons," D5606-01, 2002; and "ASTM Book of
Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint--Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers,
Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,"
D3432-89 and D2572-97, 2002.
[0380] In certain embodiments, a urethane coating comprises a
urethane binder capable of a self-crosslinking reaction. An example
is a moisture-cure urethane, which comprises an isocyanate moiety.
Contact between an isocyanate moiety and a water molecule produces
an amine moiety capable of bonding with an isocyanate moiety of
another urethane binder molecule in a linear polymerization
reaction. In certain aspects, a moisture cure urethane coating is
baked at 100.degree. C. to 140.degree. C., including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, to promote
crosslinking reactions between the linear polymers. In certain
embodiments, a moisture-cure urethane coating is a solvent-borne
coating. In specific aspects, a moisture-cure urethane coating
comprises a dehydrator. In general aspects, moisture-cure urethane
coating typically is a one-pack coating, prepared for storage of
the coating in anhydrous conditions.
[0381] In certain embodiments, an urethane coating comprises a
blocked isocyanate urethane binder, wherein the isocyanate moiety
has been chemically modified by a hydrogen donor to be inert until
contacted with a baking temperature. Such a blocked isocyanate
urethane coating typically is a one-pack coating, as it is designed
for stability at ambient conditions. Additionally, a blocked
isocyanate urethane coating may be a powder coating.
[0382] In certain embodiments, a urethane coating comprises an
additional binder. In certain embodiments, a urethane may be
combined with a binder such as an amine, an epoxide, silicone,
vinyl, phenolic, a polyol, or a combination thereof, wherein the
binder comprises a reactive hydrogen moiety. In specific
embodiments, selection of a second binder to crosslink with the
urethane binder affects coating and/or film properties. In certain
aspects, a coating comprising a urethane and an epoxide, vinyl,
phenolic, or a combination thereof produces a film with good
chemical resistance. In other aspects, a coating comprising a
urethane and a silicone produces a coating with good thermal
resistance. In some aspects, a coating comprises a urethane and a
polyol. A primary hydroxyl moiety, secondary hydroxyl moiety, and
tertiary hydroxyl moiety of a polyol are respectively the fastest,
moderate, and slowest to react with a urethane. Steric hindrance
from a neighboring moiety may slow the reaction with a hydroxyl
moiety. In an additional example, use of a polyol may increase
flexibility of a urethane coating. Often, a selected polyol has a
molecular weight from 200 Da to 3000 Da, including all intermediate
ranges and combinations thereof. Generally, a lower molecular
weight polyol increases the hardness property, lowers the
flexibility property, or a combination thereof, of a urethane
polyol film. Examples of a polyol include a glycol, a triol (e.g.,
1,4-butane-diol, diethylene glycol, trimethylolpropane), a tetraol,
a polyester polyol, a polyether polyol, an acrylic polyol, a
polylactone polyol, or a combination thereof. Examples of a
polyether polyol include a poly (propylene oxide) homopolymer
polyol, a poly (propylene oxide) and ethylene oxide copolymer
polyol, or a combination thereof.
[0383] In certain embodiments, a urethane binder comprises a
thermoplastic urethane binder. Typically, a thermoplastic urethane
binder is from 40 kDa to 100 kDa, including all intermediate ranges
and combinations thereof. In particular aspects, a thermoplastic
urethane binder comprises little or no isocyanate moieties. In
general aspects, a thermoplastic urethane coating is a solvent
borne coating. In specific facets, a thermoplastic urethane coating
is a lacquer, a high gloss coating, or a combination thereof.
[0384] In certain embodiments, a urethane binder is an urethane
acrylate ("acrylated urethane") binder. An urethane acrylate binder
generally comprises an acrylate moiety at an end of the polymeric
binder. The acrylate moiety is typically part of an acrylate
monomer, wherein the monomer comprises a hydroxyl moiety (e.g., a
2-hydroxy-ethyl acrylate). An urethane acrylate coating generally
comprises another binder for crosslinking reactions. Examples of a
suitable binder include a triacrylate (e.g., teimethylolpropane). A
urethane acrylate coating generally also comprises a viscosifier,
wherein the viscosifier reduces viscosity. Examples of such a
viscosifer include an acrylate monomer, a N-vinyl pyrrolidone, or a
combination thereof. A urethane acrylate coating is cured by
irradiation. Examples of irradiation include UV light, electron
beam, or a combination thereof. In embodiments wherein UV light is
a curing agent, a urethane acrylate coating typically comprises a
photoinitiator. Examples of a suitable initiator include
2,2,-diethoxyacetophenone, a combination of benzophenone and an
amine synergist, or a combination thereof. In specific facets, an
urethane acrylate coating is applied to a plastic surface. In other
facets, an urethane acrylate coating floor coating, an electronic
circuit board coating, or a combination thereof.
[0385] In alternative embodiments, a urethane temporary coating
(e.g, a non-film forming coating) may be produced, for example, by
selection of a urethane resin that that comprises fewer or no
crosslinkable moieties, selection of an addition binder that
comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, reducing the
concentration of the a urethane resin and/or additional binder,
using a bake cured a urethane resin coating at temperatures less
than is needed for curing (e.g., ambient conditions), selection of
size range for a thermoplastic urethane resin coating that is less
suitable for film formation (e.g., 1 kDa to 40 kDa), or a
combination thereof.
(1) Water-Borne Urethanes
[0386] The previous discussion of urethane coatings focused on
solvent-borne urethane coating. A water-borne urethane coating
typically is comprises a water-dispersible urethane binder such as
a cationic modified urethane binder and/or anionic modified
urethane binder. A cationic modified urethane binder is a urethane
binder chemically modified by an diol comprising an amine, such as,
for example, diethanolamine, methyl diethanolamine,
N,N-bis(hydroxyethyl)-.alpha.-amin- opyridine, lysine,
N-hydroxyethylpiperidine, or a combination thereof. An anionic
modified urethane binder is a urethane binder chemically modified
by an diol comprising a carboxylic acid such as dimethylolpropionic
acid (2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl) propionic acid), dihydroxybenzoic
acid, and/or a sulfonic acid (e.g.,
2-hydroxymethyl-3-hydroxy-propanesulfonic acid), or a combination
thereof.
(2) Urethane Powder Coatings
[0387] A urethane powder coating refers to a polyester and/or
acrylic coating, wherein the binder has been modified to comprise a
urethane moiety. Such a coating is typically a thermosetting, bake
cured coating, an industrial coating (e.g., an appliance coating),
or a combination thereof.
[0388] g. Phenolic Resins
[0389] A phenolic resin ("phenolic binder," "phenolic") is reaction
product of a phenolic compound and an aldehyde. A preferred
aldehyde is formaldehyde, and such a phenolic resin is known as a
"phenolic formaldehyde resin" ("PF resin"). The properties of a
phenolic resin are affected by the phenolic compound and reaction
conditions used during synthesis. A resole resin ("resole
phenolic") is prepared by a reaction of a molar excess of a
phenolic compound with formaldehyde under alkaline conditions. A
novolac resin ("novolac phenolic") is prepared by a reaction of a
molar excess of formaldehyde with a phenolic compound under acidic
conditions. Examples of phenolic compounds used in preparing a
phenolic resin include phenol; orthocresol ("o-cresol");
metacresol, paracresol ("p-cresol"); a xylenol (e.g., 4-xylenol);
bisphenol-A ["2,2-bis (4-hydroxylphenyl) propane"; "diphenylol
propane"); p-phenylphenol; p-tert-butylphenol; p-tert-amylphenol;
p-tert-octyl phenol; p-nonylphenol; or a combination thereof. As
would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art, standards for
physical properties, chemical properties, and/or procedures for
testing the purity/properties of various compounds used in phenolic
resins (e.g., bisphenol A, a phenol, a cresol, formaldehyde) for
use in a coating are described, for example in "ASTM Book of
Standards, Volume 06.04, Paint--Solvents; Aromatic Hydrocarbons,"
D6143-97, D3852-99, D4789-94, D2194-02, D2087-97, D2378-02,
D2379-99, D2380-99, D1631-99, D6142-97, D4493-94, D4297-99, and
D4961-99, 2002. As would be known to one of ordinary skill in the
art, standards for physical properties, chemical properties, and/or
procedures for testing the purity/properties of phenolic resins for
use in a coating are described, for example in "ASTM Book of
Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint--Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers,
Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,"
D1312-93, D4639-86, D4706-93, D4613-86 and D4640-86, 2002.
[0390] In alternative embodiments, a phenolic resin temporary
coating (e.g, a non-film forming coating) may be produced, for
example, by selection of a phenolic resin that that comprises fewer
or no crosslinkable moieties, selection of an addition binder that
comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, reducing the
concentration of the a phenolic resin and/or additional binder,
using a bake cured a phenolic resin coating at temperatures less
than is needed for curing (e.g., ambient conditions), or a
combination thereof.
(1) Resole
[0391] A resole resin is the more commonly used PF resin. A
solvent-borne phenolic formaldehyde coating typically comprises an
alcohol, an ester, a glycol ether, a ketone, or a combination
thereof, as a PF solvent. However, a phenolic resin prepared from
phenolic compound comprising an alkyd moiety, such as, for example,
p-tert-butylphenol p-tert-amylphenol p-tert-octyl phenol, or a
combination thereof, typically has solubility in an aromatic
compound and/or able to tolerate an aliphatic diluent. Often, a
phenolic-resin coating comprises an additional binder such as an
alkyd resin, an amino resin, a blown oil, an epoxy resin, a
polyamide, a polyvinyl resin [e.g., poly(vinyl butyral)], or a
combination thereof. An example of a phenolic-resin coating
includes a varnish, an industrial coating, or a combination thereof
A phenolic resin-coating may be selected for embodiments wherein a
film possessing solvent resistance, corrosion resistant, of a
combination thereof, is desired. Examples of surfaces wherein such
properties are often desirable include a surface of a metallic
container (e.g., a can, a pipeline, a drum, a tank), a coil
coating, or a combination thereof. In specific aspects, a phenolic
coating produces a film 0.2 to 1.0 mil thick, including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. In specific aspects,
coating comprising a phenolic-binder and additional binder
undergoes thermosetting cross-linking reactions between the binders
during film formation. In certain embodiments, a phenolic-resin
coating undergoes cure by baking, such as, for example, 135.degree.
C. to 204.degree. C., including all intermediate ranges and
combinations thereof. In specific aspects, a baking cure time is
one minute to four hours, with shorter cure times at high
temperatures. A phenolic-resin film generally possesses excellent
hardness property (e.g., glass-like), excellent resistance to
solvents, water, acids, salt, electricity, heat resistance, as well
as thermal resistance up to 370.degree. C. for a period of
minutes.
[0392] However, a phenolic-resin film is poorly resistant to alkali
unless made from a coating that also comprised an epoxy binder. In
certain embodiments, a phenolic-epoxy coating comprises a binder
ratio of 15:85 to 50:50 phenolic binder:epoxy binder, including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. In certain aspects, a
phenolic-epoxy coating possesses superior flexibility, toughness,
or a combination thereof relative to a phenolic coating. In
specific facets, a phenolic-epoxy coating is cured at 200.degree.
C. for 10 to 12 minutes.
[0393] In other aspects, a phenolic coating comprises a blown oil,
an alkyd, or a combination thereof. In some aspects, such a coating
comprises a phenolic resin prepared from p-tert-butylphenol
p-tert-amylphenol p-tert-octyl phenol, or a combination thereof. In
specific aspects, such a coating is applied to electrical coil,
electrical equipment, or a combination thereof.
(2) Novolak
[0394] In other aspects, wherein a film is desired, it novolak
coating may be used. However, a novolak resin is generally a
non-film forming resin. In is particularly preferred that the
coating comprise an epoxy resin. It is also preferred that the
coating comprise a basic catalyst. A film produced from such a
novolak-epoxy coating typically possesses good resistance to
chemicals, water, heat, or a combination thereof. In specific
facets, a novolak-epoxy coating may be a high solids coating, a
powder coating, a pipeline coating, or a combination thereof.
[0395] A novolak resin prepared from phenolic compound comprising
an alkyd moiety such asp-tert-butylphenol p-tert-amylphenol
p-tert-octyl phenol, or a combination thereof, typically has
solubility in an oil. Additionally, a PF resin may be modified by
reaction with an oil to produce an oil modified PF resin, which is
also oil soluble. An alkyd phenol-formaldehyde resin, an oil
modified phenol-formaldehyde resin, is generally a non-film forming
resin. A coating capable of producing a film may be formulated by
combining such a resin with a drying oil, an alkyd, or a
combination thereof. In specific aspects, an alkyd
phenol-formaldehyde resin, an oil modified phenol-formaldehyde
resin undergoes cross-linking with an oil and/or an alkyd. Such a
coating may further comprise a liquid component (e.g., a solvent),
a drier, a UV absorber, an anti-skinning agent, or a combination
thereof. In certain facets, such a coating undergoes film formation
under ambient conditions or by baking. In particular aspects, such
a coating comprises a varnish, a wood coating, or a combination
thereof. In specific facets, such a coating comprises a
pigment.
[0396] h. Epoxy Resins
[0397] An epoxy resin ("epoxy binder," "epoxy") is a compound
comprising an epoxide ("oxirane") moiety. An epoxide resin may be
used in a thermosetting coating, thermoplastic coating, or a
combination thereof. An epoxide coating typically is a solvent
borne coating, though examples of a water-borne and powder epoxy
coating are described herein. An epoxide coating generally
possesses excellent properties of adhesion, corrosion resistance,
chemical resistance, or a combination thereof. An epoxide coating
may be selected for various surfaces, particularly a metal
surface.
[0398] An epoxide resin (e.g., a bisphenol A epoxy resin) generally
comprises one or two epoxide moieties per resin molecule. An
epoxide resin may additionally comprise a monomer, oligomer, or
polymer of repeating chemical units, each generally lacking an
epoxide moiety, but comprising a hydroxy moiety. The number of
monomer(s) present is expressed "n" value, wherein an average
increase of one monomer per epoxide resin molecule increase the n
value by one. The chemical and/or physical properties of an epoxide
resin are affected by the n value. For example, as the n value
increases, the chemical reactions selected for film formation in a
thermosetting coating may become more dominated by reactions with
the increasing numbers of hydroxyl moieties, and less dominated by
the epoxide moieties. Often, an epoxide resin is classified by an
epoxide equivalent weight, which is the grams of resin required to
provide 1 M epoxide moiety equivalent. In certain embodiments, the
epoxide equivalent weight is 182 to 3050, including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. Additionally, an
epoxide resin may be used in a thermoplastic coating, particularly
wherein the n value is greater than 25. In certain embodiments, an
epoxide resin may possess an n value of 0 to 250, including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. As would be known to
one of ordinary skill in the art, standards for physical
properties, chemical properties, and/or procedures for testing the
purity/properties of epoxy resins (e.g., epoxy moiety content) for
use in a coating are described, for example in "ASTM Book of
Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint--Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers,
Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,"
D4142-89, D1652-97, D1726-90, D1847-93, and D4301-84, 2002.
[0399] An epoxide moiety is chemically reactive with a variety of
other moieties, such as, for example, an amine, a carboxyl, a
hydroxyl or a phenol. An epoxide coating may comprise an additional
binder capable of undergoing a cross-linking reaction with the
epoxide during film formation. Various such additional binders are
known to those of ordinary skill in the art, and are often referred
to as a "curing agent" or "hardener." The selection of a curing
agent and/or an epoxide can affect whether the coating undergoes
film formation at ambient conditions or by baking.
[0400] In alternative embodiments, an epoxide resin temporary
coating (e.g, a non-film forming coating) may be produced, for
example, by selection of an epoxide resin that that comprises fewer
or no crosslinkable moieties, selection of an addition binder that
comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, reducing the
concentration of the an epoxide resin and/or additional binder,
using a bake cured an epoxide resin at temperatures less than is
needed for curing (e.g., ambient conditions), not irradiating the
coating, or a combination thereof.
(1) Ambient Condition Curing Epoxies
[0401] In certain embodiments, a curing agent suitable for curing
at ambient conditions comprises an amine moiety such as a polyamine
adduct, which is an epoxy resin modified to comprise an amine
moiety, a polyamide, a ketimine, an aliphatic amine, or a
combination thereof. Examples of an aliphatic amine include
ethylene diamine ("EDA"), diethylene triamine ("DETA"), triethylene
tetraamine ("TETA"), or a combination thereof. Selection of a
polyamine adduct generally produces a film with excellent solvent
resistance, corrosion resistance, acid resistance, flexibility,
impact resistance, or a combination thereof. Selection of a
polyamide generally produces a film with superior adhesion,
particularly to a moist or poorly prepared surface, good solvent
resistance, excellent corrosion resistance, good acid resistance,
superior flexibility retention, superior impact resistance
retention, or a combination thereof. A ketimine is a reaction
product of a primary amine and a ketone, and produces a coating
and/or film with similar properties as a polyamine or amine adduct.
However, the pot life is longer with a ketimine, and moisture
(e.g., atmospheric humidity) activates this cure agent. Examples of
an epoxide selected for curing at ambient conditions includes a low
mass epoxide resins with an n value from 0 to 2.0, including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. In certain
embodiments, an epoxy resin may be selected with an epoxy
equivalent weight of 182 to 1750, including all intermediate ranges
and combinations thereof. In specific aspects, the greater the n
value of an epoxide resin, the longer the pot life in a two-pack
coating, the greater the coating leveling property, the lower the
film solvent resistance, the lower the film chemical resistance,
the greater the film flexibility, or a combination thereof. In
certain aspects, an ambient curing epoxide coating is a two-pack
coating, wherein the epoxide resin is in one container and the
curing agent in a second container. In typical aspects, the pot
life upon admixing the coating components is two hours to two days.
An ambient cure epoxide may be selected for an industrial coating
(e.g., industrial maintenance coating), a marine coating, an
aircraft primer, a pipeline coating, a HIPAC, or a combination
thereof.
(2) Bake Curing Epoxies
[0402] In other embodiments, a curing agent suitable for curing by
baking includes an amino resin (e.g., a urea or melamine-based
amino resin), a phenolic resin, or a combination thereof. Since
baking is generally needed to promote film formation, an epoxy
coating comprising such a curing agent typically is a one-pack
coating. In certain embodiments, an epoxy resin may be selected
with an epoxy equivalent weight of 1750 to 3050, including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. An epoxy resin
coating that comprises an amino resin cure agent typically is
selected for a lower cure temperature. Such a coating may be
selected as a can coating, a metal coating, an industrial coating
(e.g., equipment, appliances), or a combination thereof. An epoxy
coating comprises an phenolic resin cure agent typically possesses
greater chemical resistance and/or solvent resistance, and is
typically selected for a can coating, a pipeline coating, a wire
coating, an industrial primer, or a combination thereof. Examples
of an epoxide selected for curing by baking includes a higher mass
epoxide resins with an n value from 9.0 to 12.0, including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. In certain
embodiments, a heat-cured epoxy coating is a water-borne coating.
Such a water-borne coating comprises a higher mass epoxide resin
modified to comprise a terpolymer that comprises monomers of
styrene, methacrylic, acrylate, or a combination thereof, and an
amino resin, a phenolic resin, or a combination thereof. Such a
water-borne coating is typically selected as a can coating.
(3) Electrodeposition Epoxies
[0403] Another example of a water-borne epoxide coating is an
electrodeposition epoxy coating. In certain embodiments, an epoxy
resin may be selected with an epoxy equivalent weight of 500 to
1500, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
An anionic and/or cationic epoxy resin is electrically attracted to
a surface for application. The surface removed from the coating
bath, and the coating is baked cured into a film upon the surface.
Such a water-borne coating may be selected for an automotive
primer, described elsewhere herein.
(4) Powder Coating Epoxies
[0404] An epoxy coating may be a powder coating, wherein the
various nonvolatile coating components are admixed. Examples of
typical admixed components include an epoxy resin, a curing agent,
and a pigment, an additive, or a combination thereof. In certain
embodiments, an epoxy resin may be selected with an epoxy
equivalent weight of 550 to 750, including all intermediate ranges
and combinations thereof. The mixture is then melted, cooled, and
powderized. The powder coating is typically applied by attraction
to an electrostatic charge of a surface. The thermosetting coating
is cured by baking. An epoxy powder coating may be selected as a
pipe coating, an electrical devise coating, an industrial coating
(e.g., appliance coating, automotive coating, furniture coating),
or a combination thereof.
(5) Cycloaliphatic Epoxies
[0405] A cycloaliphatic epoxy binder possesses a ring structure,
rather than the linear structure for the epoxy embodiments
described above. Examples of a cycloaliphatic epoxide is ERL-4221
("3,4-epoxycyclohexylmet- hyl 3,4-epoxycyclohexane carboxylate"),
which has an epoxy equivalent weight of 131 to 143,
bis(3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl) adipate, which has an epoxy
equivalent weight of 190 to 210, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl-5,5-spir-
o-3,4-epoxy)cyclohexane-m-dioxane, which has an epoxy equivalent
weight of 133-154, 1-vinyl-epoxy-3,4-epoxycyclohexane, which has an
epoxy equivalent weight of 70 to 74, or a combination thereof.
Usually, a cycloaliphatic epoxy coating is combined with another
binder, such as a polyol, a polyol modified to comprise a carboxyl
moiety, or a combination thereof. An acid may be used to initiate
crosslinking, particularly with a polyol. A cycloaliphatic epoxy
polyol coating may comprise a triflic acid salt (e.g.,
diethylammonium triflate) to produce a one-pack coating with a pot
life of up to eight months. In certain embodiments, a
cycloaliphatic epoxy coating is a UV radiation cured coating,
wherein the coating comprises a compound that converts to a strong
acid upon UV irradiation (e.g., an onium salt). In certain aspects,
a UV radiation cured cycloaliphatic epoxy coating is a one-pack
coating. A UV radiation cured cycloaliphatic epoxy coating
generally possesses excellent flame resistance, water resistance,
or a combination thereof, and may be selected as a can coating or
an electrical equipment coating. A compound comprising a carboxyl
moiety (e.g., a carboxyl modified polyol) readily crosslinks with a
cycloaliphatic epoxy binder. However, such a cycloaliphatic epoxy
coating comprising such an additional binder generally has a short
pot life (e.g., less than eight hours). In certain aspects, a
cycloaliphatic epoxy carboxylic acid binder coating is a two-pack
coating. A cycloaliphatic epoxy carboxylic acid polyol coating
generally possesses excellent adhesion, toughness, gloss, hardness,
solvent resistance, or a combination thereof.
[0406] i. Polyhydroxyether Binders
[0407] A polyhydroxyether binder ("polyhydroxyether resin,"
"phenoxy binder," "phenoxy") chemically resembles a bisphenol A
epoxy resin, though a polyhydroxyether binder lacks an epoxide
moiety, and about 30 kDa in size. A polyhydroxyether coating is
typically a thermoplastic coating. The polyhydroxyether binder
comprises a hydroxyl moiety, and can be cross-linked with an
additional binder such as an epoxide, a polyurethane comprising an
isocyanate moiety, an amino resin, or a combination thereof. A
thermosetting polyhydroxyether coating typically possesses
excellent physical resistance properties, excellent chemical
resistance, modest solvent resistance, or a combination thereof. In
alternative embodiments, a polyhydroxyether binder temporary
coating (e.g, a non-film forming coating) may be produced, for
example, by selection of a polyhydroxyether binder that that
comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, selection of an
addition binder that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties,
reducing the concentration of the a polyhydroxyether binder and/or
additional binder, or a combination thereof.
[0408] j. Acrylic Resins
[0409] An acrylic resin ("acrylic polymer," "acrylic binder,"
"acrylic") is a binder comprising a polymer of an acrylate ester
monomer, a methacrylate ester monomer, or combination thereof. An
acrylic-coating generally possesses a superior property of water
resistance and/or exterior use durability than a polyester-coating.
Other properties that an acrylic-coating typically possesses
include color stability, chemical resistance, resistance to a UV
light, or a combination thereof. An acrylic resin may further
comprise an additional monomer to confer a desirable property to
the resin, coating and/or film. For example, a styrene, a
vinyltoluene, or a combination thereof, generally improve alkali
resistance. Examples of such properties include the acrylic resin's
chemical reactivity (e.g., cross-linkability), acidity, alkalinity,
hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity, glass transition temperature, or a
combination thereof. However, a thermoplastic acrylic film
generally possesses poor solvent (e.g., acetone, toluene)
resistance. Like other thermoplastic films, a thermoplastic acrylic
film is generally easy to repair by application of additional
acrylic coating to an area of solvent damage. An acrylic-coating is
often suitable for various surfaces (e.g., metal), and examples of
such coatings include an aerosol lacquer, an automotive coating, an
architectural coating, a clear coating, a coating for external
environment, an industrial coating, or a combination thereof. An
acrylic resin may be used to prepare a thermoplastic coating, a
thermosetting coating, or a combination thereof. In certain
aspects, an acrylic-coating is selected for use as a thermosetting
coating, particularly in embodiments for use upon a metal surface.
Acrylic resins generally are soluble in a solvent with a similar
solubility parameter. Examples of solvents typically used to
dissolve an acrylic resin include an aromatic hydrocarbon (e.g.,
toluene, a xylene); a ketone (e.g., methyl ethyl ketone), an ester,
or a combination thereof.
[0410] The thermoplastic and/or thermosetting properties of an
acrylic resin are related to the monomers that are comprised in the
selected resin. Examples of an acrylate ester monomer include a
butylacrylate, an ethylacrylate ("EA"), ethylhexylacrylate ("EHA"),
or a combination thereof. Examples of a methacrylate ester monomer
include a butylmethacrylate ("BMA"), an ethylmethacrylate, a
methylmethacrylate ("MMA"), or a combination thereof. Standards for
physical properties, chemical properties, and/or procedures for
empirically determining the purity/properties of various acrylic
monomers (e.g., acrylate esters, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, n-butyl
acrylate, ethyl acrylate, methacrylic acid, acrylic acid, methyl
acrylate) are known to those of ordinary skill in the art (see, for
example, "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.04, Paint--Solvents;
Aromatic Hydrocarbons," D3362-93, D3125-97, D4415-91, D3541-91,
D3547-91, D3548-99, D3845-96, D4416-89, and D4709-02, 2002).
[0411] In alternative embodiments, an acrylic resin temporary
coating (e.g, a non-film forming coating) may be produced, for
example, by selection of an acrylic resin that that comprises fewer
or no crosslinkable moieties, selection of an addition binder that
comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, reducing the
concentration of the an acrylic resin and/or additional binder,
using a bake cured an acrylic resin coating at temperatures less
than is needed for curing (e.g., ambient conditions), selection of
size range for a thermoplastic acrylic resin coating that is less
suitable for film formation (e.g., 1 kDa to75 kDa), selection of a
thermoplastic acrylic resin with T.sub.g that is lower than the
temperature ranges herein and/or 20.degree. C. lower than the
temperature range of use, or a combination thereof.
(1) Thermoplastic Acrylic Resins
[0412] A strait acrylic resin ("strait acrylic polymer," "strait
acrylic binder") is a homopolymer or copolymer comprising an
acrylate ester monomer and/or a methacrylate ester monomer. A
strait acrylic resin may be used to formulate a thermoplastic
coating, as cross-linking reactions are absent or limited without
additional reactive moieties in the monomers. Generally, a
thermoplastic film produced from an acrylic resin-coating will
possess a lower elongation, an increased hardness, an increased
tensile strength, greater UV resistance (e.g., chalk resistance),
color retention, a greater T.sub.g, or a combination thereof, with
increasing methacrylate ester monomer content in the acrylic resin.
However, the ester of a monomer may comprise various alcohol
moieties, and an alcohol moiety of larger size generally reduces
the T.sub.g. Examples a T.sub.g value for a homopolymer strait
acrylic resins with the include -100.degree. C., poly(octadecyl
methacrylate); -72.degree. C., poly(tetradecyl methacrylate);
-65.degree. C., poly(lauryl methacrylate); -60.degree. C.,
poly(heptyl acrylate); -60.degree. C., poly(n-decyl methacrylate);
-55.degree. C., poly(n-butyl acrylate); -50.degree. C.,
poly(2-ethoxyethyl acrylate); -50.degree. C., poly(2-ethylbutyl
acrylate); -50.degree. C., poly(2-ethylhexyl acrylate); -45.degree.
C., poly(propyl acrylate); -43.degree. C., poly(isobutyl acrylate);
-38.degree. C., poly(2-heptyl acrylate); -24.degree. C., poly(ethyl
acrylate); -20.degree. C., poly(n-octyl methacrylate); -20.degree.
C., poly(sec-butyl acrylate); -20.degree. C., poly(ethylthioethyl
methacrylate); -10.degree. C., poly(2-ethylhexyl methacrylate);
-5.degree. C., poly(n-hexyl methacrylate); -3.degree. C.,
poly(isopropyl acrylate); 6.degree. C., poly(methyl acrylate);
11.degree. C., poly(2-ethylbutyl methacrylate); 16.degree. C.,
poly(cyclohexyl acrylate); 20.degree. C., poly(n-butyl
methacrylate); 35.degree. C., poly(hexadecyl acrylate); 35.degree.
C., poly(n-propyl methacrylate); 43.degree. C., poly(t-butyl
acrylate); 53.degree. C., poly(isobutyl methacrylate); 54.degree.
C., poly(benzyl methacrylate); 60.degree. C., poly(sec-butyl
methacrylate); 65.degree. C., poly(ethyl methacrylate); 79.degree.
C., poly(3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexylmethacrylate); 81.degree. C.,
poly(isopropyl methacrylate); 94.degree. C., poly(isobornyl
acrylate); 104.degree. C., poly(cyclohexyl methacrylate);
105.degree. C., poly(methyl methacrylate); 107.degree. C.,
poly(t-butyl methacrylate); and 110.degree. C., poly(phenyl
methacrylate). Additionally, an estimated T.sub.g of a copolymer
comprising one or more monomers of an acrylate and/or methyacrylate
monomer can be made by using the following equation:
1/T.sub.g=W.sub.1/T.sub.g1+W.sub.2/T.sub.g2, wherein W.sub.1 and
W.sub.2 are the are the molecular weight ratios of the first and
second monomer, respectively; and wherein T.sub.g1 and T.sub.g2 are
glass transition temperatures of the first and second monomer,
respectively (Fox, T. G., 1956). For many embodiments (e.g.,
solvent-borne coatings), it is contemplated that a T.sub.g of
40.degree. C. to 60.degree. C., including all intermediate ranges
and combinations thereof, will be suitable.
[0413] The thermoplastic properties of an acrylic resin are also
related to the molecular mass of the selected resin. Increasing the
polymer size of an acrylic resin promotes physical polymer
entanglement during film formation. Typically, a thermoplastic film
produced from an acrylic-coating will possess a lower flexibility,
an increased exterior durability, an increased hardness, an
increased solvent resistance, an increased tensile strength, a
greater T.sub.g, or a combination thereof, with increasing polymer
size of the acrylic resin. However, increasing polymer size of an
acrylic resin generally increases viscosity of a solution
comprising a dissolved acrylic resin, which may make application to
a surface more difficult, such as cobwebbing of coating during
spray application and the changes of film properties generally will
reach a plateau at 100 kDa. In most embodiments, it is contemplated
that an acrylic resin will range in mass from 75 kDa to 100 kDa,
including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
[0414] Examples of such a thermoplastic acrylic-coating include a
lacquer. In specific facets, the lacquer possesses a good, high, or
spectacular gloss. In specific aspects, such a thermoplastic
acrylic-coating further comprises a pigment. In specific aspects, a
wetting agent is less preferred in a coating comprising an acrylic
resin and a pigment, due to the ease of dispersion of a pigment
with an acrylic resin. In certain aspects, a thermoplastic
acrylic-coating may be selected to coat a metal surface, a plastic
surface, or a combination thereof. However, in particular aspects,
a thermoplastic acrylic coating is an automotive coating. Such an
automotive coating may comprise an acrylic binder with a high
temperature T.sub.g to produce a film of sufficient durability
(e.g., hardness) for external use and contact with heated surfaces.
In certain aspects, a thermoplastic acrylic coating comprises a
binder with a T.sub.g to 90.degree. C. to 110.degree. C., including
all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. In additional
aspects, an automotive coating comprises a plasticizer, a metallic
pigment, or a combination thereof. In specific aspects, a binder
for an automotive coating comprises a methylmethacrylate ester
monomer. In specific facets, an automotive coating comprises
poly(methyl methacrylate).
(2) Water-Borne Thermoplastic Acrylic Coatings
[0415] The thermoplastic acrylic coatings described above are
solvent-borne coatings. In other embodiments, a thermoplastic
acrylic resin may be a waterborne coating. A water-borne acrylic
("acrylic latex") typically is an emulsion, wherein the acrylic
binder is dispersed in the liquid component. In general
embodiments, an emulsifier (e.g., a surfactant) promotes
dispersion. In certain embodiments, an acrylic latex coating
comprises 0% to 20% coalescent per weight of binder. In most
embodiments, it is contemplated that a water-borne acrylic resin
will range in mass from 100 kDa to 1000 kDa, including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. In certain
embodiments, a water-borne acrylic coating comprises an associative
thickener ("rheology modifier"), which may enhance flow,
brushability, splatter resistance, film build, or a combination
thereof. A water-borne acrylic may be selected as an architectural
coating. An associative thickener forms a network with acrylic
resin latex particles by hydrophobic interactions. Hydroxyethyl
cellulose ("HEC") changes the coating rheology by promoting
flocculation, which tends to reduce gloss, flow, or a combination
thereof. Selection of an acrylic resin with smaller size, greater
hydrophobicity, or a combination thereof, and an associative
thickener may produce higher gloss, better flow, lower roller
splatter, or a combination thereof.
(i) Architectural Coatings
[0416] A flat interior coating typically comprises a vinyl acetate
and a lesser amount of acrylate (e.g., butyl acrylate) monomers,
which generally produces a film with suitable scrub resistance. A
copolymer of acrylate and methacrylate may be selected for a
semigloss or gloss coating. In certain embodiments, the acrylate
resin has a T.sub.g to 20.degree. C. to 50.degree. C., including
all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. In some aspects,
such a coating generally possesses good block resistance good print
resistance, or a combination thereof. An acrylic resin that
comprises a monomer that comprises a ureide moiety may be selected
for enhanced film adhesion (e.g., to a coated surface), blistering
resistance, or a combination thereof. An acrylic resin that
comprises a styrene monomer may be selected for enhanced film water
resistance.
[0417] An exterior latex coating typically produces a film with
greater flexibility than an interior latex due to temperature
changes and/or dimensional movement of a substrate (e.g., wood). In
certain embodiments, the acrylic resin has a T.sub.g to 10.degree.
C. to 35.degree. C., including all intermediate ranges and
combinations thereof. The selection of a T.sub.g may be influences
by the selection of the amount particulate material (e.g., pigment)
in the coating to achieve a particular visual appearance. For
example, a higher the pigment volume content ("PVC") that is
typically selected to reduce gloss. However, to retain properties
such as flexibility, a binder with a lower a T.sub.g may be
selected for combination with the higher PVC. For example, flat
exterior latex a coating generally possesses a pigment volume
content of 40% to 60% and a T.sub.g of 10.degree. C. to 15.degree.
C., including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof,
respectively. In another example, a semigloss or gloss exterior
latex binder of a coating generally possesses a T.sub.g of
20.degree. C. to 35.degree. C., including all intermediate ranges
and combinations thereof, respectively. In other embodiments, the
exterior latex binder particle size is selected to be relatively
small such as 90 nm to 110 nm, including all intermediate ranges
and combinations thereof. In certain facets, a smaller latex
particle size promotes adhesion of the coating and/or film,
particularly to a surface that comprises a degraded (e.g.,
chalking) film. In certain other embodiments, a larger latex
particle size may be selected to increase the coating and/or film's
build (e.g., thickness). In certain aspects, a larger latex
particle size ranges from, for example 325 nm to 375 nm, including
all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
(ii) Industrial Coatings
[0418] A water-borne thermoplastic acrylic latex industrial coating
typically comprises a binder with a T.sub.g of 30.degree. C. to
70.degree. C., including all intermediate ranges and combinations
thereof. Such a coating typically is applied to a metal surface,
and thus often further comprises a surfactant, an additive, or a
combination thereof to improve an anti-corrosion property. In
specific aspects, the industrial coating comprises an
anti-corrosion pigments, anti-corrosion pigment enhancers, or a
combination thereof. In contrast, a water-borne acrylic latex
industrial maintenance coating typically is similar to an exterior
flat architectural coating in selection of binders, though they
preferably comprise anti-corrosion pigments, anti-corrosion pigment
enhancers, and other anti-corrosion components for use on a metal
surface.
(3) Thermosetting Acrylic Resins
[0419] Unless otherwise noted, the following thermosetting acrylic
resins and/or coatings are preferably solvent-borne coatings. In
certain embodiments an acrylic coating comprises a thermosetting
acrylic resin. A thermosetting acrylic coating typically possesses
superior hardness, superior toughness, superior temperature
resistance, superior resistance to a solvent, superior resistance
to a stain, superior resistance to a detergent, higher application
of solids, relative to a thermoplastic acrylic coating. The average
size of a thermosetting acrylic resin is typically less than a
thermoplastic acrylic resin, which promotes a relatively lower
viscosity and/or higher application of solids in a solution
comprising a thermosetting acrylic resin. In certain embodiments, a
thermosetting acrylic resin is from 10 kDa to 50 kDa, including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
[0420] A thermosetting acrylic resin comprises a moiety capable of
undergoing a cross-linking reaction. A monomer may comprise the
moiety, and be incorporated into the polymer structure of an
acrylic resin during resin synthesis (e.g., a styrene, a
vinyltoluene), and/or the acrylic resin may be chemically modified
after polymerization to comprise a chemical moiety. In additional
embodiments, an acrylic resin may be selected to comprise chemical
moieties, such as an amine, a carboxyl, an epoxy, a hydroxyl, an
isocyanate, or a combination thereof, to confer a desirable
property to the acrylic resin produced. Examples of such properties
include the acrylic resin's chemical reactivity (e.g.,
crosslinkability), acidity, alkalinity, hydrophobicity,
hydrophilicity, glass transition temperature, or a combination
thereof. In general embodiments, an acrylic resin comprising a
carboxyl moiety, a hydroxyl moiety, or a combination thereof,
promotes a crosslinking reaction with another binder. In other
embodiments, an acrylic resin may be chemically modified to
comprise a methylol and/or methylol ether group, which is a resin
capable of self-crosslinking.
(i) Acrylic-Epoxy Combinations
[0421] In certain embodiments, a thermosetting acrylic resin may be
combined with an epoxide resin. In general embodiments, an acrylic
resin comprising a carboxyl moiety may be selected for
cross-linking with an epoxy resin. In specific aspects, an acrylic
resin comprises 5% to 20% including all intermediate ranges and
combinations thereof, of a monomer that comprises a carboxyl
moiety, such as of an acrylic acid monomer, a methacrylic acid
monomer, or a combination thereof. The carboxyl moiety may undergo
a cross-linking reaction with an epoxide resin (e.g., a bisphenol
A/epichlorohydrin epoxide resin) during film formation. In certain
aspects, an epoxide resin cross-linked with an acrylic resin
generally produces a film with good hardness, good alkali
resistance, greater solvent resistance to a film, poorer UV
resistance, or a combination thereof.
[0422] A thermosetting acrylic-epoxy coating may be selected for
application to a metal surface. Examples of surfaces that an
acrylic-epoxy coating is selected for use include an indoor
surface, an indoor metal surface (e.g., an appliance), or a
combination thereof. In certain aspects, an epoxide resin
cross-linked with an acrylic resin generally produces a film with
good hardness, good alkali resistance, greater solvent resistance
to a film, poorer UV resistance, or a combination thereof. In some
facets, an acrylic resin may be combined with an aliphatic epoxide
resin to produce a film with relatively superior UV resistance than
a bisphenol A/epichlorohydrin based epoxide resin. In another
facet, an acrylic resin polymerized with an allyl glycidyl ether
monomer, a glycidyl acrylate monomer, a glycidyl methacrylate
monomer, or a combination thereof, may undergo a cross-linking
reaction with an epoxide resin during film formation. In specific
facets, a film produced from cross-linking an epoxide other than a
bisphenol A/epichlorohydrin epoxide resin and an acrylic resin
comprising an allyl glycidyl ether monomer, a glycidyl acrylate
monomer, a glycidyl methacrylate monomer, or a combination thereof
possesses a relatively superior UV resistance.
[0423] In certain embodiments, an acrylic epoxy coating comprises a
catalyst to promote cross-linking during film formation. In
specific aspects, the catalyst is a base such as a dodecyl
trimethyl ammonium chloride, a tri(dimethylaminomethyl) phenol, a
melamine-formaldehyde resin, or a combination thereof. In other
embodiments, an acrylic epoxy coating is cured by baking at 1
50.degree. C. to 190.degree. C., including all intermediate ranges
and combinations thereof. In particular aspects, film formation
time of an acrylic epoxy coating is from 15 minutes to 30 minutes,
including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. In
certain embodiments, a thermosetting coating comprises an acrylic
epoxide melamine-formaldehyde coating, wherein an acrylic resin, an
epoxide resin and a melamine-formaldehyde resin undergo
cross-linking during film formation.
(ii) Acrylic-Amino Combinations
[0424] In other embodiments, a thermosetting acrylic resin may be
combined with an amino resin. In general embodiments, an acrylic
resin comprising an acid (e.g., carboxyl) moiety, a hydroxyl
moiety, or a combination thereof, may be selected for cross-linking
with an amino resin. An acrylic amino coating, wherein the acrylic
resin comprises an acid moiety, may be cured by baking at, for
example 150.degree. C. for 30 minutes. However, an acid moiety
acrylic amino coating is typically undergoes a greater degree of
reactions between amino resins, which reduces properties such as
toughness. In specific aspects, an acrylic resin comprises a
monomer that comprises a hydroxyl moiety such as a hydroxyethyl
acrylate ("HEA"), a hydroxyethyl methacrylate ("HEMA"), or a
combination thereof. An acrylic amino coating, wherein the acrylic
resin comprises a hydroxyl moiety, typically comprises an acid
catalyst to promote curing by baking at, for example 125.degree. C.
for 30 minutes. An acrylic amino coating, wherein the amino resin
was prepared from urea, generally produces a film with lower gloss,
less chemical resistance, or a combination thereof, than an amino
resin prepared from another nitrogen compound. Selection of a
melamine and/or benzoguanamine based amino coating generally
produces a film with excellent weathering resistance, excellent
solvent resistance, good hardness, good mar resistance, or a
combination thereof, and such an acrylic amino coating may be
selected for an automotive topcoat.
(iii) Acrylic-Urethane Combinations
[0425] In other embodiments, a thermosetting acrylic resin may be
combined with an urethane resin. In general embodiments, an acrylic
resin comprising an acid moiety, a hydroxyl moiety, or a
combination thereof, may be selected for crosslinking with an
urethane resin. In specific embodiments, an acrylic resin comprises
a hydroxyl moiety, such as, for example, a moiety provided by a HEA
monomer, a HEMA monomer, or a combination thereof. Selection of an
aliphatic isocyanate urethane (e.g., hexamethylene diisocyanate
based) generally produces a film with superior color, weathering,
or a combination thereof relative to other urethanes. An acrylic
urethane coating may comprise a catalyst, such as, for example,
triethylene diamine, zinc naphthenate, dibutyl tin-di-laurate, or a
combination thereof. An acrylic urethane coating cures at ambient
conditions. However, an acrylic urethane coating typically is a
two-pack coating to separate the reactive binders until
application. An acrylic urethane coating generally produces a film
with good weathering, good hardness, good toughness, good chemical
resistance, or a combination thereof. An acrylic urethane coating
may be selected an aircraft coating, an automotive coating, an
industrial coating (e.g., an industrial maintenance coating), or a
combination thereof.
(iv) Water-Borne Thermosetting Acrylics
[0426] In other embodiments, a thermosetting acrylic coating may be
a waterborne coating (e.g., a latex coating). Typically, such a
thermosetting acrylic coating comprises an acrylic resin with a
hydroxyl moiety, an acid moiety, or a combination thereof. An
acrylic resin may further comprise an additional monomer such as a
styrene, a vinyltoluene, or a combination thereof. The acrylic
resin typically is combined in a coating with an amino resin, an
epoxy resin, or a combination thereof as previously described. A
film produced from a water-borne thermosetting acrylic coating is
similar in properties as a solvent-borne counterpart. Such a
coating may be selected for surfaces such as masonry, wood, metal,
or a combination thereof.
[0427] k. Polyvinyl binders
[0428] A polyvinyl binder ("polyvinyl," "vinyl binder," "vinyl") is
a binder comprising a polymer of a vinyl chloride monomer, a vinyl
acetate monomer, or combination thereof. A solvent-borne polyvinyl
coating may comprise a ketone, ester, chlorinated hydrocarbon,
nitroparaffin, or a combination thereof, as a solvent. A
solvent-borne polyvinyl coating may comprise a hydrocarbon (e.g.,
aromatic, aliphatic) as a diluent. A polyvinyl binder is generally
insoluble in an alcohol, however, in embodiments wherein a
solvent-borne polyvinyl coating that comprises an additional
alcohol soluble binder, alcohol may comprise 0% to 20% of the
liquid component. In embodiments wherein solvent-borne polyvinyl
coating is cured by baking, a glycol ether and/or glycol ester may
be used in the liquid component to enhance a rheological property.
In other embodiments, the liquid component of a polyvinyl coating
may comprise a plasticizer (e.g., a phthalate, a phosphate, a
glycol ester), wherein the plasticizer is 1 to 25 parts per hundred
parts polyvinyl binder, including all intermediate ranges and
combinations thereof, for a non-plastisol or non-organosol coating.
A polyvinyl-coating may be used to prepare a thermoplastic coating,
a thermosetting coating, or a combination thereof. In specific
aspects, a thermoplastic polyvinyl binder coating possesses a
T.sub.g of 50.degree. C. to 85.degree. C., including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. However, in some
aspects, a polyvinyl-coating/film possesses moderate resistance to
heat, UV irradiation, or a combination thereof. In specific
aspects, a polyvinyl-coating comprises a light stabilizer, a
pigment, or a combination thereof. In particular facets, the light
stabilizer, the pigment (e.g., titanium dioxide), or the
combination thereof, improves the polyvinyl-coating and/or film's
resistance to heat, UV irradiation, or a combination thereof.
[0429] In embodiments wherein a polyvinyl coating comprises a
solvent-borne coating, it is contemplated that a polyvinyl resin
will range in mass from 2 kDa to 45 kDa, including all intermediate
ranges and combinations thereof. A typical solvent-borne polyvinyl
coating comprises a polyvinyl resin, a liquid component wherein the
liquid component comprises a solvent, and a plasticizer. A
solvent-borne polyvinyl coating may additionally comprise a
colorizing agent (e.g., a pigment), a light stabilizer, an
additional binder, a cross-linker, or a combination thereof.
[0430] A polyvinyl binder typically possesses excellent adhesion
for a plastic surface, an acrylic and/or acrylic coated surface,
paper, or a combination thereof. A thermoplastic polyvinyl coating
may be selected as a lacquer, a topcoat of a can coating (e.g., can
interior surface), or a combination thereof. In some embodiments,
an polyvinyl-coating may be selected to produce a film with such
properties, for example, as excellent water resistance, excellent
resistance to various solvents (e.g., an aliphatic hydrocarbon, an
alcohol, an oil), excellent resistance to acid pH, excellent
resistance to basic pH, inertness relative to food, or a
combination thereof.
[0431] In many aspects, a polyvinyl resin is a copolymer that
comprises a combination of a vinyl chloride monomer and vinyl
acetate monomer. Often during resin synthesis (e.g.,
polymerization), a polyvinyl resin is prepared to further comprise
monomers with specific chemical moieties to confer a property such
as solubility in water, solubility in a solvent, compatibility with
another coating component (e.g., a binder), or a combination
thereof. In certain embodiments, a polyvinyl resin comprises a
monomer comprising carboxyl moiety, a hydroxyl moiety (e.g., a
hydroxyalkyl acrylate monomer), a monomer comprising an epoxy
moiety, a monomer comprising a maleic acid, or a combination
thereof. A carboxyl moiety may confer an increased adhesion
property (e.g., excellent adhesion to metal). However, a polyvinyl
resin comprising a carboxyl moiety is generally not compatible with
a basic pigment. A thermosetting polyvinyl coating comprising a
polyvinyl binder that comprises a carboxyl moiety and a polyvinyl
binder that comprises an epoxy moiety generally possesses one or
more excellent physical properties (e.g., flexibility), and may be
selected as a coil coating. A hydroxyl moiety may confer
cross-linkability, compatibility with another coating component, an
increased adhesion property (e.g., good adhesion to aluminum), or a
combination thereof. Additionally, after polymer synthesis, a
polyvinyl resin can be chemically modified to comprise such a
specific chemical moiety. In some embodiments, a polyvinyl resin is
chemically modified to comprise a secondary hydroxyl moiety, an
epoxy moiety, a carboxyl moiety, or a combination thereof. A
polyvinyl resin comprising a secondary hydroxyl moiety may be
combined with another binder such as an alkyd, an urethane, an
amino-formaldehyde, or a combination thereof. A thermosetting
polyvinyl amino-formaldehyde coating comprising a polyvinyl binder
that comprises a hydroxyl moiety generally possesses good corrosion
resistance, water resistance, solvent resistance, chemical
resistance, and may be selected as a can coating, a coating for an
interior wood surface, or a combination thereof. Standards for
physical properties, chemical properties, and/or procedures for
testing the purity/properties of various polyvinyl monomers (e.g.,
vinyl acetate) and polyvinyl resins (e.g., polymer components,
polymer mass, shear viscosity for a higher mass resin, chlorine
content) are described, for example, in "ASTM Book of Standards,
Volume 06.04, Paint--Solvents; Aromatic Hydrocarbons," D2190-97,
D2086-02, D2191-97, and D2193-97, 2002; "ASTM Book of Standards,
Volume 06.03, Paint--Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval
Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles," D4368-89, D3680-89,
and D1396-92, 2002; and in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01,
Paint--Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties;
Appearance," D2621-87, 2002.
[0432] In alternative embodiments, a polyvinyl resin temporary
coating (e.g, a non-film forming coating) may be produced, for
example, by selection of a polyvinyl resin that that comprises
fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, selection of an addition binder
that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, reducing the
concentration of the a polyvinyl resin and/or additional binder,
using a bake cured a polyvinyl resin coating at temperatures less
than is needed for curing (e.g., ambient conditions), selection of
size range for a plastisol or organisol polyvinyl resin coating
that is less suitable for film formation (e.g., 1 kDa to 60 kDa),
selection of a polyvinyl resin with T.sub.g that is lower than the
temperature ranges herein and/or 20.degree. C. lower than the
temperature range of use, or a combination thereof.
(1) Plastisols and Organisols
[0433] A polyvinyl resin of 60 kDa to 110 kDa, including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, may be selected for
use as an organosol or a plastisol. A plastisol is coating
comprising a vinyl homopolymer binder and a liquid component,
wherein the liquid component comprises a plasticizer comprising a
minimum of 55 parts or more of plasticizer per hundred parts of
homopolymer binder in the coating. In certain embodiments, a
plastisol comprises, by weight, 0% to 10% including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of a thinner (e.g.,
an aliphatic hydrocarbon). A plastisol coating typically comprises
an additional vinyl binder. A plastisol may comprise a pigment,
however, a low oil absorption pigment is preferred to avoid
undesirable increase in coating viscosity given the liquid
component used for a plastisol.
[0434] An organosol is similar to a plastisol, except the less than
55 parts of plasticizer per hundred parts of homopolymer binder is
used in the coating. In typical embodiments, the liquid component
of comprises a weak solvent that may act as a dispersant and a
thinner (e.g., a hydrocarbon). In typical aspects, the reduced
content of plasticizer produced a film with a superior hardness
property relative to a plastisol. In additional embodiments, the
nonvolatile component of an organisol is 50% to 55%, including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. An organosol coating
typically comprises a second binder. In specific aspects, the
second binder is a vinyl copolymer, an acrylic, or a combination
thereof. In certain aspects, the second binder comprises a carboxyl
moiety, a hydroxyl moiety, or a combination thereof. In further
aspects, an organisol may comprise a third binder. In specific
facets, the third binder comprises an amino resin, a phenolic resin
prepared from formaldehyde, or a combination thereof. In additional
facets, a second binder that comprises a hydroxyl moiety may
undergo a thermosetting cross-linking reaction with a third binder.
An organisol may comprise a pigment suitable for general polyvinyl
coatings.
[0435] A plastisol or organisol typically is cured by baking. In
general embodiments, baking is at a temperature of 175.degree. C.
to 180.degree. C., including all intermediate ranges and
combinations thereof. In general embodiments, a plastisol or
organisol comprises a heat stabilizer. The heat stabilizer may
protect a vinyl binder during baking. Examples of a suitable heat
stabilizer include a combination of a metal salt of an organic acid
and an epoxidized oil or a liquid epoxide binder. However, in an
embodiment wherein the plastisol or organisol comprises a binder
that comprises an carboxyl moiety, a metal salt is less preferred
due to possible gellation of the coating, and may be substituted
with a merapto tin and/or tin ester compound.
[0436] In embodiments wherein a plastisol or organisol comprise a
binder with good adhesion properties for a surface such as a binder
comprising carboxy moiety, the plastisol or organisol may be used
as a single layer coating. For example, such an organisol may be
selected to coat the end of a can. However, a plastisol or
organisol typically is part of a multicoat system that comprises a
primer to promote adhesion. In specific aspects, the primer
comprises a vinyl resin comprising a carboxy moiety. In specific
facets, the primer further comprises a thermosetting binder such as
an amino-formaldehyde, phenolic, or a combination thereof, to
enhance solvent resistance. In certain facets, it is preferred that
a primer or other coat layer of a multicoat system possesses good
solvent resistance to the plasticizers of the organosol and/or
plastisol coat layer.
(2) Powder Coatings
[0437] A polyvinyl binder may be selected as a powder coating.
Typically, coating components such as a polyvinyl binder and a
plasticizer, colorizing agent, additive, or a combination thereof,
admixed to prepare a powder coating. Such a powder coating is
usually applied by a fluidized bed applicator, a spray applicator,
or a combination thereof. In some aspects, the coating components
are melted then ground into a powder. Such a powder coating is
usually applied by an electrostatic spray applicator. The coating
is cured by baking. A polyvinyl powder coating may be selected to
coat a metal surface.
(3) Water-Borne Coatings
[0438] The previous discussions of polyvinyl coatings focused upon
solvent-borne and powder coatings. A polyvinyl binder with a
T.sub.g of 75.degree. C. to 85.degree. C., including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, may be selected for
use in a dispersion waterborne coating. The liquid component may
comprise a cosolvent such as a glycol ether, a plasticizer, or a
combination thereof. Examples of a cosolvent include ethylene
glycol monobutyl ether. The dispersion water-borne polyvinyl
coating may be used as described for a solvent-borne polyvinyl
coating. In another example, an organisol may be prepared with a
plasticizer as a latex coating. Such a latex is suitable for
selection as a primer coating. The latex coating is cured by
baking.
[0439] 1. Rubber Resins
[0440] In certain embodiments, a coating may comprise a rubber
resin as a binder. A rubber may be either obtained from a
biological source ("natural rubber"), synthesized from petroleum
("synthetic rubber"), or a combination thereof. Examples of
synthetic rubber include polymers of styrene monomers, butadiene
monomers, or a combination thereof. In alternative embodiments, a
rubber temporary coating (e.g, a non-film forming coating) may be
produced, for example, by selection of rubber resin that that
comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties, selection of an
addition binder that comprises fewer or no crosslinkable moieties,
reducing the concentration of the a rubber resin and/or additional
binder, or a combination thereof.
(1) Chlorinated Rubber Resins
[0441] In general embodiments, a rubber resin comprises a
chlorinated rubber resin, wherein a rubber isolated from a
biological source has been chemically modified by reaction with
chlorine to produce a resin comprising 65% to 68% chlorine by
weight, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
A chlorinated rubber resins generally are in a molecular weight
range of 3.5 kDa to 20 kDa, including all intermediate ranges and
combinations thereof. A chlorinated rubber coating may comprise
another binder, such as, for example, an acrylic resin, an alkyd
resin, a bituminous resin, or a combination thereof. In specific
aspects, a chlorinated rubber resin comprises 10% to 50%, by
weight, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof,
of the binder when in combination with an acrylic resin, an alkyd
resin, or a combination thereof. In general embodiments, a
chlorinated rubber coating is a solvent-borne coating. In certain
aspects, a chlorinated rubber coating comprises a liquid component,
such as, for example, a solvent, a diluent, a thinner, a
plasticizer, or a combination thereof. A chlorinated rubber coating
may be a thermoplastic coating. To reduce the T.sub.g of a film
produced from a chlorinated rubber resin, the liquid component
generally comprises a plasticizer. In certain aspects, a
chlorinated rubber coating comprises 30% to 40%, by weight,
including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of
plasticizer. In certain facets, a plasticizer is selected for water
resistance (e.g., hydrolysis resistance) such as a
bisphenoxyethylformal. In certain facets, a chlorinated rubber
coating comprises light stabilizer, an epoxy resin, an epoxy
plasticizer (e.g., epoxidized soybean oil), or combination thereof,
to chemically stabilize a chlorinated resin, coating and/or film.
In other embodiments, a chlorinated rubber coating comprises a
pigment, an extender, or a combination thereof. In particular
aspects, the pigment is a corrosion resistant pigment. A
chlorinated rubber film are generally has good chemical resistance
(e.g., acid resistance, alkali resistance), water resistance, or a
combination thereof. Coatings comprising chlorinated rubber resins
may be used, for example, on surfaces that contact gaseous, liquid
and/or solid external environments. Examples of such uses include a
coating for an architectural coating (e.g., a masonry coating), a
traffic marker coating, a marine coating (e.g., a marine vehicle, a
swimming pool), a metal primer, a metal topcoat, or a combination
thereof.
(2) Synthetic Rubber Resins
[0442] Examples of synthetic rubber include polymers comprising a
styrene monomer, a methylstyrene (e.g., .alpha.-methylstyrene)
monomer, or a combination thereof. A polystyrene and/or
polymethylstyrene coating may be a solvent-borne coating. Examples
of a solvent include an aliphatic hydrocarbon, an aromatic
hydrocarbon, a ketone, an ester, or a combination thereof. A
polystyrene and/or polymethylstyrene coating may possess good water
resistance, good chemical resistance, or a combination thereof. A
polystyrene and/or polymethylstyrene coating may be selected as a
primer, a lacquer, a masonry coating, or a combination thereof. A
polystyrene homopolymer has a T.sub.g of 100.degree. C., and in
certain embodiments, a polystyrene coating is bake cured. Standards
for physical properties, chemical properties, and/or procedures for
testing the purity/properties of a styrene monomer, a methylstyrene
monomer, (e.g., a-methylstyrene), a resin comprising a styrene
and/or methylstyrene monomer, are described, for example, in "ASTM
Book of Standards, Volume 06.04, Paint--Solvents; Aromatic
Hydrocarbons," D2827-00, D6367-99, D6144-97, D4590-00, D2119-96,
D2121-00, and D2340-96, 2002.
[0443] Similar to the variability of T.sub.g previously described
for a thermoplastic acrylic resin, a styrene copolymer with a lower
a T.sub.g than polystyrene or other altered properties can be
produced from polymerization with other monomers such as a
butadiene monomer, an acrylic monomer, a maleate ester, an
acrylonitrile, an allyl alcohol, a vinyltoluene, or a combination
thereof. For example, a butadiene monomer decreases lightfastness,
but confers self-crosslinkability to the resin. In another example,
an acrylic resin increases the resin's solubility in an alcohol. In
a further example, an allyl alcohol monomer confers
crosslinkability in combination with a polyol. In certain
embodiments, a styrene-butadiene copolymer resin may be selected.
In certain aspects, a styrene-butadiene resin comprises a carboxyl
moiety to improve an adhesion property, dispersibility in a liquid
component, or a combination thereof. In particular facets, a
styrene-butadiene coating comprises an emulsifier to increase
dispersion in a liquid component, a light stabilizer, or a
combination thereof. A styrene-butadiene coating may be a
thermosetting coating, due to oxidative crosslinking of a butadiene
double bond moiety. However, styrene-butadiene film may have poor
chalking resistance, poor color stability, poor UV resistance, or a
combination thereof A styrene-butadiene coating may be selected as
a corrosion resistant primer, a wood primer, or a combination
thereof. A styrene-vinnyltoluene-acrylate copolymer coating may be
selected for an exterior coating, a traffic marker paint, a metal
coating (e.g., a metal lacquer), a masonry coating, or a
combination thereof.
[0444] m. Bituminous Binders
[0445] A bituminous binder ("bituminous") is a binder comprising a
hydrocarbon soluble in carbon disulfide, is black or dark colored,
and is obtained from a bitumen deposit and/or as a product of
petroleum processing. A bituminous binder typically is used in
asphalt, tar, and other construction materials. However, in certain
embodiments, a bituminous binder may be used in a coating of the
present invention, particularly in embodiments wherein good
resistance to a chemical such as a petroleum based solvent, an oil,
water, or a combination thereof, is desired. Examples of a
bituminous binder include a coal tar, a petroleum asphalt, a pitch,
an asphaltite, or a combination thereof. In certain embodiments, a
coal tar and/or pitch is combined with an epoxy resin to form a
thermosetting coating. Such as coating may be selected as a
pipeline coating. In other embodiments, an asphaltite and/or
petroleum asphalt may be selected for use as an automotive coating
(e.g., an underbody part coating). An asphaltite and/or petroleum
asphalt coating may further comprise an additional binder such as
an epoxy. In certain aspects, an asphaltite and/or petroleum
asphalt coating is a solvent-borne coating. In specific aspects, an
asphaltite and/or petroleum asphalt coating comprises a
plasticizer. In further aspects, an asphaltite and/or petroleum
asphalt coating comprises a wax to increase abrasion
resistance.
[0446] In further embodiments, bituminous coating may be selected
as a roof coating. Typically, a bituminous roof coating comprises
an extender, a thixotrope, or a combination thereof. Examples of a
thixotrope additive include asbestos, a silicon extender, a
celluosic, a glass fiber, or a combination thereof. In some
aspects, a bituminous roof coating comprises a solvent-borne
coating or a water-borne coating. Examples of solvents that may be
selected include a mineral spirit, an aliphatic hydrocarbon (e.g.,
a naphtha, a mineral spirit), an aromatic solvent (e.g., xylene,
toluene) or a combination thereof. A bituminous roof coating may be
selected as a primer, a topcoat, or a combination thereof. A
bituminous roof topcoat typically further comprises a metallic
pigment.
[0447] In certain aspects, a solvent-borne or water-borne
bituminous coating is an emulsion comprising water and a bituminous
binder. In specific facets, the emulsion further comprises a
solvent, an extender (e.g., a silica), an emusifier (e.g., a
surfactant), or a combination thereof. The extender typically
functions to stabilize the emulsion. In particular facets, the
emulsion bituminous coating is a roof coating, a road coating, a
sealer, a primer, a topcoat, or a combination thereof. In facets
wherein an emulsion bituminous coating is selected as a sealer, an
additional binder may be added to increase solvent resistance.
[0448] In alternative embodiments, a bituminous temporary coating
(e.g, a non-film forming coating) may be produced, for example, by
selection of an addition binder that comprises fewer or no
crosslinkable moieties, reducing the concentration of the a
bituminous resin and/or additional binder, or a combination
thereof.
[0449] n. Polysulfide Binders
[0450] A polysulfide binder is a polymer produced from a reaction
of sodium polysufide, bis(2-chlorethyl)formal and
1,2,3-trichloropropane. Typically, a polysulfide binder is 1 kDa to
8 kDa, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
A polysulfide binder comprises a thiol ("mercaptan") moiety capable
of crosslinking with an additional binder. A polysulfide may
undergo crosslinking by an oxidative reaction with an additional
binder comprising a peroxide (e.g., dicumen hydroperoxide), a
manganese dioxide, p-quinonedioxime, or a combination thereof. A
polysulfide binder may be crosslinked with a glycidyl epoxide,
though a tertiary amine is preferably part of the coating to
promote this reaction. A polysulfide may undergo crosslinking with
a binder comprising an isocyanate moiety, though it is preferred
that the binder comprises a plurality of isocyanates. A polysulfide
film typically possesses excellent UV resistance, good general
weatherability properties, good chemical resistance, or a
combination thereof.
[0451] In alternative embodiments, a polysulfide temporary coating
(e.g, a non-film forming coating) may be produced, for example, by
selection of an addition binder that comprises fewer or no
crosslinkable moieties, reducing the concentration of the a
bituminous resin and/or additional binder, or a combination
thereof.
[0452] o. Silicone Binders
[0453] The previous described binders are molecules based on
carbon, and are considered herein as "organic binders." A silicone
binder ("silicone") is a binder molecule based on silicone.
Examples of a silicone binder include a polydimethyllsiloxane and a
methyltriacetoxy silane, a methyltrimethoxysilane, a
methyltricyclorhexylaminosilane, a fluorosilicone, a
trifluoropropyl methyl polysiloxane, or a combination thereof. In
general embodiments, a silicone binder comprises a crossreactive
silicon moiety, examples of which are described below. A silicone
coating may be selected for excellent resistance to irradiation
(e.g., UV, infrared, gamma), excellent weatherability, excellent
biodegradation resistance, flame resistance, excellent dielectric
property, which is poor electrical conductivity with little
detrimental effect on an electrostatic field, or a combination
thereof. In specific aspects, a silicon coating is an industrial
coating. In particular facets, a silicon coating is applied to an
appliance part, a furnace part, a jet engine part, an incinerator
part, or a missile part. In other embodiments, a silicon coating
comprises an organic binder. In particular aspects, a silicon
organic binder coating possesses superior heat resistance to an
organic binder coating. In other aspects, the greater the silicon
binder to organic binder ratio, the greater the crosslinking
reactions, greater film hardness, reduced flexibility, or a
combination thereof.
[0454] In general embodiments, a silicone coating is a
thermosetting coating. Often, a silicon coating is a multi-pack
coating due to a limited pot life one the coating components are
admixed. The crosslinking reaction depends upon the binder's
specific silicon moiety. A plurality of binders may be used, each
comprising one or more crosslinking moieties. A binder comprising
crosslinking SiOH and HOSi moieties generally comprises a cure
agent such as a lead octoate, a zinc octoate, or a combination
thereof. In general aspects, the thermosetting SiOH and HOSi
silicon coating is bake cured (e.g., 250.degree. C. for one hour).
A binder comprising crosslinking SiOH and HSi moieties typically
comprises a tin catalyst. A binder comprising crosslinking SiOH and
ROSi moieties, wherein RO is an alkoxy moiety, also typically
comprises a tin catalyst. A coating prepared using SiOH and ROSi
silicon binder typically further comprises an iron oxide, a glass
microballon, or a combination thereof to improve heat resistance.
This type of silicon may be selected for rocket and jet engine
parts. A binder comprising crosslinking SiOH and CH.sub.3COOSi
moieties is moisture cured, and typically comprises a tin catalyst
(e.g., an organotin compound). A binder comprising crosslinking
SiOH and R.sub.2NOSi moieties, wherein R.sub.2NO is an oxime
moiety, is also moisture cured, and typically comprises a tin
catalyst. The moisture cured silicon coatings may be selected for
one-pack silicon coatings, though film formation is generally
slower than other types of silicon thermosetting coatings. A binder
comprising crosslinking SiCH.dbd.CH.sub.2 and R.sub.2NOSi moieties,
wherein R.sub.2NO is an oxime moiety, typically comprises a
platinum catalyst, and may be bake cured. A film produced by a
SiCH.dbd.CH.sub.2 and R.sub.2NOSi silicon coating possesses
excellent toughness, flame resistance, or a combination thereof.
Such a coating may be selected for a rocket part. However, coating
components such as a rubber, a tin compound (e.g., an organotin),
or a combination thereof, may inhibit platinum catalyzed film
formation in this silicon coating.
[0455] In certain embodiments, a silicone coating is a
solvent-borne coating. Examples of liquid components that may
function as a silicon solvent include a chlorinated hydrocarbon
(e.g., 1,1,1-trichloroethane), an aromatic hydrocarbon (e.g., a VMP
naphtha, xylene), an aliphatic hydrocarbon, or a combination
thereof. A silicone binder typically is insoluble or poorly soluble
in an oxigenated compound such as an alcohol, a ketone, or a
combination thereof, of relatively low molecular weight (e.g.,
ethanol, isopropanol, acetone). However, a fluorosilicone, which is
a silicone binder that comprises a fluoride moiety, may be combined
with a liquid component comprising a ketone such as methyl ethyl
ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, or a combination thereof. A
fluorosilicone binder may be selected for producing a film with
excellent solvent resistance. A silicon coating often comprises a
pigment. In specific embodiments, a pigment comprises zinc oxide,
titanium dioxide, zinc orthotitanate, or a combination thereof,
which may improve a film's resistance to extreme temperature
variations, such as those of outerspace. In specific embodiments, a
silicon coating may comprise a silica extender (e.g., fumed
silica), which often increases durability.
[0456] In certain embodiments, a silicon binder comprises a
trifluoropropyl methyl polysiloxane binder. In certain aspects, a
trifluoropropyl methyl polysiloxane binder may be selected for
producing a film with excellent resistance to petroleum products
(e.g., automotive fuel, aircraft fuel), but poor resistance to an
acid or an alkali, particularly at baking conditions.
[0457] In alternative embodiments, a silicon temporary coating
(e.g, a non-film forming coating) may be produced, for example, by
selection of an addition binder that comprises fewer or no
crosslinkable moieties, reducing the concentration of the a silicon
resin and/or additional binder, using a bake-cured silicon coating
at non-baking conditions, inclusion of a rubber, a tin compound
(e.g., an organotin), or a combination thereof.
[0458] 2. Liquid Components
[0459] A liquid component is a chemical composition that is in a
liquid state while comprised in a coating and/or film. A liquid
component is typically added to a coating composition, for example,
to improve a rheological property for ease of application, alter
the period of time that thermoplastic film formation occurs, alter
an optical property (e.g., color, gloss) of a film, alter a
physical property of a coating (e.g., reduce flammability) and/or
film (e.g., increase flexibility), or a combination thereof.
[0460] As would be known to those of ordinary skill in the art,
often a liquid component comprises a volatile liquid that is partly
or fully removed (e.g., evaporated) from the coating during film
formation. Examples of a volatile liquid include a volatile organic
compound ("VOC"), water, or a combination thereof. In many
embodiments, 0% to 100%, including all intermediate ranges and
combinations thereof, of the liquid component is lost during film
formation. Various environmental laws and regulations have
encouraged the reduction of volatile organic compound use in
coatings [see "Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition
of the Gardner-Sward Handbook," (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 3-12,
1995]. As a consequence, a coating may comprise a solvent-borne
coating, which typically comprises a VOC and was the coating
usually selected prior to enactment of the environmental laws, a
high solids coating, which is generally a solvent-borne coating
formulated with a minimum amount of a VOC, a water-borne coating,
which comprises water and typically even less VOC, or a powder
coating, which comprises little or no VOC.
[0461] In many embodiments, a liquid component may comprise a
liquid composition classified based upon function such as a
solvent, a thinner, a diluent, a plasticizer, or a combination
thereof. A solvent is a liquid component used to dissolve one or
more coating components. A thinner is a liquid component used to
reduce the viscosity of a coating, and often additionally confers
one or more properties to the coating, such as, for example,
dissolving a coating component (e.g., a binder), wetting a
colorizing agent, acting as an antisettling agent, stabilizing a
coating in storage, acting as an antifoaming agent, or a
combination thereof. A diluent is a liquid component that does not
dissolve a binder.
[0462] Liquid components can be classified, based on their chemical
composition, as an organic compound, an inorganic compound, or a
combination thereof. Preferred organic compounds include a
hydrocarbon, an oxygenated compound, a chlorinated hydrocarbon, a
nitrated hydrocarbon, a miscellaneous organic liquid component, or
a combination thereof. A hydrocarbon consists of or consists
essentially of one or more carbon and/or hydrogen atoms. Examples
of a hydrocarbon include an aliphatic hydrocarbon, an aromatic
hydrocarbon, a naphthene, a terpene, or a combination thereof. An
oxygenated compound comprises of one or more carbon, hydrogen
and/or oxygen atoms. Examples of an oxygenated compound include an
alcohol, an ether, an ester, a glycol ester, a ketone, or a
combination thereof. A chlorinated hydrocarbon comprises one or
more carbon, hydrogen and/or chlorine atoms, but does not comprise
an oxygen atom. A nitrated hydrocarbon comprises one or more
carbon, hydrogen and/or nitrogen atoms, but does not comprise an
oxygen atom. A miscellaneous organic liquid component is a liquid
other than a chlorinated hydrocarbon and/or a nitrated hydrocarbon
that comprises one or more carbon, hydrogen and/or other atoms. In
certain aspects, a miscellaneous organic liquid component does not
comprise an oxygen atom. Preferred inorganic compounds include
ammonia, hydrogen cyanide, hydrogen fluoride, hydrogen cyanide,
sulfur dioxide, or a combination thereof. However, an inorganic
compound generally is used at temperatures less than ambient
conditions, and at pressures greater than atmospheric pressure.
[0463] In certain embodiments, a liquid component may comprise an
azeotrope. An azeotrope ("azeotropic mixture") is a solution of two
or more liquid components at concentrations that produces a
constant boiling point for the solution. An azeotrope BP ("A-BP")
is the boiling point of an azeotrope. Often, the boiling point
("BP") of the majority component of an azeotrope is higher than the
A-BP, and in some embodiments, such an azeotrope evaporates from a
coating faster than a similar coating that does not comprise the
azeotrope. However, in some aspects, a coating comprising an
azeotrope with a superior evaporation property may possess a lower
flash point temperature, a lower explosion limit, a reduced coating
flow, greater surface defect formation, or a combination thereof,
relative to a similar coating that does not comprise the azeotrope.
Alternatively, an azeotrope may be selected for embodiments wherein
a component's BP is increased. In specific aspects, a coating
comprising such an azeotrope may have a relatively slower
evaporation rate than a similar coating that does not comprise the
azeotrope. It is contemplated that the greater the percentage of
liquid component is an azeotrope, the greater the conference of an
azeotrope's property to a coating. Thus, a specific range of 50% to
100%, 90% to 100%, or 95% to 100%, including all intermediate
ranges and combinations thereof, is sequentially more preferred in
embodiments wherein an azeotrope's property is desired as a
property of a coating.
[0464] In some embodiments, a chemically non-reactive ("inert")
liquid component may be selected. Typically, a liquid component is
selected that is inert relative to a particular chemical reaction
to prevent an undesirable chemical reaction with other coating
components. An example of such an undesirable chemical reaction is
a binder-liquid component reaction that is inhibitory to a desired
binder-binder film-formation reaction. Examples of a liquid
component that are generally inert in an acetal formation reaction
include benzene, hexane, or a combination thereof. An example of a
liquid component that is generally inert in a decarboxylation
reaction includes quinoline. Examples of a liquid component that
are generally inert in a dehydration reaction include benzene,
toluene, xylene, or a combination thereof. An example of a liquid
component that is generally inert in a dehydrohalogenation reaction
includes quinoline. Examples of a liquid component that are
generally inert in a diazonium compound coupling reaction include
ethanol, glacial acetic acid, methanol, pyridine, or a combination
thereof. Examples of a liquid component that are generally inert in
a diazotization reaction include benzene, dimethylformamide,
ethanol, glacial acetic acid, or a combination thereof. Examples of
a liquid component that are generally inert in an esterification
reaction include benzene, dibutyl ether, toluene, xylene, or a
combination thereof. Examples of a liquid component that are
generally inert in a Friedel-Crafts reaction include benzene,
carbon disulfide, 1,2-dichloroethane, nitrobenzene,
tetrachloroethane, tetrachloromethane, or a combination thereof. An
example of a liquid component that is generally inert in a Grignard
reaction includes diethyl ether. Examples of a liquid component
that are generally inert in a halogenation reaction include
dichlorobenzene, glacial acetic acid, nitrobenzene,
tetrachloroethane, tetrachloromethane, trichlorobenzene, or a
combination thereof. Examples of a liquid component that are
generally inert in a hydrogenation reaction include an alcohol,
dioxane, a hydrocarbon, glacial acetic acid, or a combination
thereof. Examples of-a liquid component that are generally inert in
a ketene condensation reaction include acetone, benzene, diethyl
ether, xylene, or a combination thereof. Examples of a liquid
component that are generally inert in a nitration reaction include
dichlorobenzene, glacial acetic acid, nitrobenzene, or a
combination thereof. Examples of a liquid component that are
generally inert in an oxidation reaction include glacial acetic
acid, nitrobenzene, pyridine, or a combination thereof. Examples of
a liquid component that are generally inert in a sulfonation
reaction include dioxane, nitrobenzene, or a combination
thereof.
[0465] A solvent-borne coating is a coating wherein 50% to 100%,
the including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of
a coating's liquid component is not water. Generally, the liquid
component of a solvent-borne coating comprises an organic compound,
an inorganic compound, or a combination thereof. The liquid
component of a solvent-borne coating may function as a solvent, a
thinner, a diluent, a plasticizer, or a combination thereof. In
certain embodiments, a solvent-borne coating may comprise water. In
specific aspects, the water may function as a solvent, a thinner, a
diluent, or a combination thereof. The water component of a
solvent-borne coating may comprise 0% to 49.999%, the including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of the liquid
component. In certain embodiments, the water component of a
water-borne coating may be fully or partly miscible in the
non-aqueous liquid component. Examples of the percent of water that
is miscible, by weight at 20.degree. C., in various liquids
typically used in solvent-borne coatings include 0.01% water in
tetrachloroethylene; 0.02% water in ethylbenzene; 0.02% water
inp-xylene; 0.02% water in tricholorethylene; 0.05% water in
1,1,1-tricholoroethane; 0.05% water in toluene; 0.1% water in
hexane; 0.16% water in methylene chloride; 0.2% water in dibutyl
ether; 0.2% water in tetrahydronaphthalene; 0.42% water in
diisobutyl ketone; 0.5% water in cyclohexyl acetate; 0.5% water in
nitropropane; 0.6% water in 2-nitropropane; 0.62% water in butyl
acetate; 0.72% water in dipentene; 0.9% water in nitroethane; 1.2%
water in diethyl ether; 1.3% water in methyl tert-butyl ether; 1.4%
water in trimethylcyclohexanone; 1.65% water in isobutyl acetate;
1.7% water in butyl glycol acetate; 1.9% water in isopropyl
acetate; 2.4% water in methyl isobutyl ketone; 3.3% water in ethyl
acetate; 3.6% water in cyclohexanol; 4.0% water in
trimethylcyclohexanol; 4.3% water in isophorone; 5.8% water in
methylbenzyl alcohol; 6.5% water in ethyl glycol acetate; 7.2%
water in hexanol; 7.5% water in propylene carbonate; 8.0% water in
methyl acetate; 8.0% water in cyclohexanone; 12.0% water in methyl
ethyl ketone; 16.2% water in isobutanol; 19.7% water in butanol;
25.0% water in butyl glycolate; or 44.1% water in 2-butanol.
[0466] Various examples of such liquid components are described
herein, including properties often used to select a chemical
composition for use as a liquid component for a particular coating
composition. Additionally, standards for physical properties,
chemical properties, and/or procedures for testing
purity/properties, are described for various types of liquid
components (e.g., hydrocarbons, cycloaliphatic hydrocarbons,
aromatic hydrocarbons, alcohols, ketones, esters, glycol ethers,
mineral spirits, miscellaneous solvents, plasticizers) in, for
example, "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.04, Paint--Solvents;
Aromatic Hydrocarbons," D4790-99, D268-01, D3437-99, D1493-97,
D235-02, D1836-02, D3735-02, D3054-98, D5309-02, D4734-98,
D2359-02, D4492-98, D4077-00, D3760-02, D6526-00, D841-02, D843-97,
D5211-01, D5471-97, D5871-98, D5713-00, D852-02, D1685-00,
D4735-02, D3797-00, D3798-00, D5135-02, D5316-00, D5060-95,
D3193-96, D3734-01, D1152-97, D770-95, D3622-95, D1007-00,
D1719-95, D304-95, D319-95, D2635-01, D1969-01, D2306-00, D1612-95,
D5008-01, D268-01, D1078-01, D329-02, D1363-94, D740-94, D2804-02,
D1153-94, D3329-99, D2917-02, D3893-99, D4360-90, D2627-02,
D2916-88, D2192-96, D4614-95, D3545-02, D3131-02, D3130-95,
D1718-98, D4615-95, D3540-90, D1617-90, D2634-02, D5137-01,
D3728-99, D4835-93, D4773-02, D3128-02, D331-95, D330-93, D4837-02,
D4773-02, D4836-95, D5776-99, D5808-95, D5917-02, D6069-01,
D6212-99, D6313-99, D6366-99, D6428-99, D6621-00, D6809-02,
D5399-95, D6229-01, D6563-00, D6269-98, D3257-01, D847-96,
D1613-02, D848-02, D1614-95, D4367-02, D4534-99, D2360-00,
D1353-02, D1492-02, D849-02, D3961-98, D1364-02, D3160-96,
D1476-02, and D1722-98, D853-97, D5194-96, D363-90, D1399-95,
D1468-93, D3620-98, D3546-90, and D1721-97, 2002.
[0467] a. Solvents, Thinners, and Diluents
[0468] A coating may comprise a liquid component that may function
as a solvent, a thinner, a diluent or a combination thereof. In one
embodiment of a coating, a particular liquid component may function
as a solvent, while in another coating composition comprising, for
example, a different binder the same liquid component may function
as a thinner and/or a diluent. Whether a liquid component functions
primarily as a solvent, a thinner, or a diluent depends
considerably upon the particular solvent and/or rheological
property the liquid component confers to a specific coating
composition. For example, the ability of the liquid component to
function as a solvent, or lack thereof of such ability, relative to
the other coating components generally differentiates a solvent
from a diluent. A thinner is primarily included into a coating
composition in combination with a solvent and/or diluent to alter a
rheological property such as to reduce viscosity, enhance flow,
enhance leveling, or a combination thereof. In addition to the
ability of one of ordinary skill in the art to discern such
differences of use for a specific liquid composition in a coating,
examples of differing solubility properties for specific categories
of liquid components, and empirical techniques for determining the
solubility properties of a specific liquid component, relative to
another coating component, are described herein.
[0469] A solute is a coating component dissolved by a solvent
liquid component. A solute may be in solid, liquid or gas from
prior to being dissolved. Solvency ("solvent power") is the ability
of a solvent to dissolve a solute, maintain a solute in solution
upon addition of a diluent, and reduce the viscosity of a solution.
A solvent is typically used to produce a solvent-borne coating,
wherein the coating possesses desirable a Theological property for
application to a surface and/or creation of a film of a desirable
thickness. Additionally, a solvent may contribute to an appearance
property, a physical property, a chemical property, or a
combination thereof, of a coating and/or film. In most embodiments,
a solvent is a volatile component of a coating, wherein 50% to
100%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof,
of the solvent is lost (e.g., evaporates) during film formation. In
certain aspects, the rate of solvent loss slows during application
and/or film formation. Such a change in solvent loss rate may
promote a desirable rheologically related property during
application and/or initial film formation, such as ease of
application, minimum sag, reduce excessive flow, or a combination
thereof, while still promoting a desirable rheologically related
property post-application, such as a desirable leveling property, a
desirable adhesion property, or a combination thereof.
[0470] Depending upon the ability of a liquid component to
dissolve, partly dissolve, or unsuccessfully dissolve a coating
component, a coating may comprise, a real solution, a colloidal
solution or a dispersion, respectively. Often the ability of a
liquid component to dissolve a coating component is detrimentally
affected by increasing particulate matter size (e.g., pigment size,
cell-based particulate material size, etc.) and/or molecular mass
of the coating component. For example, a real solution comprises a
clear and/or homogenous liquid solution. In typical embodiments, a
real solution is produced when a potential solute of 1.0 nm or less
in diameter is combined with a solvent. A colloidal solution
comprises a physically non-homogenous solution, which may be a
clear to opalescent in appearance. Often, a colloidal solution is
produced when a potential solute of between 1.0 nm to 100 nm ("0.1
.mu.m") in diameter is combined with a solvent. A dispersion is a
composition comprising two liquid and/or solid phases, which is
typically turbid to milky in appearance. Generally, a dispersion is
produced when a potential solute of greater than 0.1 .mu.m in
diameter is combined with a solvent. In many aspects, a coating
composition may comprise a combination of a real solution, a
colloidal solution and/or a dispersion, depending upon the various
solubility's of coating components and liquid components. For
example, a paint may comprise a real solution of a binder and a
liquid component, and a dispersion of a pigment within the liquid
component.
[0471] Depending upon other coating components, a liquid component
may function as an active solvent or a latent solvent. An active
solvent is capable of dissolving a solute. Additionally, an active
solvent often reduces viscosity of a coating composition. In
certain embodiments, an ester, a glycol ether, a ketone, or a
combination thereof may be selected for use as an active solvent. A
latent solvent, in pure form, does not demonstrate solute
dissolving ability. However, the latent solvent may demonstrate the
ability to dissolve a solute in a combination of an active solvent
and the latent solvent; confer a synergistic improvement in the
dissolving ability of an active solvent when combined with the
active solvent, or a combination thereof. In certain embodiments,
an alcohol may be selected for use as a latent solvent. In certain
embodiments, a latent solvent is a thinner. A diluent, whether in
pure form or in combination with an active solvent and/or a latent
solvent, does not demonstrate solute dissolving ability, but may be
combined with an active solvent and/or latent solvent to produce a
liquid component with a suitable ability to dissolve a coating
component. In certain embodiments, hydrocarbon may be selected for
use as a diluent. In particular aspects, a hydrocarbon diluent
comprises an aromatic hydrocarbon, an aliphatic hydrocarbon, or a
combination thereof. In particular facets, an aromatic hydrocarbon
diluent may be selected, due to a generally greater tolerance by a
many solvents relative to an aliphatic hydrocarbon. In certain
aspects, a diluent is used to alter a rheological property (e.g.,
reduce viscosity) of a coating composition, reduce cost of a
coating composition, or a combination thereof.
[0472] The ability of a solvent to dissolve a potential solute is
related to the intermolecular interactions between the solvent
molecules, between the potential solute molecules, between the
solvent and the potential solute, as well as the molecular size of
the potential solute. Examples of intermolecular interactions
include, for example, ionic ("Coulomb"), dipole-dipole
("directional"), ionic-dipole, induction ("permanent dipole/induced
dipole"), dispersion ("nonpolar," "atomic dipole," "London-Van der
Walls"), hydrogen bond, or a combination thereof. As is known to
those of ordinary skill in the art, the sum of intramolecular
interactions for a compound, relevant for the preparation of a
solution, is the solubility parameter (".delta."). The solubility
parameter is a measure of the total energy needed to separate
molecules of a liquid. Such a separation of molecules of a solvent
occurs during the incorporation of the molecules of a solute during
the dissolving process. The solubility parameter is the square root
of the molar energy of vaporization of a liquid divided by the
molar volume of a liquid, measured at 25.degree. C. Additionally,
the solubility parameter can also be expressed as the square root
of the sum of the squares of the dispersion (".delta..sub.d"),
polar (".delta..sub.p") and hydrogen bond (".delta..sub.h")
solubility parameters.
[0473] Often, preparation of a coating composition may be aided by
comparing the solubility parameter of a potential solvent and a
potential solute (e.g., a binder) to ascertain the theoretical
ability of a coating composition comprising a solution to be
created. In many embodiments, coating components, wherein at least
one coating component comprises a liquid, with a solubility
parameter that is less than an absolute value of 6 are able to form
a solution. The closer this value is to 0, the greater the general
ability to form a solution. Additionally, the lower the individual
absolute difference (e.g., six or less) between the dispersion
solubility parameters of coating components, the polar solubility
parameter of coating components, and/or the hydrogen bond
solubility parameter of coating components, the generally greater
ability to form a solution. The solubility parameter, dispersion
solubility parameter, polar solubility parameter, and hydrogen bond
solubility parameter, and methods for determining such values, and
additional methods for determining the theoretical ability of
coating components to form a solution have been described (see, for
example, in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint--Pigments,
Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and
Ink Vehicles," D3132-84, 2002).
[0474] However, due to exceptions to the ability of certain liquid
components and potential solute coating components to form
solutions, empirically determining the ability of a solute to
dissolve in a solvent may be desirable in certain embodiments.
Standard techniques for determining the ability of a liquid
component comprising one or more liquids to function as an active
solvent, a latent solvent, a diluent, or a combination thereof,
relative to one or more potential solutes are known to those of
ordinary skill in the art. For example, the solvency of a liquid
component comprising an active solvent (e.g., an oxygenated
compound), a latent solvent, a diluent (e.g., a hydrocarbon), or a
combination thereof, particularly for use in a lacquer coating, may
be determined as described in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume
06.04, Paint--Solvents; Aromatic Hydrocarbons," D1720-96, 2002. In
an additional example, the solvency for a liquid component that
primarily comprises a hydrocarbon, and comprises little or lacks an
oxygenated compound, may be determined as described in "ASTM Book
of Standards, Volume 06.04, Paint--Solvents; Aromatic
Hydrocarbons," D1133-02, 2002. In a further example, the solvency
of a solution comprising liquid component and an additional coating
component (e.g., a binder) may be used to determined, as described
in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint--Pigments, Drying
Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink
Vehicles," D1545-98, D1725-62, D5661-95, D5180-93, D6038-96,
D5165-93, and D5166-97, 2002. In a supplemental example, the
dilutability of a solution comprising liquid component (e.g., a
solvent and diluent) and an additional coating component (e.g., a
binder) may be used to determined, as described in "ASTM Book of
Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint--Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers,
Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,"
D5062-96, 2002.
[0475] In certain embodiments, a liquid component may be selected
on the basis of evaporation rate. The evaporation rate of a coating
directly affects a physical aspect of film formation caused by loss
of a liquid component, as well as the pot life of a coating, such
as after a coating container is opened. Though the evaporation rate
is known for various pure chemicals, one of ordinary skill in the
art can empirically determine the evaporation rate of a liquid
component and/or a coating, in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume
06.01, Paint--Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties;
Appearance," D3539-87, 2002. Additionally, the boiling point range
of a liquid component often is useful in estimating whether the
liquid component will evaporate faster or slower relative to
another liquid component. Examples of methods for measuring a
boiling point for a liquid component (e.g., a hydrocarbon, a
chlorinated hydrocarbon) are described in "ASTM Book of Standards,
Volume 06.04, Paint--Solvents; Aromatic Hydrocarbons," D1078-01 and
D850-02e1, 2002. The evaporation rate is also related to the flash
point of a liquid component and/or coating. In certain embodiments,
a liquid component may be selected on the basis of flash point
and/or fire point, which is a measure of the danger of use of a
flammable coating composition in, for example, storage, application
in an indoor environment, etc. A flash point is the "lowest
temperature at which the liquid gives off enough vapor to form an
ignitable mixture with air to produce a flame when a source of
ignition is brought close to the surface of the liquid under
specified conditions of test at standard barometric pressure (760
mmHG, 101.3 kPa)," and a fire point is "the lowest temperature at
which sustained burning of the sample takes place for at least 5
seconds" ["Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of
the Gardner-Sward Handbook" (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 140 and 142,
1995]. Examples of methods for measuring the flash point and/or
fire point for a liquid component and/or a coating are described in
and "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for
Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance," D1310-01,
D3934-90, D3941-90, and D3278-96e 1, 2002.
[0476] Though it is contemplated that most or all liquid component
will be lost from a coating composition during film formation, a
liquid component may still contribute to the visual properties of a
coating and/or film. In embodiments wherein a liquid component is
selected as a colorizing agent, the color and/or darkness of the
liquid may be empirically measured (see, for example, "ASTM Book of
Standards, Volume 06.04, Paint--Solvents; Aromatic Hydrocarbons,"
D1209-00, D1686-96, and D5386-93b, 2002); and "ASTM Book of
Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for Chemical, Physical, and
Optical Properties; Appearance," D1544-98, 2002. In some
embodiments, a liquid component and/or coating may be selected on
the basis of odor (e.g., faint odor, pleasant odor, etc.). A
coating or coating component can be evaluated for suitability in a
particular application based on odor using, for example, techniques
described in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.04,
Paint--Solvents; Aromatic Hydrocarbons," D1296-01, 2002; and "ASTM
Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for Chemical,
Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance," D6165-97, 2002.
(1) Hydrocarbons
[0477] A hydrocarbon is typically obtained as a petroleum product,
a vegetable product, or a combination thereof. As a consequence of
imperfect purification (e.g., distillation) from these sources, a
hydrocarbon is often a mixture of chemical components. A
hydrocarbon may be selected as an active solvent to dissolve an oil
(e.g., a drying oil), an alkyd, an asphalt, a rosin, a petroleum
product, or a combination thereof. A hydrocarbon is more suitable
as a latent solvent or diluent in embodiments wherein an acrylic
resin, an epoxide resin, a nitrocellulose resin, an urethane resin,
or a combination thereof is to be dissolved. However, a hydrocarbon
generally is immiscible in water.
(i) Aliphatic Hydrocarbons
[0478] In general embodiments, an aliphatic hydrocarbon may be
selected as an active solvent for an alkyd, an oil, wax, a
polyisobutene, a polyethylene, a poly(butyl acrylate), a poly(butyl
methacrylate), a poly(vinyl ethers), or a combination thereof. In
other embodiments, an aliphatic hydrocarbon may be selected as a
diluent in combination with an additional liquid component. In
alternative embodiments wherein an aliphatic hydrocarbon is
selected as a non-solvent liquid component, a composition
comprising a polar binder, a cellulose derivative, or a combination
thereof, is usually insoluble. An aliphatic hydrocarbon is often
selected as a liquid component in embodiments wherein a chemically
inert liquid component is desired. Examples of an aliphatic
hydrocarbon include, a petroleum ether, pentane (CAS No. 109-66-0),
hexane (CAS No. 110-54-3), heptane (CAS No. 142-82-5), isododecane
(CAS No. 13475-82-6), a kerosene, a mineral spirit, a VMP naphthas
or a combination thereof. A hexane, a heptane, or a combination
thereof, may be selected for a coating wherein rapid evaporation of
such a liquid component is desired (e.g., a fast drying lacquer).
An example of an azeotrope comprising an aliphatic hydrocarbon
includes an azeotrope comprising hexane. Examples of an azeotrope
comprising a majority of hexane (BP 65.degree. C. to 70.degree. C.)
include those comprising 2.5% isobutanol (azeotrope BP 68.3.degree.
C.); 5.6% water (A-BP 61.6.degree. C.); 21% ethanol (A-BP
58.7.degree. C.); 22% isopropyl alcohol (A-BP 61.0C.); 26.9%
methanol (A-BP 50.0.degree. C.); 37% methyl ethyl ketone (A-BP
64.2.degree. C.); or 42% ethyl acetate (A-BP 65.0.degree. C.).
[0479] As would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art, an
aliphatic hydrocarbon can comprise a petroleum distillation product
of heterogeneous chemical composition. Such an aliphatic
hydrocarbon may be classified by a physical and/or chemical
property (e.g., boiling point range, flash point, evaporation rate)
(see, for example, "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.04,
Paint--Solvents; Aromatic Hydrocarbons," D235-02 and D3735, 2002).
In certain embodiments, such a petroleum distillation product
aliphatic hydrocarbon may be classified, for example, as a mineral
spirit, a VMP naphthas or a kerosene (e.g., deodorized kerosene). A
mineral spirit ("white spirit," "petroleum spirit") is a petroleum
distillation fraction with a boiling point between 149.degree. C.
to 204.degree. C., including all intermediate ranges and
combinations thereof, and a flash point of 38.degree. C. or
greater. A mineral spirit may further be classified as a regular
mineral spirit, which possesses the properties previously described
for a mineral spirit; a high flash mineral spirit, which possesses
a higher minimum flash point (e.g., 55.degree. C. or greater); a
low dry point mineral spirit ("Stoddard solvent"), which typically
evaporates 50% faster than a regular mineral spirit; or an odorless
mineral spirit, which generally possesses less odor than a regular
mineral spirit, but may also possess relatively weaker solvency
property. A mineral spirit may be selected for embodiments wherein
a solvent and/or diluent is desired for an alkyd coating, a
chlorinated rubber coating, an oil-coating, a vinyl chloride
copolymer coating, or a combination thereof. A VMP naphtha possess
a similar solvency property as a mineral spirit, but evaporates
faster with a BP of 121.degree. C. to 149.degree. C., including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, and typically has a
flash point of 4.degree. C. or greater. A VMP naphtha may further
be classified as a regular VMP naphtha, which possesses the
properties previously described for a VMP naphtha; a high flash VMP
naphtha, which possesses a higher minimum flash point (e.g.,
34.degree. C. or greater); or an odorless VMP naphtha, which
generally possesses less odor than a regular mineral spirit. A VMP
naphtha may be selected for a coating that is spray applied, an
industrial coating, or a combination thereof. A petroleum ether is
a petroleum distillation fraction with a boiling point between
35.degree. C. to 80.degree. C., including all intermediate ranges
and combinations thereof, with a low flash point (e.g., -46.degree.
C.), and may be used in embodiments wherein rapid evaporation is
desired.
(ii) Cycloaliphatic Hydrocarbons
[0480] In embodiments wherein a cycloaliphatic hydrocarbon is
selected as a solvent, a composition comprising an oil, alkyd,
bitumen, rubber, or a combination thereof, usually can be
dissolved. In alternative embodiments wherein a cycloaliphatic
hydrocarbon is selected as a non-solvent liquid component, a
composition comprising a polar binder such as a urea-formaldehyde
binder, a melamine-formaldehyde binder, a phenol-formaldehyde
binder; a cellulose derivative, such as, a cellulose ester binder;
or a combination thereof, is usually insoluble. A cycloaliphatic
hydrocarbon is generally soluble in other organic solvents, but not
soluble in water. Examples of a cycloaliphatic hydrocarbon include
cyclohexane (CAS No. 110-82-7); methylcyclohexane (CAS No.
108-87-2); ethylcyclohexane (CAS No. 1678-91-7);
tetrahydronaphthalene (CAS No. 119-64-2); decahydronaphthalene (CAS
No. 91-17-8); or a combination thereof. Tetrahydronaphthalene is
often selected for coatings wherein oxidation of a binder is
preferable during film formation; a high gloss is preferable in a
film, smooth surface is preferable in a film, or a combination
thereof. An example of an azeotrope comprising a cycloaliphatic
hydrocarbon includes an azeotrope comprising cyclohexane. Examples
of an azeotrope comprising a majority of cyclohexane (BP
80.5.degree. C. to 81.5.degree. C.) include those comprising 8.5%
water (A-BP 69.8.degree. C.); 10% butanol (A-BP 79.8.degree. C.);
14% isobutanol (A-BP 78.1.degree. C.); 20% propanol (A-BP
74.3.degree. C.); 37% methanol (A-BP 54.2.degree. C.); or 40%
methyl ethyl ketone (A-BP 72.0.degree. C.).
(iii) Terpene Hydrocarbons
[0481] A terpene typically possesses a superior solvency property,
stronger odor, or a combination thereof, relative to an aliphatic
hydrocarbon. Examples of a terpene include wood terpentine oil (CAS
No. 8008-64-2); pine oil (CAS No. 8000-41-7); .alpha.-pinene (CAS
No. 80-56-8); .beta.-pinene; dipentene (CAS No. 138-86-3);
D-limonene (CAS No. 5989-27-5); or a combination thereof. Dipentene
may be selected for embodiments wherein a superior solvency
property, a slower evaporation rate, or a combination thereof,
relative to a turpentine, is desired. Pine oil may be classified as
an oxygenated compound, but is described under hydrocarbons due to
convention by those of skill in the art. Pine oil generally
comprises a terpene alcohol. Pine oil may be selected for
embodiments wherein a greater range of solvency for solutes, a slow
evaporation rate, or a combination thereof, is desired. An example
of an azeotrope comprising a terpene includes an azeotrope
comprising a-pinene. An example of an azeotrope comprising a
majority of .alpha.-pinene (BP 154.0.degree. C. to 156.0.degree.
C.) includes an azeotrope comprising 35.5% cyclohexanol (A-BP
149.9.degree. C.).
[0482] As would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art, a
terpene hydrocarbon ("terpene") can comprise a by-product from
pines tree and/or citrus processing of heterogeneous chemical
composition. Such a terpene hydrocarbon (e.g., a terpentine) may be
classified by a physical and/or chemical property (see, for
example, "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint--Pigments,
Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and
Ink Vehicles," D804-02, D13-02, D233-02, D801-02, D802-02, and
D6387-99, 2002). Examples of a terpentine include a gum turpentine,
a steam-distilled wood turpentine, a sulfate wood turpentine, a
destructively distilled wood turpentine, or a combination thereof.
Both a gum turpentine and a sulfate wood turpentine generally
comprise a combination of a-pinene and a lesser quantity of
.beta.-pinene. A steam-distilled wood terpentine generally
comprises a-pinene and a lesser component of dipentene and one or
more other terpenes. Destructively distilled wood turpentine
generally comprises various aromatic hydrocarbons and a lesser
quantity of one or more terpenes.
(iv) Aromatic Hydrocarbons
[0483] An aromatic hydrocarbon typically possesses a greater
solvency property and/or odor relative to other hydrocarbon types.
Examples of an aromatic hydrocarbon include benzene (CAS No.
71-43-2); toluene (CAS No. 108-88-3; "methylbenzene"); ethylbenzene
(CAS No. 100-41-4); xylene (CAS No. 1330-20-7); cumene
("isopropylbenzene"; CAS No. 98-82-8); a type I high flash aromatic
naphthas; a type II high flash aromatic naphthas; mesitylene (CAS
No. 108-67-8); pseudocumene (CAS No. 95-63-6); cymol (CAS No.
99-87-6); styrene (CAS No. 100-42-5); or a combination thereof.
Xylene typically comprises o-xylene (CAS No. 56004-61-6); m-xylene
(CAS No. 108-38-3);p- xylene (CAS No. 41051-88-1); and trace
ethylbenzene. Toluene may be selected for embodiments wherein rapid
evaporation is desired. In specific aspects, toluene may be
selected for a spray applied coating, an industrial coating, or a
combination thereof. Xylene may be selected for embodiments wherein
a moderate evaporation rate is desired. In specific aspects, xylene
may be selected for an industrial coating. As would be known to one
of ordinary skill in the art, an aromatic hydrocarbon may comprise
a petroleum-processing product of heterogeneous chemical
composition such as a high flash aromatic naphtha (e.g., type I,
type II). A type I high flash aromatic naphtha and type II high
flash aromatic naphtha possess a minimum flash point of 38.degree.
C. and 60.degree. C., respectively. Standards for the
characteristic chemical an/or physical property of an aromatic
naphtha are known to those of ordinary skill in the art (see, for
example, "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.04, Paint--Solvents;
Aromatic Hydrocarbons," D3734, 2002). A high flash naphtha
typically has a slow evaporation rate. In specific embodiments, a
high flash aromatic naphtha may be used in an industrial coating, a
coating that is baked, or a combination thereof. An example of a
high flash aromatic is Solvesso 100 (CAS No. 64742-95-6). Examples
of an azeotrope comprising an aromatic hydrocarbon include an
azeotrope comprising toluene or m-xylene. Examples of an azeotrope
comprising a majority of toluene (BP 110.degree. C. to 111.degree.
C.) include those comprising 27% butanol (A-BP 105.6.degree. C.);
or 44.5% isobutanol (A-BP 100.9.degree. C.). Examples of an
azeotrope comprising a majority of m-xylene (BP 137.0.degree. C. to
142.0.degree. C.) include those comprising 14% cyclohexanol (A-BP
143.0.degree. C.); or 40% water (A-BP 94.5.degree. C.).
(2) Oxygenated Compounds
[0484] An oxygenated compound ("oxygenated liquid compound") is
typically chemically synthesized by standard chemical manufacturing
techniques. As a consequence, an individual oxygenated compound is
typically an extremely homogenous chemical composition, with
singular, rather than a range of, chemical and physical properties.
The oxygen moiety of an oxygenated compound generally enhances the
strength and breadth of solvency for potential solutes relative to
a hydrocarbon. Additionally, an oxygenated compound typically has
some or complete miscibility with water. Examples of an oxygenated
compound include an alcohol, an ester, a glycol ether, a ketone, or
a combination thereof. As would be known to one of ordinary skill
in the art, a liquid component often comprises a combination of an
alcohol, an ester, a glycol ether, a ketone and/or an addition
liquid to produce suitable chemical and/or physical properties for
a coating and/or film.
(i) Alcohols
[0485] An alcohol comprises an alcohol moiety. However, a preferred
"alcohol" comprises a single hydroxyl moiety. The alcohol moiety
confers miscibility with water. Consequentially, increasing
molecular size of an alcohol comprising a single alcohol moiety
generally reduces miscibility with water. Alcohols typically
possess a mild and/or pleasant odor. An alcohol is typically a poor
primary solvent, though ethanol is an exception relative to a
solute comprising a phenolic and/or polyvinyl resin. An alcohol may
be selected as a latent solvent, co-solvent, a coupling solvent, a
diluent, or combination thereof such as with solute comprising a
nitrocellulose lacquer, melamine-formaldehyde, urea formaldehyde,
alkyd, or combination thereof. Examples of an alcohol include
methanol (CAS No. 67-56-1); ethanol (CAS No. 64-17-5); propanol
(CAS No. 71-23-8); isopropanol (CAS No. 67-63-0); 1-butanol (CAS
No. 71-36-3); isobutanol (CAS No. 78-83-1); 2-butanol (CAS No.
78-92-2); tert-butanol (CAS No. 75-65-0); amyl alcohol (CAS No.
71-41-0); isoamyl alcohol (123-51-3); hexanol (25917-35-5);
methylisobutylcarbinol (CAS No. 108-11-2); 2-ethylbutanol (CAS No.
97-95-0); isooctyl alcohol (CAS No. 26952-21-6); 2-ethylhexanol
(CAS No. 104-76-7); isodecanol (CAS No. 25339-17-7); cylcohexanol
(CAS No. 108-93-0); methylcyclohexanol (CAS No. 583-59-5);
trimethylcyclohexanol; benzyl alcohol (CAS No. 100-51-6);
methylbenzyl alcohol (CAS No. 98-85-1); furfuryl alcohol (CAS No.
98-00-0); tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol (CAS No. 97-99-4); diacetone
alcohol (CAS No. 123-42-2); trimethylcyclohexanol (116-02-9); or a
combination thereof. Furfuryl alcohol and tetrahydrofurfuryl
alcohol may be selected as a primary solvent for a polyvinyl
binder. Examples of an azeotrope comprising an alcohol include an
azeotrope comprising butanol, ethanol, isobutanol, or methanol.
Examples of an azeotrope comprising a majority of butanol (BP
117.7.degree. C.) include those comprising 97% butanol and 3%
hexane (A-BP 67.degree. C.); 32% p-xylene (A-BP 115.7.degree. C.);
32.8% butyl acetate (A-BP 117.6.degree. C.); 44.5% water (A-BP
93.degree. C.); or 50% isobutyl acetate (A-BP 114.5.degree. C.).
Examples of an azeotrope comprising a majority of ethanol (BP
78.3.degree. C.) include those comprising 4.4% water (A-BP
78.2.degree. C.); or 32% toluene (A-BP 76.7.degree. C.). Examples
of an azeotrope comprising a majority of isobutanol (BP
107.7.degree. C.) include those comprising 2.5% hexane (A-BP
68.3.degree. C.); 5% isobutyl acetate (A-BP 107.6.degree. C.);
17%p-xylene (A-BP 107.5.degree. C.); 33.2% water (A-BP 89.9.degree.
C.); or 48% butyl acetate (A-BP 80.1.degree. C.). An example of an
azeotrope comprising a majority of methanol (BP 64.6.degree. C.)
includes an azeotrope comprising 30% methyl ethyl ketone (A-BP
63.5.degree. C.).
(ii) Ketones
[0486] A ketone comprises a ketone moiety. However, a preferred
ketone comprises a single ketone moiety. A ketone generally
possesses some miscibility with water, and a strong odor. In
general embodiments, a ketone may be selected as a primary solvent,
thinner, or combination thereof. Examples of a ketone include
acetone (CAS No. 67-64-1); methyl ethyl ketone (CAS No. 78-93-3);
methyl propyl ketone (CAS No. 107-87-9); methyl isopropyl ketone
(CAS No. 563-80-4); methyl butyl ketone (CAS No. 591-78-6); methyl
isobutyl ketone (CAS No. 108-10-1); methyl amyl ketone (CAS No.
110-43-0); methyl isoamyl ketone (CAS No. 110-12-3); diethyl ketone
(CAS No. 96-22-0); ethyl amyl ketone (CAS No. 541-85-5); dipropyl
ketone (CAS No. 110-43-0); diisopropyl ketone (CAS No. 565-80-0);
cyclohexanone (CAS No. 108-94-1); methylcylcohexanone (CAS No.
1331-22-2); trimethylcyclohexanone (CAS No. 873-94-9); mesityl
oxide (CAS No. 141-79-7); diisobutyl ketone (CAS No. 108-83-8);
isophorone (CAS No. 78-59-1); or a combination thereof. Acetone may
be selected for complete miscibility in water, fast evaporation, or
a combination thereof. In certain embodiments, acetone may be used
as a liquid component in an aerosol, a spay-applied coating, or a
combination thereof. In specific aspects, acetone may be used as a
thinner. In other aspects, acetone may be used in a coating wherein
nitrocellulose, an acrylic, or a combination thereof, is dissolved.
Methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, and isophorone may be
selected in embodiments wherein a fast evaporation rate, moderate
evaporation rate, or slow evaporation rate, respectively, is
desired. In specific facets, isophorone may be selected for a baked
coating, an industrial coating, or a combination thereof. Examples
of an azeotrope comprising a ketone include an azeotrope comprising
acetone, methyl ethyl ketone or methyl isobutyl ketone. Examples of
an azeotrope comprising a majority of acetone (BP 56.2.degree. C.)
include those comprising 12% methanol (A-BP 55.7.degree. C.); or
41% hexane (A-BP 49.8.degree. C.). Examples of an azeotrope
comprising a majority of methyl ethyl ketone (BP 79.6.degree. C.)
include those comprising 11% water (A-BP 73.5.degree. C.); 32%
isopropyl alcohol (A-BP 77.5.degree. C.); or 34% ethanol (A-BP
74.8.degree. C.). Examples of an azeotrope comprising a majority of
methyl isobutyl ketone (BP 114.degree. C to 117.degree. C.) include
those comprising 24.3% water (A-BP 87.9.degree. C.); or 30% butanol
(A-BP 114.35.degree. C.).
(iii) Esters
[0487] An ester may comprise an alkyl acetate, an alkyl propionate,
a glycol ether acetate, or a combination thereof. An ester
generally possesses a pleasant odor. In general embodiments, an
ester possesses a solubility property that decreases with
increasing molecular weight. A glycol ester acetate typically
possesses a slow evaporation rate. In specific aspects, a glycol
ester acetate may be selected as a retarder solvent, a coalescent,
or a combination thereof. Examples of an ester include methyl
formate (CAS No. 107-31-3); ethyl formate (CAS No. 109-94-4); butyl
formate (CAS No. 592-84-7); isobutyl formate (CAS No. 542-55-2);
methyl acetate (CAS No. 79-20-9); ethyl acetate (CAS No. 141-78-6);
propyl acetate (CAS No. 109-60-4); isopropyl acetate (CAS No.
108-21-4); butyl acetate (CAS No. CAS-No. 123-86-4); isobutyl
acetate (CAS No.110-19-0); sec-butyl acetate (CAS No. 105-46-4);
amyl acetate (CAS No. 628-63-7); isoamyl acetate (CAS No.
123-92-2); hexyl acetate (CAS No. 142-92-7); cyclohexyl acetate
(CAS No. 622-45-7); benzyl acetate (CAS No. 140-11-4); methyl
glycol acetate (CAS No. 110-49-6); ethyl glycol acetate (CAS No.
111-15-9); butyl glycol acetate (CAS No. 112-07-2); ethyl diglycol
acetate (CAS No. 111-90-0); butyl diglycol acetate (CAS No.
124-17-4); 1-methoxypropyl acetate (CAS No. 108-65-6); ethoxypropyl
acetate (CAS No. 54839-24-6); 3-methoxybutyl acetate (CAS No.
4435-53-4); ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate (CAS No. 763-69-9); isobutyl
isobutyrate (CAS No. 97-85-8); ethyl lactate (CAS No. 97-64-3);
butyl lactate (CAS No. 138-22-7); butyl glycolate (CAS No.
7397-62-8); dimethyl adipate (CAS No. 627-93-0); glutarate (CAS No.
119-40-0); succinate (CAS No. 106-65-0); ethylene carbonate (CAS
No. 96-49-1); propylene carbonate (CAS No. 108-32-7); butyrolactone
(CAS No. 96-48-0); or a combination thereof. Ethylene carbonate and
propylene carbonate generally possess a high flash point, a slow
evaporation rate, a weak odor, or a combination thereof. Ethylene
carbonate is preferred for use in coatings at temperatures greater
than 25.degree. C. Examples of an azeotrope comprising an ester
include an azeotrope comprising butyl acetate, ethyl acetate or
methyl acetate. Examples of an azeotrope comprising a majority of
butyl acetate (BP 124.degree. C. to 128.degree. C.) include those
comprising 27% water (A-BP 90.7.degree. C.) or 35.7% ethyl glycol
(A-BP 125.8.degree. C.). Examples of an azeotrope comprising a
majority of ethyl acetate (BP 76.degree. C. to 77.degree. C.)
include those comprising 5% cyclohexanol (A-BP 153.8.degree. C.);
8.2% water (A-BP 70.4.degree. C.); 22% methyl ethyl ketone (A-BP
76.7.degree. C.); 23% isopropyl alcohol (A-BP 74.8.degree. C.); or
31% ethanol (A-BP 71.8.degree. C.). An example of an azeotrope
comprising a majority of methyl acetate (BP 55.0.degree.
C.-57.0.degree. C.) includes an azeotrope comprising 19% methanol
(A-BP 54.degree. C.).
(iv) Glycol Ethers
[0488] A glycol ether comprises an alcohol moiety and an ether
moiety. The glycol ether generally possesses good solvency, high
flash point, slow evaporation rate, mild odor, miscibility with
water, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, a glycol
ether may be selected as a coupling solvent, a thinner, or a
combination thereof. In particular aspects, a glycol ether may be
selected as a liquid component of a lacquer. Examples of a glycol
ether include methyl glycol (CAS No. 109-86-4); ethyl glycol (CAS
No. 110-80-5); propyl glycol (CAS No. 2807-30-9); isopropyl glycol
(CAS No. 109-59-1); butyl glycol (CAS No. 111-76-2); methyl
diglycol (111-77-3); ethyl diglycol (CAS No.111-90-0); butyl
diglycol (CAS No. 112-34-5); ethyl triglycol (CAS No. 112-50-5);
butyl triglycol (CAS No. 143-22-6); diethylene glycol dimethyl
ether (CAS No. 111-96-6); methoxypropanol (CAS No. 107-98-2);
isobutoxypropanol (CAS No. 23436-19-3); isobutyl glycol (CAS No.
4439-24-1); propylene glycol monoethyl ether (CAS No. 52125-53-8);
1-isopropoxy-2-propanol (CAS No. 3944-36-3); propylene glycol
mono-n-propyl ether (CAS No. 30136-13-1); propylene glycol n-butyl
ether (CAS No. 5131-66-8); methyl dipropylene glycol (CAS No.
34590-94-8); methoxybutanol (CAS No. 30677-36-2); or a combination
thereof. An example of an azeotrope comprising a glycol ether
includes an azeotrope comprising ethyl glycol. An example of an
azeotrope comprising a majority of ethyl glycol (BP 134.degree. C.
to 137.degree. C.) includes an azeotrope comprising 50% dibutyl
ether (A-BP 127.degree. C.).
(v) Ethers
[0489] Examples of an ether include diethyl ether (CAS No.
60-29-7); diisopropyl ether (CAS No. 108-20-3); dibutyl ether (CAS
No. 142-96-1); di-sec-butyl ether (CAS No. 6863-58-7); methyl
tert-butyl ether (CAS No. 1634-04-4); tetrahydrofuran (CAS No.
109-99-9); 1,4-dioxane (CAS No. 123-91-1); metadioxane (CAS No.
505-22-6); or a combination thereof. Tetrahydrofuran may be
selected as a primary solvent for a polyvinyl binder. An example of
an azeotrope comprising an ether includes an azeotrope comprising
tetrahydrofuran. An example of an azeotrope comprising a majority
of tetrahydrofuran (BP 66.degree. C.) includes an azeotrope
comprising 5.3% water (A-BP 64.0.degree. C.).
(3) Chlorinated Hydrocarbons
[0490] A chlorinated hydrocarbon generally comprises a hydrocarbon,
wherein the hydrocarbon comprises a chloride atom moiety. A
chlorinated hydrocarbon generally possesses a very high degree of
non-flammability, and consequently lacks a flash point. A
chlorinated hydrocarbon may be selected for embodiments where high
flash point is desired. In particular facets, a chlorinated
hydrocarbon may be added to a liquid component to reduce the liquid
component's flash point. In certain facets, it is less preferred
that a chlorinated hydrocarbon be combined with a mineral spirit,
methylene chloride, or a combination thereof, wherein reduction of
the flash point is desired. In particular aspects, a chlorinated
hydrocarbon (e.g., methylene chloride, trichloroethylene) may be
selected as a solvent for removal of hydrophobic material from a
surface (e.g., grease, an undesired coating and/or film). However,
a chlorinated hydrocarbon may be less preferred due to an
environmental regulation or law. Examples of a chlorinated
hydrocarbon include methylene chloride (CAS No. 75-09-2;
"dichloromethane"); trichloromethane (CAS No. 67-66-3);
tetrachloromethane (CAS No. 56-23-5); ethyl chloride (CAS No.
75-00-3); isopropyl chloride (CAS No. 75-29-6); 1,2-dichloroethane
(CAS No. 107-06-2); 1,1,1-trichloroethane (CAS No. 71-55-6;
"methylchloroform"); trichloroethylene (CAS No. 79-01-6);
1,1,2,2-tetrachlorethane (CAS No. 79-55-6); 1,2-dichloroethylene
(CAS No. 75-35-4); perchloroethylene (CAS No. 127-18-4);
1,2-dichloropropane (CAS No. 78-87-5); chlorobenzene (CAS No.
108-90-7); or a combination thereof. Methylene chloride may be
selected for embodiments wherein a fast evaporation rate is
desired. 1,1,1 -trichloroethane may be selected for embodiments
wherein a photochemically inert liquid component is desired.
Additionally, methylene chloride may be selected as a coating
remover. Examples of an azeotrope comprising a chlorinated
hydrocarbon include an azeotrope comprising methylene chloride,
trichloroethylene or 1,1,1-trichloroethane. Examples of an
azeotrope comprising a majority of methylene chloride (BP
40.2.degree. C.) include those comprising 1.5% water (A-BP
38.1.degree. C.); 3.5% ethanol (A-BP 41.0.degree. C.); or 8%
methanol (A-BP 39.2.degree. C.). Examples of an azeotrope
comprising a majority of trichloroethylene (BP 86.7.degree. C.)
include those comprising 6.6% water (A-BP 72.9.degree. C.); 27%
ethanol (A-BP 70.9.degree. C.); or 36% methanol (A-BP 60.2.degree.
C.). An example of an azeotrope comprising a majority of
1,1,1-trichloroethane (BP 74.0.degree. C.) includes an azeotrope
comprising 4.3% water (A-BP 65.0.degree. C.).
(4) Nitrated Hydrocarbons
[0491] A nitrated hydrocarbon comprises a hydrocarbon, wherein the
hydrocarbon comprises a nitrogen atom moiety. Examples of a
nitrated hydrocarbon include a nitroparaffin,
N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone ("NMP"), or a combination thereof. Examples
of a nitroparaffin include nitroethane, nitromethane, nitropropane,
2-nitropropane ("2NP"), or a combination thereof. 2-nitropropane
may be selected for embodiments as a substitute for butyl acetate
relative to a solvent property, but wherein a greater evaporation
rate is desired. N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone may be selected for
embodiments wherein a strong solvent property, miscibility with
water, high flash point, biodegradability, low toxicity, or a
combination thereof is desired. In certain aspects,
N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone may be used in a water-borne coating, a
coating remover, or a combination thereof.
(5) Miscellaneous Organic Liquids
[0492] A miscellaneous organic liquid is a liquid comprising carbon
that are useful as a liquid component for a coating, but are not
readily classified as a hydrocarbon, an oxygenated compound, a
chlorinated hydrocarbon, a nitrated hydrocarbon, or a combination
thereof. Examples of a miscellaneous organic liquid include carbon
dioxide; acetic acid, methylal (CAS No. 109-87-5); dimethylacetal
(CAS No. 534-15-6); N,N-dimethylformamide (CAS No. 68-12-2);
N,N-dimethylacetamide (CAS No. 127-19-5); dimethylsulfoxide (CAS
No. 67-68-5); tetramethylene suflone (CAS No. 126-33-0); carbon
disulfide (CAS No. 75-15-0); 2-nitropropane (CAS No. 79-46-9);
N-methylpyrrolidone (CAS No. 872-50-4); hexamethylphosphoric
triamide (CAS No. 680-31-9); 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazol- idinone (CAS
No. 80-73-9); or a combination thereof. As would be known to one of
ordinary skill in the art, carbon dioxide may function as a liquid
component when prepared under pressure and temperature conditions
to form a supercritical liquid. A supercritical liquid has
properties between that of a liquid and a gas, and can be used in
spray application of a coating wherein the appropriate pressure
conditions can be maintained. Supercritical carbon dioxide may be
formulated with a coating using the tradename technique Unicarb.TM.
(Union Carbide Chemicals and Plastics Co., Inc.). Supercritical
carbon dioxide may be selected as a substitute for a hydrocarbon
diluent in embodiments wherein chemical inertness,
non-flammability, rapid evaporation, or a combination thereof, is
desirable. In certain aspects, 0% to 30%, including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of a hydrocarbon
liquid component may be replaced with supercritical carbon
dioxide.
[0493] b. Plasticizers
[0494] In certain embodiments, a coating may comprise a
plasticizer. A plasticizer may be selected for embodiments wherein
the resin possesses an unsuitable brittleness and/or low
flexibility property upon film formation. Properties a plasticizer
typically confers to a coating and/or film include, for example,
enhancing a flow property of a coating, lowering a film-forming
temperature range, enhancing the adhesion property of a coating
and/or film, enhancing the flexibility property of a film, lowering
the T.sub.g, improving film toughness, enhancing film heat
resistance, enhancing film impact resistance, enhancing UV
resistance, or a combination thereof. Since a function of a
plasticizer typically is to alter a film's properties, most
plasticizer's possess a high (e.g., baking temperature) boiling
point, as such a compound is generally less volatile, with
increasing boiling point temperature. In certain aspects, a
plasticizer may function as a solvent, thinner, diluent,
plasticizer, or combination thereof, for a coating composition
and/or film at a temperature greater than ambient conditions.
[0495] A plasticizer is thought to interact with a binder by a
polar interaction, but is chemically inert relative to the binder.
A plasticizer typically will lower the T.sub.g of a binder below
the temperature a coating comprising the binder will be applied to
a surface. In many embodiments, a plasticizer have a vapor pressure
less than 3 mm at 200.degree. C., a mass of 200 Da to 800 Da, a
specific gravity of 0.75 to 1.35, a viscosity of 50 cSt to 450 cSt,
a flash point temperature greater than 120.degree. C., or a
combination thereof. Preferred plasticizers comprise an organic
liquid (e.g., an ester). Standards for physical properties,
chemical properties, and/or procedures for testing
purity/properties, are described for plasticizers (e.g., undesired
acidity, color, undesired copper corrosion, boiling point, ester
content, odor, undesirable water contamination) in, for example,
"ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.04, Paint--Solvents; Aromatic
Hydrocarbons," D1613-02, D1209-00, D849-02, D1078-01, D1617-90,
D1296-01, D608-90, and D1364-02, 2002; and "ASTM Book of Standards,
Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical
Properties; Appearance," D1544-98, 2002. Compatibility of a
plasticizer with a binder and/or a solvent has been described (see,
for example, Riley, H. E., "Plasticizers," Paint Testing Manual,
American Society for Testing Materials, 1972). Additionally,
techniques previously described for estimating solubility for
liquid and an additional coating component may be applied for a
plasticizer.
[0496] Various plasticizers comprise an ester of a monoalcohol and
an acid (e.g., a dicarboxylic acid). In many embodiments, the
monoalcohol comprises 4 to 13 carbons. In specific aspects, the
monoalcohol comprises butanol, 2-ethylhexanol, isononanol,
isooctyl, isodecyl, or a combination thereof. Examples of an acid
include an azelaic acid, a phthalic acid, a sebacic acid, a
trimellitic acid, an adipic acid, or a combination thereof.
Examples of such plasticizers include di(2-ethylhexyl) azelate
("DOZ"); di(butyl) sebacate ("DBS"); di(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate
("DOP"); di(isononyl) phthalate ("DINP"); dibutyl phthalate
("DBP"); butyl benzyl phthalate ("BBP"); di(isooctyl) phthalate
("DIOP"); di(idodecyl) phthalate ("DIDP"); tris(2-ethylhexyl)
trimellitate ("TOTM"); tris(isononyl) trimellitate ("TINTM");
di(2-ethylhexyl) adipate ("DOA"); di(isononyl) adipate ("DINA"); or
a combination thereof.
[0497] A plasticizer may be classified by a moiety, such as, for
example, as an adipate (e.g., DOA, DINA), an azelate (e.g., DOZ), a
citrate, a chlorinated plasticizer, an epoxide, a phosphate, a
sebacate (e.g., DBS), a phthalate (e.g., DOP, DINP, DIOP, DIDP), a
polyester, or a trimellitate (e.g., TOTM, TINTM). An example of a
citrate plasticizer includes acetyl tri-n-butyl citrate. Examples
of an epoxide plasticizer include an epoxy modified soybean oil
("ESO"), 2-ethylhexyl epoxytallate ("2EH tallate"), or a
combination thereof. Examples of a phosphate plasticizer include
isodecyl diphenyl phosphate, tricresyl phosphate ("TPC"), isodecyl
diphenyl phosphate, tri-2-ethylhexyl phosphate ("TOP"), or a
combination thereof. Tricresyl phosphate may function as a
plastizer, confer flame resistance, confer fungi resistance, or a
combination thereof to a coating. Examples of a polyester
plasticizer include an adipic acid polyester, an azelaic acid
polyester, or a combination thereof. In certain aspects, a
plasticizer is selected for water resistance (e.g., hydrolysis
resistance, inertness toward water) such as a
bisphenoxyethylformal.
[0498] C. Water-Borne Coatings
[0499] A water-borne coating ("water reducible coating") refers to
a coating wherein components such as a pigment, a binder, an
additive, or a combination thereof are dispersed in water. Often,
an additional solvent, surfactant, emulsifier, wetting agent,
dispersant, or a combination thereof promotes dispersion of a
coating component. A latex coating refers to a water-borne coating
wherein the binder is dispersed in water. Typically, a binder of a
latex coating comprises a high molecular weight binder. Often a
latex coating (e.g., a paint, a lacquer) is a thermoplastic
coating. Film formation occurs by loss of the liquid component,
typically through evaporation, and fusion of dispersed
thermoplastic binder particles. Often, a latex coating further
comprises a coalescing solvent (e.g., diethylene glycol monobutyl
ether) that promotes fusion of the binder particles. In some
embodiments, a film produced from a latex coating is more porous,
possesses a lower moisture resistance property, is less compact
(e.g., thicker), or a combination thereof, relative to a
solvent-borne coating comprising similar non-volatile components.
Specific procedures for determining the purity/properties of a
latex coating, coating component (e.g., solids content, nonvolatile
content, vehicles), and/or film have been described, for example,
in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for
Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance," D4747-02
and D4827-93, 2002; "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02,
Paint--Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline
Coatings," D3793-00, 2002; and "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume
06.03, Paint--Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval
Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles," D5097-90 D4758-92,
and D4143-89, 2002.
[0500] In certain embodiments, a water-borne coating is a coating
wherein 50% to 100%, the including all intermediate ranges and
combinations thereof, of a coating's liquid component is water. In
general embodiments, the water component of a water-borne coating
may function as a solvent, a thinner, a diluent, or a combination
thereof. In certain embodiments, a water-borne coating may comprise
an additional non-aqueous liquid component. In specific aspects,
such an additional liquid component may function as a solvent, a
thinner, a diluent, a plasticizer, or a combination thereof. An
additional liquid component of a water-borne coating may comprise
0% to 49.999%, the including all intermediate ranges and
combinations thereof, of the liquid component. Examples of
additional liquid components in a water-borne coating include a
glycol ether, an alcohol, or a combination thereof.
[0501] In certain embodiments, an additional liquid component of a
water-borne coating may be fully or partly miscible in water.
Examples of a liquid that is completely miscible in water, and visa
versa, include methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropyl alcohol,
tert-butanol, ethylene glycol, methyl glycol, ethyl glycol, propyl
glycol, butyl glycol, ethyl diglycol, methoxypropanol,
methyldipropylene glycol, dioxane, tetrahydorfuran, acetone,
diacetone alcohol, dimethylformamide or dimethyl sulfoxide.
Examples of a liquid that is partly miscible in water, by weight at
20.degree. C., include 0.02% ethylbenzene; 0.02%
tetrachloroethylene; 0.02% p-xylene; 0.035% toluene; 0.04%
diisobutyl ketone; 0.1% tricholorethylene; 0.19%
trimethylcyclohexanol; 0.2% cyclohexyl acetate; 0.3% dibutyl ether;
0.3% trimethylcyclohexanone; 0.44% 1,1,1-tricholoroethane; 0.53%
hexane; 0.58% hexanol; 0.67% isobutyl acetate; 0.83% butyl acetate;
1.2% isophorone; 1.4% nitropropane; 1.5% butyl glycol acetate; 1.7%
2-nitropropane; 2.0% methylene chloride; 2.0% methyl isobutyl
ketone; 2.3% cyclohexanone; 2.9% isopropyl acetate; 2.9%
methylbenzyl alcohol; 3.6% cyclohexanol; 4.5% nitroethane; 4.8%
methyl tert-butyl ether; 6.1% ethyl acetate; 6.9% diethyl ether;
7.5% butanol; 7.5% butyl glycolate; 8.4% isobutanol; 12.5%
2-butanol; 21.4% propylene carbonate; 23.5% ethyl glycol acetate;
24% methyl acetate; or 26.0% methyl ethyl ketone. Examples of an
azeotrope comprising a majority of water (BP 100.degree. C.)
include those comprising 16.1% isophorone (A-BP 99.5.degree. C.);
20% 2-ethylhexanol (A-BP 99.1.degree. C.); 20% cyclohexanol (A-BP
97.8.degree. C.); 20.8% butyl glycol (A-BP 98.8.degree. C.); or
28.8% ethyl glycol (A-BP 99.4.degree. C.).
[0502] 3. Colorants
[0503] A colorant ("colorizing agent") is a composition that
confers a desirable optical property to a coating. Examples of
desirable optical properties, depending upon the application of the
present invention, include a reflection property, a light
absorption property, a light scattering property, or a combination
thereof. A colorant that increases the reflection of light may
increase gloss. A colorant that increased light scattering may
increase the opacity and/or confer a color to a coating and/or
film. Light scattering of a broad spectrum of wavelengths can
confer a white color to a coating and/or film. Scattering of a
certain wavelength may confer a color associated with the
wavelength to a coating and/or film. Light absorption also affects
opacity and/or color. Light absorption over a broad spectrum
confers a black color to a coating and/or film. Absorbance of a
certain wavelength may eliminate the color associated with the
wavelength from the appearance of a coating and/or film. Examples
of colorants include pigments, dyes, extenders, or a combination
thereof. Colorants (e.g., pigments, dyes) and procedures for
determining the optical properties and physical properties (e.g.,
hiding power, transparency, light absorption, light scattering,
tinting strength, color, particle size, particle dispersion,
pigment content, color matching) of a colorant, coating component,
coating and/or film are described in, for example, (in "Industrial
Color Testing, Fundamentals and Techniques, Second, Completely
Revised Edition," 1995; "Colorants for Non-Textile Applications,"
2000). Various colorants are well known to those of ordinary skill
in the art, and are often identified by their Colour Index ("CI")
number (see, for example, "Colour Index International," 1971; and
"Colour Index International," 1997). In some cases, a common name
for a colorant encompasses several related colorants, which can be
differentiated by CI number.
[0504] a. Pigments
[0505] A pigment is a composition that is insoluble in the other
components of a coating, and further confers a desirable optical
properties, confers a property affecting the application of the
coating (e.g., a theological property), confers a performance
property to a coating, reduces the cost of the coating, or a
combination thereof. In certain embodiment, a pigment confers a
performance property to a coating such as a desirable corrosion
resistance property, magnetic property, or a combination thereof.
Examples of a pigment include an inorganic pigment, an organic
pigment, or a combination thereof.
[0506] Pigments possess a variety of properties in addition to
color that aid in the selection of a particular pigment for a
specific application. Examples of such properties include a
tinctorial property, an insolubility property, a corrosion
resistance property, a durability property, a heat resistance
property, an opacity property, a transparency property, or a
combination thereof. A tinctorial property is the ability of a
composition to produce a color, wherein a greater tinctorial
strength indicating less of the composition is needed to achieve
the color. An insolubility property is the ability of a composition
to remain in a solid form upon contact with another coating
component (e.g., a liquid component), even during a curing process
involving chemical reactions (e.g., thermosetting, baking,
irradiation). A corrosion resistance property is the ability of a
composition to reduce the damage of a chemical (e.g., water, acid)
that contacts metal.
[0507] Pigments (e.g., extenders, titanium pigments, inorganic
pigments, surface modified pigments, bismuth vanadates, cadmium
pigments, cerium pigment, complex inorganic color pigments,
metallic pigments, benzimidazolone pigments, diketopyrrolopyrrole
pigments, dioxazine violet pigments, disazocondensation pigments,
isoindoline pigments, isoindolinone pigments, perylene pigments,
phthalocyanine pigments, quinacridone pigments, quinophthalone
pigments, thiazine pigments, oxazine pigments, zinc sulfide
pigments, zinc oxide pigments, iron oxide pigments, chromium oxide
pigments, cadmium pigments, cadmium sulfide, cadmium yellow,
cadmium sulfoselenide, cadmium mercury sulfide, bismuth pigments,
chromate pigments, chrome yellow, molybdate red, molybdate orange,
chrome orange, chrome green, fast chrome green, ultramarine
pigments, iron blue pigments, black pigments, carbon black,
specialty pigments, magnetic pigments, cobalt-containing iron oxide
pigments, chromium dioxide pigments, metallic iron pigments, barium
ferrite pigments, anti-corrosive pigments, phosphate pigments, zinc
phosphate, aluminum phosphate, chromium phosphate, metal
phosphates, multiphase phosphate pigments, borosilicate pigments,
borate pigments, chromate pigments, molybdate pigments, lead
cyanamide pigments, zinc cyanamide pigments, iron-exchange
pigments, metal oxide pigments, red lead pigment, red lead, calcium
plumbate, zinc ferrite pigments, calcium ferrite pigments, zinc
oxide pigments, powdered metal pigments, zinc dust, lead powder,
flake pigments, nacreous pigments, interference pigments, natural
pearl essence pigment, basic lead carbonate pigment, bismuth
oxychloride pigment, metal oxide-mica pigments, metal effect
pigments, transparent pigments, transparent iron oxide pigments,
transparent iron blue pigment, transparent cobalt blue pigment,
transparent cobalt green pigment, transparent iron oxide,
transparent zinc oxide, luminescent pigments, inorganic phosphor
pigments, sulfide pigments, selenide pigments, oxysulfide pigments,
oxygen dominant phosphor pigments, halide phosphor pigments, azo
pigments, monoazo yellow pigments, monoazo orange pigment, disazo
pigments, .beta.-naphthol pigments, naphthol AS pigments, salt-type
azo pigments, benzimidazolone pigments, disazo condensation
pigments, metal complex pigments, isoindolinone pigments,
isoindoline pigments, polycyclic pigments, phthalocyanine pigments,
quinacrindone pigments, perylene pigments, perinone pigments,
diketopyrrolo pyrrole pigments, thioindigo pigments,
anthrapyrimidine pigments, flavanthrone pigments, pyranthrone
pigments, anthanthrone pigments, dioxanzine pigments,
triarylcarbonium pigments, quinophthalone pigments) and their
chemical properties, physical properties and/or optical properties
(e.g., color, tinting strength, lightening power, scattering power,
hiding power, transparency, light stability, weathering resistance,
heat stability, chemical fastness, interactions with a binder), in
coating component, coating and/or film, and techniques for
determining such properties, are known to one of ordinary skill in
the art (see, for example, Solomon, D. H. and Hawthorne, D. G.,
"Chemistry of Pigments and Fillers," 1983; "High Performance
Pigments," 2002; "Industrial Inorganic Pigments," 1998; "Industrial
Organic Pigments, Second, Completely Revised Edition," 1993).
[0508] As would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art,
specific standards for physical properties, chemical properties,
purity, and/or procedures for testing the purity/properties of
various pigments (e.g., lead chromate, chromium oxide,
phthalocyanine green, a phthalocyanine blue, molybdate orange,
white zinc, zinc oxide, calcium carbonate, barium sulfate, aluminum
silicate, diatomaceous silica, magnesium silicate, mica, calcium
borosilicate, zinc hydroxy phosphite, aluminum powder, micaceous
iron oxide, zinc phosphate, basic lead silicochromate, strontium
chromate, ochre, lampblack, orange shellac, raw umber, burnt umber,
raw sienna, burnt sienna, bone black, carbon black, red iron oxide,
brown iron oxide, basic carbonate, white lead, white titanium
dioxide, iron blue, ultramarine blue, chrome yellow, chrome orange,
hydrated yellow iron oxide, zinc chromate yellow, red lead, para
red toner, toluidine red toner, chrome oxide green, zinc dust,
cuprous oxide, mercuric oxide, iron oxide, anhydrous aluminum
silicate, black synthetic iron oxide, gold bronze powder, aluminum
powder, strontium chromate pigment, basic lead silicochromate) for
use in a coating are described, for example in "ASTM Book of
Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint--Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers,
Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,"
D280-01, D2448-85, D126-87, D305-84, D3021-01, D3256-86, D2218-67,
D3280-85, D50-90, D79-86, D1199-86, D602-81, D715-86, D603-66,
D718-86, D604-81, D719-91, D605-82, D717-86, D607-82, D716-86,
D4288-02, D4487-90, D4462-02, D4450-85, D962-81, D5532-94,
D6280-98, D1648-86, D1649-01, D85-87, D209-81, D237-57, D763-01,
D765-87, D210-81, D561-82, D3722-82, D3724-01, D34-91, D81-87,
D1301-91, D1394-76, D261-75, D262-81, D1135-86, D211-67, D768-01,
D444-88, D3872-86, D478-02, D1208-96, D83-84, D49-83, D3926-80,
D475-67, D656-87, D970-86, D3721-83, D263-75, D520-00, D521-02,
D283-84, D284-88, D3720-90, D3619-77, D769-01, D476-00, D267-82,
D480-88, D1845-86, D1844-86, and D279-02, 2002; and in "ASTM Book
of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for Chemical, Physical,
and Optical Properties; Appearance," D5381-93 and D6131-97
2002.
(1) Corrosion Resistance Pigments
[0509] Addition of certain pigments may improve the corrosion
resistance of a coating and/or film, or specifically, the
protection of a metal surface coated with a coating and/or film
from corrosion. Often, a primer comprises such pigments. Examples
of corrosion resistance pigments include aluminum flake, aluminum
triphosphate, aluminum zinc phosphate, ammonium chromate, barium
borosilicate, barium chromate, barium metaborate, basic calcium
zinc molybdate, basic carbonate white lead, basic lead silicate,
basic lead silicochromate, basic lead silicosulfate, basic zinc
molybdate, basic zinc molybdate-phosphate, basic zinc molybdenum
phosphate, basic zinc phosphate hydrate, bronze flake, calcium
barium phosphosilicate, calcium borosilicate, calcium chromate,
calcium plumbate (CI Pigment Brown 10), calcium strontium
phosphosilicate, calcium strontium zinc phosphosilicate, dibasic
lead phosphite, lead chromosilicate, lead cyanamide, lead suboxide,
lead sulfate, mica, micaceous iron oxide, red lead (CI Pigment Red
105), steel flake, strontium borosilicate, strontium chromate (CI
Pigment Yellow 32), tribasic lead phophosilicate, zinc borate, zinc
borosilicate, zinc chromate (CI Pigment Yellow 36), zinc dust (CI
Pigment Metal 6), zinc hydroxy phosphite, zinc molybdate, zinc
oxide, zinc phosphate (CI Pigment White 32), zinc potassium
chromate, zinc silicophosphate hydrate, zinc tetraoxylchromate, or
a combination thereof.
[0510] The selection of a corrosion resistant pigment may be made
based on the mechanism of corrosion resistance it confers to a
coating and/or film. Corrosion often occurs as a cathodic process
wherein a metal surface acts as a cathode and passes electrons to
an electron accepter moiety of a corrosive chemical, such as, for
example, hydrogen, oxygen, or a combination thereof. Corrosion can
also occur as an anodic process wherein ionized metal atoms then
enter solution. Pigments such as, for example, mica, micaceous iron
oxide, metallic flake pigments (e.g., aluminum, bronze, steel), or
a combination thereof confer corrosion resistance to a coating
and/or film by acting as a physical barrier between a metal surface
and corrosive chemicals. However, a chemically reactive pigment
such as a metal flake pigment be used in an environment at or near
neutral pH (e.g., pH 6 to pH 8). Micaceous iron oxide can be
selected for a primer, a topcoat, or a combination thereof, and can
also function as a UV absorber. Aluminum flake may be selected for
an industrial coating, an automotive coating, an architectural
coating, a primer, or a combination thereof. Aluminum flake may
additionally confer heat resistance, moisture resistance, UV
resistance, or a combination thereof to a coating and/or film.
Aluminum flake may also be stearate modified for use in a topcoat.
However, aluminum flake may produce gas in a coating comprising
more than 0.15% water. A metallic zinc pigment (e.g., zinc flake,
zinc dust) acts by functioning as an anode instead of the metal
surface (e.g., steel). However, the effectiveness of a coating's
corrosion resistance fades as the zinc pigment is used up in
protective reactions. A metallic zinc primer may be selected for a
primer, particularly in combination with an epoxy topcoat, a
urethane topcoat, or a combination thereof.
[0511] Red lead and/or basic lead silicochromate can confer an
orange color, and may be selected for combination with an oil-based
coating (e.g., a primer), as the pigment chemically reacts with an
oil-based binder to produce a corrosion resistant lead soap in the
coating and/or film. Red lead and/or basic lead is typically
selected for a primer in an industrial steel coating.
[0512] A barium metaborate pigment acts by retarding an anodic
process. A barium metaborate pigment is usual chemically modified
by combination with silica to reduce solubility. A zinc borate
combined with a zinc phosphate, a modified barium metaborate, or
combination thereof demonstrates synergistic enhancement of
corrosion resistance, as well as flame retardancy.
[0513] Zinc potassium chromate may confer a yellow color as well as
an anticorrosive property. Zinc tetraoxylchromate can also confer a
yellow color, and is typically selected for use in a two pack
poly(viny butyryl) primer. Zinc oxide may be selected for an
oleoresinous coating, a water-borne coating, a primer, or a
combination thereof, and may be combined with a zinc chromate
and/or calcium borosilicate, and additionally may improve
thermosetting crosslinking density and/or act as a UV absorber.
Strontium chromate may confer a yellow color, and may be selected
for an aluminum surface, an aircraft primer, or a combination
thereof. Strontium chromate may be combined with a zinc chromate in
a water-borne coating, though it is preferred that total chromate
content is less from 0.001% to 2%. Ammonium chromate, barium
chromate and calcium chromate may be selected as a corrosion
inhibitor, particularly as a flash rust inhibitor.
[0514] A zinc molybdate, zinc phosphate, zinc hydroxy phosphite, or
a combination thereof may confer a white color. These zinc pigments
function by reducing an anodic process, though zinc hydroxy
phosphite may form corrosion resistant soap in an
oleoresinous-coating. Basic zinc molybdate typically is selected
for an alkyd-coating, an epoxide-coating, an epoxy ester-coating, a
polyester-coating, a solvent-borne coating, or a combination
thereof. Basic zinc molybdate-phosphate is similar to basic zinc
molybdate, though it may provide superior corrosion resistance for
a rusted steel surface. Basic calcium zinc molybdate may be
selected for a water-borne coating, a two-pack polyurethane
coating, a two-pack epoxy coating, or a combination thereof. A
combination of basic calcium zinc molybdate and zinc phosphate may
confer a superior adhesion property to a surface comprising iron,
and may be selected for a water-borne coating or a solvent-borne
coating. A zinc phosphate may be selected for an alkyd coating, a
water-reducible coating, a coating cured by an acid and baking, or
a combination thereof. A zinc phosphate is less preferred for a
marine coating for salt water embodiments. A modified zinc
phosphate, such as, for example, aluminum zinc phosphate, basic
zinc phosphate hydrate, zinc silicophosphate hydrate, basic zinc
molybdenum phosphate, or a combination thereof may confer improved
corrosion resistance for a salt water embodiment. Zinc hydroxy
phosphite may be selected for a solvent-borne coating.
[0515] An aluminum triphosphate typically confers a white color,
acts by chelating iron ions, and is preferred for a surface that
comprises iron. A grade I aluminum triphosphate is modified with
zinc and silicate, and may be selected for an alkyd-coating, an
epoxy coating, a solvent-borne coating, a primer, or a combination
thereof. A grade II aluminum triphosphate is modified with zinc and
silicate, and may be selected for a water-borne coating or a
solvent-borne coating. A grade III aluminum triphosphate is
modified with zinc, and may be selected for a water-borne coating
or a solvent-borne coating.
[0516] A silicate pigment such as barium borosilicate, calcium
borosilicate, strontium borosilicate, zinc borosilicate, a calcium
barium phosphosilicate, a calcium strontium phosphosilicate, a
calcium strontium zinc phosphosilicate, or a combination thereof,
typically acts through inhibiting an anodic or cathodic process, as
well as forming a corrosion resistant soap in an
oleoresinous-coating. A grade I and/or III calcium borosilicate may
be selected for a medium oil alkyd-coating, a long oil alkyd, an
epoxy ester-coating, a solvent-borne coating, an architectural
coating, an industrial coating, or a combination thereof, but is
less preferred for a marine coating, an epoxide-coating, a
water-borne coating, or a combination thereof Calcium barium
phosphosilicate grade I pigment may be selected for a solvent-borne
epoxy-coating, to confer an antisettling property to a primer
comprising zinc, or a combination thereof. Calcium barium
phosphosilicate grade II pigment may be selected for a water-borne
coating, an alkyd-coating, or a combination thereof. Calcium
strontium phosphosilicate may be selected for a water-borne acrylic
lacquer, a water-borne sealant, or a combination thereof. In
aspects wherein a water-borne acrylic lacquer comprises calcium
strontium phosphosilicate, it is preferred that a 1:1 ratio of zinc
phosphate pigment is included. Calcium strontium zinc
phosphosilicate may be selected for an alkyd-coating, an epoxide
coating, a coating cured by a catalyst and baking, a water-borne
coating, or a combination thereof.
(2) Camouflage Pigments
[0517] A camouflage pigment refers to a pigment typically selected
to camouflage a surface (e.g., a military surface) from visual and,
more preferred, infrared detection. Examples of a camouflage
pigment include an anthraquinone black, a chromium oxide green, or
a combination thereof. A chromium oxide green may be selected for
embodiments wherein good chemical resistance, dull color, good heat
stability, good infrared reflectance, good light fastness, good
opacity, good solvent resistance, low tinctorial strength, or a
combination thereof, is suitable. Anthraquinone black (CI Pigment
Black 20) may be selected for good light fastness and moderate
solvent resistance, and is often selected for camouflage coatings,
due to its infrared absorption property.
(3) Color Property Pigments
[0518] A color property is the ability of a composition to confer a
visual color and/or metallic appearance to a coating and/or a
coated surface. Color pigments are often categorized by a common
name recognized within the art, which often encompasses several
specific color pigments, each identified by a CI number.
(i) Black Pigments
[0519] A black pigment is a pigment that confers a black color to a
coating. Examples of black pigments, identified by common name with
examples of specific pigments in parentheses, include aniline
black; anthraquinone black; carbon black; copper carbonate;
graphite; iron oxide; micaceous iron oxide; manganese dioxide; or a
combination thereof.
[0520] Aniline black (e.g., CI Pigment Black 1); may be selected
for a deep black color (e.g., strong light absorption, low light
scattering) and/or fastness. Coatings comprising aniline black
typically comprise relatively higher concentrations of binder, and
thus often possesses a matt property.
[0521] Anthraquinone black (e.g., CI Pigment Black 20) may be
selected for good light fastness and moderate solvent
resistance.
[0522] Carbon black (e.g., CI Pigment Black 6, CI Pigment Black 7,
CI Pigment Black 8) generally possesses properties such as chemical
stability, good light fastness, good solvent resistance, heat
stability, or a combination thereof. Carbon black is often
categorized into separate grades, based on the intensity of black
color ("jetness"). To reduce flocculation in preparing a coating
comprising a carbon black pigment, such pigments may be
incrementally added to a coating during preparation, chemically
modified by surface oxidation, chemically modified by an organic
compound (e.g., a carboxylic acid), or a combination thereof.
Additionally, a carbon black pigment may absorb certain other
coating components such as a metal soap drier. Typically,
increasing the concentration of the susceptible component by, for
example, two-fold will reduce this effect. A high jet channel black
pigment is often selected for use in an automotive coating wherein
a high jetness is desired. The other grades of carbon black
pigments are often selected for architectural coatings.
[0523] Graphite (e.g., CI Pigment Black 10) may be selected for
properties such as relative chemically inertness, low in color
intensity, low in tinctorial strength, an anti-corrosive property,
an increase in coating spreading rate, or a combination
thereof.
[0524] Iron oxide (e.g., CI Pigment Black 11) may be selected for
properties such as good chemical resistance, relative inertness,
good solvent resistance, limited heat resistance, low tinctorial
strength, or a combination thereof. Iron oxide possesses superior
floating resistance than carbon black, particularly in combination
with titanium dioxide.
[0525] Micaceous iron oxide may be selected for properties such as
relative inertness, grayish appearance, shiny appearance, function
as a UV absorber, function as an anti-corrosive pigment due to
resistance to oxygen and moisture passage. However, over-dispersal
of a micaceous iron oxide during coating preparation may damage the
pigment.
(ii) Brown Pigments
[0526] A brown pigment is a pigment that confers a brown color to a
coating. Examples of a brown pigment include azo condensation (CI
Pigment Brown 23, CI Pigment Brown 41, CI Pigment Brown 42);
benzimidazolone (CI Pigment Brown 25); iron oxide; metal complex
brown; or a combination thereof. A synthetically produced iron
oxide brown (CI Pigment Brown 6, CI Pigment Brown 7) may be
selected for embodiments wherein a rich brown color, good
lightfastness, or a combination thereof is suitable. A metal
complex brown (CI Pigment Brown 33) may be selected for embodiments
wherein high heat stability, good fastness, or a combination
thereof is suitable. A metal complex brown may be used, for
example, in a coil coating, a coating for a ceramic surface, or a
combination thereof.
(iii) White Pigments
[0527] A white pigment is a pigment that confers a white color to a
coating. Examples of a white pigment include antimony oxide; basic
lead carbonate (CI Pigment White 25); lithopone; titanium dioxide;
white lead; zinc oxide; zinc sulphide (CI Pigment White 7); or a
combination thereof.
[0528] Antimony oxide (CI Pigment White 11) is chemically inert,
and used in fire resistant coatings. In some embodiments, antimony
oxide may be combined with titanium dioxide, particularly in a
coating where chalking is undesirable and a white color in the
coating is desired.
[0529] Titanium dioxide (CI Pigment White 6) is resistant to heat,
many chemicals, and organic solvents, allowing use in many
different applications where such properties are desirable.
Titanium dioxide may be in the form of a crystal, such as an
anatase crystal, a rutile crystal, or a combination thereof. Rutile
is more opaque than anatase. Anatase has a greater ability to chalk
and is whiter in color than rutile. In aspects wherein chalking is
undesirable, a titanium dioxide crystal may be reacted with an
inorganic oxide to enhance chalking resistance. Examples of such
inorganic oxides include aluminum oxide, silicon oxide, zinc oxide,
or a combination thereof.
[0530] White lead (CI Pigment White 1) is chemically reactive with
acidic binders to form strong films with elastic properties, but
also chemically reacts with sulphur to become black in color. It is
less preferred in certain coatings due to the toxic nature of
lead.
[0531] Zinc oxide (CI Pigment White 4) confers desirable properties
such as resistance to mildew, as well as chemically reacting with
oleoresin binders in film formation to enhance resistance to
abrasion, to enhance resistance to moisture, to enhance hardness,
and/or reduce chalking. However, these reactions may undesirably
occur during storage. In some embodiments, it may be combined with
titanium dioxide, particularly in a coating comprising an oleoresin
binder when chalking is undesirable and a white color in the
coating is desired.
[0532] Zinc sulfide (CI Pigment White 7) is chemically inert, and
confers a strong chalking property. In certain embodiments, a zinc
sulfide comprises a lithopone. A lithopone (CI Pigment White 5)
comprises a mixture of ZnS and barium sulphate (BaSO.sub.4),
usually from 30% to 60% ZnS and 70% to 40% BaSO.sub.4.
(iv) Pearlescent Pigments
[0533] A pearlescent pigment is a pigment that confers a pearl-like
appearance to a coating. Examples of a white pigment include
titanium dioxide and ferric oxide covered mica, bismuth oxychloride
crystal, or a combination thereof.
(v) Violet Pigments
[0534] A violet pigment is a pigment that confers a violet color to
a coating. However, a violet pigment is often used in combination
with a red pigment or a blue pigment to produce a desirable color
of an intermediate hue between red and blue. Additionally, a violet
pigment is often combined with titanium dioxide to balance the
slight yellow color of that white pigment. An example of a violet
pigment includes dioxanine violet (CI Pigment Violet 23; CI Pigment
Violet 37). A dioxazine violet may be selected for embodiments
wherein high heat stability, good light fastness, good solvent
fastness, or a combination thereof is suitable. CI Pigment Violet
23 ("carbazole violet") is relatively transparent and bluer than CI
Pigment 37, and is typically used in a metallic coating. A
dioxazine violet is susceptible to flocculation, loss in a powder
coating, or a combination thereof, due to small particle size.
(vi) Blue Pigments
[0535] A blue pigment is a pigment that confers a blue color to a
coating. Examples of a blue pigment include carbazol Blue;
carbazole Blue; cobalt blue; copper phthalocyanine; dioxanine Blue;
indanthrone; phthalocyanin blue; Prussian blue; ultramarine; or a
combination thereof.
[0536] A cobalt blue (CI Pigment Blue 36) may be selected for
embodiments wherein good chemical resistance, good lightfastness,
good solvent fastness, or a combination thereof, is suitable. An
indanthrone (CI Pigment Blue 60) may be selected for embodiments
wherein a redish-blue hue, good chemical resistance, good heat
resistance, good solvent fastness, transparency, superior
resistance to flocculation relative to a copper phthalocyanine, or
a combination thereof, is suitable.
[0537] A copper phthalocyanine (CI Pigment Blue 15, CI Pigment Blue
15: 1, CI Pigment Blue 15:2, CI Pigment Blue 15:3, CI Pigment Blue
15:4, CI Pigment Blue 15:6, CI Pigment Blue 16) may be selected for
embodiments wherein good color strength, good tinctorial strength,
good heat stability, good lightfastness, good solvent resistance,
transparency, or a combination thereof, is suitable. CI Pigment
Blue 15 is redish in hue, but is chemically unstable upon contact
with an aromatic hydrocarbon, and converts to a greenish blue
compound. CI Pigment Blue 15:1 is form of CI Pigment Blue 15
chemically stabilized by chlorination, greener, and tinctorially
weaker than CI Pigment Blue 15. CI Pigment Blue 15:2 is modified
form of CI Pigment Blue 15 that is resistant to flocculation. CI
Pigment Blue 15:3 is greenish-blue, while CI Pigment Blue 15:4 is
modified form of CI Pigment Blue 15:3 that is resistant to
flocculation. CI Pigment Blue 16 is relatively transparent.
Examples of coatings wherein copper phthalocyanine are used include
a metallic automotive coating. However, as described above, a
copper phthalocyanine may be susceptible to flocculation due to
small primary particle size, and various modified forms are known
wherein flocculation is reduced. Examples of modifications used to
reduce flocculation adding a sulfonic acid moiety; a sulfonic acid
moiety and a long chain amine moiety; an aluminum benzoate; an
acidic binder (e.g., a rosin); a chloromethyl moiety; or a
combination thereof, to the phthalocyanine. A modified
phthalocyanine may be selected for embodiments wherein superior
color shade, dispersibility, gloss, or a combination thereof is
suitable.
[0538] A Prussian blue (CI Pigment Blue 27) may be selected for
embodiments wherein a strong color, good heat stability, good
solvent fastness, or a combination thereof is suitable. However, a
Prussian blue is chemically unstable in alkali conditions. An
ultramarine (CI Pigment Blue 29) may be selected wherein a strong
color, good heat stability, good light fastness, good solvent
resistance, or a combination thereof is suitable. However, an
ultramarine is chemically unstable in acidic conditions.
(vii) Green Pigments
[0539] A green pigment is a pigment that confers a green color to a
coating. However, often a "green pigment" comprises a mixture of a
yellow pigment and a blue pigment, with the properties of each
component pigment generally retained. Examples of a green pigment
include chrome green; chromium oxide green; halogenated copper
phthalocyanine; hydrated chromium oxide; phthalocyanine green; or a
combination thereof.
[0540] A chrome green ("Brunswick green," CI Pigment Green 15)
comprises a combination of a Prussian blue and/or a copper
phthalocyanine blue and a chrome yellow. A coating comprising a
chrome green may be susceptible to floating and flooding defects. A
chromium oxide green (CI Pigment Green 17) may be selected for
embodiments wherein good chemical resistance, dull color, good heat
stability, good infrared reflectance, good light fastness, good
opacity, good solvent resistance, low tinctorial strength, or a
combination thereof is suitable. A hydrated chromium oxide (CI
Pigment Green 18) is similar to chromium oxide, and may be selected
for embodiments wherein good light fastness, relatively brighter
appearance, relatively greater transparency, relatively less heat
stability, relatively less acid stability, or a combination
thereof, is suitable. A phthalocyanine green (CI Pigment Green 7,
CI Pigment Green 36) may be selected for embodiments wherein good
chemical resistance, good heat stability, good light fastness, good
solvent resistance, good tinctorial strength, color transparency,
or a combination thereof is suitable. CI Pigment Green 7 may be
selected for a bluish green color, while CI Pigment Green 36 may be
selected for a yellower-greenish color. A phthalocyanine green is
often selected for an automotive coating (e.g., a metallic
coating), an industrial coating, an architectural coating, a powder
coating, or a combination thereof.
(viii) Yellow Pigments
[0541] In certain embodiments, a coating may comprise a yellow
pigment. A "yellow pigment" is a pigment that confers a yellow
color to a coating. Examples of a yellow pigment include
anthrapyrimidine; arylamide yellow; barium chromate;
benzimidazolone yellow; bismuth vanadate (CI Pigment Yellow 184);
cadmium sulfide yellow (CI Pigment Yellow 37); complex inorganic
color pigment; diarylide yellow; disazo condensation; flavanthrone;
isoindoline; isoindolinone; lead chromate; nickel azo yellow;
organic metal complex; quinophthalone; yellow iron oxide; yellow
oxide; zinc chromate; or a combination thereof.
[0542] An anthrapyrimidine pigment (CI Pigment Yellow 108) may be
selected for embodiments wherein, moderate light fastness, moderate
solvent resistance, a dull color, transparency, or a combination
thereof is suitable.
[0543] An arylamide yellow ("Hansa.RTM.b yellow," CI Pigment Yellow
1, CI Pigment Yellow 3, CI Pigment Yellow 65, CI Pigment Yellow 73,
CI Pigment Yellow 74, CI Pigment Yellow 75, CI Pigment Yellow 97,
CI Pigment Yellow 111) may be selected for embodiments wherein,
poor heat stability, good light fastness, poor solvent resistance,
moderate tinctorial strength, or a combination thereof is suitable.
CI Pigment 1 and CI Pigment 74 are mid-yellow in hue. CI Pigment
Yellow 3 is greenish in hue. CI Pigment Yellow 73 is mid-yellow in
hue, and resistant to recrystalization during dispersion. CI
Pigment 97 possesses superior solvent fastness than other arylamide
yellow pigments, and has been used in a stoving enamel, an
automotive coating, or a combination thereof. Other arylamide
yellow pigments may be used in a water-borne coating, a coating
comprising a white spirit liquid component, or a combination
thereof.
[0544] A benzimidiazolone yellow (CI Pigment Yellow 120, CI Pigment
Yellow 151, CI Pigment Yellow 154, CI Pigment Yellow 175, CI
Pigment Yellow 181, CI Pigment Yellow 194) may be selected for
embodiments wherein, good chemical resistance, good heat stability,
good light fastness, good solvent resistance, or a combination
thereof is suitable. A benzimidiazolone with larger particle size
been used in an automotive coating, a powder coating, or a
combination thereof.
[0545] A cadmium sulfide yellow (CI Pigment Yellow 37) may be
selected for embodiments wherein good stability in basic pH, good
heat stability, good light fastness, good opacity, good solvent
fastness, or a combination thereof is suitable. However, a cadmium
yellow comprises cadmium, which may limit suitability relative to
an environmental law or regulation.
[0546] A complex inorganic color pigment ("mixed phase metal
oxide," CI Pigment Yellow 53, CI Pigment Yellow 119, CI Pigment
Yellow 164); may be selected for embodiments wherein, good chemical
stability, good heat resistance, good light fastness, good opacity,
good solvent fastness, or a combination thereof is suitable.
However, a complex inorganic color pigment generally produces a
pale color, and is often combined with an additional pigment (e.g.,
an organic pigment). A complex inorganic color pigment is often
selected for an automotive coating, a coil coating, or a
combination thereof. A bismuth vanadate is similar to a complex
inorganic pigment, but possesses superior color of green-yellow
hue, poorer light fastness, and greater use in a powder coating. A
bismuth vanadate is often combined with a light stabilizer.
[0547] A diarylide yellow (CI Pigment Yellow 12, CI Pigment Yellow
13, CI Pigment Yellow 14, CI Pigment Yellow 17, CI Pigment Yellow
81, CI Pigment Yellow 83) may be selected for embodiments wherein,
good chemical resistance, poor light fastness, good solvent
resistance, good tinctorial strength, or a combination thereof is
suitable. A diarylide yellow is not stable at a temperature of
200.degree. C. or greater. CI Pigment Yellow 83 has superior light
fastness than other diarylide yellow pigments, and has been used in
an industrial coating, a powder coating, or a combination
thereof.
[0548] A diazo condensation pigment (CI Pigment Yellow 93, CI
Pigment Yellow 94, CI Pigment Yellow 95, CI Pigment Yellow 128, CI
Pigment Yellow 166) may be selected for embodiments wherein, good
chemical resistance, good heat stability, good solvent resistance,
good tinctorial strength, or a combination thereof is suitable. A
diazo condensation pigment typically is used in plastics, though CI
Pigment Yellow 128 has been used in a coating such as an automotive
coating.
[0549] A flavanthrone pigment (CI Pigment Yellow 24) may be
selected for embodiments wherein, good heat stability, moderate
light fastness, a reddish yellow hue superior to an
anthrapyrimidine, transparency, or a combination thereof is
suitable.
[0550] An isoindoline yellow pigment (CI Pigment Yellow 139, CI
Pigment Yellow 185) may be selected for embodiments wherein, good
chemical resistance, good heat stability, good light fastness, good
solvent resistance, moderate tinctorial strength, or a combination
thereof is suitable. An isoindolinone yellow pigment (CI Pigment
Yellow 109, CI Pigment Yellow 110, CI Pigment Yellow 173) typically
has been used in an automotive coating or an architectural coating.
An isoindoline yellow pigment may be selected for embodiments
wherein good light fastness, good tinctorial strength, or a
combination thereof is suitable. However, an isoindoline pigment is
not stable in a basic pH. An isoindoline yellow pigment typically
has been used in an industrial coating.
[0551] A lead chromate (CI Pigment Yellow 34) may be selected for
embodiments wherein moderate heat stability, low oil absorption,
good opacity, good solvent resistance, or a combination thereof is
suitable. However, a lead chromate is susceptible to an acidic or a
basic pH, and a lower light fastness so that the pigment darkens
upon irradiation by light. The pH and lightfastness properties of
commercially produced lead chromate are often improved by treatment
of a lead chromate with silica, antimony, alumina, metal, or a
combination thereof. Additionally, a lead chromate comprises lead
and/or chromium, which may limit suitability relative to an
environmental law or regulation. A lead chromate may comprise a
lead sulfate, which is used to modify color. Examples of lead
chromates include a lemon chrome, which comprises from 20% to 40%
lead sulfate and is greenish yellow in color; a middle chrome,
which comprises little lead sulfate and is reddish yellow in color;
orange chrome, which comprises no detectable lead sulfate; and
primrose chrome, which comprises from 45% to 55% lead chrome and is
greenish yellow in color.
[0552] An organic metal complex (CI Pigment Yellow 129, CI Pigment
Yellow 153) may be selected for embodiments wherein good solvent
resistance is suitable. An organic metal complex typically is
transparent and dull in color.
[0553] A quinophthalone pigment (CI Pigment Yellow 138) may be
selected for embodiments wherein, good heat stability, good light
fastness, good solvent resistance, a reddish yellow hue, or a
combination thereof is suitable. A quinophthalone can be either
highly opaque or transparent. A quinophthalone pigment has been
used as a substitute for chrome as a pigment.
[0554] A yellow iron oxide (CI Pigment Yellow 42, CI Pigment Yellow
43) may be selected for embodiments wherein good covering power,
good disperability, good resistance to chemicals, good light
fastness, good solvent resistance, a yellow with greenish hue is
desired, or a combination thereof is suitable. A yellow iron oxide
can function as a U.V. absorber. However, a yellow iron oxide is
generally of duller color relative to other pigments, and is
susceptible to temperatures of 105.degree. C. or greater.
Additionally, a yellow iron oxide may comprise a .alpha.-crystal, a
.beta.-crystal, a .gamma.-crystal, or a combination thereof.
Overdispersion may damage the needle-shape crystal structure, which
can reduce the color intensity. Additionally, a transparent yellow
iron oxide can be prepared by selecting particles with minimum
size, and such a pigment is used, for example, in an automotive
coating or a wood coating.
(ix) Orange Pigments
[0555] In certain embodiments, a coating may comprise an orange
pigment. An "orange pigment" is a pigment that confers an orange
color to a coating. Examples of an orange pigment include perinone
orange; pyrazolone orange; or a combination thereof.
[0556] A perinone orange pigment (CI Pigment Orange 43) may be
selected for embodiments wherein very good resistance to heat, good
light fastness, good solvent resistance, high tinctorial strength,
or a combination thereof is suitable.
[0557] A pyrazolone orange pigment (CI Pigment Orange 13, CI
Pigment Orange 34) is similar to a diarylide yellow pigment, and
may be selected for embodiments wherein moderate resistance to
heat, poor light fastness, moderate solvent resistance, high
tinctorial strength, or a combination thereof is suitable. However,
CI Pigment Orange 34 possesses greater lightfastness relative to CI
Pigment Orange 13, and has been used in an industrial coating
and/or a replacement for chrome.
(x) Red Pigments
[0558] In certain embodiments, a coating may comprise a red
pigment. A "red pigment" is a pigment that confers a red color to a
coating. Examples of an red pigment include anthraquinone;
benzimidazolone; BON arylamide; cadmium red; cadmium selenide;
chrome red; dibromanthrone; diketopyrrolo-pyrrole pigment (CI
Pigment Red 254, CI Pigment Red 255, CI Pigment Red 264, CI Pigment
Red 270, CI Pigment Red 272); disazo condensation pigment (CI
Pigment Red 144, CI Pigment Red 166, CI Pigment Red 214, CI Pigment
Red 220, CI Pigment Red 221, CI Pigment Red 242); lead molybdate;
perylene; pyranthrone; quinacridone; quinophthalone; red iron
oxide; red lead; toluidine red; tonor pigment (CI Pigment Red 48,
CI Pigment Red 57, CI Pigment Red 60, CI Pigment Red 68);
P-naphthol red; or a combination thereof.
[0559] A lead molybdate red pigment (CI Pigment Red 104) may be
selected for embodiments wherein good resistance to heat, moderate
resistance to basic pH, good opacity, excellent solvent resistance,
or a combination thereof is suitable. A molybdate red is bright in
color, and is often combined with an organic pigment to extend a
color range. However, a molybdate is easy to disperse, and
overdispersion may damage this pigment. Additionally, a molybdate
red comprising lead and/or chromium may have limited suitability
relative to an environmental law or regulation.
[0560] A cadmium red pigment (CI Pigment Red 108) may be selected
for embodiments wherein excellent resistance to heat, good
lightfastness, poor resistance to acidic pH, good opacity,
excellent solvent resistance, or a combination thereof is suitable.
However, a cadmium red comprises cadmium, and may have limited
suitability relative to an environmental law or regulation.
[0561] A red iron oxide pigment (CI Pigment Red 101, CI Pigment Red
102) may be selected for embodiments wherein excellent resistance
to heat, good lightfastness, poor resistance to acidic pH, good
opacity, excellent solvent resistance, or a combination thereof is
suitable. However, a cadmium red comprises cadmium, and may have
limited suitability relative to an environmental law or
regulation.
[0562] .beta.-naphthol red (CI Pigment Red 3) may be selected for
embodiments wherein modest heat resistance, good lightfastness,
modest solvent resistance, or a combination thereof is
suitable.
[0563] BON arylamide (CI Pigment Red 2, CI Pigment Red 5, CI
Pigment Red 12, CI Pigment Red 23, CI Pigment Red 112, CI Pigment
Red 146, CI Pigment Red 170) comprises various pigments that
generally have good lightfastness, good solvent resistance, or a
combination thereof.
[0564] Tonor pigment (CI Pigment Red 48, CI Pigment Red 57, CI
Pigment Red 60, CI Pigment Red 68) comprises various pigments that
generally have good solvent resistance, but often have poor acid
resistance, poor alkali resistance, or a combination thereof.
[0565] Benzimidazolone (CI Pigment Red 171, CI Pigment Red 175, CI
Pigment Red 176, CI Pigment Red 185, CI Pigment Red 208) comprises
various pigments that generally have good heat stability, excellent
solvent resistance, or a combination thereof.
[0566] Disazo condensation pigment (CI Pigment Red 144, CI Pigment
Red 166, CI Pigment Red 214, CI Pigment Red 220, CI Pigment Red
221, CI Pigment Red 242) comprises various pigments that generally
have excellent heat stability, good solvent resistance, or a
combination thereof.
[0567] Quinacridone (CI Pigment Red 122, CI Pigment Red 192, CI
Pigment Red 202, CI Pigment Red 207, CI Pigment Red 209) comprises
a various pigments that generally have bright color, excellent heat
stability, excellent solvent resistance, excellent chemical
resistance, good lightfastness, or a combination thereof.
[0568] Perylene (CI Pigment Red 123, CI Pigment Red 149, CI Pigment
Red 178, CI Pigment Red 179, CI Pigment Red 190, CI Pigment Red
224) comprises a various pigments that generally have excellent
heat stability, excellent solvent resistance, excellent
lightfastness, or a combination thereof.
[0569] Anthraquinone (CI Pigment Red 177) has a bright color, good
heat stability, good solvent resistance, good lightfastness, or a
combination thereof.
[0570] Dibromanthrone (CI Pigment Red 168) has a bright color,
moderate heat stability, good solvent resistance, excellent
lightfastness, or a combination thereof.
[0571] Pyranthrone (CI Pigment Red 216, CI Pigment Red 226) has a
dull color, moderate heat stability, good solvent resistance, poor
lightfastness in combination with titanium dioxide, or a
combination thereof.
[0572] Diketopyrrolo-pyrrole pigment (CI Pigment Red 254, CI
Pigment Red 255, CI Pigment Red 264, CI Pigment Red 270, CI Pigment
Red 272) comprises a various pigments that generally have a bright
color, good opacity, excellent heat stability, excellent solvent
resistance, or a combination thereof.
(xi) Metallic Pigments
[0573] In certain embodiments, a coating may comprise a metallic
pigment. A "metallic pigment" is a pigment that confers a metallic
appearance to a coating, and as previously described, is often a
corrosion resistance pigment. A metallic pigment may be selected
for a topcoat, particularly to confer a metallic appearance, a
primer, particularly to confer a corrosion resistance property, an
automotive coating, an industrial coating, or a combination
thereof. Metallic flake pigments are preferred for embodiments
wherein UV and/or infrared resistance is to be conferred to a
coating. Examples of a metallic pigment include aluminum flake (CI
Pigment Metal 1); aluminum non-leafing, gold bronze flake, zinc
dust, stainless steel flake, nickel (e.g., flake, powder), or a
combination thereof.
(4) Extender Pigments
[0574] An extender pigment ("inert pigment," "extender," "inert,"
"filler") is a substance that is insoluble in the other components
of a coating, and further confers a desirable optical property
(e.g., opacity, gloss), a rheological property, physical property,
an antisettling property, or a combination thereof, to the coating
and/or film. An extender pigment is often white or near white in
color, and typically are used to provide a cheap partial substitute
for a more expensive white pigment (e.g., titanium dioxide). Often
an extender has a refractive index below 1.7. In some aspects, an
extenders refractive index is 1.30 to 1.70, including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. Examples of an
inorganic extender include a barium sulphate (CI Pigment White 21,
CI Pigment White 22); a calcium carbonate (CI Pigment White 18); a
calcium sulphate; a silicate (CI Pigment White 19, CI Pigment White
26); a silica (CI Pigment White 27); or a combination thereof.
[0575] Calcium carbonate ("calcite," "whiting," "limestone," CI
Pigment White 18) is generally chemically inert with the exception
of reactions with an acid. Calcium carbonate may be used in a
water-borne coating or a solvent-borne coating. Properties
specifically associated with calcium carbonate include conferring
settling resistance, sag resistance, or a combination thereof.
Precipitated calcium carbonate obtained from processing of
limestone, and may have superior opacity.
[0576] Kaolin ("china clay") is typically selected for a latex
coating, an alkyd coating, an architectural coating, or a
combination thereof. In addition to the typical properties of an
extender (e.g., opacity), kaolin can confer scrub resistance to a
coating.
[0577] Talc is a hydrated magnesium aluminum silicate, and is
soluble in water. Talc may be selected for an architectural coating
(e.g., interior, exterior), a primer, a traffic marker coating, an
industrial coating, or a combination thereof. Talc comprising a
platy particle shape can confer chemical resistance, water
resistance, improved flow property, or a combination thereof.
[0578] Silica is silicon dioxide, and may be classified as
crystalline silica, diatomaceous silica or synthetic silica.
Crystalline silica is produced from crushed and ground quartz, and
may be selected for an architectural coating, an industrial
coating, a primer, a latex coating, a powder coating, or a
combination thereof. Crystalline silica may confer burnish
resistance to a coating and/or film. Diatomaceous silica
("diatomaceous earth," "diatomite") is the mineral fossil of
diatoms, which were single celled aquatic plants. Diatomaceous
silica may be selected for an architectural coating, a latex
coating, or a combination thereof. Diatomaceous silica may also
function as a flattening agent. Synthetic silica is produced from
chemical reactions, and includes, for example, precipitated silica,
fumed silica, or a combination thereof. Precipitated silica may be
selected for an industrial coating, a solvent-borne coating, or a
combination thereof. Precipitated silica may also function as a
flattening agent. Fumed silica may be selected for an industrial
coating. Fumed silica may also function as a flattening agent, a
rheology modifier, or a combination thereof.
[0579] Mica is a hydrous silica aluminum potassium silicate, and
typically comprises plate shaped particles. Mica may be selected
for an architectural coating, an exterior coating, a traffic marker
coating, a primer, or a combination thereof. Mica may also confer
durability, moisture resistance, corrosion resistance, heat
resistance, chemical resistance, cracking resistance, sagging
resistance, or a combination thereof, to a coating and/or film.
[0580] Barium sulfate may be classified as baryte or a blanc fixe.
Baryte may be selected for an automotive coating, an industrial
coating, a primer, an undercoat, or a combination thereof. Blanc
fixe has good opacity for an extender, and may be selected for an
automotive coating, an industrial coating, or a combination
thereof.
[0581] Wollastonite is a calcium metasilicate, and may be selected
for a latex coating. Wollasonite may also function as an alkali pH
buffer. Surface modified wollasonite may be selected for an
industrial coating.
[0582] Nepheline syenite is an anhydrous sodium potassium aluminum
silicate, and may be selected for an architectural coating, a latex
coating, an interior coating, an exterior coating, or a combination
thereof. Nepheline syenite may function may confer cracking
resistance, scrub resistance, or a combination thereof.
[0583] Sodium aluminosilicate may be selected for a latex coating,
an architectural coating, or a combination thereof. Sodium
aluminosilicate may also function as a flattening agent.
[0584] Alumina trihydrate may be selected for an architectural
coating, a thermoplastic coating, a thermosetting coating, or a
combination thereof Alumina trihydrate may confer flame retardancy
to a film.
[0585] b. Dyes
[0586] A dye is a composition that is soluble in the other
components of a coating, and further confers a desirable color
property to the coating. It is contemplated that many of the
compounds that give a cell-based particulate material of the
present invention color, such as photosynthetic pigment and/or
carotenoid pigment, will be partly or fully soluble in many
non-aqueous liquids described herein. It is further contemplated
that a cell-based particulate material of the present invention is
added to a coating comprising such a liquid component, the material
may act as a dye, as well as a pigment and/or extender, due to the
dissolving of colored compounds into the liquid component.
[0587] 4. Coating Additives
[0588] A coating additive is any material which is added to a
coating to confer a desirable property other than that described
for a binder, a liquid component, a colorizing agent, or a
combination thereof. It is contemplated that, in addition to the
examples of additives described herein, any additive known to one
of ordinary skill in the art, in light of the present disclosures,
may be included in a composition of the present invention.
[0589] Examples of coating additives include a cell-based
particulate material of the present invention, as well as an
antifloating agent, an antiflooding agent, an antifoaming agent, an
antisettling agent, an antiskinning agent, a catalyst, a corrosion
inhibitor, a film-formation promoter, a leveling agent, a matting
agent, a neutralizing agent, a preservative, a thickening agent, a
wetting agent, or a combination thereof. The content for an
individual coating additive in a coating generally is 0.000001% to
20.0%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
However, in most embodiments, it is contemplated the concentration
of a single additive in a coating will comprise between 0.000001%
and 10.0%, including all intermediate ranges and combinations
thereof.
[0590] a. Preservatives
[0591] A coating may comprise a preservative to reduce or prevent
the deterioration of a coating and/or film by a microorganism. As
would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art, a microorganism
is generally considered a contaminant capable damaging a film
and/or coating the point of suitable usefulness in a given
embodiment. It is preferred that a coating comprising a cell-based
particulate material of the present invention also comprises a
preservative. It is contemplated that continued growth of a
microorganism from a microorganism-based particulate material of
the present invention would be detrimental to a coating and/or
film, and a preservative may reduce or prevent such growth. It is
further contemplated that a contaminating microorganism could use
the cell-based particulate material of the present invention as a
readily available source of nutrients for growth, and a
preservative may reduce or prevent such growth. It is also
contemplated that the amount of preservative added to a coating
comprising a cell-based particulate material of the present
invention may be increased relative to a preservative content of a
similar coating lacking such an added cell-based particulate
material. Examples of preservatives include a biocide, which kills
an organism, a biostatic, which reduces or prevents the growth of
an organism, or a combination thereof. Examples of a biocide
include, for example, a bactericide, a fungicide, an algaecide, or
a combination thereof. In certain aspects, it is contemplated that
the amount of preservative may be increased 1.01 to 10-fold or
more, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof,
the amount of an example of a preservative content described herein
or as would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art (e.g., a
manufacture's instructions) in light of the present
disclosures.
[0592] In addition to the disclosures herein, a preservative and
use of a preservative in a coating is known to those of skill in
the art, and all such materials and techniques for using a
preservative in a coating may be applied in the practice of the
present invention (see, for example, Flick, E. W. "Handbook of
Paint Raw Materials, Second Edition," 263-285 and 879-998, 1989; in
"Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the
Gardner-Sward Handbook," (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp 261-267 and
654-661, 1995; in "Paint and Surface Coatings: Theory and Practice,
Second Edition," (Lambourne, R. and Strivens, T. A., Eds.), pp.
193-194, 371-382 and 543-547, 1999; Wicks, Jr., Z. W., Jones, F.
N., Pappas, S. P. "Organic Coatings, Science and Technology, Volume
1: Film Formation, Components, and Appearance," pp. 318-320, 1992;
Wicks, Jr., Z. W., Jones, F. N., Pappas, S. P. "Organic Coatings,
Science and Technology, Volume 2: Applications, Properties and
Performance," pp. 145, 309, 319-323 and 340-341, 1992; in "Paints,
Coatings and Solvents, Second, Completely Revised Edition," (Stoye,
D. and Freitag, W., Eds.) pp 6, 127 and 165, 1998; and in "Handbook
of Coatings Additives," pp. 177-224, 1987).
[0593] In certain embodiments, a preservative may comprise an
in-can preservative, an in-film preservative, or a combination
thereof. An in-can preservative is a composition that reduces or
prevents the growth of a microorganism prior to film formation.
Addition of an in-can preservative during a water-borne coating
production typically occurs with the introduction of water to a
coating composition. Typically, an in-can preservative is added to
a coating composition for function during coating preparation,
storage, or a combination thereof. An in-film preservative is a
composition that reduces or prevents the growth of a microorganism
after film formation. In many embodiments, an in-film preservative
is the same chemical as an in-can preservative, but added to a
coating composition at a higher (e.g., two-fold) concentration for
continuing activity after film formation.
[0594] Examples of preservatives that have been used in coatings
include a metal compound (e.g., an organo-metal compound) biocide,
an organic biocide, or a combination thereof. Examples of a metal
compound biocide include barium metaborate (CAS No. 13701-59-2),
which is a fungicide and bactericide; copper(II) 8-quinolinolate
(CAS No. 10380-28-6), which is a fungicide; phenylmercuric acetate
(CAS No. 62-38-4), tributyltin oxide (CAS No. 56-35-9), which is
less preferred for use against Gram-negative bacteria; tributyltin
benzoate (CAS No. 4342-36-3), which is a fungicide and bactericide;
tributyltin salicylate (CAS No. 4342-30-7), which is a fungicide;
zinc pyrithione ("zinc 2-pyridinethiol-N-oxide"; CAS No.
13463-41-7), which is a fungicide; zinc oxide (CAS No. 1314-13-2),
which is a fungistatic/fungicide and algaecide; a combination of
zinc-dimethyldithiocarbamate (CAS No. 137-30-4) and zinc
2-mercaptobenzothiazole (CAS No. 155-04-4), which acts as a
fungicide; zinc pyrithione (CAS No. 13463-41-7), which is a
fungicide; a metal soap; or a combination thereof. Examples of
metals comprised in a metal soap biocide include copper, mercury,
tin, zinc, or a combination thereof. Examples of an organic acid
comprised in a metal soap biocide include a butyl oxide, a laurate,
a naphthenate, an octoate, a phenyl acetate, a phenyl oleate, or a
combination thereof.
[0595] An example of an organic biocide that acts as an algaecide
includes
2-methylthio-4-tert-butylamino-6-cyclopropylamino-s-triazine (CAS
No. 28159-98-0). Examples of an organic biocide that acts as a
bactericide include a combination of 4,4-dimethyl-oxazolidine (CAS
No. 51200-87-4) and 3,4,4-trimethyloxazolidine (CAS No.
75673-43-7); 5-hydroxy-methyl-1-aza-3,7-dioxabicylco (3.3.0.)
octane (CAS No. 59720-42-2); 2(hydroxymethyl)-aminoethanol (CAS No.
34375-28-5); 2-(hydroxymethyl)-amino-2-methyl-1-propanol (CAS No.
52299-20-4); hexahydro-1,3,5-triethyl-s-triazine (CAS No.
108-74-7); 1-(3-chloroallyl)-3,5,7-triaza-1-azonia-adamantane
chloride (CAS No. 51229-78-8);
1-methyl-3,5,7-triaza-1-azonia-adamantane chloride (CAS No.
76902-90-4); p-chloro-m-cresol (CAS No. 59-50-7); an alkylamine
hydrochloride; 6-acetoxy-2,4-dimethyl-1,3-dioxane (CAS No.
828-00-2); 5-chloro-2-methyl-4-isothiazolin-3-one (CAS No.
26172-55-4); 2-methyl-4-isothiazolin-3-one (CAS No. 2682-20-4);
1,3-bis(hydroxymethyl)-5,5-dimethylhydantoin (CAS No. 6440-58-0);
hydroxymethyl-5,5-dimethylhydantoin (CAS No. 27636-82-4); or a
combination thereof. Examples of an organic biocide that acts as a
fungicide include a parabens; 2-(4-thiazolyl)benzimidazole (CAS No.
148-79-8); N-trichloromethyl-thio-4-cyclohexene- 1,2-dicarboximide
(CAS No. 133-06-2); 2-n-octyl-4-isothiazoline-3-one (CAS No.
26530-20-1); 2,4,5,6-tetrachloro-isophthalonitrile (CAS No.
1897-45-6); 3-iodo-2-propynyl butyl carbamate (CAS No. 55406-53-6);
N-(trichloromethyl-thio)phthalimide (CAS No. 133-07-3);
tetrachloroisophthalonitrile (CAS No. 1897-45-6); potassium
N-hydroxy-methyl-N-methyl-dithiocarbamate (CAS No. 51026-28-9);
sodium 2-pyridinethiol- 1-oxide (CAS No. 15922-78-8); or a
combination thereof. Examples of a parbens include butyl
parahydroxybenzoate (CAS No. 94-26-8); ethyl parahydroxybenzoate
(CAS No. 120-47-8); methyl parahydroxybenzoate (CAS No. 99-76-3);
propyl parahydroxybenzoate (CAS No. 94-13-3); or a combination
thereof. Examples of an organic biocide that acts as an bactericide
and fungicide include 2-mercaptobenzo-thiazol- e (CAS No.
149-30-4); a combination of 5-chloro-2-methyl-3(2H)-isothiazoli- ne
(CAS No. 26172-55-4) and 2-methyl-3(2H)-isothiazolone (CAS No.
2682-20-4); a combination of 4-(2-nitrobutyl)-morpholine (CAS No.
2224-44-4) and 4,4'-(2-ethylnitrotrimethylene dimorpholine (CAS No.
1854-23-5); tetra-hydro-3,5-di-methyl-2H-1,3,5-thiadiazine-2-thione
(CAS No. 533-74-4); potassium dimethyldithiocarbamate (CAS No.
128-03-0); or a combination thereof. An example of an organic
biocide that acts as an algaecide and fungicide includes
diiodomethyl-p-tolysulfone (CAS No. 20018-09-1). Examples of an
organic biocide that acts as an algaecide, bactericide and
fungicide include glutaraldehyde (CAS No. 111-30-8);
methylenebis(thiocyanate) (CAS No. 6317-18-6);
1,2-dibromo-2,4-dicyanobut- ane (CAS No. 35691-65-7);
1,2-benzisothiazoline-3-one ("1,2-benzisothiazolinone"; CAS No.
2634-33-5); 2-(thiocyanomethyl-thio)b- enzothiazole (CAS No.
21564-17-0); or a combination thereof An example of an organic
biocide that acts as an algaecide, bactericide, fungicide and
molluskicide includes 2-(thiocyanomethyl-thio)benzothiozole (CAS
No. 21564-17-0) and methylene bis(thiocyanate) (CAS No.
6317-18-6).
[0596] In certain embodiments an environmental law or regulation
may encourage the selection of an organic biocide such as a
benzisothiazolinone derivative. An example of a benzisothiazolinone
derivative is Busan.TM. 1264 (Buckman Laboratories, Inc.),
Proxel.TM. GXL, Proxel.TM. TN, Proxel.TM. XL2, Proxel.TM. BD20 and
Proxel.TM. M BZ (Avecia Inc.), Preventol.RTM. VP OC 3068 (Bayer
Corporation), or Mergal.RTM. K10N (Troy Corp.) which comprises
1,2-benzisothiazoline-3-one (CAS No. 2634-33-5). In the case of
Busan.TM. 1264, the primary use is a bactericide and/or fungicide
at 0.03% to 0.5% in a water-borne coating. Proxel.TM. TN comprises
1,2-benzisothiazoline-3-one (CAS No. 2634-33-5) and
hexahydro-1,3,5-tris(2-hydroxyethyl)-s-triazine ("triazine"; CAS
No. 4719-04-4), Proxel.TM. GXL, Proxel.TM. XL2 and Proxel.TM. BD20
comprises 1,2-benzisothiazoline-3-one (CAS No. 2634-33-5),
Proxel.TM. BZ comprises 1,2-benzisothiazoline-3-one (CAS No.
2634-33-5) and zinc pyrithione (CAS No. 13463-41-7), and are
typically used in industrial coatings and water-based coatings as a
bactericide/fungicide. Mergal.RTM. K10N comprises
1,2-benzisothiazoline-3-one (CAS No. 2634-33-5), and is typically
used in water-borne coatings as a bactericide/fungicide.
[0597] Often, a preservative is a proprietary commercial
formulation and/or a compound sold under a tradename. Examples
include organic biocides under the tradename Nuosept.RTM.
(International Specialty Products), which are typically used in a
water-borne coating. Specific examples of a Nuosept.RTM. biocide
includes Nuosept.RTM. 95, which comprises a mixture of bicyclic
oxazolidines, and is typically added to 0.2% to 0.3% concentration
to a coating composition; Nuosept.RTM. 145, which comprises an
amine reaction product, and is typically added to 0.2% to 0.3%
concentration to a coating composition; Nuosept.RTM. 166, which
comprises 4,4-dimethyloxazolidine (CAS No. 51200-87-4), and is
typically added to 0.2% to 0.3% concentration to a basic pH
water-borne coating composition; or a combination thereof. A
further example is Nuocide.RTM. (International Specialty Products)
biocides, which are typically used fungicides and/or algaecides.
Examples of a Nuocide.RTM. biocide is Nuocide.RTM. 960, which
comprises 96% tetrachlorisophthalonitrile (CAS No. 1897-45-6), and
is typically used at 0.5% to 1.2% in a water-borne or solvent-borne
coating as a fungicide; Nuocide.RTM. 2010, which comprises
chlorothalonil (CAS No. 1897-45-6) and IPBC (CAS No. 55406-53-6) at
30%, and is typically used at 0.5% to 2.5% in a coating as a
fungicide and algaecide; Nuocide.RTM. 1051 and Nuocide.RTM. 1071,
each which comprises 96% N-cyclopropyl-N-( l
-dimethylethyl)-6-(methylthio)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4- -diamine (CAS
No. 28159-98-0), and is typically used as an algaecide in
antifouling coatings at 1.0% to 6.0% or water-based coatings at
0.05% to 0.2%, respectively; and Nuocide.RTM. 2002, which comprises
chlorothalonil (CAS No. 1897-45-6) and a triazine compound at 30%,
and is typically used at 0.5% to 2.5% in a coating and/or a film as
a fungicide and algaecide.
[0598] An additional example of a tradename biocide for coatings
includes Vancide.RTM. (R. T. Vanderbilt Company, Inc.). Examples of
a Vancide.RTM. biocide include Vancide.RTM. TH, which comprises
hexahydro-1,3,5-triethyl- -s-triazine (CAS No. 108-74-7), and is
generally used in a water-borne coating; Vancide.RTM. 89, which
comprises N-trichloromethylthio-4-cyclohe- xene-1,2-dicarboximide
(CAS No. 133-06-2) and related compounds such as captan (CAS No.
133-06-2), and is used as a fungicide in a coating composition; or
a combination thereof. A bactericide and/or fungicide for coatings,
particularly a water-borne coating, is a Dowicil.TM. (Dow Chemical
Company). Examples of a Dowicil.TM. biocide include Dowicil.TM.
QK-20, which comprises 2,2-dibromo-3-nitrilopropionamide (CAS No.
10222-01-2), and is used as a bactericide at 100 ppm to 2000 ppm in
a coating; Dowicil.TM. 75, which comprises
1-(3-chloroallyl)-3,5,7-triaza-1- -azoniaadamantane chloride (CAS
No. 51229-78-8), and is used as a bactericide at 500 ppm to 1500
ppm in a coating; Dowicil.TM. 96, which comprises 7-ethyl
bicyclooxazolidine (CAS No. 7747-35-5), and is used as a
bactericide at 1000 ppm to 2500 ppm in a coating; Bioban.TM.
CS-1135, which comprises 4,4-dimethyloxazolidine (CAS No.
51200-87-4), and is used as a bactericide at 100 ppm to 500 ppm in
a coating; or a combination thereof. An additional example of a
tradename biocide for coatings includes Kathon.RTM. (Rohm and Haas
Company). An example of a Kathon.RTM. biocide includes Kathon.RTM.
LX, which typically comprises
5-chloro-2-methyl-4-isothiazolin-3-one (CAS no 26172-55-4) and
2-methyl-4-isothiazolin-3-one (CAS no 2682-20-4) at 1.5%, and is
added from 0.05% to 0.15% in a coating. Examples of tradename
fungicides and algaecides include those described for
Fungitrol.RTM. and Biotrend.RTM. (International Specialty
Products), which are often formulated for solvent-borne and
water-borne coatings, and in-can and film preservation. An example
is Fungitrol.RTM. 158, which comprises 15% tributyltin benzoate
(CAS No. 4342-36-3) (15%) and 21.2% alkylamine hydrochlorides, and
is typically used at 0.35% to 0.75% in a water-borne coating for
in-can and film preservation. An additional example is
Fungitrol.RTM. 11, which comprises N-(trichloromethylthio)
phthalimide (CAS No. 133-07-3), and is typically used at 0.5% to
1.0% as a fungicide for solvent-borne coating. A further example is
Fungitrol.RTM. 400, which comprises 98% 3-iodo-2-propynl N-butyl
carbamate ("IPBC") (Cas No. 55406-53-6), and is typically used at
0.15% to 0.45% as a fungicide for a water-borne or a solvent-borne
coating.
[0599] Further examples of a tradename biocide for coatings
includes various Omadine.RTM. or Triadine.RTM. products (Arch
chemicals, Inc.), Densil.TM. P, Densil.TM. C404, Densil.TM. DN,
Densil.TM. DG20 and Vantocil.TM. IB (Avecia Inc.), Polyphase.RTM.
678, Polyphase.RTM. 663, Polyphase.RTM. CST, Polyphase.RTM. 641,
Troysan.RTM. 680 (Troy Corp.), Rocima.RTM. 550, Rocima.RTM. 607,
Rozone.RTM. 2000 and Skane.TM. M-8 (Rohm and Haas Company) and
Myacide.TM. GDA, Myacide.TM. GA 15, Myacide.TM. Ga 26, Myacide.TM.
45, Myacide.TM. AS Technical, Myacide.TM. AS 2, Myacide.TM. AS 30,
Myacide.TM. AS 15, Protectol.TM. PE, Daomet.TM. Technical and
Myacide.TM. HT Technical (BASF Corp.). Zinc omadine.RTM. ("zinc
pyrithione"; CAS No. 13463-41-7) is a fungicide/algaecide typically
used as an in-film preservative and/or anti-fouling preservative;
sodium omadine.RTM. ("sodium pyrithione"; CAS No. 3811-73-2) is
typically used as a fungicide/algaecide in-film preservative;
copper omadine.RTM. ("copper pyrithione"; CAS No. 14915-37-8) is
typically used as a fungicide/algaecide in-film preservative and/or
anti-fouling preservative; Triadine.RTM. 174 ("triazine," "1,3,5
-triazine-(2H,4H,6H)-triethanol"; "hexahydro-1,3,5
-tris(2-hydroxyethyl)-s-triazine"; Cas No. 4719-04-4) is a bacteria
biostatic/bactericide typically used in water-borne coatings;
Densil.TM. P comprises dithio-2,2-bis(benzmethylamide) (CAS No.
2527-58-4) and is typically used in industrial coatings,
water-based coatings and films thereof as a fungicide/ bactericide;
Densil.TM. C404 comprises 2,4,5,6-tetrachloroisophthalonitrile
("chlorothalonil"; CAS No. 1897-45-6) and is used as a fungicide;
Densil.TM. DN and Densil.TM. DG20 comprise
N-butyl-1,2-benzisothiazolin-3-one (CAS No. 4299-07-4), and each
may be used as a fungicide; Vantocil.TM. E3 comprises
poly(hexamethylene biguanide) hydrochloride (CAS No. 27083-27-8)
and is a micobiocide; Polyphase.RTM. 678 comprises carbendazim (CAS
No. 10605-21-7) and 3-iodo-2-propynyl butyl carbamate (CAS No.
55406-53-6) and is typically used as an antimicrobial biocide for
exterior coatings and surface treatments; Polyphase.RTM. 663
comprises 3-iodo-2-propynyl butyl carbamate (CAS No. 55406-53-6),
carbendazim (CAS No. 10605-21-7) and diuron (CAS No. 330-54-1) and
is typically used as a fungicide/algaecide in exterior coatings;
Rocima.RTM. 550 comprises 2-methyl-4-isothiazolin-3- -one (CAS No.
2682-20-4), and is typically used as a bactericide/fungicide for
water-borne coatings; Rozone.RTM. 2000 comprises
4,5-dichloro-2-N-octyl-3(2H)-isothiazolone (CAS No. 64359-81-5) and
is used as a microbiocide for latex coatings; Skane.TM. M-8
comprises 2-Octyl-4-isothiazolin-3-one (CAS No. 26530-20-1), and
may be used as an in-film fungicide; Myacide.TM. GDA Technical,
Myacide.TM. GA 15, Myacide.TM. Ga 26 and Myacide.TM. 45 each
comprise glutaraldehyde (CAS No. 111-30-8) and are typically used
as an algaecide/bactericide/fungicid- e; Myacide.TM. AS Technical,
Myacide.TM. AS 2, Myacide.TM. AS 30, Myacide.TM. AS 15 each
comprise 2-bromo-2-nitropropane-1,3-diol ("bronopol"; Cas No.
52-51-7) and are typically used as an algaecide; Protectol.TM. PE
comprises phenoxyethanol (CAS No. 122-99-6) and can be used as
microbiocide/fungicide; Dazomet.TM. Technical comprises
3,5-dimethyl-2H-1,3,5-thiadiazinane-2-thione ("dazomet"; CAS No.
533-74-4) and may be used as a microbiocide/fungicide; Myacide.TM.
HT Technical comprises
1,3,5-tris-(2-hydroxyethyl)-1,3,5-hexahydrotriazine (CAS No.
4719-04-4) and can be used as a microbiocide/fungicide.
[0600] As would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art,
determination of whether damage to a coating and/or film is due to
microorganisms (e.g., film algal defacement, film fungal
defacement), as well as the efficacy of addition of a preservative
to a coating and/or film composition in reducing microbial damage
to a coating and/or film, may be empirically determined by
techniques such as those that are described in "ASTM Book of
Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for Chemical, Physical, and
Optical Properties; Appearance," D3274-95, D4610-98, D2574-00,
D3273-00, D3456-86, D5589-97, and D5590-00, 2002; and in "Paint and
Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward
Handbook," (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 654-661, 1995. Examples of
microorganisms typically selected in such procedures as positive
controls of a coating and/or film damaging microorganism include,
for example, Aspergillus oryzae (ATCC No. 10196), Aspergillus
flavus (ATCC No. 9643), Aspergillus niger (ATCC No. 9642),
Pseudomonas aeruginosa (ATCC No. 10145), Aureobasidium pullulans
(ATCC No. 9348), Penicillium citrinum (ATCC No. 9849), Penicillium
funiculosum (ATCC No. 9644), or a combination thereof.
[0601] b. Wetting Additives and Dispersants
[0602] It is contemplated that one or more types of particulate
matter (e.g., a pigment, a cell-based particulate material of the
present invention) may be incorporated into a coating composition
of the present invention. As is known to those of ordinary skill in
the art, physical force and/or chemical additives are used to
promote a desirable level of dispersion of particulate matter in a
coating composition, for purposes such as coating homogeneity and
ease of application. Depending upon whether such an additive is
admixed earlier or latter in a coating composition, such an
additive is known as a wetting agent or a dispersant, respectively,
though it is common that an additive has dual classification. A
wetting agent and/or a dispersant often can be used to reduce the
particulate matter grinding time during coating preparation,
improve wetting of particulate matter, improve dispersion of
particulate matter, improve gloss, improve leveling, reduce
flooding, reduce floating, reduce viscosity, reduce thixotropy, or
a combination thereof.
[0603] It is contemplated that in certain embodiments, a cell-based
particulate material of the present invention may be used as a
wetting additive and/or dispersant. Though this use of the present
invention may be conter-intuitive, it is contemplated that the
cell-based particulate material of the present invention may
promote the separation of particulate material (e.g., a pigment, an
additional preparation of a cell-based particulate material) by
acting as a physical barrier between particles of particulate
material. It is further contemplated that in embodiments wherein
the cell-based particulate material is used as a wetting additive
and/or dispersant, it may, of course, be combined with a
traditional wetting additive and/or dispersant, examples of which
are described below.
(1) Wetting Additives
[0604] As is known to those of ordinary skill in the art,
preparation of a coating comprising particulate material often
comprises a step wherein the particulate material is dispersed in
an additional coating component. An example of this type of
dispersion step is the dispersion of a pigment into a combination
of a liquid component and a binder to form a material known as a
millbase. A wetting additive ("wetting agent") is composition added
to promote dispersion of particulate material during coating
preparation.
[0605] In certain embodiments, a wetting agent is a molecule that
comprises a polar region and a nonpolar region. An example is an
ethylene oxide molecule comprising a hydrophobic moiety. Such a
wetting agent is thought to act by reducing interfacial tension
between a liquid component and particulate matter. In specific
aspects, a wetting agent comprises a surfactant. Examples of such a
wetting agent include pine oil, which is typically added at 1% to
5% of the total coating liquid component, including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. Other examples of
wetting agents include a metal soap, such as, for example, calcium
octoate, zinc octoate, aluminum stearate, zinc stearate, or a
combination thereof. An additional example of a wetting agent is
bis(2-ethylhexyl)sulfosuccinate ("Aerosol OT") (CAS No. 577-11-7);
(octylphenoxy)polyethoxyethanol octylphenyl-polyethylene glycol
("Igepal-630") (Cas no. 9036-19-5); nonyl phenoxy poly (ethylene
oxy) ethanol ("Tergitol NP-14") (CAS No. 9016-45-9); ethylene
glycol octyl phenyl ether ("Triton X-100") (CAS No. 9002-93-1); or
a combination thereof.
[0606] Often a wetting agent and/or dispersant is a proprietary
formulation and/or commonly available under a trade name. Examples
include an Anti-Terra.RTM. or Disperbyk.RTM. (BYK-Chemie GmbH) and
EnviroGem.RTM. or Surfynol.RTM. (Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.)
wetting agents and/or dispersants. An example is Anti-Terra.RTM.-U,
which comprises a 50% solution of an unsaturated polyamine amide
salt and a lower molecular weight acid, dissolved in xylene and
isobutanol, and preferred for used in a solvent-borne coating.
Anti-Terra.RTM.-U is typically added from 1% to 2% to an inorganic
pigment, 1% to 5% to an organic pigment, and at 0.5% to 1.0% to
titanium dioxide, and 30% to 50% to a bentonite. An example of a
Disperbyk.RTM. is Disperbyk.RTM., which comprises a polycarboxylic
acid polymer alkylolammonium salt and water, and is added to 0.3%
to 1.5% to the solvent-borne or water-borne coating composition. A
further example is Disperbyk.RTM.-101, which comprises a 52%
solution of a long chain polyamine amide salt and a polar acidic
ester, dissolved in a mineral spirit and butylglycol, and preferred
for used in a solvent-borne coating. The ranges for addition to
particulate material for Disperbyk.RTM.-101 is similar to
Anti-Terra.RTM.-U. An additional example is Disperbyk.RTM.-108,
which comprises over 97% of a hydroxyfunctional carboxylic acid
ester that includes moieties with pigment affinity, and is
typically added from 3% to 5% to an inorganic pigment, 5% to 8% to
an organic pigment. However, Disperbyk.RTM.-108 is typically added
at 0.8% to 1.5% to titanium dioxide, or 8% to 10% to a carbon
black, and is preferred for coatings lacking a non-aqueous solvent.
A supplemental example is EnviroGem.RTM. ADO 1, which comprises a
non-ionic wetting agent with a defoaming property, and is added to
0.1% to 2% to a water-borne coating composition. An additional
example is Surfynol.RTM. TG (Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.),
which comprises a non-ionic wetting agent, and is added to 0.5% to
5% to a water-borne coating composition. A fuirther example is
Surfynol.RTM. 104 (Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.), which
comprises a non-ionic wetting agent, dispersant, and defoamer, and
is added to 0.05% to 3% to a water-borne coating composition.
(2) Dispersants
[0607] As is known to those of ordinary skill in the art,
maintenance of the dispersal of particulate matter comprised within
a coating composition is often promoted by the addition of a
dispersant. A dispersant ("dispersing additive," "deflocculant,"
"antisettling agent") is a composition that is added to promote
continuing dispersal of particulate matter. In specific aspects, a
dispersant is added to a coating composition to reduce or prevent
flocculation. Flocculation is the process wherein a plurality of
primary particles that have been previously dispersed form an
agglomerate. In other aspects, a dispersant is added to a coating
composition to prevent sedimentation of particulate matter.
Standard procedures to determining the degree of settling by
particulate matter in a coating (e.g., paint) are described, for
example, in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint--Products
and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D869-85,
2002.
[0608] Often a dispersant is a compound comprising phosphate, such
as, for example, tetra-potassium pyrophosphate or "TKPP" (CAS No.
7320-34-5). Examples of a tradename/ proprietary phosphate
compounds are those known as a Strodex.TM. (Dexter Chemical
L.L.C.), including Strodex.TM. PK-90, Strodex.TM. PK-OVOC, and/or
Strodex.TM. MOK-70, which comprise a phosphate ester
surfactant.
[0609] In some aspects, a dispersant may be a particulate material.
Examples include Winnofil.RTM. SPT Premium, Winnofil.RTM. S,
Winnofil.RTM. SPM, and Winnofil.RTM. SPT (Solvay Advanced
Functional Minerals), which comprise 97.4% calcium carbonate (CAS
No. 471-34-1) coated with 2.6% fatty acid (CAS No. 64755-01-7) and
generally used at 2% to 3%.
[0610] Various preparations of modified montmorillonite clay are
known in the art as a dispersant. Examples include those under the
name Bentone.RTM. (Elementis Specialties, Inc). Bentone.RTM. 34
(Elementis Specialties, Inc), which comprises tetraallkyl ammonium
bentonite, and is prepared with 33% or more polar solvent prior to
addition to a coating composition. M-P-A.RTM. 14 (Elementis
Specialties, Inc.), which comprises a montmorillonite clay modified
by and organic chemical, and is prepared with 33% or more polar
solvent prior to addition to a solvent-borne coating composition.
Bentone.RTM. SD-1 (Elementis Specialties, Inc.), which comprises a
montmorillonite clay modified by and organic chemical, and
typically added from 0.2% to 2% by weight to a solvent-borne
coating composition, particularly those comprising an aliphatic
liquid component.
[0611] A further example of a dispersant is a castor wax
formulation under the trade names Crayvallac.RTM. SF,
Crayvallac.RTM. MT, and Crayvallac.RTM. AntiSettle CVP (Cray Valley
Limited), each of which are typically added from 0.2% to 1.5% as a
dispersant, thixotropy additive, anti-sagging agent, or a
combination thereof. Crayvallac.RTM. AntiSettle CVP comprises
caster wax ("hydrogenated caster oil"), and is suitable for a
solvent free epoxy-coating and a mineral spirit liquid component.
Crayvallac.RTM. SF and Crayvallac.RTM. MT each comprise amide
modified caster wax, and may be used in an epoxy-coating, an
acrylic-coating, a chlorinated rubber-coating, or a combination
thereof. Crayvallac.RTM. SF and Crayvallac.RTM. MT are preferred
for use with a liquid component comprising an aromatic hydrocarbon,
an alcohol, a glycol ether, or a combination thereof with
Crayvallac.RTM.D MT being also preferred for use with a mineral
spirit.
[0612] C. Buffers
[0613] In certain embodiments, it is preferred to maintain a
coating's pH within a certain range. pH may range from 0 to 14,
including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. A
coating may be acidic, which is a pH between 0 and 7, including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, or basic, which is a
pH between 7 and 14, including all intermediate ranges and
combinations thereof. A neutral pH is pH 7.0, and it is
contemplated that a coating may have a neutral pH, or a pH that is
near neutral, which is a pH between 6.5 and 7.5, including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. A buffer may be added
to maintain a coating's pH in a desired range, such as, for example
acidic, basic, neutral, or near neutral. In certain aspects, a
basic pH is preferred to optimize the function of a preferred
enzyme, such as, for example, OPH. Examples of buffers include a
bicarbonate (e.g., an ammonium bicarbonate), a monobasic phosphate
buffer, a dibasic phosphate buffer, Trizma base, a 5 zwitterionic
buffer, triethanolamine, or a combination thereof. In particular
facets, it is contemplated that a buffer will comprise 0.000001 M
to 2.0 M, including all intermediate ranges and combinations
thereof, in a coating or other surface treatment.
[0614] d. Rheology Modifiers
[0615] A rheology modifier ("rheology control agent," "rheology
additive," "thickener and rheology modifier," "TRM," "rheological
and viscosity control agent," "viscosifier," "viscosity control
agent," "thickener") is a composition that alters (e.g., increases,
decreases, maintains) a rheological property of a coating. A
thickener ("thickening agent") increases and/or maintains
viscosity. A Theological property is a property of flow and/or
deformation. Examples of a rheological property include viscosity,
brushability, leveling, sagging, or a combination thereof.
Viscosity is a measure of a fluid's resistance to flow (e.g., a
shear force). Brushability is the ease a coating can be applied
using an applicator (e.g., a brush). Leveling is the ability of a
coating to flow into and fill uneven areas of coating thickness
(e.g., brush marks) after application to a surface and before
sufficient film formation to end such flow. Sagging is the
gravitationally induced downward flow of a coating after
application to a surface and before sufficient film formation to
end such flow. It is specifically contemplated that a cell-based
particulate material of the present invention may be added to a
coating as a rheology modifier. It is further contemplated that in
embodiments wherein the cell-based particulate material is used as
a rheology modifier, it may, of course, be combined with a
traditional rheology modifier, examples of which are described
below.
[0616] A rheology modifier that alters viscosity (e.g., increases,
decreases, maintains) is known as a "viscosifier." During
preparation, the viscosity of a coating ("medium-shear viscosity,"
"mid-shear viscosity," "coating consistency") is often measured to
verify a viscosity that is often suitable for a coating during
storage, application, etc. The typical range of shear force for
measuring mid-shear viscosity is between 10 s.sup.-1 to 10.sup.3
s.sup.-1. In many embodiments, particularly for architectural
coatings, a medium shear viscosity will be between 60 Ku and 140
Ku, including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
During application ("high-shear"), a coating is usually subjected
to a shear force of 103 s.sup.-1 to 10.sup.4 s.sup.-1 by techniques
such as brush application, and a shear force up to or greater than
10.sup.6 s.sup.-1 by techniques including, for example, blade
application, high-speed roller application, spray application, or a
combination thereof. As would be known to one of ordinary skill in
the art, a coating typically is formulated to possess a viscosity
upon the shear force of application ("high-shear viscosity") that
promotes the ease of application. An example of a high shear
viscosity during application is between 0.5 P ("50 mPa s") to 2.5 P
("250 mPa s"), including all intermediate ranges and combinations
thereof. In certain aspects, a coating may possess a viscosity
greater or lower than this range, however, it is contemplated such
a viscosity may make the coating more difficult to apply using the
above application techniques. Post-preparation and/or
post-application, a coating is usually subjected to a shear force
of 10 s.sup.-1 to 10.sup.-3 s.sup.-1 produced, for example, by
forces such as gravity, capillary pressure, or a combination
thereof. In embodiments wherein a coating's viscosity ("low-shear
viscosity") is too high at these levels of shear force
("low-shear"), leveling during and/or after application may be
undesirably low. In embodiments wherein a viscosity is to low at
these levels of shear force, a coating may suffer in-can settling,
sagging during or after application, or a combination thereof. A
preferred viscosity of a coating post-preparation and/or
application is between 100 P ("10 Pa s") to 1000 P ("100 Pa s"),
the including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof. Of
course, the viscosity of a coating will change post-application in
embodiments wherein film formation occurs; however, the
post-application viscosity refers to the viscosity prior to
completion of film formation, and may be determined immediately
post-application (e.g., within seconds, within minutes) as
appropriate to the coating, as would be known to one of ordinary
skill in the art. In certain aspects, a coating may possess a
viscosity greater or lower than this range, however, it is
contemplated such a viscosity may make the coating more prone to
sagging and/or settling defects. Techniques for measuring viscosity
(e.g., low-shear viscosity, medium-shear viscosity, high-shear
viscosity) are known to those of skill in the art [see, for
example, "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for
Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance," D562-01,
D2196-99, D4287-00, 2002;and in "Paint and Coating Testing Manual,
Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook," (Koleske, J. V.
Ed.), 1995].
[0617] A rheology modifier is typically added to alter and/or
maintain a rheology property within a desired range
post-formulation, during application, post-application, or a
combination thereof. In specific embodiments, a rheology modifier
alters viscosity at or above 10.sup.3 s.sup.-1 and/or at or below
10 s.sup.-1. Viscosity, including non-Newtonian (e.g.,
shear-thinning) viscosity for coatings and/or coating components
(e.g., binders, binder solutions, vehicles) upon formulation with
or without a viscosity modifier can be empirically determined,
particularly for shear rates comparable to application techniques
(e.g., blade, brush, roller, spray) by standard techniques such as
in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for
Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance," D562-01,
D2196-99, D4287-00, D4212-99, D1200-94, D5125-97, and D5478-98,
2002; "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint--Products and
Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D4958-97,
2002; and "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint--Pigments,
Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and
Ink Vehicles," D1545-98, D1725-62, D6606-00 and D6267-98, 2002.
Additionally, other Theological properties can be determined to aid
formulation of a coating of the present invention using techniques
known to those of ordinary skill in the art. For example, brush
drag, which is the resistance during coating (e.g., a latex)
application using a brush, can be determined by standard
techniques, such as, for example, in "ASTM Book of Standards,
Volume 06.02, Paint--Products and Applications; Protective
Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D4040-99, 2002. In an additional
example, leveling and sagging can be empirically determined for a
coating by standard techniques such as in "ASTM Book of Standards,
Volume 06.02, Paint--Products and Applications; Protective
Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D4062-99 and D4400-99, 2002.
[0618] As would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art, the
addition of a coating component to a coating composition typically
alters a rheological property, and many coating components have
multiple classifications to include function as a rheology
modifier. Examples of coating components more commonly added for
function as a rheology modifier includes an inorganic rheology
modifier, an organometallic rheology modifier, an organic rheology
modifier, or a combination thereof. An example of an inorganic
rheology modifier includes a silicate such as a montmorillonite
silicate. An example of a montomorillonite silicate includes
aluminum silicate, a bentonite, magnesium silicate, or a
combination thereof. A silicate rheology modifier typically confers
a superior washfastness property, a superior abrasion resistance
property, or a combination thereof, to a coating relative to an
organic rheology modifier. An example of an organic rheology
modifier includes a cellulose ether, a hydrogenated oil, a
polyacrylate, a polyvinylpyrrolidone, a urethane, or a combination
thereof. Organic rheology modifiers of a polymeric nature (e.g., a
cellulose ether, a urethane, a polyacrylate, etc.) are sometimes
used as an associative thickener, and are preferred for a latex
coating. An organic rheology modifier typically confers a greater
water retention capacity property ("open time") to a coating
relative to a silicate rheology modifier. A common example of a
cellulose ether is a methyl cellulose, a hydroxyethyl cellulose, or
a combination thereof. An example of a hydroxyethyl cellulose
includes Natrosol.RTM. (Hercules Incorporated); Cellosize.TM. (Dow
Chemical Company); or a combination thereof An example of
hydrogenated oil includes hydrogenated castor oil. An example of a
urethane rheology modifier ("associative thickener") includes a
hydrophobically modified ethylene oxide urethane ("HEUR"), which
comprises a polyethylene glycol block covalently linked by
urethane, and has both a hydrophilic and hydrophobic regions
capable of use in an aqueous environment. An example of a HEUR
includes a block of polyethylene oxide linked by an urethane and
modified with a nonyl phenol hydrophobe (Rohm and Haas Company).
Often a urethane rheology modifier confers a superior leveling
property over another type of organic rheology modifier. An example
of an organometallic rheology modifier includes a titanium chelate,
a zirconium chelate, or a combination thereof.
[0619] In addition to the disclosures herein, a rheology modifier
and use of a rheology modifier in a coating is known to those of
skill in the art, and such compositions and techniques may be
included in the practice of the present invention (see, for
example, Flick, E. W. "Handbook of Paint Raw Materials, Second
Edition," 808-843 and 879-998, 1989; in "Paint and Coating Testing
Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook,"
(Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp 268-285 and 348-349, 1995; in "Paint and
Surface Coatings: Theory and Practice, Second Edition," (Lambourne,
R. and Strivens, T. A., Eds.), pp. 73, 218, 227, 352, 558-559 and
718, 1999; Wicks, Jr., Z. W., Jones, F. N., Pappas, S. P. "Organic
Coatings, Science and Technology, Volume 2: Applications,
Properties and Performance," pp. 42, 215, 293, 315, 320 and
323-328, 1992; and in "Paints, Coatings and Solvents, Second,
Completely Revised Edition," (Stoye, D. and Freitag, W., Eds.) pp
6, 128 and 166-167, 1998.
[0620] e. Defoamers
[0621] A coating sometimes comprises a gas capable of forming a
bubble ("foam") that can undesirably alter a physical and/or
aesthetic property. Undesirable gas incorporation into a coating
composition is often a side affect of coating preparation
processes, and a particular bane of latex coatings. Often, a
wetting agent and/or a dispersant used in a coating may promote
creation or retention of foam. Additionally, cells (e.g.,
microorganisms) can produce gas, and in certain embodiments, a
coating comprising a cell-based particulate material of the present
invention may also comprise a defoamer. A defoamer ("antifoaming
agent," "antifoaming additive") is a composition that releases gas
(e.g., air) and/or reduces foaming in a coating during production,
application, film formation, or a combination thereof. A defoamer
often acts by lowering the surface tension around a bubble,
allowing merging of a bubble with a second bubble, which produces a
larger and less stable bubble that collapses. It is contemplated
that in certain coating compositions, a cell-based particulate
material may act as a defoamer by destabilizing a bubble in a
coating. It is further contemplated that in embodiments wherein the
cell-based particulate material is used as a defoamer, it may, of
course, be combined with a traditional defoamer, examples of which
are described below.
[0622] Examples of a defoamer include an oil (e.g., a mineral oil,
a silicon oil), a fatty acid ester, dibutyl phosphate, a metallic
soap, a siloxane, a wax, an alcohol comprising between six to ten
carbons, or a combination thereof. An example of an oil defoamer is
pine oil. In some aspects, an antifoaming agent is combined with an
emulsifier, a hydrophobic silica, or a combination thereof.
Examples of a tradename defoamer is a TEGO.RTM. Foamex 8050
(Goldschmidt Chemical Corp.), which comprises a polyether siloxane
copolymer and fumed silica, and typically is used at 0.1% to 0.5%
during coating preparation; and BYK.RTM.-31 (BYK-Chemie), which
comprises a paraffin mineral oil and hydrophobic compounds, and
typically is used at 0.1% to 0.5% in a coating.
[0623] f. Catalysts
[0624] A catalyst is an additive that promotes film formation by
catalyzing a cross-linking reaction in a thermosetting coating.
Examples of a catalyst include a drier, an acid or a base, and the
selection of the type of catalyst is specific to the chemistry of
the film formation reaction.
(1) Driers
[0625] A drier ("siccative") catalyzes is an oxidative film
formation reaction, such as those that occur in an oil-based
coating. In addition to the disclosures herein, an drier and use of
an drier in a coating is known to those of skill in the art, and
such materials and techniques for using an drier in a coating may
be applied in the practice of the present invention [see, for
example, Flick, E. W. "Handbook of Paint Raw Materials, Second
Edition," pp. 73-93 and 879-998, 1989; in "Paint and Coating
Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook,"
(Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp 30-35, 1995; in "Paint and Surface
Coatings: Theory and Practice, Second Edition," (Lambourne, R. and
Strivens, T. A., Eds.), pp. 190-192, 1999; Wicks, Jr., Z. W.,
Jones, F. N., Pappas, S. P. "Organic Coatings, Science and
Technology, Volume 1: Film Formation, Components, and Appearance,"
pp. 138, 317-318, 1992; Wicks, Jr., Z. W., Jones, F. N., Pappas, S.
P. "Organic Coatings, Science and Technology, Volume 2:
Applications, Properties and Performance" pp. 138, 197-198, 330,
344, 1992; and in "Paints, Coatings and Solvents, Second,
Completely Revised Edition," (Stoye, D. and Freitag, W., Eds.) pp.
11, 48, 165, 1998].
[0626] A drier may comprise a metal drier, an alternative drier, a
feeder drier, or a combination thereof. Usually a drier comprising
a metal ("a metal drier") catalyzes the oxidative reaction.
Examples of a metal typically used in a drier includes aluminum,
barium, bismuth, calcium, cerium, cobalt, iron, lanthanum, lead,
manganese, neodymium, potassium, vanadium, zinc, zirconium, or a
combination thereof. Examples of types of metal driers include an
inorganic metal salt, a metal-organic acid salt ("soap"), or a
combination thereof. A "salt" is the composition formed between the
anion of an acid and the cation of a base. Typically, the acid and
base of a salt interact by an ionic bond. Examples of organic acids
used in such a soap include a monocarboxylic acid of 7 to 22 carbon
atoms. Examples of such a monocarboxylic acid include a linoleate,
a naphthenate, a neodecanoate, an octoate, a rosin, a synthetic
acid, a tallate, or a combination thereof. Examples of a drier
comprising a synthetic acid include those under the tradenames
Troymax.TM. (Troy Corporation). Though most driers are water
insoluble, water dispersible driers can be prepared by combining a
surfactant with a naphthenate drier and/or a synthetic acid drier.
However, water dispersible driers are typically obtained under a
tradename such as, for example, Troykyd.RTM. Calcium WD,
Troykyd.RTM. Cobalt WD, Troykyd.RTM. Manganese WD Troykyd.RTM.
Zirconium WD (Troy Corporation). Additionally, a potassium soap,
lithium soap, or a combination thereof, has limited aqueous
solubility.
[0627] A primary drier ("surface drier," "active drier," "top
drier") acts at the coating-external environment interface. A
secondary drier ("auxiliary drier," "through drier") acts
throughout the coating. Examples of primary driers include metal
driers comprising cobalt, manganese, vanadium, or a combination
thereof. Examples of secondary driers include metal driers
comprising aluminum, barium, calcium, cerium, iron, lanthanum,
lead, manganese, neodymium, zinc, zirconium, or a combination
thereof. A rare earth drier comprises lanthanum, neodymium, cerium,
or a combination thereof.
[0628] In many embodiments, it is contemplated that a coating will
comprise from 0.01% to 0.1%, including all intermediate ranges and
combinations thereof, of an individual metal of a primary drier, by
weight of the non-volatile components of a coating composition. In
many embodiments, it is contemplated that a coating will comprise
from 0.1% to 1.0%, including all intermediate ranges and
combinations thereof, of an individual metal of a secondary drier,
by weight of the non-volatile components of a coating composition.
Standard physical and/or chemical properties for various driers
comprising a metal (e.g., calcium, cerium, cobalt, iron, lead,
manganese, nickel, rare earth, zinc, zirconium), and procedures for
determining various metals' content for a driers are described in,
for example, "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.04,
Paint--Solvents; Aromatic Hydrocarbons," D600-90, 2002; and "Volume
06.01, Paint--Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties;
Appearance," D2373-85, D2374-85, D2375-85, D2613-01, D3804-02,
D3969-01, D3970-80, D3988-85, and D3989-01, 2202; and ASTM Book of
Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for Chemical, Physical, and
Optical Properties; Appearance,"D564-87, 2002.
[0629] It is particularly preferred that in embodiments wherein a
secondary drier is used, it is combined with a primary drier, as
the activity of most secondary driers are often very limited when
acting without the presence of a primary drier. Skinning is
film-formation disproportionately at the coating-external
environment interface. Skinning often results in undesirable
wrinkle formation ("wrinkling") in the film. A primary drier
undesirably promotes skinning when acting without the presence of a
secondary drier. In certain aspects, zinc may be selected for
reducing wrinkling in thick films. In other aspects, calcium and/or
zirconium may be selected instead of lead, which may be limited due
to an environmental law or regulation. In some facets, an iron
drier, rare earth drier, or combination thereof, may be selected
for use during film formation by baking. However, an iron drier may
darken a coating. In further aspects, an aluminum drier may be
selected for an alkyd-coating.
[0630] An alternative drier is a type of drier developed for use in
a high solid and/or water-borne coating, due to the inefficiency of
a metal-soap drier in these types of coatings. Often, an
alternative drier is combined with a metal-soap drier. An example
of a metal soap drier include a 1, 10-phenanthronine,
2,2'-dipyridyl. A feeder drier is a type of drier designed to
prolong the pot life of a coating in embodiments wherein a metal
soap drier is absorbed by a coating component such as a carbon
black pigment, an organic red pigment, or a combination thereof. A
feeder drier dissolves over time into the coating, thereby
providing a continual supply of drier. An example a feeder drier
include a tradename composition such as Troykyd.RTM. Perma Dry
(Troy Corporation).
(2) Acids
[0631] An acid catalyzes amino resin cross-linking between a
plurality of amino resins and/or an amino resin and an addition
resin, though an acid is more effective in promoting cross-linking
between the additional resin and an amino resin. A coating may
comprise a strong acid, a weak acid, or a combination thereof.
Examples of an acid include a strong acid or a weak acid. The rate
of curing is typically accelerated by selection of a strong acid
over a weak acid. Examples of a strong acid include,
p-toluenesulfonic acid ("PTSA"), dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid
("DDBSA"), or a combination thereof. Examples of a weak acid
include phenyl acid phosphate ("PAP"), butyl acid phosphate
("BAP"), or a combination thereof.
(3) Bases
[0632] A base catalyzes cross-linking between an acrylic resin and
an epoxy resin in film formation. In specific aspects, the base
comprises, for example, a dodecyl trimethyl ammonium chloride, a
tri(dimethylaminomethyl) phenol, a melamine-formaldehyde resin, or
a combination thereof.
(4) Urethane Catalysts
[0633] In specific aspects, a urethane coating comprises a catalyst
to accelerate the reaction between an isocyanate moiety and a
reactive hydrogen moiety. Examples of such a urethane catalyst
include a tin compound, a zinc compound, a tertiary amine, or a
combination thereof. Examples of a zinc compound include zinc
octoate, zinc naphthenate, or a combination thereof. Examples of a
tin compound include dibutyltin dilaurate, stannous octoate, or a
combination thereof. An example of a tertiary amine includes a
triethylene diamine.
[0634] g. Antiskinning Agent
[0635] An antiskinning agent is a composition, other than a drier,
that reduces film-formation at the coating-external environment
interface, reduce shrinkage ("wrinkling"), or a combination
thereof. Such antiskinning agents are often used to protect
coatings from undesired film-formation after a container of coating
has been opened, during normal film-formation, or a combination
thereof. Examples of antiskinning agents, with commonly used
coating concentrations in parentheses, include butyraloxime (0.2%),
cyclohexanone oxime, dipentene, exkin 1, exkin 2, exkin 3, guaiacol
(0.001% to 0.1%), methyl ethyl ketoxime (0.2%), pine oil (1% to
2%), or a combination thereof. Generally, an antiskinning agent
acts by reducing the rate of film-formation and/or promotes even
film-formation throughout a coating by slowing an oxidative
reaction that occurs as part of film formation. Examples of
antioxidant antiskinning agents include a phenolic antioxidant, an
oxime, or a combination thereof. Example of a phenolic antioxidant
includes guaiacol, 4-tert-butylphenol, or a combination thereof.
Oximes tend to evaporate such as during film formation, are
colorless, do not affect a coating's color property, and generally
do not significantly alter the time of film-formation. Examples of
an oxime include, butyraldoxime, methyl ethyl ketoxime,
cyclohexanone oxime, or a combination thereof. In certain facets,
an oxime is used to slow skinning promoted by a copper drier.
[0636] h. Light Stabilizers
[0637] A coating, a film and/or a surface may be undesirably
altered by contact with an environmental agent such as, for
example, oxygen, pollution, water (e.g., moisture), and/or
irradiation with light (e.g., UV light). To reduce such damaging
alterations to a coating and/or film, it is contemplated that a
coating composition may comprise a light stabilizer. A light
stabilizer ("stabilizer") is a composition that reduces or prevents
damage to a coating, film and/or surface by an environmental agent.
Such agents may alter the color, cause a separation between two
layers of film ("delamination"), promote chalking, promote crack
formation, reduce gloss, or a combination thereof. This is a
particular problem for a film in an exterior environment, such as,
for example, an automotive film. Additionally, wood surfaces are
susceptible to damage by environmental agents, particularly UV
light.
[0638] Typically, a light stabilizer may comprise a UV absorber, a
radical scavenger, or a combination thereof. A UV absorber is a
composition that absorbs UV light. Examples of UV absorbers include
a hydroxybenzophenone, a hydroxyphenylbenzotriazole, a
hydrozyphenyl-S-triazine, an oxalic anilide, yellow iron oxide, or
a combination thereof A hydroxyphenylbenzotriazole generally
demonstrates the broadest range of UV wavelength absorption, and
converts the absorbed UV light into heat. Additionally, a
hydroxyphenylbenzotriazole and/or a hydrozyphenyl-S-triazine
usually have the longest effective use in a film due to a higher
resistance to photochemical reactions, relative to a
hydroxybenzophenone or an oxalic anilide.
[0639] A radical scavenger light stabilizer (e.g., a sterically
hindered amine) is a composition that chemically reacts with a
radical ("free radical"). Examples of a sterically hindered amine
("hindered amine light stabilizer," "HALS") include the ester
derivatives of decanedioic acid, such as HALS I
["bis(1,2,2,6,6,-pentamethyl-4-poperidinyl) ester"], which is used
in non-acid catalyzed coatings; HALS II ["bis(2,2,6,6,-tetramethy-
l-1-isooctyloxy-4-piperidinyl) ester"], which is typically used in
an acid catalyzed coating.
[0640] For embodiments wherein a coating, film, and/or surface is
primarily located in-doors, a range of 1% to 3%, including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of a light stabilizer
relative to binder content is contemplated. A range of 1% to 5%,
including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of a
light stabilizer relative to binder content is contemplated for
exterior uses. Additionally, a combination of a UV absorber and a
radical scavenger light stabilizer are contemplated in some
embodiments, as the heat released by a UV absorber may promote
radical formation. Light stabilizers are often commercially
produced, and examples of UV absorber and/or a radical scavenger
light stabilizer sold under a tradename include Tinuvin.RTM. (Ciba
Specialty Chemicals) or Sanduvor.RTM. [Clariant LSM (America)
Inc.].
[0641] i. Corrosion Inhibitors
[0642] A coating comprising a liquid component that comprises
water, particularly a water-borne coating, may promote corrosion in
a container comprising iron, particularly at the lining, seams,
handle, etc. A corrosion inhibitor reduces corrosion by water or
another chemical. Examples of a corrosion inhibitor includes a
chromate, a phosphate, a molybdate, a wollastonite, a calcium
ion-exchanged silica gel, a zinc compound, a borosilicate, a
phosphosilicate, a hydrotalcite, or a combination thereof.
[0643] In certain embodiments, a corrosion inhibitor is an in-can
corrosion inhibitor, a flash corrosion inhibitor, or a combination
thereof. An in-can corrosion inhibitor ("can-corrosion inhibitor")
is a composition that that reduces or prevents such corrosion.
Examples of an in-can corrosion inhibitor are sodium nitrate,
sodium benzoate, or a combination thereof. These compounds are
typically used at a concentration of 1% each in a coating
composition. In-can corrosion inhibitor are often commercially
produced, and an example includes SER-AD.RTM. FA179 (Condea Servo
LLC.), typically used at 0.3% in a coating composition. A flash
corrosion inhibitor ("flash rust inhibitor") is a composition that
reduces or prevents corrosion produced by application of a coating
comprising water to a metal surface (e.g., an iron surface). Often,
in-can corrosion inhibitors at increased concentrations are added
to a coating composition to act as a flash corrosion inhibitor. An
example of a flash corrosion inhibitor includes sodium nitrite,
ammonium benzoate, 2-amino-2-methyl-propan-1-ol ("AMP"),
SER-AD.RTM. FA179 (Condea Servo LLC.), or a combination thereof.
Standard procedures to determining the effectiveness of corrosion
inhibition by a coating comprising a flash rust inhibitor are
described, for example, in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02,
Paint--Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline
Coatings," D5367-00, 2002.
[0644] j. Dehydrators
[0645] In some embodiments, preventing moisture from contacting
coating component such as a binder, solvent, pigment, or a
combination thereof, may be desired. For example, certain urethane
coatings undergo film-formation in the presence of moisture, as
well as produce a film with increased yellowing, increased hazing
and/or decreased gloss. A dehydrator may be added during coating
production and/or storage to minimalize contact with moisture.
Examples of a dehydrator include Additive TI (Bayer Corporation),
Additive OF (Bayer Corporation), or a combination thereof. Additive
TI comprises a compound with one reactive isocyanate moiety, and it
is capable of reacting with compounds with a chemically reactive
hydrogen such as water, an alcohol, a phenol, or an amide. However,
in a preferred reaction with water, the reaction products are
carbon dioxide and toluenesulfonamide. The toluenesulfonamide is
generally inert relative to a urethane binder, and soluble in many
non-aqueous liquid components. In certain embodiments, a urethane
coating may comprise 0.5% to 4% Additive TI. Additive OF is a
dehydrator generally used in a urethane coating. In certain
embodiments, a urethane coating may comprise 1% to 3% Additive
OF.
[0646] k. Electrical Additives
[0647] In some embodiments, it is desirable to include an additive
to alter an electrical property of a coating (e.g., electrical
conductivity, electrical resistance). Examples of an additive to
alter an electrical property of a coating and/or coating component
include an anti-static additive, an electrical resistance additive,
or a combination thereof. An anti-static additive may be included
in a coating composition comprising a flammable component to reduce
the chance of an electrostatic spark occurring and igniting the
coating. An anti-static additive is a composition that increases
the electrical conductivity of a coating. An example of a flammable
component is a hydrocarbon solvent. Examples of an anti-static
additive include Stadis.RTM. 425 (Octel-Starreon LLC USA),
Stadis.RTM. 450 (Octel-Starreon LLC USA), or a combination thereof.
An electrical resistance additive is a composition that reduces the
resistance to electricity by a coating. An electrical resistance
additive may be included in a coating to improve the ability of a
coating to be applied to a surface using an electrostatic spray
applicator. For example, an oxygenated compound (e.g., a glycol
ether) often possesses a high electrical conductivity, which can
make use of an electrostatic spray applicator to apply a coating
comprising an oxigenated compound relatively more difficult than a
similar coating lacking an oxigenated compound. Examples of an
electrical resistance additive include Ramsprep, Byk-ES 80
(BYK-Chemie GmbH), or a combination thereof. Byk-ES 80 comprises,
for example, an unsaturated acidic carboxylic acid ester
alkylolammonium salt, and typically is added between 0.2% and 2% to
a coating composition. Additionally, techniques for determining an
electrical property (e.g., electrical resistance) of a coating
comprising an electrical additive are known to those of ordinary
skill in the art (see, for example, "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume
06.01, Paint--Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties;
Appearance," D5682-95, 2002).
[0648] l. Anti-Insect Additives
[0649] Certain coatings may serve a protective role for a surface
or surrounding environment against insects, and thus may comprise
an anti-insect agent. An example of a surface where a coating
comprising an anti-insect agent may be desirable is a wooden
surface. Examples of an area where coating comprising an
anti-insect agent may be desirable would be a storage facility,
such as a cargo hold of a ship or railcar. An anti-insect agent is
a composition that, upon contact, is detrimental to the well-being
(e.g., life, reproduction) of an invertebrate pest (e.g., an
insect, an arachnid, etc.). Examples of anti-insect additives that
have been used in coatings include copper naphthenate, tributyl tin
oxide, zinc oxide, 6-chloro epoxy hydroxy naphthalene, 1-dichloro
2,2'bis-(p-chlorophenyl)ethane, or a combination thereof.
[0650] J. Empirically Determining Coating and/or Film
Properties
[0651] A coating with a desired set of properties for a particular
use may be prepared by varying the ranges and/or combinations of
coating components, and such coating selection and preparation is
within the ability of one of ordinary skill in the art in light of
the present disclosures. For example, as would be known to those of
ordinary skill in the art, a variety of assays are available to
measure various properties of a coating, coating application,
and/or a film to determine the degree of suitability of a coating
composition for use in a particular use (see, for example, in
"Hess's Paint Film Defects: Their Causes and Cure," 1979).
[0652] It is contemplated that in general embodiments, a coating
comprising a cell-based particulate material of the present
invention may be subjected to one or more of such assays. In one
example, it is contemplated that a cell-based particulate material
may comprise a desired colorant such as a chlorophyll, a
carotenoid, etc., which may undergo a desired or undesired change
in its optical characteristics (e.g., color, opacity) upon baking
at a particular temperature. Various procedures for measuring the
visual properties of a coating and/or film are described herein or
would be known to those of ordinary skill in the art in light of
the present disclosures may be used to determine the properties
and/or tolerances of any such colorant.
[0653] General procedures for empirically determining the
purity/properties of various coating components and/or coating
compositions are known to those of ordinary skill in the art, and
may be applied in the practice of the present invention. Such
procedures include measurement of density, volume solids and/or
specific gravity, of a coating component and/or coating
composition, for purposes such as verification of component
identity, aid in coating formulation, maintaining coating batch to
batch consistency, etc. Examples of standard techniques for
determining density of various solvents, liquids (e.g., a liquid
coating), pigments, coatings (e.g., a powder coating) include those
described in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.04,
Paint--Solvents; Aromatic Hydrocarbons," D2935-96, D1555M-00,
D1555-95, and D3505-96, 2002; "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume
06.01, Paint--Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties;
Appearance," D1475-98 and D215-91, 2002; "ASTM Book of Standards,
Volume 06.03, Paint--Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval
Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles," D153-84 and D153-84,
2002; "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint--Products and
Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D5965-02,
2002; and "Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of
the Gardner-Sward Handbook," (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 289-304,
1995.
[0654] Standard surface specification and/or procedures for
preparing a surface (e.g., glass, wood, steel) for empirically
measuring a physical and/or visual property of a coating (e.g., a
paint, a varnish, a lacquer) and/or film are known to those of
ordinary skill in the art (see, for example, "ASTM Book of
Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for Chemical, Physical, and
Optical Properties; Appearance," D3891-96, D609-00, and D2201-99,
2002; and "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint--Products
and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D358-98,
D4227-99, and D4228-99, 2002). Specific procedures for preparing a
metal surface and an evaluating a coating (e.g., a primer, a paint)
applied to a metal surface are known to those of ordinary skill in
the art (see, for example, "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02,
Paint--Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline
Coatings," D3276-00, D5161-96, D4417-93, D3322-82, D2092-95,
D5065-01, D5723-95, D6386-99, and D6492-99, 2002). Specific
procedures for evaluating a coating applied to a plastic surface
are known to those of ordinary skill in the art (see, for example,
"ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint--Products and
Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D3002-02,
2002).
[0655] Standard procedures for determining the stability of a
coating (e.g., a water-borne coating, a UV irradiation cured
coating) in a container prior and/or after opening the container
are known to those of ordinary skill in the art (see, for example,
"ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint--Products and
Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D2243-95 and
D4144-94, 2002).
[0656] Standard procedures for evaluating an applicator (e.g., a
brush, a roller, a fabric, a spray applicator, an electrocoat bath)
and/or a coating being applied by an applicator are known to those
of ordinary skill in the art (see, for example, "ASTM Book of
Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint--Products and Applications;
Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D6737-01, D5913-96,
D5959-96, D5301-92, D5068-02, D5069-92, D4707-97, D5286-01,
D6337-98, D4285-83, and D5327-97, 2002; and "ASTM Book of
Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for Chemical, Physical, and
Optical Properties; Appearance," D1978-91, D5794-95, D4370-01,
D4399-90, and D4584-86, 2002.
[0657] Standard procedures for preparing a coating (e.g., a paint,
a varnish, a lacquer) and/or film layer upon a surface for
empirically measuring a physical and/or visual property are known
to those of ordinary skill in the art (see, for example, "ASTM Book
of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for Chemical, Physical,
and Optical Properties; Appearance," D3924-80, D823-95, and
D4708-99, 2002; "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02,
Paint--Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline
Coatings," D6206-97, D1734-93, and D4400-99, 2002; and "Paint and
Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward
Handbook," (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 415-423, 1995.
[0658] Standard procedures for empirically determining the degree
and duration of film formation of various coating compositions are
known to those of ordinary skill in the art, and may be applied in
the practice of the present invention. Example of a standard
technique for determining the degree/duration of film formation by
loss of a volatile coating component and/or a cross-linking
reaction for a coating (e.g., an oil-coating, a UV cured coating,
an thermosetting powder coating) include those described in "ASTM
Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for Chemical,
Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance," D3539-87, D1640-95
and D5895-01e1, 2002; "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02,
Paint--Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline
Coatings," D4217-02, D3732-82, D2091-96, D711-89, D4752-98, and
D5909-96a, 2002; "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03,
Paint--Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores,
Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles," D2575-70 and D2354-98, 2002;
and "Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the
Gardner-Sward Handbook," (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 407-414, 1995.
Additionally, the temperature generated by a film formation
reaction by a coating (e.g., a wood coating) may also be determined
by one of ordinary skill in the art (see, for example, "ASTM Book
of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint--Products and Applications;
Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D3259-95, 2002). Further,
standard techniques for evaluating baking conditions on an organic
coating and/or film are known to those of ordinary skill in the
art, (see, for example, "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01,
Paint--Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties;
Appearance," D2454-95, 2002).
[0659] In embodiments wherein film formation at ambient conditions
is preferred in a coating, a standard procedure that would be known
to one of ordinary skill in that art may be used for measuring film
formation rate and/or stages (see for example, "ASTM Book of
Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for Chemical, Physical, and
Optical Properties; Appearance," D1640-95, 2002. In certain aspects
wherein the ability of an oil to undergo film formation is to be
determined, a standard procedure described in "ASTM Book of
Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint--Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers,
Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,"
D1955-85, 2002, may be used. In embodiments wherein the hardness of
a film produced by a coating composition is measured (e.g., an
organic coating), a standard procedure such as, for example, "ASTM
Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for Chemical,
Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance," D3363-00, D4366-95,
and D1474-98, 2002.
[0660] Examples of a standard technique for determining the coating
and/or film thickness after application to various surface types
are described in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01,
Paint--Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties;
Appearance," D1212-91, D4414-95, D1005-95, D1400-00, D1186-01, and
D6132-97, 2002; "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02,
Paint--Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline
Coatings," D5235-97, D4138-94, D2200-95, and D5796-99, 2002; and
"Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the
Gardner-Sward Handbook," (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 424-438,
1995.
[0661] Examples of a standard technique for determining the
adhesion of a coating and/or film to various surface types are
described in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests
for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,"
D3359-02, D5179-98, and D2197-98, 2002; "ASTM Book of Standards,
Volume 06.02, Paint--Products and Applications; Protective
Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D4541-02 D3730-98, D4145-83, D4146-96
and D6677-01, 2002; and "Paint and Coating Testing Manual,
Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook," (Koleske, J. V.
Ed.), pp. 513-524, 1995. Additionally, standard procedures for
determining the ability of one or more layers of a multicoat system
to function (e.g., adhere, weather) together are described in, for
example, "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint--Products and
Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D5064-01,
2002.
[0662] Various standard techniques for determining the physical
properties (e.g., flexibility, tensile strength, toughness, impact
resistance, hardness, mar resistance, blocking resistance) relevant
to the durability of a film and/or the degree of film formation are
known to those of ordinary skill in the art. Such procedures may be
used to empirically characterize a film, and determine whether a
coating composition produces a film suitable for a given
application. Flexibility is the film's ability to undergo stress
from bending and/or flexing without discernable damage (e.g.,
cracking). Examples of a standard technique for determining the
flexibility of a film under mechanical or temperature stress are
described in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests
for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,"
D522-93a and D4145-83, 2002; "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02,
Paint--Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline
Coatings," D4145-83, D4146-96 and D1211-97, 2002; and "Paint and
Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward
Handbook," (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 547-554, 1995. Related to
flexibility is the tensile strength of a film, which is the ability
of a film to undergo tensile deformation without developing
discernable damage (e.g., cracking, tearing). Examples of a
standard technique for determining the tensile strength of a film
are described in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01,
Paint--Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties;
Appearance," D2370-98 and D522-93a, 2002; and "Paint and Coating
Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook,"
(Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 534-545, 1995. Toughness is the film's
ability to undergo strain imposed in a short period of time (e.g.,
one second or less) without discernable damage (e.g., breaking,
tearing). Examples of a standard technique for determining the
toughness of a film (e.g., a film for a pipeline) are described in
"ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for Chemical,
Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance," D2794-93, 2002;
"ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint--Products and
Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," G14-88,
2002; and "Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of
the Gardner-Sward Handbook," (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 547-554,
1995. Impact resistance is the ability of a film to undergo impact
with an indenter without developing discernable damage at the
dimple site (e.g., cracking). Examples of a standard technique for
determining the impact resistance of a film (e.g., a film for a
pipeline) are described in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01,
Paint--Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties;
Appearance," D2794-93, 2002; "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02,
Paint--Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline
Coatings," G13-89 and G14-88, 2002; and "Paint and Coating Testing
Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook,"
(Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 553-554, 1995. Hardness is the film's
ability to undergo an applied static force without developing
discernable damage (e.g., a scratch, an indentation). Examples of a
standard technique for determining the hardness of a film are
described in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests
for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance"
D1640-95, D1474-98, D2134-93, D4366-95 and D3363-00, 2002; and
"Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the
Gardner-Sward Handbook," (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 555-584, 1995.
Mar resistance ("mar abrasion resistance") is the film's ability to
undergo an applied dynamic force without developing a change in the
film surface appearance (e.g., gloss) due to a permanent
deformation (e.g., an indentation). Examples of a standard
technique for determining the mar resistance of a film are
described in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests
for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,"
D5178-98 and D6037-96, 2002; and "Paint and Coating Testing Manual,
Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook," (Koleske, J. V.
Ed.), pp. 525-533 and 579-584, 1995. Abrasion resistance ("wear
abrasion resistance") is the film's ability to undergo an applied
dynamic force (e.g., washing) without removal of film material.
Examples of a standard technique for determining the abrasion
resistance (e.g., burnish resistance) of a film are described in
"ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for Chemical,
Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance," D968-93 and
D4060-01, 2002; "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02,
Paint--Products and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline
Coatings," D3170-01, D4213-96, D5181-91, D4828-94, D2486-00,
D3450-00, D6736-01 and D6279-99e1, 2002; and "Paint and Coating
Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook,"
(Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 525-533, 1995. Blocking resistance
("block resistance") is the ability of a film to resist adhering to
a second film, particularly when the two films are pressed together
(e.g., a coated door and coated doorframe). Examples of a standard
technique for determining the blocking resistance of a film are
described in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint--Products
and Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D2793-99
and D3003-01, 2002. Abrasion resistance ("wear abrasion
resistance") is the film's ability to undergo an applied dynamic
force (e.g., washing) without removal of film material. Slip
resistance is a coating's (e.g., a floor coating) slipperiness, and
can be evaluated as described in "Paint and Coating Testing Manual,
Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook," (Koleske, J. V.
Ed.), pp. 600-606, 1995.
[0663] Weathering resistance is film's ability to endure and/or
protect a surface from an external environmental condition.
Examples of environmental conditions that may damage a film and/or
surface include contact with varying conditions of temperature,
moisture, sunlight (e.g., UV resistance), pollution, biological
organisms, or a combination thereof. Examples of a standard
technique for determining the weathering resistance of a film
(e.g., an automotive film, an external architectural film, a
varnish, a wood coating, a steel coating) by evaluating the degree
of damage (e.g., fungal growth, color alteration, dirt
accumulation, gloss loss, chalking, cracking, blistering, flaking,
erosion, surface rust), are described in "ASTM Book of Standards,
Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical
Properties; Appearance," D4141-01, D1729-96, D660-93, D661-93,
D662-93, D772-86, D4214-98, D3274-95, D714-02, D1654-92, D2244-02,
D523-89, D1006-01, D1014-95 and D1186-01, 2002; "ASTM Book of
Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint--Products and Applications;
Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D3719-00, D610-01,
D1641-97, D2830-96 and D6763-02, 2002; and "Paint and Coating
Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook,"
(Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 619-642, 1995. Additionally, standard
techniques are known to those of ordinary skill in the art for
determining the resistance of a film to artificial weathering
conditions. These procedures are used to contact a film with a
simulated weathering condition (e.g., heat, moisture, light, UV
irradiation) at an accelerated timetable are described in "ASTM
Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for Chemical,
Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance," D822-01, D4587-01,
D5031-01, D6631-01, D6695-01, D5894-96 and D4141-01, 2002; "ASTM
Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint--Products and Applications;
Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D5722-95, D3361-01 and
D3424-01, 2002; and "Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth
Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook" (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp.
643-653, 1995.
[0664] Standard techniques for determining a film's resistance to
damage by various chemicals are known to those of ordinary skill in
the art. Examples of chemicals that can be used in such procedures
include an acid (e.g., 3% acetic acid), a base, an alcohol (e.g.,
50% ethyl alcohol, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid), a detergent
(e.g., a sodium phosphate solution), gasoline, a glycol based
antifreeze, an oil (e.g., a vegetable oil, a lubricating petroleum
oil, a grease), a solvent, water (e.g., a salt solution, a salt
vapor), a polish abrasive, another coating (e.g., graffiti), or a
combination thereof. Standard techniques for determining the
chemical resistance of a film (e.g., an architectural film, an
automotive film, a paint, a lacquer, a varnish, a traffic-coating,
a metal surface-film) by evaluating possible damage (e.g., adhesion
loss, alteration of gloss, blistering, discoloration, loss of
hardness, staining, swelling, wrinkling) are described in, for
example, "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint--Products and
Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D1308-02,
D2571-95, D2792-69, D4752-98, D3260-01, D6137-97, D6686-01,
D6688-01 and D6578-00, 2002; "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01,
Paint--Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties;
Appearance," D2370-98, D2248-01a, and D870-02, 2002; "ASTM Book of
Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint--Pigments, Drying Oils, Polymers,
Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink Vehicles,"
D1647-89, 2002; and "Paint and Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth
Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook," (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp.
662-666, 1995. Additionally, examples of a standard technique for
determining the solvent resistance of a film are described in "ASTM
Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint--Products and Applications;
Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D4752-98 and D5402-93,
2002.
[0665] Standard techniques for determining a film's and/or
surface's (e.g., metal, wood) resistance to water permeability
and/or damage (e.g., corrosion, blistering, adhesion reduction,
hardness alteration, color alteration, gloss alteration) by contact
with water and/or moisture are described in, for example, "ASTM
Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for Chemical,
Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance," D870-02, D1653-93,
D1735-02, D2247-02 and D4585-99, 2002; and "ASTM Book of Standards,
Volume 06.02, Paint--Products and Applications; Protective
Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D2065-96, D2921-98, D3459-98 and
D6665-01, 2002.
[0666] Standard techniques for determining a film's resistance to
damage by a temperature greater than ambient condition are known to
those of ordinary skill in the art. Thermal resistance is the
film's ability to undergo stress from a temperature at or below
200.degree. C. without discernable damage, while heat resistance is
the film's ability to undergo stress from a temperature above
200.degree. C. (e.g., fire resistance, fire retardancy, flame
resistance) without discernable damage. Standard techniques for
determining the thermal and/or heat resistance of a film (e.g., a
metal-film, a wood-lacquer) by evaluating possible damage (e.g.,
adhesion loss, alteration of gloss, blistering, chalking,
discoloration) are described in, for example, "ASTM Book of
Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for Chemical, Physical, and
Optical Properties; Appearance," D2370-98, D2485-91, D1360-98,
D4206-96 and D3806-98, 2002; and "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume
06.02, Paint--Products and Applications; Protective Coatings;
Pipeline Coatings," D1211-97 and D6491-99, 2002.
[0667] In some embodiments, it may be desirable to measure the
component composition of a coating and/or film such as to verify
the presence, absence and/or amount of one or more coating
components in a particular formulation. Standard procedures for
sampling a coating and/or film, and analyzing the material
composition (e.g., a pigment, a binder, liquid component, toxic
material), have been described in, for example, "ASTM Book of
Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for Chemical, Physical, and
Optical Properties; Appearance," D2371-85, D5380-93, D2372-85,
D2698-90, D3723-84, D4451-02, D4563-02, D5145-90, D3925-02,
D2348-02, D2245-90, D3624-85a, D3717-85a, D2349-90, D2350-90,
D2351-90, D2352-85, D3271-87, D3272-76, D4017-02, D3792-99,
D4457-02, D6133-00, D6191-97, D4764-01, D3718-85a, D3335-85a,
D6580-00, E848-94, D4834-88, D4358-84, D2621-87, D3618-85a,
D6438-99, D4359-90, D3168-85 and D4948-89, 2002; "ASTM Book of
Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint--Products and Applications;
Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D5702-02, 2002; and "ASTM
Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint--Pigments, Drying Oils,
Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink
Vehicles," D1469-00, 2002.
[0668] The nonvolatile content of a coating component and/or
coating ("total solids content") can provide an estimate, for
example, of the volume of film that will be produced by a coating
or coating component (e.g., a paint, a clear coating, an
electrocoat bath applied coating, a binder solution, an emulsion, a
varnish, an oil, a drier, a solvent) and/or the surface area a
coating can cover relative to a film's thickness. The nonvolatile
content of coating and/or coating component can be determined by
any technique known in the art (see, for example, "ASTM Book of
Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for Chemical, Physical, and
Optical Properties; Appearance," D6093-97, D2697-86, D1259-85,
D1644-01, D2832-92 and D4209-82 D5145-90, 2002; "ASTM Book of
Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint--Products and Applications;
Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D4713-92, D5095-91, 2002;
and "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint--Pigments, Drying
Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and Ink
Vehicles," D4139-82, 2002). Additionally, the volatile component of
a coating can provide an estimate, for example, of VOC release
and/or thermoplastic film formation time. The nonvolatile content
of coating and/or coating component (e.g., a paint, a clear
coating, an automotive coating, an emulsion, a binder solution, a
varnish, an oil, a drier, a solvent) can be determined by any
technique known in the art (see, for example, "ASTM Book of
Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for Chemical, Physical, and
Optical Properties; Appearance," D2369-01e1, D2832-92, D3960-02,
D4140-82, D4209-82, D5087-02 and D6266-00a, 2002;and "ASTM Book of
Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint--Products and Applications;
Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D5403-93, 2002).
[0669] Standard procedures for determining the visual appearance of
a coating component, coating and or film (e.g., reflectance,
retroreflectance, fluorescence, photoluminescent light
transmission, color, tinting strength, whiteness, measurement
instruments, computerized data analysis) have been described, for
example, in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for
Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance," E284-02b,
E312-02, E805-01a, E179-96, E991-98, E1247-92, E308-01, E313-00,
E808-01, E1336-96, E1341-96, E1347-97, E1360-90, D332-87, D387-00,
E1455-97, E1477-98a, E1478-97 E1164-02, E1331-96, E1345-98,
E1348-02, E1349-90, D5531-94, D3964-80, E1651-94, E1682-96,
E1708-95, E1767-95, E1808-96, E1809-01, E2022-01, E2072-00,
E2073-02, E2152-01, E2153-01, D1544-98, E259-98, D3022-84,
D1535-01, E2175-01, E2214-02 and E2222-02, 2002; "ASTM Book of
Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint--Products and Applications;
Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D4838-88 and D5326-94a,
2002; and "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint--Pigments,
Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and
Ink Vehicles," D2090-98, D2090-98 and D6166-97, 2002. Specific
techniques for matching two or more colored coatings and/coating
components to minimalize differences (e.g., metamerism) have been
described, for example, in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01,
Paint--Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties;
Appearance," D4086-92a, E1541-98 D2244-02 2002. Specific techniques
for determining differences in the color of a coatings and/coating
components, particularly to insure color consistency of a coating
composition, "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests
for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance,"
D1729-96, D2616-96, E1499-97 and D3134-97, 2002.
[0670] Gloss is the film's "angular selectivity of reflectance,
involving surface-reflected light, responsible for the degree to
which reflected highlights or images of objects may be seen as
superimposed on a surface" ("ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01,
Paint--Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties;
Appearance," E284-02b, 2002). An example of a high gloss coating
would be a paint film with a glass-like surface appearance, as
opposed to a low-gloss ("flat") paint. Standard techniques for
determining the gloss (e.g., specular gloss, sheen, haze, image
clarity, waviness, directionality) of a coating and/or film are
described, for example, in "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01,
Paint--Tests for Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties;
Appearance," E284-02b, D523-89, D4449-90, E167-96, E430-97,
D4039-93, D5767-95 and D2244-02, 2002; "ASTM Book of Standards,
Volume 06.02, Paint--Products and Applications; Protective
Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D3928-00a, 2002; and "Paint and
Coating Testing Manual, Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward
Handbook," (Koleske, J. V. Ed.), pp. 470-480, 1995.
[0671] K. Removing a Coating or Film
[0672] In certain embodiments, it may be desirable to remove a
coating and/or film from a surface such as a non-film forming
coating, a temporary film, a self-cleaning film, a coating and/or
film that has been damaged, or is otherwise no longer desired or no
longer is suitable for use. Various coating removers (e.g., a paint
remover) are known to those of ordinary skill in the art, and often
comprise solvents described herein capable of dissolving a coating
component (e.g., a binder) integral to a film's structural
integrity. Standard procedures for determining the effectiveness of
a coating remover have been described, for example, in "ASTM Book
of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint--Products and Applications;
Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings," D6189-97, 2002.
EXAMPLE 1
Preparation of Microorganism Powder
[0673] In a typical preparation, a single colony of bacteria is
selected and cultured in a rich media. After growth to saturation,
the cells are concentrated by centrifugation at 7000 rotations per
minute ("rpm") for 10 minutes for example. The cell pellet is then
resuspended in a volatile organic solvent such as acetone one or
two times in order to dessicate the cells and to remove a
substantial portion of the water contained in the cell pellet. The
pellet may then be ground or milled to a powder form. The powder
may be frozen or stored at ambient conditions for future use, or
may be added immediately to a surface coating formulation.
Additionally, the powder may be freeze dried, combined with a
cryoprotectant (e.g., cryopreservative), or a combination
thereof.
EXAMPLE 2
Two-Pack Microorganism Paint Coating
[0674] In an example of use of the powder prepared as described in
Example 1, 3 mg of the milled powder was added to 3 ml of 50%
glycerol. The suspension was then added to 100 ml of Olympic.RTM.
premium interior flat latex paint (Olympic.RTM., One PPG Place,
Pittsburg, Pa. 15272 USA). The paint was applied to a hard, metal
surface. The surface used was a non-galvanized steel surface that
was cleaned through being degreased, and pretreated with a primer
coat.
EXAMPLE 3
Large-Scale Batch Fermentation to Produce a Microorganism
[0675] Batch Culture-Rich Medium comprised 24 g/L yeast extract; 12
g/L casein hydrolysate; 4 ml/L glycerol; 2.31 g/L KH.sub.2PO.sub.4;
12.54 g/L K.sub.2HPO.sub.4; 0.24 g/L CoCl.sub.2.6H.sub.2O; 2 g/L
glucose; 0.2 ml/L PPG2000; and 100 .mu.g/ml ampicillin.
[0676] Batch Culture-5 L scale was grown at the following
conditions: 30.degree. C.; 400-450 rpm agitation; DO controlled at
20%; uncontrolled initial pH between 6.8-6.9; 5 Lpm (1 vvm)
aeration; and atmospheric pressure. Over a time period of 0 to 50
hours, the Escherichia coli strain's growth was measured by optical
density at 600 nm, the pH measured over a range of pH 6 to pH 9,
the agitation measured over a range of 0 rpm to 500 rpm, and the
dissolved oxygen measured over a range of 0% to 100%.
[0677] Batch Culture-400 L scale was grown at the following
conditions: 30.degree. C.; 150-200 rpm agitation; DO at 0-100%;
uncontrolled initial pH 6.58; 200-300 Lpm (0.5-0.75 vvm) aeration;
and tank pressure at 0-10 psi. Over a time period of 0 to 30 hours,
the Escherichia coli strain's growth was measured by optical
density at 600 nm, the pH measured over a range of pH 6 to pH 8,
the agitation measured over a range of 0 rpm to 200 rpm, the
dissolved oxygen measured over a range of 0% to 100%, the aeration
rate measured over a range of 0 to 300 Lpm, and the tamk pressure
measured over a range of 0 psi to 12 psi.
EXAMPLE 4
Large-Scale Fed-Batch Fermentation to Produce a Microorganism
[0678] Fed Batch Culture-Defined Medium comprised 13.3 g/L
KH.sub.2PO.sub.4; 4 g/L (NH.sub.4).sub.2SO.sub.4; 1.7 g/L citric
acid; 10 g/L glycerol; 1.2 g/L MgSO.sub.4.7H.sub.2O; 0.024 g/L
MnCl.sub.2.4H.sub.2O; 2.26 mg/L CuCl.sub.2.H.sub.2O; 5 mg/L
H.sub.3BO.sub.3; 4.5 mg/LThiamine.HCl; 4 mg/L
Na.sub.2MoO.sub.4.7H.sub.2O- ; 0.06 g/L Fe(III) citrate; 8.4 mg/L
EDTA; 4 mg/L CoCl.sub.2.6H.sub.2O; 8 mg/L
Zn(acetate).sub.2.H.sub.2O; and 100 .mu.g/ml ampicillin.
[0679] Feed: 500 g/L carbon source and 10 g/L
MgSO.sub.4.7H.sub.2O.
[0680] Batch Culture-5 L scale was grown at the following
conditions: 30.degree. C.; 200-1000 rpm agitation; DO controlled at
20%; pH controlled at 6.5; 5 Lpm (1 vvm) aeration; and atmospheric
pressure. Feed was initiated as the 16.sup.th hour, with the feed
rate profile a constant rate with stepwise increments. Over a time
period of 0 to 70 hours, the Escherichia coli strain's growth was
measured by optical density at 600 nm, the pH measured over a range
of pH 6 to pH 9, and the addition of the feed measured from 0 ml to
1000 ml.
EXAMPLE 5
Coating Formulation
[0681] It is contemplated that any described coating composition
may be altered (e.g., by direct addition and/or coating component
substitution) to incorporate the cell-based particulate material of
the present invention. The previous embodiments of the invention
primarily described compositions and techniques for preparing,
testing, and using a coating prepared de novo. However, it is
contemplated that the cell-based particulate material of the
present invention may be incorporated into a standard coating by
direct addition, as described in Example 2. In specific aspects, it
is contemplated that such added cell-based particulate material may
comprise 0.000001% to 65% or more, including all intermediate
ranges and combinations thereof, by weight or volume, of the final
composition produced by a combination of a coating and the
cell-based particulate material of the present invention.
[0682] Alternatively, it is contemplated that a previously
described coating composition may be altered by substitution
("replacement") of one or more coating components, particularly a
binder and/or a particulate material coating component (e.g., a
pigment, a rheological control agent, a dispersant) by the
cell-based particulate material of the present invention. It is
contemplated that 0.000001% to 100%, including all intermediate
ranges and combinations thereof, of the binder and/or particulate
material coating component may be substituted by cell-based
particulate material of the present invention. Additionally, the
concentration of a cell-based particulate material of the present
invention may exceed 100%, by weight or volume, of the substituted
coating component. In specific aspects, a coating component may be
substituted with a cell-based particulate material of the present
invention equivalent to 0.000001% to 500%, including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, of the coating
component. For example, 20% (e.g., 2 kg) of a dispersant may be
replaced by 10% (e.g., 1 kg) of the cell-based particulate material
of the present invention to produce a coating with similar
dispersion properties as a non-substituted formulation. In an
addition example, 70% of a specific pigment (e.g., 7 kg) may be
replaced by the equivalent of 127% (e.g., 12.7 kg) of the
cell-based particulate material of the present invention to produce
a coating with similar hiding power as a non-substituted
formulation. The various assays described herein, or as would be
known to one of ordinary skill in the art in light of the present
disclosures, may be used to determine the properties of a coating
and/or film produced by direct addition and/or coating component
substitution by the cell-based particulate material of the present
invention.
[0683] The following is an example of an exterior gloss alkyd house
paint that comprises various particulate materials (e.g., silica, a
shading pigment, bentonite clay) that may incorporate a cell-based
particulate material of the present invention. This example of an
exterior gloss alkyd house paint comprises a grind and a letdown.
The grind comprises by weight or volume: a first alkyd 232.02 lb or
29.9 gallons; a second alkyd 154.2 lb or 20 gallons; an aliphatic
solvent (e.g., duodecane) 69.55 lb or 1.7 gallons; lecithin 7.8 lb
or 0.91 gallons; TiO2 185.25 lb or 5.43 gallons; 10 micron silica
59.59 lb or 2.7 gallons; bentonite clay 18.00 lb or 1.44 gallons; a
second alkyd 97.22 lb or 12.61 gallons; a first alkyd 69.84 lb or
9.00 gallons; and mildewcide 7.8 lb or 0.82 gallons. The letdown
comprises by weight or volume: aliphatic solvent (e.g., dudecane)
19.50 lb or 3.00 gallons; a first drier (e.g., 12% solution cobalt)
2.00 lb or 0.23 gallons; a second drier (e.g., 18% solution Zr)
2.92 lb or 0.32 gallons; a third drier 3 (e.g., 10% solution Ca)
8.00 lb or 0.98 gallons; methyl ethyl ketoxime (Anti skinning
agent) 3.22 lb or 0.42 gallons; an aliphatic solvent 9.75 lb or
1.50 gallons; and a shading pigment 0.3 lb or 0.04 gallons. In some
embodiments, the particulate material of the coating formulation
may be partly or fully substituted by the cell-based particulate
material of the present invention. In other embodiments, the above
formulation may be enhanced by direct addition of a cell-based
particulate material of the present invention.
[0684] In another example, the following exterior flat latex house
paint may be modified to incorporate a cell-based particulate
material of the present invention. This example of an exterior flat
latex house paint formulation, in typical order of addition, by
weight or volume: water, 244.5 lb or 29.47 gallons;
hydroxyethylcellulose, 3 lb or 0.34 gallons; glycols, 60 lb or 6.72
gallons; polyacrylate dispersant, 6.8 lb or 0.69 gallons; biocides,
10 lb or 1 gallons; non-ionic surfactant, 1 lb or 0.11 gallons;
titanium dioxide, 225 lb or 6.75 gallons; silicate mineral, 160 lb
or 7.38 gallons; calcined clay, 50 lb or 2.28 gallons; acrylic
latex, @ 60%, 302.9 lb or 34.42 gallons; coalescent, 9.3 lb or 1.17
gallons; defoamers, 2 lb or 0.26 gallons; ammonium hydroxide, 2.2
lb or 0.29 gallons; 2.5% HEC solution, 76 lb or 9.12 gallons. In
some embodiments, the particulate material (e.g., silicate mineral,
calcined clay, titanium dioxide) of this coating formulation may be
partly or fully substituted by the cell-based particulate material
of the present invention. In other embodiments, the above
formulation may be enhanced by direct addition of a cell-based
particulate material of the present invention.
[0685] It is contemplated that any such previously described
coating formulation may be modified to incorporate a cell-based
particulate material of the present invention. Examples of
described coating compositions include over 200 industrial
water-borne coating formulations (e.g., air dry coatings, air dry
or force air dry coatings, anti-skid of non-slip coatings, bake dry
coatings, clear coatings, coil coatings, concrete coatings, dipping
enamels, lacquers, primers, protective coatings, spray enamels,
traffic and airfield coatings) described in "Industrial water-based
paint formulations," 1988, over 550 architectural water-borne
coating formulations (e.g., exterior paints, exterior enamels,
exterior coatings, interior paints, interior enamels, interior
coatings, exterior/interior paints, exterior/interior enamels,
exterior/interior primers, exterior/interior stains), described in
"Water-based trade paint formulations," 1988, the over 400 solvent
borne coating formulations (e.g., exterior paints, exterior
enamels, exterior coatings, exterior sealers, exterior fillers,
exterior primers, interior paints, interior enamels, interior
coatings, interior primers, exterior/interior paints,
exterior/interior enamels, exterior/interior coatings,
exterior/interior varnishes) described in "Solvent-based paint
formulations," 1977; and the over 1500 prepaint specialties and/or
surface tolerant coatings (e.g., fillers, sealers, rust
preventives, galvanizers, caulks, grouts, glazes, phosphatizers,
corrosion inhibitors, neutralizers, graffiti removers, floor
surfacers) described in "Prepaint Specialties and Surface Tolerant
Coatings," by Ernest W. Flick, Noyes Publications, 1991.
EXAMPLE 6
Ranges
[0686] To provide a description of the present invention that is
both concise and clear, various examples of ranges have been
identified herein with the phrase "including all intermediate
ranges and combinations thereof." Examples of specific values
(e.g., %, kDa, .degree.C., .mu.m, kg/L, Ku) that can be within a
cited range by the reference to "including all intermediate ranges
and combinations thereof" include 0.000001, 0.000002, 0.000003,
0.000004, 0.000005, 0.000006, 0.000007, 0.000008, 0.000009,
0.00001, 0.00002, 0.00003, 0.00004, 0.00005, 0.00006, 0.00007,
0.00008, 0.00009, 0.0001, 0.0002, 0.0003, 0.0004, 0.0005, 0.0006,
0.0007, 0.0008, 0.0009, 0.001, 0.002, 0.003, 0.004, 0.005, 0.006,
0.007, 0.008, 0.009, 0.01, 0.02, 0.03, 0.04, 0.05, 0.06, 0.07,
0.08, 0.09, 0.10, 0.11, 0.12, 0.13, 0.14, 0.15, 0.16, 0.17, 0.18,
0.19, 0.20, 0.21, 0.22, 0.23, 0.24, 0.25, 0.26, 0.27, 0.28, 0.29,
0.30, 0.31, 0.32, 0.33, 0.34, 0.35, 0.36, 0.37, 0.38, 0.39, 0.40,
0.41, 0.42, 0.43, 0.44, 0.45, 0.46, 0.47, 0.48, 0.49, 0.50, 0.51,
0.52, 0.53, 0.54, 0.55, 0.56, 0.57, 0.58, 0.59, 0.60, 0.61, 0.62,
0.63, 0.64, 0.65, 0.66, 0.67, 0.68, 0.69, 0.70, 0.71, 0.72, 0.73,
0.74, 0.75, 0.76, 0.77, 0.78, 0.79, 0.80, 0.81, 0.82, 0.83, 0.84,
0.85, 0.86, 0.87, 0.88, 0.89, 0.90, 0.91, 0.92, 0.93, 0.94, 0.95,
0.96, 0.97, 0.98, 0.99, 1.00, 1.01, 1.02, 1.03, 1.04, 1.05, 1.06,
1.07, 1.08, 1.09, 1.10, 1.11, 1.12, 1.13, 1.14, 1.15, 1.16, 1.17,
1.18, 1.19, 1.20, 1.21, 1.22, 1.23, 1.24, 1.25, 1.26, 1.27, 1.28,
1.29, 1.30, 1.31, 1.32, 1.33, 1.34, 1.35, 1.36, 1.37, 1.38, 1.39,
1.40, 1.41, 1.42, 1.43, 1.44, 1.45, 1.46, 1.47, 1.48, 1.49, 1.50,
1.51, 1.52, 1.53, 1.54, 1.55, 1.56, 1.57, 1.58, 1.59, 1.60, 1.61,
1.62, 1.63, 1.64, 1.65, 1.66, 1.67, 1.68, 1.69, 1.70, 1.71, 1.72,
1.73, 1.74, 1.75, 1.76, 1.77, 1.78, 1.79, 1.80, 1.81, 1.82, 1.83,
1.84, 1.85, 1.86, 1.87, 1.88, 1.89, 1.90, 1.91, 1.92, 1.93, 1.94,
1.95, 1.96, 1.97, 1.98, 1.99, 2.00, 2.01, 2.02, 2.03, 2.04, 2.05,
2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 2.10, 2.11, 2.12, 2.13, 2.14, 2.15, 2.16,
2.17, 2.18, 2.19, 2.20, 2.21, 2.22, 2.23, 2.24, 2.25, 2.3, 2.4,
2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3.0, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7,
3.8, 3.9, 4.0, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 5.0,
5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8, 5.9, 6.0, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3,
6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, 7.0, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6,
7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 8.0, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, 8.8, 8.9,
9.0, 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 10.0, 11, 12, 13,
14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30,
31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47,
48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64,
65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81,
82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98,
99, 99.10, 99.20, 99.30, 99.40, 99.50, 99.60, 99.70, 99.80, 99.90,
99.91, 99.92, 99.93, 99.94, 99.95, 99.96, 99.97, 99.98, 99.99,
99.999, 99.9999, 99.99999, 99.999999, 99.9999999, 100, 101, 102,
103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115,
116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128,
129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141,
142, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154,
155, 156, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167,
168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180,
181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193,
194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206,
207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219,
220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232,
233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245,
246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 260, 270, 275, 280, 290, 300, 310, 320,
325, 330, 340, 350, 360, 370, 375, 380, 390,.400, 410, 420, 425,
430, 440, 450, 460, 470, 475, 480, 490, 500, 510, 520, 525, 530,
540, 550, 560, 570, 575, 580, 590, 600, 610, 620, 625, 630, 640,
650, 660, 670, 675, 680, 690, 700, 710, 720, 725, 730, 740, 750,
760, 770, 775, 780, 790, 800, 810, 820, 825, 830, 840, 850, 860,
870, 875, 880, 890, 900, 910, 920, 925, 930, 940, 950, 960, 970,
975, 980, 990, 1000, 1025, 1050, 1075, 1100, 1125, 1150, 1175,
1200, 1225, 1250, 1275, 1300, 1325, 1350, 1375, 1400, 1425, 1450,
1475, 1500, 1525, 1550, 1575, 1600, 1625, 1650, 1675, 1700, 1725,
1750, 1775, 1800, 1825, 1850, 1875, 1900, 1925, 1950, 1975, 2000,
2100, 2200, 2300, 2400, 2500, 2600, 2700, 2800, 2900, 3000, 3100,
3200, 3300, 3400, 3500, 3600, 3700, 3800, 3900, 4000, 4100, 4200,
4300, 4400, 4500, 4600, 4700, 4800, 4900, 5000, 5250, 5500, 5750,
6000, 6250, 6500, 6750, 7000, 7250, 7500, 7750, 8000, 8250, 8500,
8750, 9000, 9250, 9500, 9750, 10,000, 25,000, 50,000, 75,000,
100,000, 250,000, 500,000, 1,000,000, or more. In certain parts of
the specification, particularly in the Summary of the Invention,
additional examples of the use of this definition to specify
sub-ranges are given.
[0687] In embodiments wherein a value or range is denoted in
exponent form, both the integer and the exponent values are
included in the definition of "including all intermediate ranges
and combinations thereof." For example, a range of
1.0.times.10.sup.-17 to 2.5.times.10.sup.-7, including all
intermediate ranges and combinations thereof, would include a
description for a sub-range such as 1.24.times.10.sup.-17 to
8.7.times.10.sup.-11.
[0688] However, general sub-ranges for each type of unit (e.g., %,
kDa, .degree.C., pm, kg/L, Ku) are contemplated, as the values
typically found within a particular type of unit are of a sub-range
of the intergers described above. For example, integers typically
found within a cited percentage range, as applicable, include
0.000001% to 100%, including all intermediate ranges and
combinations thereof. Examples of values that are often found
within a cited molecular mass range in kilo Daltons ("kDa") as
applicable for many coating components include 0.50 kDa to 110 kDa,
including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
Examples of values that are often within a cited temperature range
in degrees Celsius (".degree.C.") as is typically applicable in the
arts of coatings and surface treatments include -10.degree. C. to
500.degree. C., including all intermediate ranges and combinations
thereof. Examples of values that can be within a thickness range in
micrometers (".mu.m") as is typically applicable to coating and/or
film thickness upon a surface include 1 .mu.m to 2000 .mu.m,
including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
Examples of values that can be within a cited density range in
kilograms per liter ("kg/L") as is typically applicable in the arts
of coatings and surface treatments include 0.50 kg/L to 20 kDa,
including all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
Examples of values that can be within a cited shear rate range in
Krebs Units ("Ku"), as is typically applicable in the arts of
coatings and surface treatments, include 20 Ku to 300 Ku, including
all intermediate ranges and combinations thereof.
EXAMPLE 7
Elastomers
[0689] It is contemplated that a cell-based particulate material
may also be incorporated into an elastomer. Elastomers ("rubbers")
are polymers that can undergo large, but reversible, deformations
upon a relatively low physical stress. It is contemplated that an
elastomer composition may incorporate a cell-based particulate
material of the present invention, such as by preparation with the
cell-based particulate material and/or direct addition such as by a
multi-pack composition. Elastomers (e.g., tire rubbers,
polyurethane elastomers, polymers ending in an anionic diene,
segmented polyerethane-urea copolymers, diene triblock polymers
with styrene-alpha-methylstyrene copolymer end blocks,
poly(p-methylstyrene-b-p-methylstyrene), polydimethylsiloxane-vinyl
monomer block polymers, chemically modified natural rubber,
polymers from hydrogenated polydienes, polyacrylic elastomers,
polybutadienes, trans-polyisoprene, polyisobutene,
cis-1,4-polybutadiene, polyolefin thermoplastic elastomers, block
polymers, polyester thermoplastic elastomer, thermoplastic
polyurethane elastomers) and techniques of elastomer synthesis and
elastomer property analysis have been described, for example, in
Walker, B. M., ed., Handbook of Thermoplastic Elastomers, Van
Nostrand Reinhold Co., New York, 1979; Holden, G., ed., et. al.,
Thermoplastic Elastomers, 2.sup.nd Ed., Hanser Publishers, Verlag,
1996.
EXAMPLE 8
Fillers and Filled Polymers
[0690] A filler is a bulk material in a composition. Extender
pigments are used as a filler for coatings. In certain embodiments,
a cell-based particulate material may be used as a filler for
various compositions. Examples of compositions that use fillers
that are contemplated herein for incorporation of a cell-based
particulate material of the present invention, include a
composition comprising a polymer, thermoplastic material, a
thermostat material, an elastomer, or a combination thereof. Such
filler comprising materials have been described in Gerard, J. F.,
ed., Fillers and Filled Polymenrs-Macromolecular Symposia 169,
Wiley-VCH, Verlag, 2001; Slusarski, L., ed., Fillers for the New
Millenium-Macromolecular Symposia 194, Wiley-VCH, Verlag, 2003; and
Landrock, A. H., Adhesives Technology Handbook, Noyes Publications,
New Jersey, 1985.
EXAMPLE 9
Adhesives and Sealants
[0691] An adhesive is a composition that is capable of holding at
least two surfaces together in a strong and permanent manner. A
sealant is a composition capable of attaching to at least two
surfaces, filling the space between them to provide a barrier or
protective coating. In certain embodiments, a cell-based
particulate material of the present invention may be used as a
component of an adhesive or a sealant, such as, for example, by
direct addition, substitution of an adhesive or sealant component
(e.g., a particulate material), or a combination thereof.
[0692] Examples of adhesives and sealants (e.g., caulks, acrylics,
elastomers, phenolic resin, epoxy, polyurethane, anarobic and
structural acrylic, high-temperature polymers, water-based
industrial type adhesives, water-based paper and packaging
adhesives, water-based coatings, hot melt adhesives, hot melt
coatings for paper and plastic, epoxy adhesives, plastisol
compounds, construction adhesives, flocking adhesives, industrial
adhesives, general purpose adhesives, pressure sensitive adhesives,
sealants, mastics, urethanes,) for various surfaces (e.g., metal,
plastic, textile, paper), adhesive and sealant components (e.g.,
antifoams, antioxidants, extenders, fillers, pigments, flame/fire
retardants, oils, polymer emulsions, preservatives, bactericides,
fungicides, resins, rheological/viscosity control agents, starches,
waxes, acids, aluminum silicates, antiskinning agents, calcium
carbonates, catalysts, cross-linking agents, curing agents, clays,
corn starch, starch derivatives, defoamers, antifoams, dispersing
agents, emulsifying agents, epoxy resin diluents, lattices,
polybutenes, polyvinyl acetates, preservatives, acrylic resins,
epoxy resins, ester gums, ethylene/vinyl acetate resins, maleic
resins, natural resins, phenolic resins, polyamide resins,
polyethylene resins, polypropylene resins, polyterpene resins,
powder coating resins, radiation coating resins, urethane resins,
vinyl chloride resins, emulsion resins, dispersion resins, resin
esters, rosins, silicas, silicon dioxide, stabilizers,
surfactants/surface active agents, talcs, thickeners, thixotropic
agents, waxes) techniques of preparation and assays for properties,
have been described in Skeist, I., ed., Handbook of Adhesives,
3.sup.rd Ed., Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York, 1990; Satriana, M.
J. Hot Melt Adhesives: Manufacture and Applications, Noyes Data
Corporation, New Jersey, 1974; Petrie, E. M., Handbook of Adhesives
and Sealants, McGraw-Hill, New York, 2000; Hartshorn, S. R., ed.,
Structural Adhesives-Chemistry and Technology. Plenum Press, New
York, 1986; Flick, E. W., Adhesive and Sealant Compound
Formulations, 2.sup.nd Ed., Noyes Publications, New Jersey, 1984;
Flick, E., Handbook of Raw Adhesives 2.sup.nd Ed., Noyes
Publications, New Jersey, 1989; Flick, E., Handbook of Raw
Adhesives, Noyes Publications, New Jersey, 1982; Dunning, H. R.,
Pressure Sensitive Adhesives-Formulations and Technology, 2.sup.nd
Ed., Noyes Data Corporation, New Jersey, 1977; and Flick, E. W.,
Construction and Structural Adhesives and Sealants, Noyes
Publications, New Jersey, 1988.
EXAMPLE 10
Textiles
[0693] It is contemplated that a cell-based particulate material of
the present invention may also be incorporated (e.g., direct
addition to a formulation, incorporation as a component of a de
novo formulation during preparation, etc.) into a material applied
to a textile, such as, for example, a textile finish. Materials for
application to a textile, textile finishes (e.g., soil-resistant
finishes, stain-resistant finishes) and finish components (e.g.,
antioxidants, defoamers, antimicrobials, wetting agents, flame
retardants, softeners, soil repellents, hand modifiers, antistatic
agents, biocides, fixatives, scouring agents, dispersants,
defoamers, anticracking agents, binders, stiffeners, cohesive
agents, fiber lubricants, emulsifiers, antistats, yarn to hard
surface lubricants) as well as assays for determining their
properties are described, for example, in Johnson, K., Antistatic
Compositions for Textiles and Plastics, Noyes Data Corporation, New
Jersey, 1976; Rouette, H. K., Encyclopedia of Textile Finishing,
Springer, Verlag, 2001; "Textile Finishing Chemicals: An Industrial
Guide," by Ernest W. Flick, Noyes Publications, 1990; "Handbook of
Fiber Finish Technology," by Philip E. Slade, Marcel Dekker, 1998;
"ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 07.01 Textiles (I)," 2003; and
"ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 07.02 Textiles (II)," 2003. A
specific example of a textile finish is the trademark formulations
of water repellent and/or oil repellent finish known as
Scotchguard.TM. (3M Corporate Headquarters, Maplewood, Minn.,
U.S.A.).
EXAMPLE 11
Waxes
[0694] It is contemplated that a cell-based particulate material of
the present invention may also be incorporated (e.g., direct
addition to a formulation, incorporation as a component of a de
novo formulation during preparation, etc.) into a material applied
to a surface after manufacture, such as, for example, a wax. Waxes,
polishes, floor coverings, cleaning materials, and related
formulations (e.g., natural waxes, fossil waxes, earth waxes, peat
waxes, montana waxes, lignite paraffins, petroleum waxes, synthetic
waxes, commercial modified, blended, and compounded waxes,
emulsifiable waxes, waxy alcohols, waxy acids, metallic soaps,
compounded waxes, paraffin wax compounds, ethyl cellulose and wax
mixtures, compositions with resins and rubber) and methods of
preparation of waxes, polishes, floor coverings, cleaning
materials, and related formulations and assays for their properties
have been described, for example, in Warth, A. H., "The Chemistry
and Technology of Waxes," Reinhold Publishing Corporation, New
York, 1956; Bennet, H., "Industrial Waxes Volume II Compounded
Waxes and Technology," Chemical Publishing Co., New York, 1975;
"Industrial Waxes Volume I Natural & Synthetic Waxes," Chemical
Publishing Co., New York, 1975; Flick, E. W., "Advanced Cleaning
Product Formulations Household, Industrial, Automotive," 1989;
Flick, E. W., "Institutional and Industrial Cleaning Product
Formulations," 1985; Flick, E. W., "Household and Automotive
Chemical Specialties Recent Formulations," 1979; Flick, E. W.,
"Household, Automotive, and Industrial Chemical Formulations
2.sup.nd Edition," 1984; Flick, E. W., "Household and Automotive
Cleaners and Polishes 3.sup.rd Edition," 1986; "Ullmann's
Encyclopedia of Industrial Chemistry, Volume 28," 1996; "Coatings
Technology Handbook 2.sup.nd Edition Revised and Expanded," 2001;
Sequeira, A. Jr., "Lubricant Base Oil and Wax Processing," 1994;
"ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 15.04 Soaps and Other Detergents;
Polishes; Leather; Resilient Floor Coverings," 2003; "ASTM Book of
Standards, Volume 05.01 Petroleum Products and Lubricants (I),"
2003; "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 05.02 Petroleum Products and
Lubricants (II)," 2003; and "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 05.03
Petroleum Products and Lubricants (III)," 2003.
EXAMPLE 12
Physical and Chemical Structure of Gram-positive Eubacteria
[0695] Gram-positive Eubacteria comprise a cell wall that surrounds
a phospholipid bilayer known as the "cell membrane" or "cytoplasmic
membrane." The thickness of a Gram-positive cell wall is generally
200 .ANG. to 500 .ANG.. The Gram-positive cells often comprise 15%
to 20% cell wall, by dry weight. The dry weight amino-sugar
component of a Gram-positive cell wall is typically 10% to 30%,
generally attributed to the presence of peptidoglycan. Often, the
majority of the phosphorus content of cell walls is between 2% and
5% attributed to the presence of teichoic acid, though 0.2% to 0.5%
phosphorus content is thought be attributed to other sources. The
dry weight lipid content of a Gram-positive cell wall is commonly
0% to 2%.
EXAMPLE 13
Physical and Chemical Structure of Gram-negative Eubacteria
[0696] Gram-negative cells often comprise 5% to 10% cell wall, by
dry weight. The thickness of a Gram-negative cell wall is generally
100 .ANG. to 150 .ANG.. The dry weight amino-sugar component of
Gram-negative cell wall is typically 1% to 10%. The dry weight
lipid content of a Gram-negative cell wall is commonly 10% to 20%.
Gram-negative cells comprise a phospholipid bilayer known as the
"outer cell membrane" that surrounds the cell wall. The outer cell
membrane is generally impermeable to molecules smaller than 0.7
kDa. The cell wall surrounds a second phospholipid bilayer known as
the "inner cell membrane" or "cytoplasmic membrane." The region
between the cell wall and the inner cell membrane is known as the
"periplasmic space," wherein some enzymes produced by the cell are
targeted.
EXAMPLE 14
Examples of Eubacteria
[0697] Additional examples of Eubacteria and their biological
culture collection sources are shown at Table 12 below. It is
contemplated that the cell sizes, shapes and biochemistry will be
similar to the previously described Eubacteria.
12TABLE 12 Additional Examples of Eubacteria Genus Examples of
Culture Collection Strains Abiotrophia ATCC Nos. 49176 and 700209;
DSMZ No. 9849 Acetitomaculum ATCC No. 43876; DSMZ No. 5522
Acetohalobium ATCC No. 49924; DSMZ No. 5501 Acetonema ATCC No.
51454; DSMZ No. 6540 Achromobacter DSMZ Nos. 10342, 653, 4612, 8374
and 11850 Acidimicrobium DSMZ No. 10331 Acidithiobacillus DSMZ Nos.
14366 8584, 14882 and 14887 Acidobacterium ATCC No. 51196; DSMZ No.
11244 Acidocella ATCC Nos. 35904, 51361 and 51362; DSMZ No. 11237
Acrocarpospora DSMZ Nos. 43316, 44705 and 44706 Actinoalloteichus
DSMZ No. 43889 Actinobacillus DSMZ Nos. 11374, 13472 and 5568
Actinobaculum ATCC No. 27412; DSMZ Nos. 15541 and 20639
Actinocorallia DSMZ Nos. 43924, 44360, 44254, 43554 and 44361
Aequorivita DSMZ Nos. 14231, 14293, 14236 and 14238 Afipia ATCC No.
49718; DSMZ Nos. 7327, 7315 and 7326 Agreia DSMZ No. 14575
Agrococcus ATCC No. 700088; DSMZ Nos. 14215, 12453 and 9580
Ahrensia ATCC No. 25656; DSMZ No. 5890 Albibacter DSMZ No. 13819
Albidovulum ATCC No. BAA-387; DSMZ Nos. 12048 and 12049 Alcanivorax
ATCC Nos. 700651 and 700854; DSMZ No. 12178 Alicycliphilus DSMZ No.
14773 Alicyclobacillus DSMZ Nos. 14558, 446, 4006, 12489 and 14955
Alkalibacterium DSMZ Nos. 13175, 12937 and 12938 Alkalilimnicola
DSMZ No. 13718 Alkalispirillum DSMZ No. 12769 Alkanindiges DSMZ No.
15370 Aminobacterium ATCC No. BAA-7; DSMZ Nos. 12261 and 12262
Aminomonas ATCC No. BAA-6; DSMZ No. 12260 Ammonifex DSMZ No. 10501
Ammoniphilus ATCC No. 700648; DSMZ Nos. 11538 and 11537 Anaeroarcus
ATCC No. 51455; DSMZ No. 6283 Anaerobacter DSMZ No. 5272
Anaerobaculum DSMZ Nos. 13181 and 13490 Anaerobranca DSMZ Nos.
13577, 9786 and 10095 Anaerococcus DSMZ Nos. 7454, 7456, 11663,
2951 and 7457 Anaerofilum DSMZ Nos. 4272 and 7168 Anaeromusa ATCC
No. 43704; DSMZ No. 3853 Anaerophaga DSMZ No. 12881 Anaeroplasma
DSMZ No. 3268 Anaerosinus ATCC No. 51177; DSMZ No. 5192
Anaerostipes DSMZ No. 14662 Anaerovorax DSMZ No. 5092
Aneurinibacillus DSMZ Nos. 5562 2895, 8373, 10154 and 10155
Angiococcus DSMZ Nos. 52473, 52474, 52475, 52476 and 52477
Anoxybacillus ATCC No. 700785; DSMZ Nos. 2641 and 12423
Antarctobacter DSMZ Nos. 11445 and 11440 Aquabacter ATCC No. 43981;
DSMZ No. 9035 Aquabacterium DSMZ Nos. 11900, 11901 and 11968
Aquamicrobium DSMZ No. 11603 Aquifex DSMZ No. 6858 Arcobacter DSMZ
Nos. 8739, 7289, 7299 and 7302 Arhodomonas ATCC No. 49307; DSMZ No.
8974 Asanoa ATCC No. 49966; DSMZ Nos. 44099 and 44718 Atopobium
DSMZ Nos. 20586, 20585, 20469 and 7090 Azoarcus DSMZ Nos. 12081,
14744, 6898, 9506 and 15124 Azorhizophilus ATCC Nos. 23368 and
35116; DSMZ Nos. 2283 and 88 Azospira DSMZ No. 13638 Bacteriovorax
ATCC Nos. 15145 and 27052; DSMZ No. 12778 Bartonella ATCC Nos.
35685, 49793, 49927, 51672 and 51694 Beutenbergia ATCC No. BAA-8;
DSMZ Nos. 12333 and 12334 Bilophila ATCC Nos. 49260 and 51581; DSMZ
No. 11045 Blastococcus DSMZ Nos. 4725, 44517 and 44518 Blastomonas
ATCC No. 35951; DSMZ Nos. 3183 and 9006 Bogoriella ATCC No. 700413;
DSMZ No. 11294 Bosea ATCC Nos. 700366 and 700918; DSMZ No. 9653
Brachymonas DSMZ No. 15123 Brackiella DSMZ No. 13743 Brenneria DSMZ
Nos. 11811, 30175, 4561, 4483 and 30166 Brevibacillus DSMZ Nos.
6348, 6347, 7064, 9887, 335, 9885 and 8552 Bulleidia ATCC No.
BAA-170; DSMZ No. 13220 Burkholderia DSMZ Nos. 9511, 50341, 13243,
13276 and 11319 Caenibacterium DSMZ No. 15264 Caldicellulosiruptor
DSMZ Nos. 12137, 9545, 13100 and 8903 Caldithrix DSMZ No. 13497
Caloramator DSMZ Nos. 12679, 5463, 10124 and 13723
Caloranaerobacter DSMZ No. 13643 Caminibacter DSMZ No. 14510
Caminicella DSMZ No. 14501 Carbophilus ATCC No. 51424; DSMZ No.
1086 Carboxydibrachium DSMZ No. 12653 Carboxydocella DSMZ No. 12326
Carboxydothermus DSMZ No. 6008 Catenococcus ATCC No. 51228; DSMZ
No. 9165 Catenuloplanes DSMZ Nos. 44707, 44128, 44102, 44710 and
44709 Cellulosimicrobium ATCC No. 27401; DSMZ Nos. 43879 and 10177
Chelatococcus ATCC No. 51531; DSMZ Nos. 6462 and 6461 Chlorobaculum
DSMZ No. 12025 Chryseobacterium ATCC Nos. 13255, 27950, 29896,
29897 and 33487 Chrysiogenes ATCC No. 700172; DSMZ No. 11915
Citricoccus DSMZ No. 14442 Collinsella ATCC No. 29738; DSMZ Nos.
3979, 13280 and 13279 Colwellia ATCC No. 27364; DSMZ No. 8813
Conexibacter DSMZ No. 14684 Coprothermobacter ATCC No. 35245; DSMZ
Nos. 11748, 5265 and 9218 Couchioplanes ATCC Nos. 31157 and 33937;
DSMZ Nos. 43900 and 43634 Crossiella ATCC No. 51143; DSMZ Nos.
44230 and 44580 Cryobacterium ATCC No. 43563; DSMZ No. 4854
Cryptosporangium DSMZ Nos. 44712, 46144, 44713 and 44714
Dechloromonas ATCC No. 700666; DSMZ No. 13637 Deferribacter DSMZ
Nos. 14873, 14783 and 14813 Defluvibacter DSMZ No. 11099
Dehalobacter DSMZ No. 9455 Delftia ATCC No. 13751 and 29861; DSMZ
Nos. 1621 and 12781 Demetria DSMZ No. 11295 Dendrosporobacter ATCC
No. 25974; DSMZ No. 1736 Denitrovibrio DSMZ No. 12809 Dermacoccus
ATCC No. 29093; DSMZ No. 20448 Desemzia ATCC No. 8363; DSMZ No.
20581 Desulfacinum DSMZ Nos. 13146 and 9756 Desulfitobacterium DSMZ
Nos. 11544, 9161, 10664, 15288 and 10344 Desulfobacca DSMZ No.
11109 Desulfobacula ATCC No. 43956; DSMZ Nos. 3384 and 7467
Desulfocapsa DSMZ Nos. 10523 and 7269 Desulfocella DSMZ No. 11763
Desulfofaba DSMZ No. 12344 Desulfofrigus DSMZ Nos. 12345 and 12341
Desulfofustis ATCC No. 700454; DSMZ No. 9705 Desulfohalobium DSMZ
No. 5692 Desulfomusa DSMZ No. 12642 Desulfonatronovibrio DSMZ No.
9292 Desulfonatronum DSMZ Nos. 10312 and 14708 Desulfonauticus DSMZ
No. 15269 Desulfonispora ATCC No. 700533; DSMZ No. 11270
Desulforegula DSMZ No. 13527 Desulforhabdus ATCC No. 51979; DSMZ
No. 10338 Desulforhopalus DSMZ Nos. 12130, 13038 and 9700
Desulfospira ATCC No. 700409; DSMZ No. 10085 Desulfosporosinus ATCC
No. 23598; DSMZ Nos. 13351, 13257 and 7439 Desulfotalea DSMZ Nos.
12342 and 12343 Desulfotignum ATCC No. BAA-19; DSMZ Nos. 7044 and
13687 Desulfovirga DSMZ No. 12016 Desulfurobacterium DSMZ No. 11699
Desulfuromusa DSMZ Nos. 7345, 7343 and 8270 Dethiosulfovibrio DSMZ
Nos. 12590, 12537, 11002 and 12538 Devosia ATCC No. 9526; DSMZ No.
7230 Dialister ATCC Nos. 33048 and 51894; DSMZ No. 11619
Diaphorobacter DSMZ No. 13225 Dichelobacter ATCC Nos. 25549, 27521
and 31545; DSMZ No. 20708 Dictyoglomus ATCC No. 35947; DSMZ Nos.
3960 and 6724 Dietzia ATCC No. 35013; DSMZ Nos. 43672, 44198 and
44016 Dolosicoccus ATCC No. BAA-56; DSMZ No. 15742 Dorea DSMZ Nos.
3992 and 13814 Eggerthella ATCC Nos. 25559 and 43055; DSMZ No. 2243
Empedobacter ATCC Nos. 14234, 43319 and 31962; DSMZ No. 30096
Enhygromyxa DSMZ Nos. 15217 and 15201 Eremococcus ATCC No. BAA-57;
DSMZ No. 15696 Ferrimonas DSMZ No. 9799 Filifactor ATCC Nos. 33388
and 35896; DSMZ No. 1645 Filobacillus ATCC No. 700960; DSMZ No.
13259 Finegoldia ATCC Nos. 15794 and 53516; DSMZ Nos. 20470 and
20362 Flexistipes DSMZ No. 4947 Formivibrio ATCC No. 49791; DSMZ
No. 6150 Friedmanniella ATCC No. BAA-165; DSMZ Nos. 11053, 12936
and 11465 Frigoribacterium ATCC No. BAA-3; DSMZ No. 10309
Fulvimonas DSMZ No. 14263 Fusibacter ATCC No. 700852; DSMZ No.
12116 Gallicola ATCC No. 49795; DSMZ No. 3244 Garciella DSMZ No.
15102 Gelidibacter ATCC No. 700364; DSMZ Nos. 12408 and 14095
Gelria ATCC No. BAA-262; DSMZ No. 14054 Gemmatimonas DSMZ No. 14586
Gemmobacter ATCC No. 49971; DSMZ No. 3857 Geobacillus DSMZ Nos.
12041, 7263, 13552, 11667 and 13551 Geobacter DSMZ Nos. 12179,
13689, 7210, 12255 and 12127 Georgenia DSMZ Nos. 14418 and 14419
Geothrix ATCC No. 700665; DSMZ No. 14018 Geovibrio DSMZ No. 11263
Glaciecola ATCC Nos. 700756 and 700757; DSMZ No. 14239
Gluconacetobacter DSMZ Nos. 13594, 6161, 11804, 11826 and 2004
Gracilibacillus ATCC Nos. 700347 and 700849; DSMZ Nos. 11805
Granulicatella ATCC Nos. 49175, 700633 and 700813; DSMZ No. 9848
Grimontia DSMZ No. 15132 Halanaerobacter ATCC No. 49944; DSMZ Nos.
9569, 6640 and 12146 Halanaerobium DSMZ Nos. 3532, 11287, 2228,
6643 and 10165 Haliangium DSMZ Nos. 14365 and 14436 Halobacillus
ATCC No. 700077; DSMZ Nos. 2266, 10405 and 10404 Halocella DSMZ
Nos. 7362 Halonatronum DSMZ Nos. 13868 Halothermothrix DSMZ Nos.
9562 Halothiobacillus DSMZ Nos. 6132, 7121, 13162, 15147 and 581
Helcococcus ATCC Nos. 51366 and BAA-59; DSMZ Nos. 10548 Heliophilum
ATCC No. 51790; DSMZ Nos. 11170 Heliorestis DSMZ Nos. 13446
Herbidospora ATCC No. 51904; DSMZ No. 44071 Hippea ATCC No. 700847;
DSMZ Nos. 10411 and 10412 Holdemania ATCC No. 51649; DSMZ No. 12042
Holophaga DSMZ Nos. 6591 Hydrogenobacter DSMZ Nos. 2913 and 6534
Hydrogenobaculum DSMZ Nos. 11251 Hydrogenophilus DSMZ Nos. 11420
Hydrogenothermus ATCC No. BAA-483; DSMZ Nos. 12046 Hydrogenovibrio
DSMZ Nos. 11271 Hymenobacter DSMZ Nos. 13606, 13607, 11622, 11621
and 13611 Ignavigranum ATCC No. 700630; DSMZ Nos. 15695 Iodobacter
ATCC Nos. 33051, 49620 and 49621; DSMZ Nos. 3764 Isobaculum DSMZ
Nos. 13760 Janibacter DSMZ Nos. 13953, 11140, 11141 and 13876
Kineococcus ATCC Nos. 51238 and BAA-149; DSMZ Nos. 14245
Kineosphaera DSMZ Nos. 14548 Kitasatosporia DSMZ Nos. 41650, 41680,
43929, 43860 and 43861 Knoellia DSMZ Nos. 12331 and 12332 Kocuria
DSMZ Nos. 20032, 14382, 11926, 20447 and 20033 Kozakia DSMZ Nos.
14400 Kribbella ATCC No. 39419; DSMZ Nos. 15626 Kutzneria ATCC No.
25242; DSMZ Nos. 43870, 43851 and 43850 Kytococcus ATCC No. 14392;
DSMZ Nos. 13884 and 20547 Lachnobacterium ATCC No. BAA-151; DSMZ
Nos. 14045 Laribacter DSMZ Nos. 14985 Lautropia ATTC Nos. 51599,
51600 and 51601; DSMZ Nos. 11362 Lechevalieria ATCC Nos. 29533 and
35161; DSMZ Nos. 40034 and 43385 Leifsonia DSMZ Nos. 20146, 15166,
15304, 15165 and 46306 Leisingera DSMZ Nos. 14336 Lentzea DSMZ Nos.
44437, 44073, 43393, 44664 and 44232 Leucobacter DSMZ Nos. 8803
Limnobacter DSMZ Nos. 13612 Listonella ATCC Nos. 19264, 68554 and
33504; DSMZ No. 11323 Lonepinella ATCC No. 700131; DSMZ No. 10053
and 8617 Luteimonas ATCC No. BAA-11; DSMZ Nos. 12574 Luteococcus
ATTC Nos. 51526, 51527 and BAA-60; DSMZ No. 10546 Macrococcus DSMZ
Nos. 15607, 15608, 20597 and 15609 Macromonas DSMZ Nos. 12705
Magnetospirillum ATCC Nos. 31632 and 700264; DSMZ Nos. 6361 and
3856 Mannheimia ATCC Nos. 29695 and 49246; DSMZ Nos. 10531 and 5283
Maricaulis ATCC Nos. 15268 and 15269; DSMZ Nos. 4734 and 4729
Marinibacillus ATCC Nos. 29840 and 29841; DSMZ Nos. 1297 and 1298
Marinitoga DSMZ Nos. 13578 and 14283 Marinobacterium ATCC No.
33635; DSMZ Nos. 11526, 6295 and 7027 Marinospirillum ATCC Nos.
19192 and 19193; DSMZ No. 6287 Marmoricola DSMZ No. 12652
Meiothermus DSMZ Nos. 11376, 9957, 1279, 9946 and 14542
Methylocapsa DSMZ No. 13967 Methylopila ATCC No. 700716; DSMZ Nos.
6130 and 6342 Methylosarcina ATCC Nos. 700908 and 700909; DSMZ No.
13736 Microbulbifer ATCC No. 700072; DSMZ Nos. 6810 and 11525
Microlunatus ATCC No. 700054; DSMZ No. 10555 Micromonas ATCC Nos.
23195 and 33270; DSMZ Nos. 20468 and 20474 Microsphaera ATCC No.
700099; DSMZ No. 44233 Microvirgula DSMZ Nos. 15089 and 736
Modestobacter DSMZ Nos. 44406 and 44402 Mogibacterium ATCC Nos.
33093, 700696, 700697, 700923 and 700924 Moorella ATCC Nos. 35608
and 49707; DSMZ Nos. 11254 and 2955 Moritella ATCC Nos. 15381 and
BAA-105; DSMZ No. 14879 Muricauda DSMZ No. 13258 Mycetocola DSMZ
Nos. 15177, 15178 and 15179 Mycoplana ATCC Nos. 21759, 4278 and
49678; DSMZ No. 7126 Myroides ATCC Nos. 4651 and 700471; DSMZ Nos.
2801 and 2802 Natroniella DSMZ No. 9952 Natronincola DSMZ No. 11416
Nautilia DSMZ No. 13520 Nesterenkonia ATCC No. 21727; DSMZ Nos.
20541 and 12544 Nonomuraea DSMZ Nos. 43748, 44320, 43142, 43551 and
43926 Novosphingobium DSMZ Nos. 12444, 30196, 7313, 10699 and 12447
Oceanimonas ATCC Nos. 35187, 700832 and 35186; DSMZ No. 7028
Oceanobacillus DSMZ No. 14371 Oceanobacter ATCC Nos. 27133, 35192
and 35193; DSMZ No. 6294 Octadecabacter DSMZ No. 13978 Oenococcus
ATCC No. 23279 and 39402; DSMZ Nos. 20252 and 20255 Oleiphilus DSMZ
No. 13489 Oligotropha ATCC No. 49405; DSMZ No. 1227 Olsenella ATCC
No. 49627; DSMZ Nos. 13989 and 7084 Opitutus DSMZ Nos. 14424 and
11246 Orenia ATCC No. 700911; DSMZ Nos. 5156, 13466 and 12596
Ornithinicoccus ATCC No. BAA-9; DSMZ Nos. 12335 and 12336
Ornithinimicrobium DSMZ No. 12362 Oxalicibacterium DSMZ Nos. 15506
and 15507 Oxalophagus ATCC No. 49686; DSMZ No. 5503 Oxobacter ATCC
No. 43583; DSMZ No. 3222 Paenibacillus DSMZ Nos. 1327, 5582, 10247,
13559 and 6554 Pandoraea ATCC Nos. BAA-106, BAA-107, BAA-108 and
BAA-65 Papillibacter DSMZ No. 12816 Paralactobacillus ATCC No.
BAA-66; DSMZ No. 13344 Paraliobacillus DSMZ No. 15140 Parascardovia
DSMZ Nos. 10105 and 10106 Paucimonas ATCC No. 17989; DSMZ No. 7445
Pectobacterium DSMZ Nos. 30184, 30168, 4610 and 3873 Pelczaria ATCC
No. 49321; DSMZ No. 12801 Pelospora DSMZ No. 6652 Pelotomaculum
DSMZ Nos. 13744 and 13752 Peptoniphilus DSMZ Nos. 20463, 10020,
20464, 10022 and 7455 Petrotoga DSMZ Nos. 10691, 10674, 13574 and
13575 Phascolarctobacterium DSMZ Nos. 14760, 14761 and 14762
Phocoenobacter ATCC No. 700972; DSMZ No. 15746 Photorhabdus DSMZ
Nos. 15149, 12190, 15139 and 14550 Pigmentiphaga ATCC No. BAA-795;
DSMZ No. 13608 Planomicrobium ATCC Nos. 33414 and 700539; DSMZ No.
13963 Planotetraspora ATCC Nos. 51423 and 51498; DSMZ No. 44359
Plantibacter DSMZ No. 14012 Plesiocystis DSMZ Nos. 14875 and 14876
Polaribacter ATCC Nos. 43844 and 700397; DSMZ No. 13964 Prauserella
ATCC No. 43014; DSMZ Nos. 44590, 44617 and 43194 Propioniferax ATCC
No. 49929; DSMZ No. 8251 Propionimicrobium ATCC No. 27520; DSMZ No.
4903 Propionispora DSMZ No. 13305 Propionivibrio DSMZ Nos. 5885,
6832 and 12018 Pseudaminobacter DSMZ No. 6986 Pseudoalteromonas
DSMZ Nos. 14585, 6820, 29660, 23821 and 27025 Pseudobutyrivibrio
DSMZ Nos. 9787 and 14809 Pseudoramibacter ATCC Nos. 17928 and
23264; DSMZ No. 3980 Pseudorhodobacter DSMZ No. 5888
Pseudospirillum ATCC No. 19191; DSMZ No. 7165 Pseudoxanthomonas
ATCC No. BAA-10; DSMZ No. 12573 Psychroflexus ATCC Nos. 51278 and
700755; DSMZ No. 5423 Psychromonas ATCC Nos. BAA-353 and BAA-724;
DSMZ No. 10704 Psychroserpens ATCC No. 700359; DSMZ No. 12212
Ralstonia DSMZ Nos. 11853, 416, 2839, 6297 and 9544 Ramlibacter
DSMZ Nos. 14656 and 14655 Raoultella ATCC No. 31898; DSMZ Nos.
7464, 2688 and 7332 Rathayibacter ATCC No. 19379; DSMZ Nos. 7484,
7488 and 7486 Rhodothermus ATCC Nos. 43812 and 43813; DSMZ Nos.
4252 and 4252 Roseateles DSMZ Nos. 11813 and 11814 Roseburia DSMZ
No. 14610 Roseiflexus DSMZ No. 13941 Roseinatronobacter DSMZ No.
13087 Roseospirillum DSMZ No. 12498 Roseovarius DSMZ Nos. 15170,
11457 and 11463 Rubritepida DSMZ No. 14296 Ruegeria ATCC No.
700000; DSMZ Nos. 10251, 5823 and 5887 Sagittula ATCC No. 700073;
DSMZ No. 11524 Salana DSMZ No. 13521 Salegentibacter ATCC No.
51522; DSMZ No. 5424 Salinibacter ATCC No. BAA-605; DSMZ No. 13855
Salinivibrio ATCC Nos. 33508 and 43149; DSMZ Nos. 11403 and 8285
Sanguibacter ATCC Nos. 51766 and 51767; DSMZ Nos. 10542 and 10543
Scardovia DSMZ Nos. 10107 and 10108 Schineria DSMZ No. 13226
Schwartzia DSMZ Nos. 10502 and 10503 Sedimentibacter ATCC No.
51151; DSMZ Nos. 7310 and 13558 Shewanella DSMZ Nos. 9167, 8812,
12621, 6067 and 8071 Shuttleworthia DSMZ No. 14600 Silicibacter
ATCC No. 700808; DSMZ Nos. 11314, 15171 and 15172 Skermania ATCC
No. 49497; DSMZ No. 43998 Slackia ATCC No. 29202 and 700122; DSMZ
No. 20476 Sphingobium ATCC No. 700291; DSMZ Nos. 7098, 11019 and
7462 Sphingomonas DSMZ Nos. 7418, 10564, 1805, 13885 and 6014
Sphingopyxis DSMZ Nos. 13593, 14889, 8826, 8831 and 14551
Spirilliplanes DSMZ No. 44325 Sporanaerobacter DSMZ No. 13106
Sporobacter DSMZ No. 10068 Sporobacterium DSMZ No. 12504
Sporotomaculum ATCC No. 700645; DSMZ Nos. 5475, 14795 and 14947
Staleya ATCC No. BAA-5; DSMZ No. 11458 Stappia ATCC Nos. 15215 and
25650; DSMZ Nos. 13394 and 5886 Starkeya ATCC No. 8093; DSMZ No.
506 Stenotrophomonas DSMZ Nos. 13117, 13118, 50170, 8573 and 13637
Sterolibacterium DSMZ No. 13999 Streptacidiphilus DSMZ Nos. 41753,
41754 and 41755 Streptomonospora DSMZ Nos. 44588 and 44593
Subtercola ATCC No. BAA-169; DSMZ Nos. 13056, 13057 and 14246
Succiniclasticum DSMZ Nos. 9236 and 11005 Succinispira ATCC No.
700845; DSMZ No. 6222 Sulfitobacter DSMZ Nos. 11443, 12244, 10014
and 10015 Sulfurospirillum DSMZ Nos. 9755, 10660, 6946, 13726 and
12446 Sutterella ATCC No. 51579; DSMZ No. 14016 Suttonella ATCC No.
25869; DSMZ No. 8309 Syntrophobotulus DSMZ No. 8271
Syntrophothermus DSMZ Nos. 12680 and 12681 Syntrophus DSMZ Nos.
2612A, 2612B, 8423, 2612A and 2612B Telluria ATCC Nos. 49107 and
49108; DSMZ No. 4832 Tenacibaculum ATCC Nos. 43398 and 51887; DSMZ
Nos. 13766 and 13764 Tepidibacter DSMZ No. 15285 Tepidimonas DSMZ
No. 12034 Tepidiphilus DSMZ No. 15129 Terasakiella ATCC No. 33338;
DSMZ No. 6293 Terracoccus ATCC No. 700812; DSMZ Nos. 44267 and
44274 Tessaracoccus DSMZ No. 12906 Tetragenococcus ATCC Nos. 13622
and 21786; DSMZ Nos. 20339 and 20337 Tetrasphaera DSMZ Nos. 12890,
14184 and 13192 Thalassomonas DSMZ Nos. 13754 and 13753 Thauera
DSMZ Nos. 14742, 12138, 12266, 14743 and 12139 Thermaerobacter ATCC
Nos. BAA-137 and 700841; DSMZ No. 12885 Thermanaeromonas DSMZ No.
14490 Thermanaerovibrio ATCC No. 49978; DSMZ Nos. 6589 and 12556
Thermicanus ATCC No. 700890; DSMZ No. 12793 Thermithiobacillus ATCC
No. 43215; DSMZ No. 3134 Thermoanaerobacterium DSMZ Nos. 10170,
13641, 572, 3896 and 7097 Thermobifida ATCC No. 27730; DSMZ Nos.
43795, 44535 and 43792 Thermobispora ATCC Nos. 15737 and 19993;
DSMZ Nos. 43833 and 43038 Thermobrachium ATCC No. 700318; DSMZ No.
8682 Thermocrinis DSMZ No. 12173 Thermocrispum ATCC Nos. 51796 and
51797; DSMZ Nos. 44070 and 44069 Thermodesulforhabdus DSMZ No. 9990
Thermodesulfovibrio DSMZ Nos. 12570 and 11347 Thermohydrogenium
DSMZ Nos. 11055 and 11056 Thermomonas DSMZ Nos. 13605 and 13598
Thermosyntropha ATCC No. 700317; DSMZ No. 11003
Thermoterrabacterium DSMZ No. 11255 Thermovenabulum DSMZ No. 14006
Thermovibrio DSMZ No. 14644 Thialkalimicrobium DSMZ Nos. 13739,
14477 and 13740 Thialkalivibrio DSMZ Nos. 13742, 14478, 13741,
13532 and 13738 Thioalkalivibrio DSMZ No. 13533 Thiobaca DSMZ Nos.
13587 and 13588 Thiomonas ATCC Nos. 15466 and 23370; DSMZ No. 5495
Tindallia DSMZ No. 10318 Tolumonas DSMZ No. 9187 Turicella ATCC
Nos. 51513 and 51514; DSMZ No. 8821 Turicibacter DSMZ No. 14220
Ureibacillus ATCC No. BAA-384; DSMZ Nos. 12654 and 10633
Verrucosispora DSMZ No. 44337 Victivallis ATCC No. BAA-548; DSMZ
No. 14823 Virgibacillus DSMZ Nos. 14868, 14866, 490, 13055 and
11483 Vogesella ATCC Nos. 14036 and 19706; DSMZ No. 3303 Weissella
DSMZ Nos. 20196, 7378, 14295, 20288 and 20410 Williamsia DSMZ No.
44343 Xenophilus ATCC Nos. BAA-794; DSMZ No. 13620 Zavarzinia ATCC
Nos. 51430; DSMZ No. 1231 Zooshikella DSMZ Nos. 15267 and 15268
Zymobacter ATCC Nos. 51623; DSMZ No. 10491
[0698] Additional examples of Eubacteria contemplated for use in
the present invention, many of which can be obtained from the Texas
A&M University ("TAMU") at College Station, Texas 77843 U.S.A.,
include: Acinetobacter calcoaceticus ("A. baumannil"; ATCC No.
19606), Aeromonas hydrophila (ATCC No. 7966), Aeromonas
proteolytica ("Vibrio proteolytica"), Bacillus subtilis (fr.
Zuberer), Bacillus subtilis (ATCC No. 18685), Bacillus subtilis
BRB41, Bacillus subtilis Q, Bacillus thuringensis (fr. Zuberer),
Burkholderia cepacia LB400 (USDA ARS Patent Culture Collection
#NRRL-B18064, Peoria, Ill. USA), Burkholderia cepacia T,
Citrobacter diversus, Citrobacter freundii (ATCC No. 8090),
Edwardsiella tarda (ATCC No. 15947), Enterobacter aerogenes (ATCC
No. 13048), Enterobacter cloacae 96-3 (ATCC No. 43560),
Enterobacter liquefaciens 363, Enterobacter liquefaciens 670,
Erwinia carotovora EC189-67 (University of Missouri, Columbia, Mo.
65211, U.S.A.), Erwinia herbicola, Erwinia herbicola (agglomerans),
Escherichia coli E63 (E. Coli Genetic Stock Center Yale University,
New Haven, Conn., U.S.A.), Hafnia alvei (ATCC No. 13337),
Klebsiella pneumoniae (ATCC No. 13883), Lactobacillus casei 686
(Department of Food Science and Technology University of Nebraska,
Lincoln, Nebr. 68583, U.S.A), Lactococcus lactis subsp. lactis
pIL253 (Department of Food Science and Technology University of
Nebraska, Lincoln, Nebr. 68583, U.S.A), Proteus morganaii, Proteus
vulgaris (ATCC No. 13315), Pseudomonas aeriginosa (ATCC No. 10145),
Pseudomonas aeriginosa (ATCC No. 27853), Pseudomonas flourescens,
Pseudomonas putida (ATCC No. 12633), Pseudomonas putida PpY101,
Pseudomonas sp. P, Pseudomonas sp. Arm. A isolate 1 (Yerevan
Physics Institute, Alikhanian Brothers St. 2 Yerevan 375036
Armenia), Pseudomonas sp. Arm. A isolate 2 (Yerevan Physics
Institute, Alikhanian Brothers St. 2 Yerevan 375036 Armenia),
Salmonella typhimurium ("S. cholerasuis"; ATCC No. 14028), Serratia
marcescens (ATCC No. 8100), Serratia marcescens HY (ATCC 8195),
Serratia marcescens Nima (Baylor College of Medicine, One Baylor
Plaza, Houston, Tex. 77030, U.S.A.), Shigella flexneri (ATCC No.
12022), Shigella sonnei (ATCC No. 25931), Staphylococcus aureus
(ATCC No. 25923), Staphylococcus sp. S, Streptococcus faecalis
("Enterococcus faecalis"; ATCC No. 19433), Vibrio parahaemolyticus
("TAMU 109"), Yersinia enterocolitica (ATCC No. 9610), Yersinia
enterocolitica ("TAMU 84," "IP 175"; National Yersinia Center,
Institut Pasteur, 75724 Paris Cedex 15, France), Yersinia
frederiksenii ("TAMU 91," "IP 867," National Yersinia Center,
Institut Pasteur, 75724 Paris Cedex 15, France), Yersinia
intermedia (ATCC No. 29909), Yersinia intermedii ("TAMU 86," "IP
3953," National Yersinia Center, Institut Pasteur, 75724 Paris
Cedex 15, France), Yersinia kristensenia (ATCC No. 33640), Yersinia
kristensenia ("TAMU 95," "IP 1475," National Yersinia Center,
Institut Pasteur, 75724 Paris Cedex 15, France), Yersinia sp. ("Y.
fredericksenii," ATCC No. 29912), Vibrio proteolyticus (ATCC No.
15338), Thermus sp. (ATCC No. 31674), Streptomyces cinnamonensis
subsp. proteolyticus (ATCC No. 19893), Deinococcus proteolyticus
(ATCC No. 35074), Clostridium proteolyticum (ATCC No. 49002),
Aeromonas jandaei (ATCC No. 49568), Aeromonas veronii biogroup
sobria (ATCC No. 9071), Pseudoaltermonas haloplanktis (ATCC No.
23821), Xanthomonas campestris (ATCC No. 33913), Pseudoalteromonas
espejiana (ATCC No. 27025), Shewanella putrefasciens (ATCC No.
8071), Stenotrophomonas maltophilus (ATCC No. 13637), Ochrobactrum
anthropi (ATCC No. 19286), Desulfovibrio vulgaris (ATCC No. 29579),
or a combination thereof.
EXAMPLE 15
Examples of Bacteriophages
[0699] Additional examples of bacteriophages, host cells for their
production, and their biological culture collection sources are
shown at Table 13 below. It is contemplated that the virus sizes,
shapes and biochemistry will be similar to the previously described
bacteriophages.
13TABLE 13 Additional Examples of Bacteriophages ATCC Virus ATCC
No. Host No. Ac 20 15261-B1 Asticcacaulis excentricus 15261 Ac 21
15261-B2 Asticcacaulis excentricus 15261 Ac 24 15261-B3
Asticcacaulis excentricus 15261 PAV-1 13705-B1 Azotobacter
vinelandii 13705 12826-B1 Bacillus cereus 12826 12826-B2 Bacillus
cereus 12826 256 (R) 27877-B2 Bacillus cereus 27877 282 (S)
27877-B1 Bacillus cereus 27877 NRS 201 7064-B1 Bacillus cereus 7064
14575-B1 Bacillus firmus 14575 239 7056-B1 Bacillus megaterium 7056
G [HER 276] 43725-B1 Bacillus megaterium 43725 11986-B1 Bacillus
mycoides 11986 236 6631-B1 Bacillus pumilus 6631 eTAmy+ 31595-B1
Bacillus subtilis 31595 SPP1 27689-B1 Bacillus subtilis 27689 B56-3
700786-B1 Bacteroides fragilis 700786 NRS 605 10027-B1
Brevibacillus parabrevis 10027 Cb3 19090-B2 Brevundimonas
bacteroides 19090 Cb6 19090-B3 Brevundimonas bacteroides 19090 Cb8r
19090-B1 Brevundimonas bacteroides 19090 17 [formerly 13] 43133-B1
Campylobacter coli 43133 18 [formerly 7] 43134-B1 Campylobacter
coli 43134 19 [formerly 5] 43135-B1 Campylobacter coli 43135 20
[formerly 4] 43136-B1 Campylobacter coli 43136 10 [L286] 35925-B1
Campylobacter jejuni 35925 subsp. jejuni 11 [WI 386] 35925-B2
Campylobacter jejuni 35925 subsp. jejuni 12 [WI 3106] 35922-B2
Campylobacter jejuni 35922 subsp. jejuni 13 [J1 263] 35924-B2
Campylobacter jejuni 35924 subsp. jejuni 14 [J2106] 35922-B3
Campylobacter jejuni 35922 subsp. jejuni 2 [J1 328] 35919-B1
Campylobacter jejuni 35919 subsp. jejuni 4 [J2101] 35921-B1
Campylobacter jejuni 35921 subsp. jejuni 7 [L2 106] 35922-B1
Campylobacter jejuni 35922 subsp. jejuni 8 [L2 305] 35923-B1
Campylobacter jejuni 35923 subsp. jejuni 9 [WI 3263] 35924-B1
Campylobacter jejuni 35924 subsp. jejuni DLC 2921/49 12052-B1
Corynebacterium sp. 12052 phi W-14 9355-B1 Delftia acidovorans 9355
57 23355-B1 Enterobacter cloacae 23355 42 19948-B1 Enterococcus
faecalis 19948 113 19950-B1 Enterococcus faecium 19950 120 19952-B1
Enterococcus sp. 19952 36 19382-B1 Erwinia amylovora 19382 4S
19383-B2 Erwinia amylovora 19383 NCPPB 1507 [4S] 29850-B3 Erwinia
amylovora 29850 NCPPB 1508 [4L] 29850-B2 Erwinia amylovora 29850
NCPPB 782 [E1] 29850-B1 Erwinia amylovora 29850 phi Ea100 29780-B4
Erwinia amylovora 29780 phi Ea104 29780-B5 Erwinia amylovora 29780
phi Ea116C 29780-B6 Erwinia amylovora 29780 phi Ea125 29780-B3
Erwinia amylovora 29780 184 11303-B19 Escherichia coli 11303 205
11303-B12 Escherichia coli 11303 221 11303-B22 Escherichia coli
11303 24B 12142-B2 Escherichia coli 12142 250 11303-B20 Escherichia
coli 11303 49B 12142-B1 Escherichia coli 12142 50Br 12142-B3
Escherichia coli 12142 53 alpha 12142-B4 Escherichia coli 12142 547
11303-B17 Escherichia coli 11303 6A 12144-B3 Escherichia coli 12144
6B 12144-B1 Escherichia coli 12144 6C 12144-B4 Escherichia coli
12144 AP211 11303-B14 Escherichia coli 11303 BG3 11303-B10
Escherichia coli 11303 C204 11303-B13 Escherichia coli 11303 C33
11303-B21 Escherichia coli 11303 C36 8677-B1 Escherichia coli 8677
FCZ 12142-B5 Escherichia coli 12142 G178 11303-B16 Escherichia coli
11303 MU9 21816-B1 Escherichia coli 21816 P4 sid1 29746-B1
Escherichia coli 29746 phiXcs70am-3 49696-B1 Escherichia coli 49696
r1589 11303-B32 Escherichia coli 11303 r187 11303-B35 Escherichia
coli 11303 r196 11303-B34 Escherichia coli 11303 r638 11303-B36
Escherichia coli 11303 r71 11303-B25 Escherichia coli 11303 RA105
11303-B37 Escherichia coli 11303 rED220 11303-B26 Escherichia coli
11303 REDa41 11303-B24 Escherichia coli 11303 REDb44 11303-B27
Escherichia coli 11303 REDb45 11303-B28 Escherichia coli 11303
REDb50 11303-B29 Escherichia coli 11303 RH23 11303-B30 Escherichia
coli 11303 RH88 11303-B33 Escherichia coli 11303 rJ3 11303-B31
Escherichia coli 11303 T7M (Meselson) 11303-B38 Escherichia coli
11303 UV1 11303-B15 Escherichia coli 11303 UV375 11303-B18
Escherichia coli 11303 UV47 11303-B11 Escherichia coli 11303 ZJ/2
25298-B2 Escherichia coli 25298 12016-B1 Geobacillus 12016
stearothermophilus 60 23356-B1 Klebsiella pneumoniae 23356 subsp.
pneumoniae 92 23357-B1 Klebsiella pneumoniae 23357 subsp.
pneumoniae Lactobacillus 8014-B1 Lactobacillus plantarum 8014
plantarum phage Lactobacillus 8014-B2 Lactobacillus plantarum 8014
plantarum phage W 11603-B1 Lactococcus lactis 11603 subsp. Cremoris
F-68 11955-B1 Lactococcus lactis 11955 subsp. Lactis D-34 4243-B1
Mycobacteria Associated 4243 with Leprous Lesions Bo 4 27207-B1
Mycobacterium fortuitum 27207 subsp. fortuitum Bo 7 27207-B2
Mycobacterium fortuitum 27207 subsp. fortuitum Bo 3 27206-B1
Mycobacterium phlei 27206 BK3 27203-B1 Mycobacterium smegmatis
27203 Bo 1 27204-B1 Mycobacterium smegmatis 27204 Bo 6 I 27205-B1
Mycobacterium smegmatis 27205 Bo 6 II 27205-B2 Mycobacterium
smegmatis 27205 Bo 6 III 27205-B3 Mycobacterium smegmatis 27205
Mc-2 607-B6 Mycobacterium smegmatis 607 Mycobacterium 11727-B1
Mycobacterium smegmatis 11727 smegmatis phage Mycobacterium
11759-B1 Mycobacterium smegmatis 11759 smegmatis phage 11760-B1
Mycobacterium sp. 11760 11761-B1 Mycobacterium sp. 11761 DS6A
25618-B2 Mycobacterium tuberculosis 25618 LG 25618-B1 Mycobacterium
tuberculosis 25618 X1 [IMET 5013] 43080-B1 Nocardioides albus 43080
X10 [IMET 5057] 43082-B1 Nocardioides albus 43082 X24 [IMET 5056]
43083-B1 Nocardioides albus 43083 X3 [IMET 5015] 43081-B1
Nocardioides albus 43081 X5 [IMET 5017] 43080-B2 Nocardioides albus
43080 AN-11 27893-B13 Nostoc sp. 27893 AN-12 27893-B12 Nostoc sp.
27893 AN-13 27893-B11 Nostoc sp. 27893 AN-14 27893-B10 Nostoc sp.
27893 AN-16 27893-B9 Nostoc sp. 27893 AN-17 27893-B8 Nostoc sp.
27893 AN-18 27893-B7 Nostoc sp. 27893 AN-19 27893-B6 Nostoc sp.
27893 AN-21 27893-B5 Nostoc sp. 27893 AN-23 27893-B4 Nostoc sp.
27893 AN-25 27893-B2 Nostoc sp. 27893 AN-26 27893-B1 Nostoc sp.
27893 A 12060-B1 Paenibacillus polymyxa 12060 C 12060-B3
Paenibacillus polymyxa 12060 D 12060-B4 Paenibacillus polymyxa
12060 Propionibacterium 29399-B1 Propionibacterium acnes 29399
acnes phage 113 14213-B1 Pseudomonas aeruginosa 14213 HER-1
[7Lindberg] BAA-26-B1 Pseudomonas aeruginosa BAA-26 HER-10
[F8Lindberg] BAA-28-B1 Pseudomonas aeruginosa BAA-28 HER-16 [M4
Lindberg] BAA-30-B1 Pseudomonas aeruginosa BAA-30 HER-17
[M6Lindberg] BAA-31-B1 Pseudomonas aeruginosa BAA-31 HER-18 [F116L]
BAA-47-B1 Pseudomonas aeruginosa BAA-47 HER-2 [16Lindberg]
BAA-27-B1 Pseudomonas aeruginosa BAA-27 HER-3 BAA-28-B2 Pseudomonas
aeruginosa BAA-28 HER-4 [24Lindberg] BAA-79-B1 Pseudomonas
aeruginosa BAA-79 HER-5 [31Lindberg] BAA-81-B2 Pseudomonas
aeruginosa BAA-81 HER-6 [44Lindberg] BAA-81-B1 Pseudomonas
aeruginosa BAA-81 HER-9 [F7Lindberg] BAA-29-B1 Pseudomonas
aeruginosa BAA-29 and BAA-31 Pa 12055-B1 Pseudomonas aeruginosa
12055 Pb 12055-B2 Pseudomonas aeruginosa 12055 Pc 12055-B3
Pseudomonas aeruginosa 12055 Pf 25102-B1 Pseudomonas aeruginosa
25102 11 14205-B1 Pseudomonas aeruginosa 14205 73 14210-B1
Pseudomonas aeruginosa 14210 Ps-G3 49780-B1 Pseudomonas sp. 49780
PB2 23341-B1 Rhizobium radiobacter 23341 T-150 29681-B1
Saccharopolyspora 29681 rectivirgula 23 [Olsen 19938-B1 Salmonella
choleraesuis 19938 phage] subsp. choleraesuis 46 19942-B1
Salmonella choleraesuis 19942 subsp. choleraesuis Chi 9842-B1
Salmonella choleraesuis 9842 subsp. choleraesuis SL-1 40282
Salmonella choleraesuis 14028 subsp. choleraesuis 2 23351-B1
Shigella dysenteriae 23351 37 23354-B1 Shigella sp. 23354 P14
11988-B1 Staphylococcus aureus 11988 subsp. aureus 17 23361-B1
Staphylococcus aureus 23361 subsp. aureus CDC29 27705-B1
Staphylococcus aureus 27705 subsp. aureus CDC42D 27712-B1
Staphylococcus aureus 27712 subsp. aureus CDC47 27691-B1
Staphylococcus aureus 27691 subsp. aureus CDC52 27692-B1
Staphylococcus aureus 27692 subsp. aureus CDC52A 27693-B1
Staphylococcus aureus 27693 subsp. aureus CDC53 27694-B1
Staphylococcus aureus 27694 subsp. aureus CDC79 27693-B2
Staphylococcus aureus 27693 subsp. aureus CDC80 27700-B1
Staphylococcus aureus 27700 subsp. aureus CDC81 27701-B1
Staphylococcus aureus 27701 subsp. aureus CDC83A 27706-B1
Staphylococcus aureus 27706 subsp. aureus A1 12202-B1 Streptococcus
pyogenes 12202 enterococcus 12169-B1 Streptococcus sp 12169 phage
1A 118 19951-B2 Streptococcus sp. 19951 enterococcus 12170-B1
Streptococcus sp. 12170 phage 1B 22653 [Carvajal's 11984-B1
Streptomyces griseus 11984 strain 1] subsp. griseus AS-1 27344-B1
Synechococcus sp. 27344 138 14100-B1 Vibrio cholerae 14100 145
14100-B2 Vibrio cholerae 14100 163 14100-B4 Vibrio cholerae 14100
D-10 51352-B5 Vibrio cholerae 51352 M-4 51352-B4 Vibrio cholerae
51352 N-4 51352-B1 Vibrio cholerae 51352 S-20 51352-B3 Vibrio
cholerae 51352 S-5 51352-B2 Vibrio cholerae 51352 Phage UTAK
51589-B1 Vibrio sp. 51589 Vibrio sp. 11985-B1 Vibrio sp. 11985
phage XP1 10016-B1 Xanthomonas arboricola 10016 XP2 10016-B2
Xanthomonas arboricola 10016 XP3 10016-B3 Xanthomonas arboricola
10016 XP4 10016-B4 Xanthomonas arboricola 10016 XP8 10016-B6
Xanthomonas arboricola 10016 IMI strain A 14981-B1 Xanthomonas
axonopodis 14981 IMI strain C 14982-B1 Xanthomonas axonopodis 14982
IMI strain D 14983-B1 Xanthomonas axonopodis 14983 EMI strain J
14984-B1 Xanthomonas axonopodis 14984 IMI strain K 14986-B1
Xanthomonas axonopodis 14986
EXAMPLE 16
Cells That Alter Infrared Detection of a Surface Treatment
[0700] It is contemplated that a cell-based particulate material of
the present invention comprising one or more biomolecules that
absorb or reflect infrared radiation will alter the ability of a
surface treatment to be detected by an infrared detection devise.
For example, some bacteria may comprise a bacteriochlorophyll
("Bchl") that absorbs near infrared light, such as from 720 nm to
1020 nm, which is in the detection range of some infrared detection
devises, and coating components comprising a bacteriochlorophyll is
specifically contemplated for use in a camouflage coating. The near
infrared absorbancy of various bacteriochlorophylls are shown at
Table 14.
14TABLE 14 Infrared Absorption Maxima by Bacteriochlorophylls
Bacteriochlorophyll Absorption Maxima Bchl a 800-810 nm and 830-890
nm Bchl b 835-850 nm and 1015-1035 nm Bchl c 745-760 nm Bchl d
725-745 nm Bchl e 715-725 nm Bchl g 780-790 nm
[0701] Often, cells that comprise a bacteriochlorophyll and an
additional light absorbing compound (e.g., a carotenoid) will have
the absorbance maxima shifted and/or expanded from the ranges given
in Table 14. For example, Roseospirillum parvum (DSMZ No. 12498)
comprises Bchl a and has an absorption maximum of 911 nm. Examples
of cells that comprise a bacteriochlorophyll a purple sulfur
bacteria, a purple non-sulfur bacteria, a green sulfur bacteria, a
green bacteria, an incertae sedis bacteria, (Permentier, H. P. et
al., 2001).
[0702] Purple sulfur bacteria (e.g., Family Chromatiaceae, Family
Ectothiorhodospiraceae) typically comprise bacteriochlorophyll a or
bacteriochlorophyll b, and a carotenoid (e.g., spirilloxanthin,
spheroidene, spheroidenone, okenone, rhodopinal). Purple sulfur
bacteria generally have an absorbance maxima between 790 nm and
1030 nm. Examples of a purple sulfur bacteria genera with typical
colors and bacteriochlorophyll type, include Allochromatium (brown
or violet-red; Bchl a), Ectothiorhodospira (green and Bch b, or red
and Bch a), Halochromatium (red-brown, Bch a), Halorhodospira
(green and Bch b, or red and Bch a), Isochromatium (violet, Bch a),
Lamprocystis (violet, red, Bch a), Marichromatium (violet-red or
red-brown; Bchl a), Rhabdochromatium, Thermochromatium (brown-red;
Bchl a), Thiocapsa (pink to red; Bchl a), Thiococcus (yellow to
yellowish brown; Bch b), Thiocystis (violet or violet-red; Bchl a),
Thiodictyon (violet; Bchl a), Thiohalocapsa (pink to red; Bchl a),
Thiolamprovum (pink-red; Bchl a), and Thiorhodovibrio. Specific
examples of purple sulfur bacteria species, with typical colors,
include: Allochromatium warmingii (violet; DSMZ Nos. 173 and 174),
Isochromatium buderi (violet; DSMZ Nos. 176 and 177), Thiocystis
violascens (violet, DSMZ Nos. 198, 199, 200, 201 and 202),
Thiocystis violacea (violet, DSMZ Nos. 207, 208, 212, 213 and 214),
Thiodictyon bacillosum (violet, DSMZ No. 234), Thiodictyon elegans
(violet, DSMZ No. 232), Lamprocystis roseopersicina (violet to red;
DSMZ No. 229), Marichromatium purpuratum (violet-red; DSMZ No. 1591
and 1711), Thiocystis gelatinosa (violet-red; DSMZ No. 215),
Thiocapsa roseopersicina (pink to red; DSMZ Nos. 217, 221 and
5653), Thiocapsa pendens (pink to red; DSMZ Nos. 236 and 5652),
Thiocapsa rosea (pink to red; DSMZ No. 235), Thiohalocapsa
halophila (pink to red; ATCC No. 49740; DSMZ No. 6210),
Thiolamprovum pedioformis (pink; DSMZ No. 3802), Halorhodospira
halophila (red; DSMZ No. 244), Allochromatium minutissimum
(red-brown; DSMZ No. 1376), Allochromatium vinosum (red-brown; DSMZ
Nos. 180 and 182), Ectothiorhodospira mobilis (red-brown; ATCC Nos.
49921 and 49923, DSMZ Nos. 237, 238, 239, 240, 242 and 4180),
Ectothiorhodospira shaposhnikovii (red-brown; ATCC No. 43036, DSMZ
Nos. 243 and 2111), Marichromatium gracile (red-brown; DSMZ Nos.
203, 204, 726, 1712 and 1713), Halochromatium salexigens
(red-brown; DSMZ No. 4395), Thermochromatium tepidum (red-brown;
DSMZ No. 3771), Thiococcus pfennigii (yellow to orange-brown; DSMZ
Nos. 226, 227 and 228), Halorhodospira abdelmalekii (green; ATCC
No. 35917, DSMZ No. 2110), and Halorhodospira halochloris (green;
ATCC No. 35916, DSMZ No. 1059).
[0703] Purple non-sulfur bacteria (e.g., Family Rhodospirillaceae)
typically comprise bacteriochlorophyll a or bacteriochlorophyll b,
and a carotenoid (e.g., spirilloxanthin, spheroidene,
spheroidenone, okenone, rhodopinal). Purple non-sulfur bacteria
generally have an absorbance maxima between 790 nm and 1030 nm. The
typical growth environment for these types of cells is in anaerobic
conditions, though growth in aerobic conditions is possible, but
may alter the color of the cells. Examples of purple non-sulfur
bacteria genera include Rhodopila (violet-red; Bchl a),
Rhodomicrobium (orange-brown; Bch a), Rhodocyclus (violet; Bchl a),
Rhodoferax (orange-brown; Bchl a), Rhodoplanes (pink; Bchl a),
Rhodovulum (yellow-brown to red brown; Bchl a), Rhodospirillum (red
or brown, Bchl a), Rhodopseudomonas (red-brown; bchl a),
Rhodobacter (yellow-brown, Bchl a), Rhodoblastus (red; bchl a),
Rubrivivax (yellow-brown; bchl a), Rhodobium (pink to red; bchl a),
Rhodocista (red; Bch a), Blastochloris (green; Bch b),
Phaeospirillum (brown, Bch a), Rhodothalassium (red; Bch a),
Rhodovibrio (red, Bch a), and Rhodobaca (yellow-brown to red; Bchl
a). Specific examples of a purple sulfur bacteria include:
Rhodocyclus purpureus (violet; DSMZ No. 168, LMG No. 7759),
Rhodopila globiformis (violet-red, DSMZ No. 161; LMG 4312),
Rhodoblastus acidophilus (red, violet-red or orange-brown; DSMZ
Nos. 137, 142 and 145; LMG No. 4300), Rhodospirillum rubrum (red;
ATCC Nos. 27048 and 9791, DSMZ Nos. 467, 107, 468, 1068, 11221,
11222 and 50914), Rhodocista centenaria (red; DSMZ No. 9894),
Rhodothalassium salexigens (red; ATCC No. 35888, DSMZ No. 2132),
Rhodovibrio salinarum (red; ATCC No. 35394, DSMZ No. 9154),
Rhodovibrio sodomensis (red; DSMZ No. 9895), Rhodobium marinum
(pink to red; ATCC No. 35675, DSMZ Nos. 2698 and 2780), Rhodobium
orientis (pink to red; ATCC No. 51972, DSMZ Nos. 11290 and 11349),
Rhodoplanes elegans (pink; ATCC No. 51906, DSMZ No. 11907),
Rhodoplanes roseus (pink; DSMZ No. 5909 and 13233),
Rhodopseudomonas palustris (red-brown; ATCC Nos. 17004 and 49781,
DSMZ Nos. 123, 126, 127, 130, 131 and 8283), Rhodobacter capsulatus
(brown to red-brown, DSMZ Nos. 1710, 152, 155, 156, 157 and 938),
Phaeospirillum fulvum (brown; ATCC No. 35113, DSMZ Nos. 113 and
114), Phaeospirillum molischianum (brown; ATCC No. 14031, DSMZ Nos.
120, 118 and 119), Rhodospirillum photometricum (brown; ATCC Nos.
27871 and 49918, DSMZ Nos. 122, 121, 1774 and 2341), Rhodomicrobium
vannielii (orange-brown, ATCC No. 17100, DSMZ Nos. 162, 166, 725
and 2342), Rhodoferax fermentans (orange-brown, ATCC Nos. 49786 and
49787; DSMZ Nos. 10138, 10139 and 13235), Rhodoferax antarcticus
(orange-brown, ATCC No. 700587), Rhodobacter blasticus
(yellow-brown; ATCC No. 33485, DSMZ No. 2131), Rhodovulum
adriaticum (yellow-brown anaerobic, red-brown aerobic; ATCC No.
35885, DSMZ No. 2781), Rhodobaca (yellow-brown anaerobic, red
aerobic; ATCC No. 700920), Rhodovulum euryhalinum (yellow-brown
anaerobic, red-brown aerobic; DSMZ No. 4868), Rhodovulum iodosum
(yellow-brown anaerobic, red-brown aerobic; DSMZ No. 12328),
Rhodovulum robiginosum (yellow-brown anaerobic, red-brown aerobic;
DSMZ No. 12329), Rhodovulum strictum (yellow-brown anaerobic,
red-brown aerobic; ATCC No. 35886, DSMZ Nos. 11289 and 11292),
Rhodovulum sulfidophilum (yellow-brown anaerobic, red-brown
aerobic; ATCC No. 35886, DSMZ Nos. 1374 and 2351), Rubrivivax
gelatinosus (yellow-brown to pink; ATCC Nos. 17011 and 49846; DSMZ
Nos. 1709, 149, 151 and 6859), Rhodobacter sphaeroides (green-brown
to black, DSMZ Nos. 158, 159, 160, 2340, 5864, 8371, 9483 and
9484), Blastochloris sulfoviridis (green; DSMZ Nos. 729 and 13255),
Blastochloris viridis (green; ATCC No. 19567, DSMZ Nos. 133, 134
and 136), and Rhodocyclus tenuis (violet or brown orange; ATCC No.
25093, DSMZ Nos. 109,110,111 and 112).
[0704] Green sulfur bacteria (e.g., Family Chlorobiaceae) typically
comprise bacteriochlorophyll c, bacteriochlorophyll d, and/or
bacteriochlorophyll e, a relatively small amount of
bacteriochlorophyll a, and a carotenoid (e.g., a chlorobactene,
isorenieratene). Green sulfur bacteria generally have an absorbance
maxima between 700 nm and 755 nm, and are generally green or brown
in color, due to the presence of chlorobactene or isorenieratene,
respectively. Additionally, green colored green sulfur bacteria
typically comprise Bch c and/or Bch d, with Bchl c being more
common, and a small amount of Bch a. Brown colored green sulfur
bacteria typically comprise Bch e. Examples of green sulfur
bacteria genera include Chlorobium, Prosthecochloris, Pelodictyon,
and Chloroherpeton. Specific examples of a green sulfur bacteria
species include Chlorobium limicola (green; DSMZ Nos. 245, 248,
249, 254, 257 and 258), Chlorobium luteolum, (green; DSMZ No. 273),
Prosthecochloris vibrioformis (green; DSMZ Nos. 260, 261, 262, 263
and 265), Prosthecochloris aestuarii (green; DSMZ No. 271, 272 and
1685), Chlorobaculum tepidum (green; DSMZ No. 12025),
Chloroherpeton thalassium (green; ATCC No. 35110), Chlorobium
phaeobacteroides (brown; DSMZ Nos. 266, 267, 1677 and 1855),
Chlorobium phaeovibrioides (brown; DSMZ Nos. 269, 270 and 1678),
and Pelodictyon phaeum (brown; DSMZ No. 728).
[0705] Multicellular filamentous green bacteria ("green non-sulfur
bacteria") (e.g., Family Chloroflexaceae) generally comprises Bchl
c, Bchl d, Bchl e, Bchl a, and a chlorobactene carotenoid (e.g.,
beta carotenoid, gamma carotenoid). Examples of oligo-to
multicellular filamentous green bacteria genera include
Chloroflexus (yellowish green in anaerobic growth conditions or
orange red in aerobic growth conditions; Bchl c, and some Bchl
a).
[0706] Heliobacteriaceae typically comprise Bchl g and carotenoids
(e.g., neurosporene) and are Gram-positive Eubacteria, but possess
relatively little peptidoglycan. Examples of Heliobacteriaceae
include the genera Heliobacterium, Heliobacillus, and Heliophilum.
Specific examples of Heliobacteriaceae include Heliobacterium
gestii (green; ATCC Nos. 43375, 51791 and 51792, DSMZ No. 11169),
Heliobacterium modesticaldum (green; ATCC No. 51547, DSMZ 9504),
Heliobacterium chlorum (brown-green; DSMZ No. 3682), Heliobacterium
undosum (green; DSMZ 13378), Heliobacillus mobilis (green; ATCC No.
43427, DSMZ No. 6151), and Heliophilum fasciatum (green; ATCC No.
51790, DSMZ No. 11 170).
[0707] The Eubacteria Class Proteobacteria includes the purple
sulfur bacteria and other Eubacteria genera that comprise a
bacteriochlorophyll. Such additional Proteobacteria typically
comprise bacteriochlorophyll a and carotenoids (e.g.,
bacteriorubixanthinal, erythroxanthin sulfate), and are often pink,
red, yellow and/or orange. Examples of such additional
Proteobacteria genera include Acidiphilium (red-pink),
Erythrobacter (orange, yellow and/or red), Erythromicrobium
(red-orange), Porphyrobacter (red-orange, yellow-orange),
Roseobacter (pink), Roseococcus (pink-red), Methylobacterium,
Roseospirillum, Roseovarius, Blastomonas, and Roseateles. Specific
examples of Proteobacteria include Acidiphilium rubrum (red-violet;
ATCC No. 35905), Roseobacter denitrificans (pink; ATCC No. 33942;
DSMZ No. 7001), Roseobacter litoralis (pink; ATCC No. 49566; DSMZ
No. 6996), Acidiphilium angustum (pink; ATCC No. 35903),
Roseococcus thiosulfatophilus (pink-red; ATCC No. 700004, DSMZ No.
8511), Erythrobacter litoralis (red to orange; ATCC No. 700002,
DSMZ No. 8509), Erythromicrobium ramosum (red orange; ATCC No.
700003, DSMZ No. 8510), Porphyrobacter neustonensis (red-orange;
DSMZ Nos. 9434 and 9435), Porphyrobacter tepidarius (red-orange;
DSMZ No. 10594), Porphyrobacter cryptus (red-orange; DSMZ No.
12079), Erythrobacter longus (orange; ATCC No. 33941, DSMZ No.
6997), Porphyrobacter sanguineus (yellow-orange; ATCC Nos. 25659,
25660 and 25661, DSMZ No. 11032), and Erythrobacter citreus
(yellow; DSMZ No. 14432).
[0708] In further embodiments, a silica-based shell, cell wall,
and/or exoskeleton, may possess an IR absorption property, and it
is contemplated that a cell-based particulate material (e.g., a
diatom-based particulate material) comprising such silica-based
cellular material may be used in a camouflage coating or other
camouflage surface treatment. In further aspects, an anthocyanin or
a cell-based particulate material may possess an IR (e.g., near IR)
absorption property and also may be suitable for use in camouflage
materials.
EXAMPLE 17
Cells With UV-Absorption Properties
[0709] Often a colored biomolecule of a cell absorb ultraviolet
wavelengths (e.g., 200 nm to 400 nm), and are contemplated for use
in cell-based particulate material and/or dyes that function as a
light stabilizer, specifically a UV absorber. However, a cell that
comprises an anthocyanin, a carotenoid, a chlorophyll and/or a
phycobilin is generally preferred. Typically, such a preferred cell
will have a greater amount of a UV absorbing biomolecule than a
cell that comprises a bacteriochlorophyll. This is often due to the
photosynthetic wavelength absorbance differences between such
preferred cells and cells that comprise a bacteriochlorophyll.
Additionally, a biomolecule such as an anthocyanin or a carotenoid
protectively absorb UV light in both photosynthetic and
non-photosynthetic cells, and may additionally possess radical
scavenger capability. Examples of such preferred cells include a
plant cell, eukaryotic algae, and colored Archaea, fungal cells,
and various bacterial cells described herein or as would be known
to one of ordinary skill in the art in light of these disclosures.
Examples of a preferred bacteria cell include a Cyanobacteria
("blue-green algae"), such as a cell of the genera Anabaena,
Arthrospira, Calothrix, Chlorogloeopsis, Chroococcidiopsis,
Crinalium, Cylindrospermum, Dermocarpella, Fischerella,
Gloeobacter, Gloeocapsa, Myxosarcina, Nostoc, Oscillatoria,
Pleurocapsa, Pseudanabaena, Scytonema, Spirulina, Synechococcus,
Synechocystis, Tolypothrix, or Xenococcus (Castenholz, R. W.,
2001). Cyanobacteria typically comprise a chlorophyll and a
phycobilin, and are often blue-green in color.
[0710] In further embodiments, a silica-based shell, cell wall,
and/or exoskeleton, typically possesses UV absorption property, and
it is contemplated that a cell-based particulate material (e.g., a
diatom-based particulate material) comprising such silica-based
cellular material may be used as an UV absorber.
EXAMPLE 18
Plants
[0711] In one embodiment, a cell-based particulate material of the
present invention may be prepared from a multicellular plant. In
certain aspects, the plant is a land plant, such as any commercial
plant (e.g., an agricultural plant, an ornimental plant), a weed,
or a combination thereof. As used herein, a "plant" refers to both
the whole organism, as well as plant parts and structures
including, but not limited to, seeds, seedlings, flowers, fruit,
leaves, stems, roots, xylem or phloem and the like. Often a plant
is classified as a dicotyledonous plant or a monocotyledonous
plant, and it is contemplated that either can be used in the
practice of the present invention. Examples of specific commercial
plants include alfalfa, almond, apple, apricot, asparagus, avicado,
barley, beet, blackberry, blueberry, boysenberry, broccoli, brussel
sprout, buckwheat, cabbage, caneberry, carrot, cauliflower, celery,
chayote, cherry, chestnut, a citrus plant (e.g., oranges, lemons,
limes, grapefruit, tangerine), clover, collards, corn, cotton,
cranberry, crown vetch, cucumber, currant, dandelion, date,
dewberry, eggplant, endive, fig, filbert, flax, garlic, gooseberry,
grape, a grass, guava, hop, horseradish, kale, kohlrabi, kudzu,
kumquat, leek, a legume ("bean"), lentil, lespedeza, lettuce,
loganberry, lupinus, macadamia, mangoe, a melon, milk vetch,
millet, mushroom, mustard green, mustard (e.g., Chinese mustard,
Japanese mustard, oriental mustard), nectarine, oat, okra, onion,
an ornamental (e.g., a flower, a turf, a woody plant), papaya,
parsley, parsnip, passion fruit, peach, pear, pea, peanut, pecan,
peppermint, a pepper, persimmon, pineapple, plum, potatoe, pumpkin,
quince, radish, raspberry, rice, rutabaga, rye, sainfoin,
safflower, salsify, shallot, sorghum, soybean, spearmint, spinach,
squash, strawberry, sunflower, sweet potato, swiss chard, tobacco,
tomato, turnip, walnut, watercress, watermelon, wheat, or a
combination thereof.
References
[0712] "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 05.01 Petroleum Products and
Lubricants (i)" (2003) ASTM International, West Conshohocken, Pa.,
U.S.A.
[0713] "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 05.02 Petroleum Products and
Lubricants (II)" (2003) ASTM International, West Conshohocken, Pa.,
U.S.A.
[0714] "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 05.03 Petroleum Products and
Lubricants (III)" (2003) ASTM International, West Conshohocken,
Pa., U.S.A.
[0715] "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.01, Paint--Tests for
Chemical, Physical, and Optical Properties; Appearance" (2002) ASTM
International, West Conshohocken,
[0716] "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.02, Paint--Products and
Applications; Protective Coatings; Pipeline Coatings" (2002) ASTM
International, West Conshohocken, Pa., U.S.A.
[0717] "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.03, Paint--Pigments,
Drying Oils, Polymers, Resins, Naval Stores, Cellulosic Esters, and
Ink Vehicles" (2002) ASTM International, West Conshohocken, Pa.,
U.S.A.
[0718] "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 06.04, Paint--Solvents;
Aromatic Hydrocarbons" (2002) ASTM International, West
Conshohocken, Pa., U.S.A.
[0719] "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 07.01 Textiles (I)" (2003)
ASTM International, West Conshohocken, Pa., U.S.A.
[0720] "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 07.02 Textiles (II)" (2003)
ASTM International, West Conshohocken, Pa., U.S.A.
[0721] "ASTM Book of Standards, Volume 15.04 Soaps and Other
Detergents; Polishes; Leather; Resilient Floor Coverings" (2003)
ASTM International, West Conshohocken, Pa., U.S.A.
[0722] Albizo, J. M. and White, W. E., "The Hydrolysis of GD and VX
by Acetone Dried Preparations of Cured and Plasmid-Containing
Pseudomonas Diminuta" Chemical Research, Development &
Engineering Center Scientific conference on Chemical Defense
Research, November 18-21, pp. 643-649, 1986.
[0723] Alexopoulos, C. J., et al., Introductory Mycology (4th Ed.).
John Wiley and Sons, New York, U.S.A., 1996, p. 868
[0724] Arora, D. K., et al., Eds., Handbook of Applied Mycology
Fungal Biotechnology Volume 4, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York,
U.S.A., 1992.
[0725] Asenjo, J. A., et al., Eds., Bioreactor System Design,
Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, U.S.A., 1995.
[0726] Ash, M. and Ash, I., Handbook of Paint and Coating Raw
Materials, Second Edition, Ashgate Publishing Company, Brookfield,
Vt., U.S.A., 1996.
[0727] Azzoni, A. R., et al., Biotech. Bioeng. 80(3):268-276,
2002.
[0728] Baird, R. M., et al., Eds., Handbook of Microbiological
Quality Control Pharmaceuticals and Medical Devices, Taylor &
Francis, London, England, 2000.
[0729] Ball, C., Ed., Genetics and Breeding of Industrial
Microorganisms, CRC Press, Boca Raton, Fla., U.S.A., 1984.
[0730] Barry, C. E., et al., Prog Lipid Res 37:143, 1998.
[0731] Bennet, H., Industrial Waxes Volume II Compounded Waxes and
Technology, Chemical Publishing Co, New York, 1975.
[0732] Blankenship, R. E., et al., Eds., Anoxygenic Photosynthetic
Bacteria, Dordrecht: Kluwer, 1995.
[0733] Buxbaum, G., Ed., Industrial Inorganic Pigments, 2.sup.nd.
Ed., Wiley--VCH, 1998.
[0734] Cablo, L. J., Ed., Handbook of Coatings Additives, Marcel
Dekker, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1987.
[0735] Castenholz, R. W., "Phylum BX. Cyanobacteria. Oxygenic
Photosynthetic Bacteria," In: Bergey's Manual of Systematic
Bacteriology. Volume 1: The Archaea and the Deeply Branching and
Phototropic Bacteria. Second Edition. (Garrity, G., Boone, D. R.,
and Castenholz, R. W., Eds.) (2001) Springer-Verlag, N.Y.
[0736] Chanda, V. B., Ed., Current Protocols in Molecular Biology,
John Wiley & Sons, 2002.
[0737] Chen, W. and Mulchandani, A. Tibtech 16:71-76, 1998.
[0738] Coico, R., Ed., Current Protocols in Immunology, John Wiley
& Sons, 2002.
[0739] Collins, C. H., et al., Eds., Microbiological Methods,
Seventh Edition, Butterworth-Heinemann, Ltd, Jordan Hill, Oxford,
England, 1995.
[0740] "Colour Index International" 3.sup.rd Ed. Pigment and
Solvent Dyes, Society of Dyers and Colourists American Association
of Textile Chemists and Colorists, 1997.
[0741] "Colour Index International" 3.sup.rd Ed. Society of Dyers
and Colourists American Association of Textile Chemists and
Colorists, 1971.
[0742] Demain, A. L., et al., Eds., Manual of Industrial
Microbiology and Biotechnology, 2.sup.nd Edition, ASM Press,
Washington, D.C., U.S.A., 1999.
[0743] Denner, E. B. M., et al., "Erythrobacter citreus sp. nov., a
yellow pigmented bacterium that lacks bacteriochlorophyll a,
isolated from the western Mediterranean Sea," International Journal
of Systematic and Evolutionary Microbiology 52:655-1661, 2002.
[0744] Dunning, H. R., Pressure Sensitive Adhesives-Formulations
and Technology, 2.sup.nd Ed., Noyes Data Corporation, New Jersey,
1977.
[0745] Easter, M. C., Ed., Rapid Microbiological Methods in the
Pharmaceutical Industry, CRC Press, LLC, Boca Raton, Fla., U.S.A.,
2003.
[0746] Efremenko, E. N., et al., J. Biochem. Biophys Methods
51:195-201, 2002.
[0747] Elvers, B., et al., Eds., Ullmann 's Encyclopedia of
Industrial Chemistry, Volume 28, VCH Verlagsgesellschaft mbH,
D-6945 1, Weinheim (Federal Republic of Germany), 1996.
[0748] Endress, R. "Plant Cell Biotechnology," Springer-Verlag,
Germany, 1994.
[0749] Fleming, D. O., et al., Eds., Biological Safety Principles
and Practice 3.sup.rd Edition, ASM Press, Washington, D.C., U.S.A.,
2000.
[0750] Flick, E. W., Adhesive and Sealant Compound Formulations,
2.sup.nd Ed., Noyes Publications, New Jersey, 1984.
[0751] Flick, E. W., Advanced Cleaning Product Formulations
Household, Industrial, Automotive, Noyes Publications, New Jersey,
1989.
[0752] Flick, E. W., Construction and Structural Adhesives and
Sealants, Noyes Publications, New Jersey, 1988.
[0753] Flick, E. W., Handbook of Paint Raw Materials, Second
Edition, Noyes Data Corporation/Noyes Publications, Park Ridge,
N.J., U.S.A., 1989.
[0754] Flick, E. W., Household and Automotive Chemical Specialties
Recent Formulations, Noyes Publications, New Jersey, 1979.
[0755] Flick, E. W., Household and Automotive Cleaners and Polishes
3.sup.rd Edition, Noyes Publications, New Jersey, 1986.
[0756] Flick, E. W., Household, Automotive, and Industrial Chemical
Formulations 2.sup.nd Edition, Noyes Publications, New Jersey,
1984.
[0757] Flick, E. W., Industrial Surfactants, Noyes Publications,
New Jersey, 1988.
[0758] Flick, E. W., Industrial Water-Based Paint Formulations,
Park Ridge, N.J. Noyes, 1988, xvi, 277; p. 25.
[0759] Flick, E. W., Institutional and Industrial Cleaning Product
Formulations, Noyes Publications, New Jersey, 1985.
[0760] Flick, E. W., Prepaint Specialties and Surface Tolerant
Coatings, Noyes Publications, 1991.
[0761] Flick, E. W., Textile Finishing Chemicals: An Industrial
Guide, Noyes Publications, 1996.
[0762] Flick, E., Contemporary Industrial Coatings-Environmentally
Safe Formulations, Noyes Publications, New Jersey, 1985.
[0763] Flick, E., Engineering Resins-An Industrial Guide, Noyes
Publications, New Jersey, 1988.
[0764] Flick, E., Handbook of Raw Adhesives, 2.sup.nd Ed., Noyes
Publications, New Jersey, 1989.
[0765] Flick, E., Handbook of Raw Adhesives, Noyes Publications,
New Jersey, 1982.
[0766] Flick, E., Water-Soluble Resins-An Industrial Guide, Noyes
Publications, New Jersey, 1986.
[0767] Fox, T. G., Bulletin of the American Physics Society, 1:123,
1956.
[0768] Freeman, H. S., et al. Eds., Colorants for Non-Textile
Applications, Elsevier, 2000.
[0769] Gaberlein, S., et al., Appl Microbiol Biotechnol 54:652-658,
2000a.
[0770] Gerard, J. F., ed., Fillers and Filled
Polymenrs-Macromolecular Symposia 169, Wiley-VCH, Verlag, 2001.
[0771] Gillette, M. L., "Using Acid-Base Indicators to Visually
Estimate the pH of Solutions," Chemical Education Resources, Inc.
(1985).
[0772] Gordon, R. K., et al., Chemico-Biological Interactions
119-120:463-470, 1999.
[0773] Graham, L. E., et al., Algae, Prentice-Hall, Inc. Upper
Saddle River, N.J., U.S.A., 2000.
[0774] Greene, T. W., et al., Productive Groups in Organic
Synthesis, Second Edition, pp. 309-315, John Wiley & Sons,
Inc., USA, 1991.
[0775] Griffin, D., Fungal Physiology (2nd Ed.), Wiley-Liss, New
York, 1993.
[0776] Hamburg, H. R., et al., Eds, Hess's Paint Film Defects:
Their Causes and Cure, 3.sup.rd Edition, Halsted Press, 1979.
[0777] Harkins, E. W., Ed., Current Protocols in Nucleic Acid
Chemistry, John Wiley & Sons, 2002.
[0778] Hartshorn, S. R., Ed., Structural Adhesives-Chemistry and
Technology, Plenum Press, New York, 1986.
[0779] Havens, P. L., et al., Ind. Eng. Chem. Res. 32:2254-2258,
1993.
[0780] Hensl, W. R., Ed., Bergey's Manual of Determinative
Bacteriology Ninth Edition, William & Wilkins, Baltimore, Md.,
U.S.A., 1994.
[0781] Holden, G., et. al., Eds., Thermoplastic Elastomers,
2.sup.nd Ed., Hanser Publishers, Verlag, 1996.
[0782] Hong, M. S., et al., Bioremediation Journal 2(2):145-157,
1998.
[0783] Hoskin, F. C. G., et al., Chemico-Biological Interactions
119-120:399-404, 1999.
[0784] Hoskin, F. C. G., et al., Chemico-Biological Interactions
119-120:439-444, 1999.
[0785] Hung, S. -C., et al., Appl. Biochem. Biotechnol.
56(1):37-47, 1996.
[0786] Hunger, K., et al., Industrial Organic Pigments, Wiley-VCH,
1993.
[0787] Imho, et al., "Rearrangement of the species and genera of
the phototrophic `purple nonsulfur bacteria." Int. J. Sys. Bac.
34:340-343, 1984.
[0788] Industrial Waxes Volume I Natural & Synthetic Waxes,
Chemical Publishing Co., New York, 1975.
[0789] Johnson, K., Antistatic Compositions for Textiles and
Plastics, Noyes Data Corporation, New Jersey, 1976.
[0790] Karsa, D. R., et al., Eds., Waterborne Coatings and
Additives, The Royal Society of Chemistry, 1995.
[0791] Kim, J. -W. et al., Biotechnol. Prog. 18:429-436, 2002.
[0792] Kirsop, B. E., et al., Maintenance of Microorganism and
Cultured Cells--A Manual of Laboratory Methods, 2.sup.nd Edition
Academic Press, New York, U.S.A., 1991.
[0793] Kolakowski, J. E., et al., Biocatal. Biotransform.
15:297-312, 1997.
[0794] Koleske, J. V., Ed., Paint and Coating Testing Manual,
Fourteenth Edition of the Gardner-Sward Handbook, American Society
for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia, Pa., U.S.A., 1995.
[0795] Kurtzman, C. P., et al., Eds., The Yeasts--A Taxonomic
Study, Fourth Revised and Enlarged Edition, Elsevier Scicnce, B.
V., Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 1998.
[0796] Labeda, D. P., Ed., Environmental Biotechnology Isolation of
Biotechnological Organisms From Nature, McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company, New York, U.S.A., 1990.
[0797] Lai, K., et al., J. Biol. Chem. 269:16579-16584, 1994.
[0798] Lambourne, R., et al., Eds., Paint and Surface Coatings,
Theory and Practice, Second Edition, Woodhead Publishing Ltd.,
Cambridge, England, 1999.
[0799] Landrock, A. H., Adhesives Technology Handbook, Noyes
Publications, New Jersey, 1985.
[0800] Laskin, A. I., et al., Eds., CRC Handbook of Microbiology.
Volume 1, Bacteria, CRC Press, Inc., Boca Raton, Fla., U.S.A.,
1977.
[0801] Laskin, A. I., et al., Eds., CRC Handbook of Microbiology.
Volume 2, Fungi, algae, protozoa, and viruses, CRC Press, Inc.,
Boca Raton, Fla., U.S.A., 1977.
[0802] Laskin, A. I., et al., Ed., CRC Handbook of Microbiology.
Volume 3, microbial compositions: amino acids, proteins, and
nucleic acids, CRC Press, Inc., Boca Raton, Fla., U.S.A., 1977.
[0803] Laskin, A. I., et al., Ed., CRC Handbook of Microbiology.
Volume 4, microbial compositions: carbohydrates, lipids, and
minerals CRC Press, Inc., Boca Raton, Fla., U.S.A., 1977.
[0804] Laskin, A. I., et al., Ed., CRC Handbook of Microbiology.
Volume 5, microbial products, CRC Press, Inc., Boca Raton, Fla.,
U.S.A., 1977.
[0805] Laskin, A. I., et al., Ed., CRC Handbook of Microbiology.
Volume 6, growth and metabolism, CRC Press, Inc., Boca Raton, Fla.,
U.S.A., 1977.
[0806] Laskin, A. I., et al., Ed., CRC Handbook of Microbiology.
Volume 7, microbial transformation, CRC Press, Inc., Boca Raton,
Fla., U.S.A., 1977.
[0807] Laskin, A. I., et al., Ed., CRC Handbook of Microbiology.
Volume 8. toxins and enzymes, CRC Press, Inc., Boca Raton, Fla.,
U.S.A., 1977.
[0808] Laskin, A. I., et al., Ed., CRC Handbook of Microbiology.
Volume 9, pt. A. antibiotics--Volume. 9, pt. B. antimicrobial
inhibitors, CRC Press, Inc., Boca Raton, Fla., U.S.A., 1977.
[0809] Leduc, M., et al., J. Bacteriol. 161:627-635, 1985.
[0810] LeJeune, K. E., et al., Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 864:153-170,
1998a.
[0811] LeJeune, K. E., et al., Biotech. and Bioeng. 51(4):450-457,
1996.
[0812] LeJeune, K. E., et al., Biotech. and Bioeng., 54(2):105-114,
1997.
[0813] LeJeune, K. E., et al., Biotech. and Bioeng., 64(2):250-254,
1999.
[0814] Leong, S. A., et al., Eds., Molecular Industrial Mycology
Systems and Applications for Filamentous Fungi, Marcel Dekker,
Inc., New York, U.S.A., 1991.
[0815] Martinez, M. B., et al., Biochem. 35(4):1179-1186, 1996.
[0816] Martinez, M. B., et al., Biochem. 40(40):11965-11974,
2001.
[0817] Molins, R. A., Ed., Food Irradiation: Principles and
Applications, Wiley-Interscience, Hoboken, N.J., U.S.A., 2001.
[0818] Morgan, K., Ed., Current Protocols in Cell Biology, John
Wiley & Sons, 2002.
[0819] Mulchandani, A., et al., Anal. Chem. 70:4140-4145,
1998b.
[0820] Mulchandani, A., et al., Anal. Chem. 70:5042-5046,
1998c.
[0821] Mulchandani, A., et al., Biosensors & Bioelectronics
16:225-230, 2001.
[0822] Mulchandani, A., et al., Biotech. and Bioeng.,
63(2):216-223, 1999b.
[0823] Mulchandani, A., et al., Electroanalysis 10:733-737,
1998a.
[0824] Mulchandani, P., et al., Biosensors & Bioelectronics
16:433-437, 2001b.
[0825] Munnecke, D. M., Biotechnol. Bioeng. 21:2247-2261, 1979.
[0826] Munnecke, D. M., Process Biochemistry 13:14-16, 31,
1978.
[0827] Murooka, Y., et al., Eds., Recombinant Microbes for
Industrial and Agricultural Applications, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New
York, U.S.A., 1994.
[0828] Murray, P. R., et al., Eds., Manual of Clinical
Microbiology, 8.sup.th Edition, Volume 1, ASM Press, Washington,
D.C. U.S.A., 2003.
[0829] Murray, P. R., et al., Eds., Manual of Clinical
Microbiology, 8.sup.th Edition, Volume 2, ASM Press, Washington,
D.C. U.S.A., 2003.
[0830] Parks, L. C., Ed., Handbook of Microbiological Media, CRC
Press, Inc., Boca Raton, Fla., U.S.A., 1993.
[0831] Patton, T. C., Paint Flow and Pigment Dispersion, A
Rheological Approach to Coating and Ink Technology, 1979.
[0832] PCI Paints & Coatings Industry, pp. 56, 58, 60, 62, 64,
66-68, 70, 72, and 74, July 2003. Pa., U.S.A.
[0833] Permentier, H. P. et al., Biochemistry 40,5573-5578,
2001.
[0834] Petrie, E. M., Handbook of Adhesives and Sealants,
McGraw-Hill, New York, 2000.
[0835] Pfennig, N. "General physiology and ecology of
photosynthetic bacteria." In: The Photosynthetic Bacteria,
[Clayton, R. and Sistrom, W. R. (Eds.)] pp. 3-18. New York: Plenum
Press, (1978).
[0836] Rainina, E. I., et al., Biosensors Bioelectronics
11:991-1000, 1996.
[0837] Riley, H. E., "Plasticizers," Paint Testing Manual, American
Society for Testing Materials, 1972.
[0838] Robinson, J. P., Ed., Current Protocols in Cytometry, John
Wiley & Sons, 2002.
[0839] Rouette, H. K., Encyclopedia of Textile Finishing,
Springer-Verlag, Berlin Heidelberg, 2001.
[0840] Sambrook, J., et al., Eds., Molecular Cloning, 3rd Edition,
Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.: Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press,
2001.
[0841] Satas, D., et al., Eds., Coatings Technology Handbook
2.sup.nd Edition Revised and Expanded, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New
York, N.Y., U.S.A., 2001.
[0842] Satriana, M. J., Hot Melt Adhesives: Manufacture and
Applications, Noyes Data Corporation, New Jersey, 1974.
[0843] Scherrer, R., Trends Biochem. Sci. 9: 242-245, 1984.
[0844] Sequeira, A., Jr., Lubricant Base Oil and Wax Processing,
Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, N.Y., U.S.A., 1994.
[0845] Skeist, I., Ed., Handbook of Adhesives, 3.sup.rd Ed., Van
Nostrand Reinhold, N.Y., 1990.
[0846] Slade, P. E., et al., Handbook of Fiber Finish Technology,
Marcel Dekker, 1998.
[0847] Slater, A., et al., Plant Biotechnology--The Genetic
Manipulation of Plants, Oxford University Press, Inc., New York,
U.S.A., 2003.
[0848] Slusarski, L., Ed., Fillers for the New
Millenium-Macromolecular Symposia 194, Wiley-VCH, Verlag, 2003.
[0849] Smith, H. M., Ed., High Performance Pigments, Wiley-VCH,
2002.
[0850] Solomon, D. H., et al., Chemistry of Pigments and Fillers,
Krieger Publishing Co., 1983.
[0851] Somani, S. M., et al., "Chemical Warfare Agents: Toxicity at
Low Levels," CRC Press, Boca Raton, 2001. Chapter 1, Health Effects
of Low-Level Exposure to Nerve Agents, p 2.
[0852] Somani, S. M., et al., "Chemical Warfare Agents: Toxicity at
Low Levels," CRC Press, Boca Raton, 2001. Chapter 14, Emergency
Response to a Chemical Warfare Agent Incident: Domestic
Preparedness, First Response, and Public Health Considerations, p
414.
[0853] Somani, S. M., et al., "Chemical Warfare Agents: Toxicity at
Low Levels," CRC Press, Boca Raton, 2001. Chapter-2, Toxicokinetics
of Nerve Agents, pp 26-29.
[0854] Standard Practice for Cyclic Salt Fog/UV Exposure of Painted
Metal, (Alternation Exposures in a Fog/Dry Cabinet and a
UV/Condensation Cabinet) (ASTM D5894-96).
[0855] Standard Practice for Modifies Salt Spray (Fog) Testing.
Appendix A5: Dilute Electrolyte Cyclic Fog/Dry Test (ASTM
G85-94).
[0856] Standard Practice for Operating Light and Water-Exposure
Apparatus (Fluorescent UV-Condensation Type) for Exposure of
Nonmetallic Materials. (ASTM G53-88).
[0857] Standard Test Method for Evaluation of Painted or Coated
Specimens Subjected to Corrosive Environments (ASTM D1654-92).
[0858] Stoye, D., et al., Eds., Paints, Coatings and Solvents,
Second, Completely Revised Edition, Wiley-Vch, New York, U.S.A.,
1988.
[0859] Taylor, G., Ed., Current Protocols in Pharmacology, John
Wiley & Sons, 2002.
[0860] Taylor, G., Ed., Current Protocols in Protein Science, John
Wiley & Sons, 2002.
[0861] Tidona, C. A., et al., Eds., The Springer Index of Viruses,
Springer-Verlag, New York, U.S.A., 2001.
[0862] Truant, A. L., Ed., Manual of Commercial Methods in Clinical
Microbiology, ASM Press, Washington, D.C. U.S.A., 2002.
[0863] Volz, H. G., Industrial Color Testing: Fundamentals and
Techniques, Second, Completely Revised Edition, Wiley-VCH,
1995.
[0864] Waites, M. J., et al., Microbiology--An Introduction,
Blackwell Science, Oxford, England, 2001.
[0865] Walker, B. M., Ed., Handbook of Thermoplastic Elastomers,
Van Nostrand Reinhold Co., New York, 1979.
[0866] Walker, G. M., Yeast Physiology and Biotechnology, John
Wiley & Sons, New York, U.S.A., 1998.
[0867] Warth, A. H., The Chemistry and Technology of Waxes,
Reinhold Publishing Corporation, New York, 1956.
[0868] Wicks, Jr., Z. W., et al, Organic Coatings, Science and
Technology, Volume 2: Applications, Properties and Performance,
John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, U.S.A., 1992.
[0869] Wicks, Jr., Z. W., et al., Organic Coatings, Science and
Technology, Volume 1: Film Formation, Components, and Appearance,
John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, U.S.A., 1992.
[0870] Wicks, Jr., Z. W., et al., Organic Coatings: Science and
Technology, 2.sup.nd edition, by Wiley-Interscience (John Wiley
& Sons, Inc. 605 Third Avenue, New York, N.Y.) Table 31.1
Exterior White House Paint, p. 562.
[0871] Wild, J. R., et al., Proc. U.S. Army Chem. Res. Devel. Eng.
Center Sci. Conf. Chem. Defense Res. 18-21 Nov., p. 629-634,
1986.
[0872] Yurkov, V. V., et al., "Aerobic Anoxygenic Phototrophic
Bacteria" Microbiology and Molecular Biology Reviews 62(3):695-724,
1998.
* * * * *
References